SSEPGG_11.5.0 - Documentation Index

Table of Contents

• IBM Db2 version 11.5 documentation
  • Accessibility features
    • Keyboard shortcuts and accelerators
    • Dotted decimal syntax diagrams
  • Contacting IBM
• Product overviews
  • Db2 Database
    • Release notes
    • Standards compliance
    • Db2 features and Db2 product editions
      • Db2 database product editions and offerings
      • Functionality in Db2 product editions and Db2 offerings
      • Mod packs, fix packs, and special builds
      • Virtual processor core licensing
        • Licensing a virtual server
        • Licensing a physical server
        • Determining VPC quantities for cloud
      • Introduction to a Db2 pureScale environment
        • Getting started with the Db2 pureScale Feature
        • Components of the Db2 pureScale Feature
        • Deployment options for Db2 pureScale
        • Extreme capacity
        • Continuous availability
        • Application transparency
        • VM Mobility
        • Geographically dispersed Db2 pureScale cluster (GDPC)
        • High availability disaster recovery (HADR) in Db2 pureScale environments
        • Db2 Connect support
        • Db2 client support
        • Choice of installation methods
        • Management of the Db2 pureScale Feature
          • Topology changes (add or drop members)
          • Topology changes (add or drop CFs)
          • Backup, restore, and rollforward operations within Db2 pureScale Feature
        • Road map
        • Frequently asked questions
          • How does a Db2 pureScale environment compare to a multi-partition database environment?
          • What is the purpose of having dual switches for a private network in the Db2 pureScale cluster?
          • What are the key value propositions of Db2 pureScale?
          • What is the best-practice authentication service for Db2 pureScale?
          • How to choose between Infiniband (IB) or a RoCE Ethernet RDMA capable network type?
          • What type of file system or storage is supported?
          • What is the general guidance for choosing suitable storage for a Db2 pureScale workload?
          • What disaster recovery (DR) options are available for the Db2 pureScale Feature?
          • How much memory is required for the cluster caching facility (CF) server host?
          • What are the configuration requirements of the member and CF hostnames?
          • What versions of Db2 high-availability products are bundled in each Db2 fix pack and mod pack?
    • System requirements
    • Entitlement by processor or users
    • Support for Db2 on public clouds
    • Db2 EOS Dates
    • Db2 maintenance delivery
    • What's new
      • 11.5.9
        • Highlights of Db2 11.5.9
        • Db2 pureScale Feature enhancements
        • External table enhancements
        • High availability enhancements
        • Security enhancements
        • Manageability enhancements
        • Federation server enhancements
        • Performance tuning enhancements
        • IBM data server clients and drivers enhancements
          • CLI driver enhancements
          • .Net provider enhancements
          • JDBC and SQLJ driver enhancements
      • 11.5.8
        • Highlights of Db2 11.5.8
        • Installation and upgrade enhancements
        • Performance enhancements
        • Manageability enhancements
        • Db2 Graph enhancements
        • Data retrieval enhancements
        • High availability enhancements
        • Db2 pureScale Feature enhancements
        • IBM data server clients and drivers enhancements
          • CLI driver enhancements
          • JDBC and SQLJ driver enhancements
        • Federation server enhancements
        • Compression and storage enhancements
        • Security enhancements
        • Text search enhancements
      • 11.5.7
        • Highlights of Db2 11.5.7
        • Database administration enhancements
        • Compression and storage enhancements
        • IBM data server clients and drivers enhancements
          • CLI driver enhancements
          • JDBC and SQLJ driver enhancements
        • Federation server enhancements
        • High availability, backup, resiliency, and recovery enhancements
        • Installation and upgrade enhancements
        • Security enhancements
        • SQL enhancements
        • Discontinued functionality
      • 11.5.6
        • Highlights of Db2 11.5.6
        • BLU Acceleration enhancements
        • Performance enhancements
        • Database logging enhancements
        • Federation server enhancements
        • High availability, backup, resiliency, and recovery enhancements
        • IBM data server clients and drivers enhancements
          • CLI driver enhancements
          • JDBC and SQLJ driver enhancements
        • Installation and upgrade enhancements
        • Monitoring enhancements
        • Security enhancements
        • Spatial analytics enhancements
        • SQL enhancements
        • Workload management enhancements
      • 11.5.5
        • Highlights of Db2 11.5.5
        • Compression and storage enhancements
        • Database logging enhancements
        • Db2 pureScale Feature enhancements
        • Federation server enhancements
        • High availability enhancements
        • IBM data server client and drivers enhancements
        • Installation and upgrade enhancements
        • Performance enhancements
        • Problem determination enhancements
        • Security enhancements
      • 11.5.4
        • Highlights of Db2 11.5.4
        • Compression and storage enhancements
        • Database logging enhancements
        • Data movement enhancements
        • SQL enhancements
        • Federation server enhancements
        • High availability enhancements
        • Manageability enhancements
        • Performance enhancements
        • Security enhancements
        • Workload management enhancements
        • Problem determination enhancements
        • IBM data server clients and drivers enhancements
          • .NET provider enhancements
          • CLI driver enhancements
          • JDBC and SQLJ driver enhancements
      • 11.5.3
        • Performance enhancements
      • 11.5.2
        • Monitoring enhancements
          • New monitor element to identify a failover event
          • New monitor element to identify time of execution on a coordinator member
          • New activity event monitor elements for joining and pruning activity event monitor tables
        • Manageability enhancements
        • Performance enhancements
        • SQL compatibility enhancements
        • Workload manager enhancements
      • 11.5.1
        • High availability, backup, logging, resiliency, and recovery enhancements
        • Manageability enhancements
        • Performance enhancements
        • SQL compatibility enhancements
      • 11.5
        • Highlights of Db2 11.5
        • Manageability enhancements
        • Spatial data analysis enhancements
        • Federation server enhancements
        • Monitoring enhancements
          • New monitoring metrics for determining failure rate of SQL statements
          • New monitor interfaces for workloads at the service superclass level
          • Improved table functions provide access to information without having to perform joins
          • Improved table functions provide direct access to WLM statistics
          • New monitor element for concurrently executing activities
          • New monitor elements report thread and memory usage for workload and service class objects
        • Performance enhancements
        • Compression and Space Reclamation enhancements
        • SQL compatibility enhancements
        • Workload management enhancements
          • Simplified declaration of THRESHOLD objects
          • Cascaded drop of WLM service classes
        • IBM data server client and driver enhancements
          • CLI driver enhancements
          • .NET provider enhancements
          • JDBC and SQLJ driver enhancements
        • Db2 pureScale Feature enhancements
    • What's changed
      • 11.5.9
        • Changed functionality
        • Deprecated functionality
      • 11.5.8
        • Changed functionality
        • Deprecated functionality
      • 11.5.7
        • Changes to registry and environment variables
        • Changes to Db2 authorities
        • Changes to BLU Acceleration features
        • Deprecated functionality
      • 11.5.6
        • Changes to Db2 commands
        • Changes to database manager configuration parameters
        • Changes to registry and environment variables
        • Changes to database objects and functions
        • Deprecated functionality
        • Discontinued functionality
      • 11.5.5
        • Changes to database objects and functions
        • Changes to EXPLAIN tables
        • Deprecated functionality
      • 11.5.4
        • Discontinued functionality
      • 11.5.3
        • Changes to registry and environment variables
      • 11.5.2
        • Changes to database objects and functions
        • Deprecated functionality
      • 11.5.1
        • Changes to administrative views
        • Changes to DBM config parameters
        • Changes to Scalar Functions
      • 11.5
        • Changed functionality
          • Changes to registry and environment variables
          • Changes to database configuration parameters
          • Changes to database objects and functions
          • Changes to Scalar Functions
        • Deprecated functionality
        • Discontinued functionality
        • Deprecated and discontinued summary
  • Db2 Connect
    • Release notes
    • DB2 features and DB2 Connect product editions
    • System requirements
    • Licensing information
    • Db2 Connect enhancements and changes summary
      • Db2 11.5 enhancements and changes that affect Db2 Connect Server
  • IBM data server clients
    • IBM data server client features
  • Data management and application development tools
    • Managing your data and applications with the right tools
  • Db2 best practices
    • Best practice for Application connections configuration with Db2 pureScale HADR environment
    • Best Practices to Compress Db2 Column-Organized Tables
    • Best practices for storing data in Db2 column-organized tables
    • Best practices for managing data growth in an operational database
    • Best practices for table partitioning in a warehouse environment (Updated September 2019)
    • Configuring a TCPIP-based Db2 pureScale instance on RHEL 7.6
• Database fundamentals
  • Installing
    • Requirements for Db2 products
    • Code signing Db2 images post 02/28/2023
    • Code signing Db2 images pre-02/28/2023
    • Verify the currently installed Db2 version
    • Installing Db2 database servers
      • Db2 installation methods
        • An overview of installing Db2 database servers (Linux and UNIX)
        • An overview of installing Db2 database servers (Windows)
        • Non-root installation (Linux and UNIX)
          • Differences between root installations and non-root installations
          • Limitations of non-root installations
          • Thin server instance topology
            • Setting up a thin server instance environment
            • Mounting a thin server instance
            • Supported instance management functions in a thin server instance environment
              • Creating non-root thin server instances
              • Updating non-root thin server instances
              • Dropping non-root thin server instances
              • Upgrading non-root thin server instances
          • Installing Db2 database servers as a non-root user
            • Enabling root-based features in non-root installations with db2rfe
          • Reducing the size of your Db2 product installation image
      • Java software support for Db2 database products
      • Preparing to install Db2 database servers
        • Checking installation prerequisites by using the db2prereqcheck command
        • Disk and memory requirements
        • Installation prerequisites for database servers
          • Prerequisites for a Db2 database server installation (Linux and UNIX)
            • Db2 users and groups
            • Fast communications manager
            • Centralized user-management considerations
            • Preparing to install Db2 for Linux on zSeries
            • Creating group and user IDs for a Db2 database installation
            • Creating an instance using db2icrt
            • OS user limit requirements
            • Db2 database products in a workload partition (AIX)
            • Db2 database product installation on an NFS-mounted directory
            • Installing and setting up OpenSSH
            • Kernel parameters for Db2 database server installation (Linux and UNIX)
              • Kernel parameter requirements (Linux)
                • Troubleshooting - TasksMax set too low
              • Modifying kernel parameters (Linux)
          • Prerequisites for a Db2 database server installation (Windows)
            • Windows
            • Required user accounts for installation of Db2 server products (Windows)
            • Db2 services running on your system (Windows)
            • Restricting operating system privileges of the db2fmp process (Windows)
            • Setting up elevated privileges (Windows)
            • Granting user rights (Windows)
            • Extending the Active Directory Schema for LDAP directory services (Windows)
            • Setting up the Db2 instance to allow domain users to connect
          • AIX
            • Checking for malloc heap contention
          • Linux
            • Modifying kernel parameters (Linux)
            • Kernel parameter requirements (Linux)
        • Setting up Network Time Protocol
          • Configuring hosts as Network Time Protocol clients by using ntpd
          • Setting up a Network Time Protocol server by using ntpd
          • Setting up Chrony as Network Time Protocol server and client by using chronyd (Linux)
        • Directory structure for your Db2 database product (Windows)
        • Directory structure for your Db2 database product (Linux)
        • Db2 Setup wizard language support
          • DB2 Setup Wizard national language support
          • Displaying the Db2 Setup wizard in your national language
          • Language identifiers for running the Db2 Setup wizard in another language
          • Changing the Db2 interface language
          • Changing the Db2 product interface language (Windows)
        • Password rules
        • Db2 port usage information
        • Multiple Db2 copies on the same computer (Windows)
        • Multiple Db2 copies on one system (Linux and UNIX)
        • IBM Secure Shell Server For Windows service
      • Installing Db2 database servers by using the Db2 Setup wizard (Windows)
      • Installing Db2 servers by using the Db2 Setup wizard (Linux and UNIX)
      • Installing Db2 products with payload files (Linux and UNIX)
      • Verifying the installation
      • Taking the first steps after installation
        • Deleting a Firefox browser profile
        • Applying Db2 licenses
        • Updating licenses
        • Db2 database product licensing and support
        • Post-installation tasks for Db2 database servers (Windows)
          • Adding your user ID to the DB2ADMNS and DB2USERS user groups (Windows)
          • Updating your 32-bit Db2 instances to 64-bit instances (Windows)
          • Validating your Db2 copy
          • Setting up notification and contact lists
          • Changing the default Db2 and default IBM database client interface copy after installation (Windows)
          • IBM data server client connectivity using multiple copies
          • Working with existing Db2 copies
          • Checking for Db2 updates
          • Installing the SSH server component after installing the Db2 product (Windows)
        • Post-installation tasks for Db2 database servers (Linux and UNIX)
          • Listing installed products
          • Validating your Db2 copy
          • Main menu entries for Db2 tools (Linux)
          • Disable file system caching for Db2 Linux on IBM Z
        • First Steps
    • Installing IBM Data Server drivers and clients
      • IBM Data Server Client and Driver types
      • Options for connecting to databases
      • Password rules for clients
      • Prerequisites for driver or client installation
      • Supported interface languages
        • Language identifiers for running the setup wizard in another language
        • Displaying the setup wizard in your national language (Linux and UNIX)
      • IBM Data Server Drivers
        • IBM Data Server Driver restrictions
        • IBM Data Server Driver Package (Windows)
          • Sample response file for IBM Data Server Driver Package
          • System environment variables for IBM Data Server Driver Package (Windows)
          • Installing IBM data server clients and drivers (Windows)
          • Command-line options to install the IBM Data Server Driver Package (Windows)
          • Network installation of IBM Data Server Driver Package (Windows)
            • Setting up a network installation
            • Making the code directory available
            • Mapping a network drive to the code server
            • Registering remote client workstations
          • IBM Data Server Driver Package instance merge modules (Windows)
        • Validating IBM Data Server Driver Package (Windows) installation
        • Installing the IBM Data Server Driver Package software on the Linux and UNIX operating systems
          • Validating the db2dsdriver.cfg file
          • Testing the CLI database connectivity with the db2dsdriver.cfg file
          • Testing the CLPPlus database connectivity with the db2dsdriver.cfg file
          • Testing the CLI connectivity with the database
          • Testing the embedded SQL database connectivity with the db2dsdriver.cfg file
          • Testing the ODBC database connectivity with the db2dsdriver.cfg file
        • Installing the IBM Data Server Driver Package software on Mac OS X
        • Obtaining the IBM Data Server Driver for ODBC and CLI software
        • Installing the IBM Data Server Driver for ODBC and CLI software on Windows operating systems
        • Installing the IBM Data Server Driver for ODBC and CLI software on Linux and UNIX operating systems
        • IBM data server driver configuration file
          • IBM data server driver configuration file location
          • IBM data server driver configuration file structure
          • IBM data server driver configuration file example
          • IBM data server driver configuration file restrictions
          • Order of precedence for obtaining database information
          • db2dsdcfgfill - Create configuration file
          • Copying existing database directory information into the db2dsdriver configuration file
          • IBM data server driver configuration keywords
            • Keywords for high availability support
            • Keywords for LDAP support
            • Keywords for the client information
            • Accesstoken
            • Accesstokentype
            • AllowDeferredPrepare
            • AllowedCursorTypes
            • AllowGetDataLobReaccess
            • AllowInterleavedGetData
            • AlternateZOSSysSchema
            • Anonyblksqlexec
            • Apikey
            • ArrayInputChain
            • Authentication
            • BaseDN
            • BigintDefaultCMapping
            • BiDiCCSID
            • CacheUsrLibL
            • CfgRefreshInterval
            • ClientAccountingString
            • ClientApplCompat
            • ClientApplicationName
            • ClientCorrelationToken
            • ClientProvider
            • ClientUserID
            • ClientWorkstationName
            • CLIPatch1
            • CLIPatch2
            • ColumnwiseMRI
            • CommitOnEOF
            • CommProtocol
            • ConcurrentAccessResolution
            • ConnectionLifetimeInPool
            • ConnectionTimeout
            • ConnectNodeNumber
            • ConnectPassive
            • ConvertMetaDataToUpperCase IBM data server driver configuration keyword
            • CurrentFunctionPath
            • CurrentPackagePath
            • CurrentPackageSet
            • CurrentRefreshAge
            • CurrentSchema
            • CurrentSQLID
            • DateDefaultCMapping
            • DateDefaultDescribeMapping
            • DateTimeStringFormat
            • db2dumpSQLCodes
            • db2dumpSQLCodesInterval keyword
            • DB2Explain
            • db2trcStartupSize
            • DecimalFloatDefaultDescribeMapping
            • DecimalFloatRoundingMode
            • Diaglevel
            • DisableAliasesInMetadata
            • DisableAsyncQueryExecution
            • DisableAutoCommit
            • DisableBinaryDataSupport
            • disableClientInputDataConversion
            • DisableCursorHold
            • DisableDescribeParam
            • DisableDTCEnlist
            • DisablePooling
            • DisableSynonymSchemaReporting
            • DisableUnderscoreAsWildcard
            • DisableUnicode
            • EnableCharToWCharMapping
            • EnableConnectionReset
            • enableDefaultClientInfo
            • EnableDescribeCharAsWCharForOleDb
            • EnableET
            • EnableKeepDynamic
            • EnableLDAP
            • EnableLobBlockingOnFetch
            • EnablePublicPrivilegeReporting
            • EnableSecurityInfoPersistence
            • enableSslConnection
            • EnableStaticSQLCapture
            • EnableZOSServerMsgSP
            • ExtendedIndicators
            • ExtendedTableInfo
            • FetchBufferSize
            • FitHighPrecisionType
            • ForceDescribeBeforeCall
            • GranteeFilter
            • GrantorFilter
            • GraphicDefaultDescribeMapping
            • GraphicSupportMode
            • InterruptProcessingMode
            • IPCInstance
            • IsolationLevel
            • KeepAliveTimeout
            • LDAPServerHost
            • LDAPServerPort
            • LobAsLongDataMode
            • LobCacheSize
            • LobDataClientBufferLimit
            • LobMaxColumnSize
            • LockTimeout
            • MaxPoolSize
            • MemberConnectTimeout
            • MinPoolSize
            • NumRowsOnFetch
            • Password
              • Password
              • Password
            • ProgramID
            • ProgramName
            • progressiveStreaming
            • queryCloseImplicit
            • QueryPrefetch
            • QueryOptimizationLevel
            • QueryTimeout
            • ReadOnlyConnection
            • ReceiveTimeout
            • RetrieveXmlInBinaryFormat
            • RetryOnMERGE
            • RetryParameterBindingOnError
            • SchemaFilter
            • securityMechanism
            • SecurityTransportMode
            • ServerType
            • SessionTimeZone
            • SkipLocalCPConversionForWcharConvert
            • SkipSynonymProcessing
            • SQLCODEMAP
            • SSLClientHostnameValidation
            • SSLClientLabel
            • SSLClientKeystash
            • SSLClientKeystoredb
            • sslKeyStoreLocation
            • sslKeyStorePassword
            • SSLClientKeystoreDBPassword
            • SSLServerCertificate
            • sslTrustStoreLocation
            • sslTrustStorePassword
            • sslVersion
            • StaticSQLCaptureFile
            • StatementConcentrator
            • StopServiceabilityTracing
            • StreamOutputLOBonCall
            • SwitchDb2trace
            • TableTypeFilter
            • TargetPrincipal
            • tcpipConnectTimeout
            • TimeDefaultCMapping
            • TimeDefaultDescribeMapping
            • TimestampDefaultCMapping
            • TimestampDefaultDescribeMapping
            • TimestampTruncErrToWarning
            • TLSVersion
            • TraceRefreshInterval
            • TrustedContextSystemPassword
            • TrustedContextSystemUserID
            • TrustedContextSystemAccessToken
            • UserID
              • UserID
              • UserID
            • XMLDeclarationGenMode
            • XMLDefaultCMapping
            • XMLDefaultDescribeMapping
            • ZOSDBNameFilter
        • Virtualizing the IBM Data Server Driver on Windows platforms
          • Installing IBM Data Server Driver package
          • Verifying the IBM Data Server Driver package
          • Removing the Data Server Driver App-V package
      • IBM Data Server Clients
        • Installing IBM data server clients and drivers (Windows)
          • Alternative installation methods
            • Thin client topology
              • Thin client setup overview
              • Installing IBM Data Server Client on the code server
              • Making the code directory available to thin client workstataions
              • Creating a thin client response file
              • Mapping a network driver from a thin client to the code server
            • Instance merge modules
            • Non-instance merge modules
            • Creating a .NET sample application installer
            • IBM Data Server Runtime Client installation command line options
        • Installing IBM data server clients (UNIX and Linux)
          • Creating a network-mounted client
        • Testing connectivity to a database
        • Uninstalling an IBM data server client
          • Uninstalling a network mounted client
    • Installing a Db2 pureScale environment
      • Installing a Db2 pureScale environment (AIX)
        • Plan your installation
        • Preinstallation of Db2 pureScale Feature (AIX)
          • Installation prerequisites for Db2 pureScale Feature (AIX)
          • Installing and setting up OpenSSH
          • Shared storage support
            • Shared storage disk settings for Category 1 Storage Devices
          • Configuring PVIDs for a Db2 pureScale instance (AIX)
          • Creating required users
          • Preinstallation checklist for Db2 pureScale Feature (AIX)
          • Checking installation prerequisites by using the db2prereqcheck command
          • Configuring communication adapter ports and switches (AIX)
            • Db2 cluster services port usage information
            • Network topology support
            • Hostname resolution configuration (AIX)
            • Configuring on an InfiniBand network (AIX)
              • Configuring switch failover on an InfiniBand network (AIX)
              • Configuring the network settings of hosts on an InfiniBand network (AIX)
            • Configuring on a RoCE network (AIX)
              • Switch configuration on an RoCE network (AIX)
              • Configuring the network settings of hosts on an RoCE network without IP support (AIX)
              • Configuring the network settings of hosts on an RoCE network with IP support (AIX)
              • Setting up the netmon.cf file on an RoCE network (AIX)
            • Configuring a TCP/IP network (AIX)
              • Setting up the netmon.cf file on a TCP/IP network
        • Installing the Db2 pureScale Feature using the Db2 Setup wizard
        • Installing the Db2 pureScale Feature using a response file
        • Installing IBM Db2 pureScale Feature using the db2_install command
        • Performing post-installation tasks
          • Registering a license certificate file for a Db2 pureScale environment using the db2licm command and samlicm commands
          • Creating a Db2 pureScale instance
          • Setting up a Network Time Protocol server by using ntpd
          • Configuring hosts as Network Time Protocol clients by using ntpd
          • Enabling SCSI-3 Persistent Reserve for Db2 pureScale shared file systems
          • Verifying your Db2 pureScale installation and setup
        • Taking the first steps after installation
          • Adding communication adapter ports
          • Adding new member or an additional cluster caching facility
          • Adding a netname to a member
          • Adding a netname to a CF
          • Enable or disable remote root login
          • Changing the db2sshid to a different user
          • Re-adding a deleted db2sshid user ID
          • Moving from a TCP/IP protocol network to an RDMA protocol network
          • Moving from an RDMA protocol network to a TCP/IP protocol network
      • Installing a Db2 pureScale environment (Linux)
        • Plan your installation
        • Preinstallation of Db2 pureScale Feature (Linux)
          • Installation prerequisites for Db2 pureScale Feature (Intel Linux)
          • Installation prerequisites for Db2 pureScale Feature (Power Linux)
          • Installation prerequisites for the Db2 pureScale environment in a virtual machine (Intel Linux)
          • Installation prerequisites for the Db2 pureScale Feature (Linux on IBM Z)
          • Modifying kernel parameters (Linux)
          • Configuring communication adapter ports and switches (Linux)
            • Db2 cluster services port usage information
            • Network topology support
            • Hostname resolution configuration (Linux)
            • Configuring on an InfiniBand network (Linux)
              • Configuring switch failover on an InfiniBand network (Linux)
              • Configuring the network settings of hosts on an InfiniBand network (Linux)
            • Configuring a RoCE network (Linux)
              • Setting up the IP interfaces on the switch on a RoCE network (Linux)
              • Switch configuration on a RoCE network (Linux)
              • Configuring the network settings of hosts for a Db2 pureScale environment on a RoCE network (Linux)
              • Setting up the netmon.cf file on a RoCE network (Linux)
            • Configuring a TCP/IP network (Linux)
              • Setting up the netmon.cf file on a TCP/IP network
          • Installing and setting up OpenSSH
          • Shared storage support
          • Creating required users
          • Preinstallation checklist for Db2 pureScale Feature (Linux)
          • Checking installation prerequisites by using the db2prereqcheck command
        • Installing the Db2 pureScale Feature using the Db2 Setup wizard
        • Installing the Db2 pureScale Feature using a response file
        • Installing IBM Db2 pureScale Feature using the db2_install command
        • Installing the Db2 pureScale environment in a virtual environment (Linux)
          • Creating a Db2 pureScale instance in a virtual environment using a single physical server (Linux)
          • Consolidating the Db2 pureScale Feature in a virtual environment (Linux)
        • Performing post-installation tasks
          • Registering a license certificate file for a Db2 pureScale environment using the db2licm command and samlicm commands
          • Creating a Db2 pureScale instance
          • Setting up a Network Time Protocol server by using ntpd
          • Configuring hosts as Network Time Protocol clients by using ntpd
          • Enabling SCSI-3 Persistent Reserve for Db2 pureScale shared file systems
          • Verifying your Db2 pureScale installation and setup
        • Taking the first steps after installation
          • Adding communication adapter ports
          • Adding new member or an additional cluster caching facility
          • Adding a netname to a member
          • Adding a netname to a CF
          • Enable or disable remote root login
          • Changing the db2sshid to a different user
          • Re-adding a deleted db2sshid user ID
          • Moving from a TCP/IP protocol network to an RDMA protocol network
          • Moving from an RDMA protocol network to a TCP/IP protocol network
      • GDPC infrastructure and GDPC-specific prerequisite conditions
      • Setting up db2locssh
      • User-managed file system support
      • Manually allowing the Db2 installer to take over a user-managed IBM Spectrum Scale cluster
      • Configuring a GDPC environment
        • Getting the cluster installed, and up and running in a GDPC environment
        • Setting up IBM Spectrum Scale replication in a GDPC environment
        • Configuring the cluster for high availability in a GDPC environment
        • Creating the database in a GDPC environment
      • Configuring IBM Spectrum Scale Replication
        • Setting up majority quorum
        • Converting a non-replicated file system to a replicated file system
        • Replicating non-replicated data
        • Rebalancing a replicated file system
        • Creating a new replicated file system
        • Removing a replicated file system
        • Increasing the capacity of a replicated file system
        • Decreasing the capacity of a replicated file system
        • Displaying details of a replicated file system
        • Replacing the existing tiebreaker host by a new one
        • Recovering from storage controller failure
        • Post-upgrade task for cluster using IBM Spectrum Scale replication
    • Installing the Db2 Partitioned Database Environment
      • Preparing to install the Db2 Partitioned Database Environment
        • Preparing the environment for a partitioned Db2 server (Windows)
        • Updating environment settings for a partitioned Db2 installation (AIX)
        • Creating a Db2 home file system for a partitioned database environment
          • AIX
          • Linux
        • Verifying that NFS is running (Linux and UNIX)
        • Creating groups and users in a partitioned database environment
          • AIX
          • Linux
      • Setting up a partitioned database environment
      • Taking the first steps after the Db2 Partitioned Database Environment installation
        • Setting up a working collective to distribute commands to multiple AIX nodes
        • Updating the node configuration file
          • Format of the Db2 node configuration file
        • Enabling communications between database partition servers
        • Enabling the execution of remote commands
      • Verifying the installation
        • Verifying access to the registry on the instance-owning computer (Windows)
        • Verifying a partitioned database server installation
        • Verifying a partitioned database environment installation (Windows)
        • Verifying port range availability on participating computers
      • Response files
        • Installing database partition servers on participating computers using a response file (Windows)
        • Installing database partition servers using a response file (Linux and UNIX)
    • Installing Db2 products and features using a response file
      • Response file installation basics
      • Response file uninstall basics
      • Response file considerations
      • Creating a response file using the Db2 Setup wizard or the Db2 Instance Setup wizard
      • Linux and UNIX
        • Creating a response file using the sample response file
        • Installing Db2 using a response file
        • Installing the Db2 pureScale Feature using a response file
        • Installing database partition servers using a response file (Linux and UNIX)
        • Response file installation error codes
        • Uninstalling using a response file (Linux and UNIX)
      • Windows
        • Making the Db2 installation files available for a response file installation
        • Setting up shared access to a directory
        • Creating and editing a response file
        • Installing a Db2 product using a response file
        • Installation of Db2 products using Microsoft Systems Center Configuration Manager (SCCM)
        • Response file installation error codes
        • Installing with batch files
        • Uninstalling using a response file (Windows)
      • Response file generator
        • db2rspgn command
      • Available sample response files
      • Sample response files (Linux, UNIX, and Windows)
      • Response file keywords
      • Embedding the Db2 installation image (Linux and UNIX)
      • Exporting and importing a profile
      • Stopping Db2 processes during an interactive installation (Windows)
      • Stopping Db2 processes during a response file installation (Windows)
    • Installing and upgrading SA MP with the Db2 installer
      • Integrated solution using IBM Tivoli SA MP
        • IBM Tivoli SA MP Base Component
      • License terms
      • Supported software and hardware
      • Installing
        • Using the Db2 installer
        • Using installSAM
      • Installing automated failover scripts
        • Using Db2 installer
        • Manually
      • Install and uninstall logs
    • Installing Pacemaker cluster manager
      • License terms for using Pacemaker integrated with IBM DB2 server
      • Supported software and hardware for Pacemaker
      • Installing Pacemaker using the Db2 installer
      • Installing Pacemaker using the db2installPCMK install script
      • Installing, updating, and uninstalling automated failover scripts for Pacemaker using the Db2 installer
      • Installing, updating, and uninstalling resource agent scripts for Pacemaker manually
      • db2ckpcmk command
      • db2installPCMK command
      • db2uninstallPCMK command
      • db2cppcmk command
      • Install and uninstall logs for Pacemaker
    • Installing IBM Data Studio
      • Installing IBM Data Studio using the Db2 Setup wizard (Windows)
      • Installing IBM Data Studio using the Db2 Setup wizard (Linux)
      • Scenario: Installation of IBM Data Studio components
    • Using the Guardium Installation Manager Client
  • Preparing to uninstall Db2 Database Servers
  • Uninstalling Db2 database products
    • Db2 database products installed as root (Linux and UNIX)
      • Stopping the Db2 administration server
      • Removing the Db2 administration server
      • Stopping root Db2 instances
      • Removing Db2 instances
      • Removing Db2 database products using the db2_deinstall command
    • Db2 database products installed as non-root (Linux and UNIX)
      • Stopping non-root instances
      • Removing non-root Db2 database products using db2_deinstall (Linux and UNIX)
    • Db2 (Windows)
    • Uninstalling Db2 copies and IBM database client interface copies
    • Uninstalling using a response file (Linux and UNIX)
    • Uninstalling using a response file (Windows)
    • Uninstalling IBM Data Server Driver for ODBC and CLI
    • Uninstalling mod packs and fix packs
  • Uninstalling the Db2 pureScale Feature and theDb2 database software
    • Dropping a member or cluster caching facility
    • Manually cleaning a Db2 managed clustered file system
  • Uninstalling IBM Tivoli SA MP
    • Using the Db2 installer
    • Using uninstallSAM
    • Reverting to an earlier version of SA MP in a Db2 HADR environment
  • Uninstalling Pacemaker using the Db2 installer
  • Uninstalling Pacemaker using the db2uninstallPCMK uninstall script
  • Applying fix packs in Db2 database environments
    • Fix pack installation methods
      • Universal versus product-specific fix packs
    • Preparing to install a fix pack
      • Checking fix pack prerequisites
      • Getting fix packs
      • Extracting fix packs (Linux and UNIX)
      • Extracting fix packs (Windows)
      • Stopping all Db2 processes (Linux and UNIX)
      • Stopping all Db2 instances, services and applications (Windows)
    • Installing a fix pack (Linux and UNIX)
      • Installing offline fix pack updates to existing Db2 database products
      • Installing offline fix packs to add Db2 database products
      • Revert an existing Db2 database product to a previous fix pack level
    • Installing a fix pack (Windows)
      • Installing a fix pack for a single database product (Windows)
      • Installing a fix pack for multiple database products (Windows)
      • Installing a fix pack using a response file (Windows)
      • Installing a fix pack in a Microsoft Cluster Server environment (Windows)
    • After installing a fix pack
      • Post-installation tasks (Windows)
      • Post-installation tasks (Linux and UNIX)
      • Binding bind files after installing fix packs
      • Upgrading Text Search when applying fixpacks
    • Uninstalling mod packs and fix packs
  • Applying fix packs in Db2 pureScale environments
    • Fix pack installation methods
    • Online fix pack updates in Db2 pureScale environments
      • Database and instance operations
    • Preparing to install a fix pack
      • Checking fix pack prerequisites
      • Getting fix packs
      • Extracting fix packs (Linux and UNIX)
      • Stopping all Db2 processes (Linux and UNIX)
    • Installing online fix pack updates to a higher code level on a Db2 pureScale instance
    • Installing concurrent online fix pack updates on a Db2 pureScale instance (manual method)
      • Running smarter concurrent fix pack updates
    • Installing online fix pack updates to a higher code level in a HADR environment
    • Installing online fix pack updates to a higher code level in a GDPC environment
    • Installing offline fix pack updates to a Db2 pureScale instance (simplified method)
    • Installing offline fix pack updates to a Db2 pureScale instance (manual method)
    • Post-installation tasks for fix packs
      • Updating an instance to a higher level within a release
      • Binding bind files after installing fix packs
    • Canceling online fix pack updates
  • Migrating
    • From Linux x86 to Linux x86
    • From AIX Power to Linux x86
    • From Windows x86 to Windows x86
  • Upgrade to Db2 version 11.5
    • Plan your Db2 environment upgrade
      • Planning to upgrade Db2 servers
      • Planning to upgrade Db2 clients
      • Planning to upgrade database applications and routines
    • Upgrade Db2 servers
      • Supported upgrade paths for Db2 servers
      • Upgrade essentials for Db2 servers
        • Db2 commands to upgrade instances and databases
        • Upgrade restrictions
        • Db2 server behavior changes
        • Deprecated or discontinued functionality that impacts upgrades
        • Disk space requirements for Db2 database system upgrades
        • Support changes for 32-bit and 64-bit Db2 servers
        • Best practices for upgrading Db2 servers
        • Migrating from non-Db2 relational database management systems
      • Pre-upgrade tasks
        • Verifying that your databases are ready for upgrade
        • Backing up databases before or after upgrade
        • Backing up Db2 server configuration and diagnostic information
        • Increasing table space and log file sizes before upgrade
        • Changing raw devices to block devices (Linux)
        • Gathering pre-upgrade diagnostic information
        • Upgrading in a test environment
          • Creating database duplicates
        • Taking a Db2 server offline for upgrade or for converting to a Db2 pureScale environment
      • Upgrading a Db2 server (Windows)
        • Upgrading Db2 11.1 or Db2 10.5 instances
        • Upgrading the DAS
        • Upgrading databases
      • Upgrading a Db2 server (Linux and UNIX)
        • Upgrading Db2 11.1 or Db2 10.5 instances
        • Upgrading the DAS
        • Upgrading databases
        • Upgrading a Db2 server to Db2 pureScale environment
      • Upgrading Db2 servers with specific characteristics
        • Upgrading Db2 32-bit servers to 64-bit systems (Windows)
        • Upgrading non-root installations
        • Upgrading a Db2 server with multiple Db2 copies
        • Upgrading to a new Db2 server
        • Upgrading a Db2 server using online database backups
        • Upgrading partitioned database environments
        • Upgrading a Db2 pureScale server
          • Upgrading Db2 pureScale instances
          • Upgrading databases
          • Upgrading of IBM Spectrum Scale level with a security-related efix
        • Upgrade Db2 High Availability Disaster Recovery (HADR) environments
          • Upgrading Db2 servers in HADR environments
          • Upgrading Db2 servers in HADR environments (without standby reinitialization)
          • Upgrading Db2 servers in HADR multiple standby environments (without standby reinitialization)
          • Upgrading Db2 servers in HADR pureScale environments (without standby reinitialization)
          • Upgrading Db2 servers in a TSA automated HADR environment
          • Dealing with failures while upgrading Db2 servers in HADR environments (without standby reinitialization)
        • Upgrading Db2 Text Search for administrator or root install
        • Upgrading Db2 Text Search for non-root install (Linux and UNIX)
        • Upgrading a multi-partition instance without Db2 Text Search
        • Upgrading Text Search when applying fixpacks
        • Upgrading Db2 servers in MSCS environments
      • Post-upgrade tasks
        • Adjusting adaptive compression settings
        • Restoring log space settings in upgraded databases
        • Activating a database after upgrade
        • Managing Db2 server behavior changes
        • Rebinding packages in upgraded databases
        • Upgrading explain tables
        • Verifying upgrade of Db2 servers
      • Adopting new functionality in upgraded databases
      • Migrating Db2 functionality to Db2 database product features
        • Migrating from Db2 Governor to Db2 workload manager
      • Recovering through a Db2 server upgrade
        • Recovering through a Db2 single partition server upgrade (Windows)
        • Recovering through a Db2 single partition server upgrade (Linux and UNIX)
        • Recovering through a Db2 pureScale server upgrade (Linux and UNIX)
      • Reversing Db2 server upgrade
    • Upgrade Db2 clients
      • Upgrade essentials
        • Best practices for upgrading clients
      • Pre-upgrade tasks
        • Backing up client configuration information
        • Upgrading in a test environment
      • Upgrading to Data Server Client (Windows)
      • Upgrading to Data Server Runtime Client (Windows)
      • Upgrading clients (Linux and UNIX)
      • Upgrading a network-mounted client
      • Migrating and Upgrading to IBM Data Server Driver Package
      • Post-upgrade tasks
        • Verifying your client upgrade
    • Upgrade database applications, routines, tools, and scripts
      • Upgrade essentials for database applications
        • Db2 API changes
        • Db2 command changes
        • SQL statement changes
        • System catalog changes
      • Upgrade essentials for routines
      • Pre-upgrade tasks
      • Upgrading database applications
        • Embedded SQL applications
        • CLI applications
        • Java applications that use IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
        • ADO.NET applications
        • Scripts
      • Upgrading routines
        • C, C++, and COBOL routines
        • Java routines
        • .NET CLR routines
      • Post-upgrade tasks
      • Adopting new version 11.5 functionality in database applications and routines
  • Configuring
    • Db2 licenses
      • Applying Db2 licenses
      • Installation of Db2 license certificates in a Db2 pureScale environment
      • Updating a Trial license
      • Registering a license certificate file using the db2licm command
      • Checking Db2 license compliance
      • db2licm - License management tool command
    • Configuring Db2 server communications (TCP/IP)
      • Updating the services file on the server for TCP/IP communications
      • Updating the database manager configuration file on the server for TCP/IP communications
      • Setting communication protocols for a Db2 instance
      • Specifying the NIC through which a Db2 member can acquire exclusive access to a port
    • Database connections for clients
    • Supported combinations of clients, drivers and server levels
    • Communication protocols supported
    • Adding database connections with the CLP
      • Named Pipes worksheet
      • Cataloging a Named Pipes node from a client
      • TCP/IP worksheet
      • Updating hosts and services files for TCP/IP connections
      • Cataloging a TCP/IP node from a client
      • LDAP connections
      • Cataloging the database using the CLP
        • Worksheet for cataloging a database
      • Exporting and importing a profile
      • Testing the client-to-server connection using the CLP
    • IBM data server driver configuration file
      • IBM data server driver configuration file location
      • IBM data server driver configuration file structure
      • IBM data server driver configuration file example
      • IBM data server driver configuration file restrictions
      • Order of precedence for obtaining database information
      • db2dsdcfgfill - Create configuration file
      • Copying existing database directory information into the db2dsdriver configuration file
      • IBM data server driver configuration keywords
        • Keywords for high availability support
        • Keywords for LDAP support
        • Keywords for the client information
        • Accesstoken
        • Accesstokentype
        • AllowDeferredPrepare
        • AllowedCursorTypes
        • AllowGetDataLobReaccess
        • AllowInterleavedGetData
        • AlternateZOSSysSchema
        • Anonyblksqlexec
        • Apikey
        • ArrayInputChain
        • Authentication
        • BaseDN
        • BigintDefaultCMapping
        • BiDiCCSID
        • CacheUsrLibL
        • CfgRefreshInterval
        • ClientAccountingString
        • ClientApplCompat
        • ClientApplicationName
        • ClientCorrelationToken
        • ClientProvider
        • ClientUserID
        • ClientWorkstationName
        • CLIPatch1
        • CLIPatch2
        • ColumnwiseMRI
        • CommitOnEOF
        • CommProtocol
        • ConcurrentAccessResolution
        • ConnectionLifetimeInPool
        • ConnectionTimeout
        • ConnectNodeNumber
        • ConnectPassive
        • ConvertMetaDataToUpperCase IBM data server driver configuration keyword
        • CurrentFunctionPath
        • CurrentPackagePath
        • CurrentPackageSet
        • CurrentRefreshAge
        • CurrentSchema
        • CurrentSQLID
        • DateDefaultCMapping
        • DateDefaultDescribeMapping
        • DateTimeStringFormat
        • db2dumpSQLCodes
        • db2dumpSQLCodesInterval keyword
        • DB2Explain
        • db2trcStartupSize
        • DecimalFloatDefaultDescribeMapping
        • DecimalFloatRoundingMode
        • Diaglevel
        • DisableAliasesInMetadata
        • DisableAsyncQueryExecution
        • DisableAutoCommit
        • DisableBinaryDataSupport
        • disableClientInputDataConversion
        • DisableCursorHold
        • DisableDescribeParam
        • DisableDTCEnlist
        • DisablePooling
        • DisableSynonymSchemaReporting
        • DisableUnderscoreAsWildcard
        • DisableUnicode
        • EnableCharToWCharMapping
        • EnableConnectionReset
        • enableDefaultClientInfo
        • EnableDescribeCharAsWCharForOleDb
        • EnableET
        • EnableKeepDynamic
        • EnableLDAP
        • EnableLobBlockingOnFetch
        • EnablePublicPrivilegeReporting
        • EnableSecurityInfoPersistence
        • enableSslConnection
        • EnableStaticSQLCapture
        • EnableZOSServerMsgSP
        • ExtendedIndicators
        • ExtendedTableInfo
        • FetchBufferSize
        • FitHighPrecisionType
        • ForceDescribeBeforeCall
        • GranteeFilter
        • GrantorFilter
        • GraphicDefaultDescribeMapping
        • GraphicSupportMode
        • InterruptProcessingMode
        • IPCInstance
        • IsolationLevel
        • KeepAliveTimeout
        • LDAPServerHost
        • LDAPServerPort
        • LobAsLongDataMode
        • LobCacheSize
        • LobDataClientBufferLimit
        • LobMaxColumnSize
        • LockTimeout
        • MaxPoolSize
        • MemberConnectTimeout
        • MinPoolSize
        • NumRowsOnFetch
        • Password
          • Password
          • Password
        • ProgramID
        • ProgramName
        • progressiveStreaming
        • queryCloseImplicit
        • QueryPrefetch
        • QueryOptimizationLevel
        • QueryTimeout
        • ReadOnlyConnection
        • ReceiveTimeout
        • RetrieveXmlInBinaryFormat
        • RetryOnMERGE
        • RetryParameterBindingOnError
        • SchemaFilter
        • securityMechanism
        • SecurityTransportMode
        • ServerType
        • SessionTimeZone
        • SkipLocalCPConversionForWcharConvert
        • SkipSynonymProcessing
        • SQLCODEMAP
        • SSLClientHostnameValidation
        • SSLClientLabel
        • SSLClientKeystash
        • SSLClientKeystoredb
        • sslKeyStoreLocation
        • sslKeyStorePassword
        • SSLClientKeystoreDBPassword
        • SSLServerCertificate
        • sslTrustStoreLocation
        • sslTrustStorePassword
        • sslVersion
        • StaticSQLCaptureFile
        • StatementConcentrator
        • StopServiceabilityTracing
        • StreamOutputLOBonCall
        • SwitchDb2trace
        • TableTypeFilter
        • TargetPrincipal
        • tcpipConnectTimeout
        • TimeDefaultCMapping
        • TimeDefaultDescribeMapping
        • TimestampDefaultCMapping
        • TimestampDefaultDescribeMapping
        • TimestampTruncErrToWarning
        • TLSVersion
        • TraceRefreshInterval
        • TrustedContextSystemPassword
        • TrustedContextSystemUserID
        • TrustedContextSystemAccessToken
        • UserID
          • UserID
          • UserID
        • XMLDeclarationGenMode
        • XMLDefaultCMapping
        • XMLDefaultDescribeMapping
        • ZOSDBNameFilter
    • Configuration parameters
      • Configuring the Db2 database manager with configuration parameters
      • Configuration parameters summary
      • Configuration parameters that affect the number of agents
      • Configuration parameters that affect query optimization
      • Configuration parameters that affect the DB2 pureScale Feature
        • DB2 pureScale Feature configuration parameters
      • Recompiling a query after configuration changes
      • Restrictions and behavior when configuring max_coordagents and max_connections
      • Failsafe option to update the database manager configuration file
      • Database manager configuration parameters
        • agent_stack_sz - Agent stack size
        • agentpri - Priority of agents
        • alt_diagpath - Alternate diagnostic data directory path
        • alternate_auth_enc - Alternate encryption algorithm for incoming connections at server configuration parameter
        • aslheapsz - Application support layer heap size
        • audit_buf_sz - Audit buffer size
        • authentication - Authentication type
        • cf_diaglevel - diagnostic error capture level for the CF
        • cf_diagpath - diagnostic data directory path for the CF
        • cf_mem_sz - CF memory
        • cf_num_conns - Number of CF connections per member per CF
        • cf_num_workers - Number of worker threads
        • cf_transport_method - Network transport method
        • catalog_noauth - Cataloging allowed without authority
        • clnt_krb_plugin - Client Kerberos plug-in
        • clnt_pw_plugin - Client userid-password plug-in
        • cluster_mgr - Cluster manager name
        • comm_bandwidth - Communications bandwidth
        • comm_exit_list - Communication exit library list
        • conn_elapse - Connection elapse time
        • cpuspeed - CPU speed
        • cur_eff_arch_level - Current effective architecture level
        • cur_eff_code_level - Current effective code level
        • date_compat - Date compatibility database
        • dft_account_str - Default charge-back account
        • dft_monswitches - Default database system monitor switches
        • dftdbpath - Default database path
        • diaglevel - Diagnostic error capture level
        • diagpath - Diagnostic data directory path
        • diagsize - Rotating diagnostic and administration notification logs
        • dir_cache - Directory cache support
        • discover - Discovery mode
        • discover_inst - Discover server instance
        • fcm_buffer_size – Inter-member buffer size
        • fcm_num_buffers - Number of FCM buffers
        • fcm_num_channels - Number of FCM channels
        • fcm_parallelism - Internode communication parallelism
        • fed_noauth - Bypass federated authentication
        • federated - Federated database system support
        • federated_async - Maximum asynchronous TQs per query
        • fenced_pool - Maximum number of fenced processes
        • group_plugin - Group plug-in
        • health_mon - Health monitoring
        • indexrec - Index re-creation time
        • instance_memory - Instance memory
        • intra_parallel - Enable intrapartition parallelism
        • java_heap_sz - Maximum Java interpreter heap size
        • jdk_path - Software Developer
        • keepfenced - Keep fenced process
        • encrypted_database - Database encryption state
        • keystore_location - Keystore location
        • keystore_type - Keystore type
        • local_gssplugin - GSS API plug-in used for local instance level authorization
        • max_connections - Maximum number of client connections
        • max_connretries - Node connection retries
        • max_coordagents - Maximum number of coordinating agents
        • max_querydegree - Maximum query degree of parallelism
        • max_time_diff - Maximum time difference between members
        • maxagents - Maximum number of agents
        • maxcagents - Maximum number of concurrent agents
        • mon_heap_sz - Database system monitor heap size
        • multipartsizemb – Remote storage multipart upload part size
        • nodetype - Instance node type
        • notifylevel - Notify level
        • num_initagents - Initial number of agents in pool
        • num_initfenced - Initial number of fenced processes
        • num_poolagents - Agent pool size
        • numdb - Maximum number of concurrently active databases including host and System i databases
        • python_path - Python runtime directory
        • query_heap_sz - Query heap size
        • R_path - R runtime directory
        • release - Configuration file release level
        • rstrt_light_mem - Restart light memory
        • resync_interval - Transaction resync interval
        • rqrioblk - Client I/O block size
        • sheapthres - Sort heap threshold
        • spm_log_file_sz - Sync point manager log file size
        • spm_log_path - Sync point manager log file path
        • spm_max_resync - Sync point manager resync agent limit
        • spm_name - Sync point manager name
        • srvcon_auth - Authentication type for incoming connections at the server
        • srvcon_gssplugin_list - List of GSS API plug-ins for incoming connections at the server
        • srvcon_pw_plugin - Userid-password plug-in for incoming connections at the server
        • srv_plugin_mode - Server plug-in mode
        • ssl_cipherspecs - Supported cipher specifications at the server
        • ssl_clnt_keydb - SSL key file path for outbound SSL connections at the client
        • ssl_clnt_stash - SSL stash file path for outbound SSL connections at the client
        • ssl_svr_keydb - SSL key file path for incoming SSL connections at the server
        • ssl_svr_label - Label in the key file for incoming SSL connections at the server
        • ssl_svr_stash - SSL stash file path for incoming SSL connections at the server
        • start_stop_time - Start and stop timeout
        • ssl_svcename - SSL service name configuration parameter
        • ssl_versions - Supported SSL versions at the server
        • svcename - TCP/IP service name
        • sysadm_group - System administration authority group name
        • sysctrl_group - System control authority group name
        • sysmaint_group - System maintenance authority group name
        • sysmon_group - System monitor authority group name
        • tm_database - Transaction manager database name
        • tp_mon_name - Transaction processor monitor name
        • trust_allclnts - Trust all clients
        • trust_clntauth - Trusted clients authentication
        • util_impact_lim - Instance impact policy
        • wlm_dispatcher - Workload management dispatcher
        • wlm_disp_concur - Workload manager dispatcher thread concurrency
        • wlm_disp_cpu_shares - Workload manager dispatcher CPU shares
        • wlm_disp_min_util - Workload manager dispatcher minimum CPU utilization
      • Database configuration parameters
        • act_sortmem_limit - Activity sort memory limit configuration parameter
        • alt_collate - Alternate collating sequence
        • app_ctl_heap_sz - Application control heap size
        • appgroup_mem_sz - Maximum size of application group memory set
        • appl_memory - Application memory
        • applheapsz - Application heap size
        • archretrydelay - Archive retry delay on error
        • authn_cache_duration - Authentication cache duration configuration parameter
        • authn_cache_users - Authentication cache users configuration parameter
        • auto_del_rec_obj - Automated deletion of recovery objects
        • auto_maint - Automatic maintenance (switches)
        • auto_reval - Automatic revalidation and invalidation.
        • autorestart - Auto restart enable
        • avg_appls - Average number of active applications
        • backup_pending - Backup pending indicator
        • blk_log_dsk_ful - Block on log disk full
        • blocknonlogged - Block creation of tables that allow non-logged activity
        • CF self-tuning memory database
        • cf_catchup_trgt - Target for catch up time of secondary cluster caching facility
        • cf_db_mem_sz - Database memory
        • cf_gbp_sz - Group buffer pool
        • cf_lock_sz - CF Lock manager
        • cf_sca_sz - Shared communication area
        • catalogcache_sz - Catalog cache size
        • chngpgs_thresh - Changed pages threshold
        • codepage - Code page for the database
        • codeset - Codeset for the database
        • collate_info - Collating information
        • connect_proc - Connect procedure name database
        • country/region - Database territory code
        • ctrl_file_recov_path - Database control file recovery path
        • cur_commit - Currently committed
        • database_consistent - Database is consistent
        • database_level - Database release level
        • database_memory - Database shared memory size
        • date_compat - Date compatibility database
        • dbheap - Database heap
        • db_mem_thresh - Database memory threshold
        • ddl_compression_def - DDL compression default
        • ddl_constraint_def - Default constraint type
        • dec_arithmetic - DECIMAL arithmetic mode
        • dec_to_char_fmt - Decimal to character function
        • decflt_rounding - Decimal floating point rounding
        • dft_degree - Default degree
        • dft_extent_sz - Default extent size of table spaces
        • dft_loadrec_ses - Default number of load recovery sessions
        • dft_mttb_types - Default maintained table types for optimization
        • dft_prefetch_sz - Default prefetch size
        • dft_queryopt - Default query optimization class
        • dft_refresh_age - Default refresh age
        • dft_schemas_dcc - Default data capture on new schemas
        • dft_sqlmathwarn - Continue upon arithmetic exceptions
        • dft_table_org - Default table organization
        • discover_db - Discover database
        • dlchktime - Time interval for checking deadlock
        • enable_xmlchar - Enable conversion to XML
        • encrlib - Encryption library
        • encropts - Encryption options
        • extbl_location - External table location
        • extbl_strict_io - External table path type
        • extended_row_sz - Extended row size
        • failarchpath - Failover log archive path
        • groupheap_ratio - Percent of memory for application group heap
        • hadr_db_role - HADR database role
        • hadr_local_host - HADR local host name
        • hadr_local_svc - HADR local service name
        • hadr_peer_window - HADR peer window
        • hadr_remote_host - HADR remote host name
        • hadr_remote_inst - HADR instance name of the remote server
        • hadr_remote_svc - HADR remote service name
        • hadr_replay_delay - HADR replay delay
        • hadr_spool_limit - HADR log spool limit
        • hadr_ssl_host_val - Label name for SSL
        • hadr_ssl_label - Label name for TLS
        • hadr_syncmode - HADR synchronization mode for log writes in peer state
        • hadr_target_list - HADR target list
        • hadr_timeout - HADR timeout value
        • indexrec - Index re-creation time
        • large_aggregation - large aggregation
        • locklist - Maximum storage for lock list
        • locktimeout - Lock timeout
        • log_appl_info - Application information log record database
        • log_ddl_stmts - Log DDL statements database
        • log_disk_cap - Active log space disk capacity
        • log_retain_status - Log retain status indicator
        • logarchcompr1 - Primary archived log file compression
        • logarchcompr2 - Secondary archived log file compression
        • logarchmeth1 - Primary log archive method
        • logarchmeth2 - Secondary log archive method
        • logarchopt1 - Primary log archive options
        • logarchopt2 - Secondary log archive options
        • logbufsz - Log buffer size
        • logfilsiz - Size of log files
        • loghead - First active log file
        • logindexbuild - Log index pages created
        • logpath - Location of log files
        • logprimary - Number of primary log files
        • logsecond - Number of secondary log files
        • max_log - Maximum log per transaction
        • maxappls - Maximum number of active applications
        • maxfilop - Maximum database files open per database
        • maxlocks - Maximum percent of lock list before escalation
        • min_dec_div_3 - Decimal division scale to 3
        • mincommit - Number of commits to group
        • mirrorlogpath - Mirror log path
        • mon_act_metrics - Monitoring activity metrics
        • mon_deadlock - Monitoring deadlock
        • mon_locktimeout - Monitoring lock timeout
        • mon_lockwait - Monitoring lock wait
        • mon_lw_thresh - Monitoring lock wait threshold
        • mon_lck_msg_lvl - Monitoring lock event notification messages
        • mon_obj_metrics - Monitoring data object metrics
        • mon_pkglist_sz - Monitoring package list size
        • mon_req_metrics - Monitoring request metrics
        • mon_rtn_data - Monitoring routine capture
        • mon_rtn_execlist - Monitoring routine executable list
        • mon_uow_data - Monitoring unit of work events
        • mon_uow_execlist - Monitoring unit of work events with executable list
        • mon_uow_pkglist - Monitoring unit of work events with package list
        • multipage_alloc - Multipage file allocation enabled
        • nchar_mapping - National character mapping
        • newlogpath - Change the database log path
        • num_db_backups - Number of database backups
        • num_freqvalues - Number of frequent values retained
        • num_iocleaners - Number of asynchronous page cleaners
        • num_ioservers - Number of I/O servers
        • num_log_span - Number log span
        • num_quantiles - Number of quantiles for columns
        • numarchretry - Number of retries on error
        • numsegs - Default number of SMS containers
        • number_compat - Number compatibility database
        • opt_direct_wrkld - Optimize directed workload
        • overflowlogpath - Overflow log path
        • page_age_trgt_gcr - Page age target group crash recovery
        • page_age_trgt_mcr - Page age target member crash recovery
        • pagesize - Database default page size
        • pckcachesz - Package cache size
        • pl_stack_trace - SQL PL and PL/SQL error stack logging
        • priv_mem_thresh - Private memory threshold
        • rec_his_retentn - Recovery history retention period
        • restore_pending - Restore pending
        • restrict_access - Database has restricted access
        • rollfwd_pending - Roll forward pending indicator
        • section_actuals - Section actuals
        • self_tuning_mem - Self-tuning memory
        • seqdetect - Sequential detection and readahead flag
        • sheapthres_shr - Sort heap threshold for shared sorts
        • smtp_server - SMTP server
        • softmax - Recovery range and soft checkpoint interval
        • sortheap - Sort heap size
        • sql_ccflags - Conditional compilation flags
        • stat_heap_sz - Statistics heap size
        • stmt_conc - Statement concentrator
        • stmtheap - Statement heap size
        • string_units - Default string units
        • suspend_io - Database I/O operations state
        • systime_period_adj - Adjust temporal SYSTEM_TIME period
        • territory - Database territory
        • trackmod - Track modified pages enable
        • tsm_mgmtclass - IBM Storage Protect management class
        • tsm_nodename - IBM Storage Protect node name
        • tsm_owner - IBM Storage Protect owner name
        • tsm_password - IBM Storage Protect password
        • user_exit_status - User exit status indicator
        • util_heap_sz - Utility heap size
        • varchar2_compat - Varchar2 compatibility database
        • vendoropt - Vendor options
        • wlm_admission_ctrl - WLM admission control
        • wlm_agent_load_trgt - WLM agent load target
        • wlm_collect_int - Workload management collection interval
        • wlm_cpu_limit - WLM CPU limit
        • wlm_cpu_shares - WLM CPU shares
        • wlm_cpu_share_mode - WLM CPU share mode
      • Db2 Administration Server (DAS) configuration parameters
        • authentication - Authentication type DAS
        • contact_host - Location of contact list
        • das_codepage - DAS code page
        • das_territory - DAS territory
        • dasadm_group - DAS administration authority group name
        • db2system - Name of the Db2 server system
        • discover - DAS discovery mode
        • exec_exp_task - Execute expired tasks
        • jdk_64_path - 64-Bit Software Developer
        • jdk_path - Software Developer
        • sched_enable - Scheduler mode
        • sched_userid - Scheduler user ID
        • smtp_server - SMTP server
        • toolscat_db - Tools catalog database
        • toolscat_inst - Tools catalog database instance
        • toolscat_schema - Tools catalog database schema
      • Ingest utility configuration parameters
        • commit_count - Commit count
        • commit_period - Commit period
        • num_flushers_per_partition - Number of flushers per database partition configuration parameter
        • num_formatters - Number of formatters
        • pipe_timeout - Pipe timeout configuration parameter
        • retry_count - Retry count
        • retry_period - Retry period
        • shm_max_size - Maximum size of shared memory
    • Registry and environment variables
      • Environment variables and the profile registries
      • Profile registry locations and authorization requirements
      • Setting registry and environment variables
        • Setting variables outside the registries (Windows)
        • Setting variables outside the registries (Linux and UNIX)
        • Identifying the current instance
        • Setting instance-level variables in a partitioned database environment
      • Registry and environment variables
        • General
        • System environment
        • Column-organized tables
        • Communications
        • Command line
        • Partitioned database environment
        • Db2 pureScale registry variables
        • Query compiler
        • Performance
        • Miscellaneous
  • Converting instances to a new Db2 database product
    • Converting instances from one Db2 database product to another (Windows)
    • Converting instances from one Db2 database product to another (Linux and UNIX)
  • Converting instances to the IBM Db2 pureScale Feature
    • Planning to convert your environment to Db2 pureScale environment
    • Pre-conversion tasks
      • Verifying that your databases are ready for a Db2 pureScale environment
      • Setting up an IBM Storage Scale file system for a Db2 pureScale environment
      • Converting table spaces for a Db2 pureScale environment
      • Backing up databases when converting to a Db2 pureScale environment
      • Backing up DB2 server configuration and diagnostic information
      • Taking a DB2 server offline for upgrade or for enabling a DB2 pureCluster environment
    • Converting your existing Db2 instances to a Db2 pureScale environment
      • Updating an instance to a Db2 pureScale instance
    • Post-conversion tasks for a Db2 pureScale environment
      • Adjusting database configuration parameters to meet Db2 pureScale environment requirements
      • Backing up databases when converting to a Db2 pureScale environment
      • Backing up DB2 server configuration and diagnostic information
  • Performance tuning
    • Benchmark testing
      • Benchmark preparation
      • Benchmark test creation
      • Benchmark test execution
      • Benchmark test analysis example
    • Operational monitoring of system performance
      • Basic set of system performance monitor elements
      • Abnormal values in monitoring data
    • The governor utility
      • Starting the governor
      • The governor daemon
      • The governor configuration file
      • Governor rule clauses
      • Governor log files
      • Stopping the governor
    • Collecting and reporting performance monitor data
    • Db2 architecture and process overview
    • The Db2 process model
    • Database agents
      • Database agent management
      • Client-server processing model
      • Connection-concentrator improvements for client connections
      • Agents in a partitioned database
    • Configuring for good performance
    • Instance configuration
    • Disk-storage performance factors
    • Table space impact on query optimization
    • Table and index management for standard tables
    • Table and index management for MDC and ITC tables
    • Index structure
    • Index cleanup and maintenance
    • Asynchronous index cleanup
    • Asynchronous index cleanup for MDC tables
    • Online index defragmentation
    • Using relational indexes to improve performance
    • Relational index planning tips
    • Relational index performance tips
    • CURRENT MEMBER default value in a Db2 pureScale environment
    • Random ordering for index columns alleviates index page contention in Db2 pureScale
    • Index behavior on partitioned tables
    • Clustering of nonpartitioned indexes on partitioned tables
    • Server options that affect federated databases
    • Memory allocation
      • Memory sets overview
      • Database manager shared memory
      • The FCM buffer pool and memory requirements
      • Guidelines for tuning parameters that affect memory usage
    • Self-tuning memory overview
      • Self-tuning memory
      • Enabling self-tuning memory
      • Disabling self-tuning memory
      • Determining which memory consumers are enabled for self tuning
      • Member self-tuning memory in a Db2 pureScale environment
      • CF self-tuning memory parameter configuration
      • Self-tuning memory in partitioned database environments
      • Using self-tuning memory in partitioned database environments
    • Buffer pool management
      • Buffer pool management of data pages
      • Management of multiple database buffer pools
      • Proactive page cleaning
      • Improving update performance
      • Formulas for calculating buffer pool hit ratios
      • Prefetching data into the buffer pool
        • Sequential prefetching
          • Block-based buffer pools for improved sequential prefetching
        • Readahead prefetching
        • List prefetching
        • Dynamic list prefetching
        • I/O server configuration for prefetching and parallelism
          • Illustration of prefetching with parallel I/O
          • Parallel I/O management
          • Configuring IOCP (AIX)
    • Database deactivation behavior in first-user connection scenarios
    • Tuning sort performance
    • Data organization
      • Table reorganization
        • Choosing a table reorganization method
        • CLASSIC (offline) table reorganization
          • Reorganizing tables offline
          • Recovery of an offline table reorganization
          • Improving the performance of offline table reorganization
        • Inplace (online) table reorganization
          • Reorganizing tables online
          • Recovery of an online table reorganization
          • Pausing and restarting an online table reorganization
          • Locking and concurrency considerations for online table reorganization
        • Monitoring a table reorganization
      • Index reorganization
        • Locking and concurrency considerations for online index reorganization
        • Monitoring index reorganization
      • Determining when to reorganize tables and indexes
      • Costs of table and index reorganization
      • Reduce the need for table and index reorganization
      • Space reclamation for column-organized tables
      • Automatic table and index maintenance
        • Enabling automatic table and index reorganization
        • Enabling automatic index reorganization in volatile tables
      • Scenario: ExampleBANK reclaiming table and index space
        • Scenario: ExampleBANK reclaiming table and index space - Space management policies
        • Scenario: ExampleBANK reclaiming table and index space - Creating an insert time clustering table
        • Scenario: ExampleBANK reclaiming table and index space - Evaluating the effectiveness of reclaiming space from a table
        • Scenario: ExampleBANK reclaiming table and index space - Evaluating the effectiveness of reclaiming space from an index
        • Scenario: ExampleBANK reclaiming table and index space - Converting an existing table to an insert time clustering table
        • Scenario: ExampleBANK reclaiming table and index space - Improving row overflow performance
        • Scenario: ExampleBANK reclaiming table and index space - General index maintenance
        • Scenario: ExampleBANK reclaiming table and index space - AUTO_REORG policy
    • Application design
      • Application processes, concurrency, and recovery
      • Concurrency issues
        • Isolation levels
        • Specifying the isolation level
        • Currently committed semantics
        • Option to disregard uncommitted insertions
        • Evaluate uncommitted data through lock deferral
      • Writing and tuning queries for optimal performance
        • Writing SQL statements
          • Avoiding complex expressions in search conditions
          • Avoiding join predicates on expressions
          • Avoiding expressions over columns in local predicates
          • Avoiding no-op expressions in predicates to change the optimizer estimate
          • Avoiding non-equality join predicates
          • Avoiding unnecessary outer joins
          • Using the OPTIMIZE FOR N ROWS clause with the FETCH FIRST N ROWS ONLY clause
          • Ensuring that queries fit the required criteria for the star schema join
          • Ensuring that queries fit the required criteria for the zigzag join
            • Zigzag join access plan examples
            • Zigzag joins with index gaps
          • Avoiding redundant predicates
        • Using constraints to improve query optimization
        • Using the REOPT bind option with input variables in complex queries
        • Using parameter markers to reduce compilation time for dynamic queries
        • Setting the DB2_REDUCED_OPTIMIZATION registry variable
      • Improving insert performance
      • Efficient SELECT statements
      • Guidelines for restricting SELECT statements
      • Specifying row blocking to reduce overhead
      • Data sampling in queries
      • Parallel processing for applications
      • Improving concurrency for applications that tolerate incomplete results
    • Lock management
      • Lock escalation
      • Locks and concurrency control
      • Lock granularity
      • Lock attributes
      • Factors that affect locking
        • Locks and types of application processing
        • Locks and data-access methods
      • Lock type compatibility
      • Next-key locking
      • Lock modes and access plans for standard tables
      • Lock modes for MDC and ITC tables and RID index scans
      • Lock modes for MDC block index scans
      • Locking behavior on partitioned tables
      • Lock conversion
      • Lock waits and timeouts
        • Specifying a lock wait mode strategy
      • Deadlocks
    • Explicit hierarchical locking for Db2 pureScale environments
      • Use cases for Explicit Hierarchical Locking (EHL)
      • EHL state changes and performance implications
    • Query optimization
      • The SQL and XQuery compiler process
        • Query rewriting methods and examples
          • Compiler rewrite example: Operation merging
          • Compiler rewrite example: Operation movement
          • Compiler rewrite example: Operation movement - Predicate pushdown for combined SQL/XQuery statements
          • Compiler rewrite example: Predicate translation
        • Predicate typology and access plans
        • Federated database query-compiler phases
          • Federated database pushdown analysis
          • Guidelines for determining where a federated query is evaluated
          • Remote SQL generation and global optimization in federated databases
          • Global analysis of federated database queries
      • Data-access methods
        • Data access through index scans
        • Types of index access
        • Index access and cluster ratios
        • Scan sharing
      • Predicate processing for queries
      • Query performance for common SQL statements
      • Joins
        • Join methods
        • Strategies for selecting optimal joins
        • Replicated materialized query tables in partitioned database environments
        • Join strategies for partitioned databases
        • Join methods for partitioned databases
      • Effects of sorting and grouping on query optimization
      • Optimization strategies
        • Optimization strategies for intrapartition parallelism
        • Optimization strategies for MDC tables
        • Optimization strategies for partitioned tables
      • Query optimization with MQTs
        • MQT restrictions
        • Optimize query execution with user-maintained MQTs
      • Explain facility
        • Tuning SQL statements using the explain facility
        • Understanding db2exfmt information
        • Explain tables and the organization of explain information
          • EXPLAIN_FORMAT stored procedure
          • Explain information for data objects
          • Explain information for data operators
          • Explain information for instances
          • Creating the explain tables
        • Guidelines for capturing explain information
          • Creating explain snapshots for dynamic SQL or XQuery statements
          • Creating explain snapshots for static SQL or XQuery statements
        • Guidelines for capturing section explain information
          • Example: Investigating query performance using Explain information obtained from a section
          • Differences between section explain and EXPLAIN statement output
          • Capturing and accessing section actuals
            • Obtaining a section explain with actuals to investigate poor query performance
          • Analysis of section actuals information in explain output
        • Guidelines for using explain information
        • Guidelines for analyzing explain information
        • Using access plans to self-diagnose performance problems with REFRESH TABLE and SET INTEGRITY statements
        • Tools for collecting and analyzing explain information
        • Explain information for column-organized tables
        • SQL and XQuery explain tool
          • Concepts
          • Operators
          • Description of db2expln output
            • Table access information
            • Temporary table information
            • Binary join information
            • Data stream information
            • Insert, update, and delete information
            • Block and row identifier preparation information
            • Aggregation information
            • Parallel processing information
            • Federated query information
            • Miscellaneous explain information
      • Optimizing access plans
        • Statement concentrator
        • Access plan reuse
        • Optimization classes
          • Choosing an optimization class
          • Setting the optimization class
        • Using optimization profiles if other tuning options do not produce acceptable results
        • Optimization profiles and guidelines
          • Optimization profiles
            • Anatomy of an optimization profile
            • Creating an optimization profile
            • SQL compiler registry variables in an optimization profile
            • Configuring the data server to use an optimization profile
            • STMTKEY field in optimization profiles
            • Specifying which optimization profile the optimizer is to use
              • Setting an optimization profile within an application
              • Binding an optimization profile to a package
            • Modifying an optimization profile
            • Deleting an optimization profile
          • Optimization guidelines
            • Types of optimization guidelines
              • General optimization guidelines
              • Query rewrite optimization guidelines
              • Plan optimization guidelines
            • Creating statement-level optimization guidelines
            • Forming table references in optimization guidelines
            • Verifying that optimization guidelines have been used
            • Embedded optimization guidelines
          • Optimization guidelines and profiles for column-organized tables
          • XML schemas for optimization profiles and guidelines
            • Current optimization profile schema
            • XML schema for the OPTPROFILE element
            • XML schema for the global OPTGUIDELINES element
              • MQT optimization choices
              • Computational partition group optimization choices
              • General optimization guidelines as global requests
            • XML schema for the STMTPROFILE element
              • XML schema for the STMTMATCH element
              • XML schema for the STMTKEY element
              • Statement key and compilation key matching
                • Inexact matching
                • Inexact matching examples for SQL statements
            • XML schema for the statement-level OPTGUIDELINES element
              • XML schema for general optimization guidelines
                • DEGREE requests
                • DPFXMLMOVEMENT requests
                • QRYOPT requests
                • REOPT requests
                • REGISTRY requests
                • RTS requests
              • XML schema for query rewrite optimization guidelines
                • IN-LIST-to-join query rewrite requests
                • NOT-EXISTS-to-anti-join query rewrite requests
                • NOT-IN-to-anti-join query rewrite requests
                • Subquery-to-join query rewrite requests
              • XML schema for plan optimization guidelines
                • Access requests
                  • Access types
                  • Any access requests
                  • Index ANDing access requests
                  • Index ORing access requests
                  • Index scan access requests
                  • List prefetch access requests
                  • Table scan access requests
                  • XML index ANDing and ORing access requests
                  • XML index scan access requests
                • Join requests
                  • Join types
                  • Any join requests
                  • Hash join requests
                  • Merge join requests
                  • Nested-loop join requests
          • SYSTOOLS.OPT_PROFILE table
            • Triggers to flush the optimization profile cache
            • Managing the SYSTOOLS.OPT_PROFILE table
        • Database partition group impact on query optimization
        • Collecting accurate catalog statistics, including advanced statistics features
        • Column group statistics
        • Correlation of simple equality predicates
      • Statistical views
        • Using statistical views
        • View statistics that are relevant to optimization
        • Scenario: Improving cardinality estimates using statistical views
        • Statistics gathered from expression columns in statistical views
        • Referential integrity constraints help reduce the number of statistical views
        • Statistics used from column group statistics on statistical views
      • Catalog statistics
        • Catalog statistics tables
        • Automatic statistics collection
          • Enabling automatic statistics collection
          • Collecting statistics using a statistics profile
          • Storage used by automatic statistics collection and reorganization
          • Automatic statistics collection activity logging
          • Improving query performance for large statistics logs
        • Expression-based indexes
          • RUNSTATS on expression-based indexes
          • Statistics profiles
          • Automatic statistics collection
          • Manual statistics updates
        • Guidelines for collecting and updating statistics
          • Collecting catalog statistics
          • Collecting statistics on a sample of the data
          • Sub-element statistics
            • Runstats statistics about sub-elements
          • General rules for updating catalog statistics manually
            • Rules for updating column statistics manually
            • Rules for updating table and nickname statistics manually
        • Detailed index statistics
          • Collecting index statistics
          • Rules for updating index statistics manually
        • Distribution statistics
          • Optimizer use of distribution statistics
          • Collecting distribution statistics for specific columns
          • Extended examples of the use of distribution statistics
          • Rules for updating distribution statistics manually
        • Statistics for user-defined functions
        • Monitoring RUNSTATS
        • Catalog statistics for modeling and what-if planning
          • Statistics for modeling production databases
        • Avoiding manual updates to the catalog statistics
      • Minimizing RUNSTATS impact
    • Data compression and performance
    • Reducing logging overhead to improve DML performance
    • Inline LOBs improve performance
    • The Design Advisor
      • Using the Design Advisor
      • Defining a workload for the Design Advisor
      • Using the Design Advisor to convert from a single-partition to a multi-partition database
      • Design Advisor limitations and restrictions
  • Database monitoring
    • Interfaces for database monitoring
      • Built-in administrative routines and views for monitoring
        • Monitoring request information using table functions
        • Monitoring activities using table functions
        • Monitoring data objects using table functions
          • Object usage
            • Identifying statements that affect a table
            • Identifying how a statement affects database objects
        • Monitoring locking using table functions
        • Monitoring the overall system by using table functions
        • Monitoring routines using table functions
          • Example: Identifying the most expensive routines by CPU consumption
          • Example: Listing the time taken by statements executed by a routine
          • Example: Investigating high CPU consumption by a routine
          • Example: Listing aggregate routine metrics for an anonymous block
          • Example: Retrieving statement text for a routine
        • Other monitoring table functions
        • Interfaces that return monitor data in XML documents
          • Interfaces for viewing XML monitor information as formatted text
            • Viewing metrics monitor elements from XML documents as rows in a table
        • Identifying costly applications
        • Monitoring buffer pool efficiency
      • Event monitors
        • Types of events for which event monitors capture data
        • Working with event monitors
          • Creating event monitors
            • Output options for event monitors
            • Event monitors that write to tables
              • Creating event monitors that write to tables
              • Event monitor logical data groups and monitor elements
              • Target tables, control tables, and event monitor table management
              • Logical data groups and event monitor output tables
            • Event monitors that write to unformatted event tables
              • Unformatted event table column definitions
              • Differences between regular and UE table output
            • Creating a file event monitor
              • Event monitor file management
            • Creating a pipe event monitor
              • Event monitor named pipe management
            • Write-to-table and file event monitor buffering
            • Event monitor self-describing data stream
            • Event type mappings to logical data groups
          • Displaying a list of event monitors created in your database
          • Displaying a list of active event monitors in your database
          • Event monitors for partitioned databases and databases in a Db2 pureScale environment
          • Enabling event monitor data collection
          • Methods for accessing event monitor information
            • Accessing event monitor data in regular tables
            • Methods for accessing information in unformatted event tables
              • db2evmonfmt tool for reading event monitor data
              • Routines for extracting data from unformatted event tables
              • Pruning data from UE tables
            • Formatting file or pipe event monitor output from a command line
          • Altering an event monitor
        • Lock and deadlock event monitoring
          • Data generated by locking event monitors
            • Information written to tables for a locking event monitor
            • Information written to relational tables by EVMON_FORMAT_UE_TO_TABLES for a locking event monitor
            • Information written to XML by EVMON_FORMAT_UE_TO_XML for a locking event monitor
          • Collecting lock event data and generating reports
        • Unit of work event monitoring
          • Data generated by unit of work event monitors
            • Information written to tables for a unit of work event monitor
            • Information written to relational tables by EVMON_FORMAT_UE_TO_TABLES for a unit of work event monitor
            • Information written to XML by EVMON_FORMAT_UE_TO_XML for a unit of work event monitor
            • Package listing information
            • Executable list information
          • Collecting unit of work event data and generating reports
            • Example: Calculating the CPU time used by different workloads or applications
        • Package cache statement eviction event monitoring
          • Data generated by package cache event monitors
            • Information written to tables for a package cache event monitor
            • Information written to relational tables by EVMON_FORMAT_UE_TO_TABLES for a package cache event monitor
            • Information written to XML for a package cache event monitor
          • Collecting package cache event data and generating reports
            • Example: Using package cache information to identify statements that are candidates for performance tuning
            • Example: Using package cache information and db2advis to look for performance improvement opportunities
        • Activity event monitoring
          • Creating an activity event monitor
          • Configuring data collection for an activities event monitor
          • Data generated by activities event monitors
            • Information written to tables for an activities event monitor
          • Accessing event information written by an activity event monitor to a table
          • Example: Capturing activity information related to the execution of a specific statement
        • Statistics event monitoring
          • Data generated by statistics event monitors
            • Information written to tables for a statistics event monitor
            • Information written to XML for system_metrics and activity_metrics monitor elements
        • Data generated by database event monitors
          • Information written to tables for a database event monitor
        • Data generated by threshold violation event monitors
          • Information written to tables for a threshold violation event monitor
        • Data generated by statement event monitors
          • Information written to tables for a statement event monitor
        • Data generated by table event monitors
          • Information written to tables for a table event monitor
        • Data generated by buffer pool event monitors
          • Information written to tables for a buffer pool event monitor
        • Data generated by table space event monitors
          • Information written to tables for a table space event monitor
        • Data generated by connections event monitors
          • Information written to tables for a connections event monitor
        • Data generated by transaction event monitors
          • Information written to tables for a transaction event monitor
        • Data generated by deadlock event monitors
          • Information written to tables for a deadlock event monitor
        • Change history event monitoring
          • Data generated by change history event monitors
            • CHANGESUMMARY
            • DBDBMCFG
            • REGVAR
            • DDLSTMTEXEC
            • TXNCOMPLETION
            • EVMONSTART
            • UTILSTART
            • UTILLOCATION
            • UTILSTOP
            • UTILPHASE
          • Monitoring utility history
          • Collecting change history event data
            • Example: Investigating an increase in lock escalations
            • Example: Identifying configuration changes and utility executions
            • Example: Listing LOAD operations
            • Example: Reporting the history of utility execution
            • Example: Listing all committed DDL statements
            • Example: Listing changes performed by the STMM using the change history event monitor
        • Event monitor data retention from release to release
      • Reports generated using the MONREPORT module
      • Snapshot monitor
        • Access to system monitor data: SYSMON authority
        • Capturing a database snapshot from the CLP
        • Snapshot monitor CLP commands
        • Capturing a database snapshot from a client application
        • Snapshot monitor API request types
        • Snapshot monitor sample output
        • Subsection snapshots
        • Global snapshots on partitioned database systems
        • Monitoring the reorganization of a partitioned table
        • Snapshot monitor self-describing data stream
        • Progress monitoring of the rollback process
        • Monitoring with db2top (interactive mode)
          • db2top configuration file
      • System monitor switches
        • Setting system monitor switches from the CLP
        • Setting system monitor switches from a client application
        • Monitor switches self-describing data stream
      • Database system monitor data organization
      • Counter status and visibility
      • System monitor output: the self-describing data stream
      • Memory requirements for monitor data
      • Monitoring buffer pool activity
      • Snapshot system monitor interfaces
      • Determining the date a database object was last used
      • Deprecated monitoring tools
        • Capturing database system snapshot information to a file using the SNAP_WRITE_FILE stored procedure
        • Accessing database system snapshots using snapshot table functions in SQL queries (with file access)
        • Health monitor overview
          • Health indicators
            • Health indicator process cycle
            • Health indicator format
            • Health indicator summary
              • Table space storage health indicators
                • Health indicators for DMS table spaces
                • db.auto_storage_util - Database automatic storage utilization
                • ts.ts_auto_resize_status - Table space automatic resize status
                • ts.ts_util_auto_resize - Automatic resize table space utilization
                • ts.ts_util - Table space utilization
                • tsc.tscont_util - Table space container utilization
                • ts.ts_op_status - Table space operational state
                • tsc.tscont_op_status - Table space container operational state
              • Sorting health indicators
                • db2.sort_privmem_util - Private sort memory utilization
                • db.sort_shrmem_util - Shared sort memory utilization
                • db.spilled_sorts - Percentage of sorts that overflowed
                • db.max_sort_shrmem_util - Long term shared sort memory utilization
              • Database manager (DBMS) health indicators
                • db2.db2_op_status - Instance operational state
                • db2.db2_alert_state - Instance highest severity alert state
              • Database health indicators
                • db.db_op_status - Database operational state
                • db.alert_state - Database highest severity alert state
              • Maintenance health indicators
                • db.tb_reorg_req - Reorganization required
                • db.tb_runstats_req - Statistics collection required
                • db.db_backup_req - Database backup required
              • High availability disaster recovery (HADR) health indicators
                • db.hadr_op_status - HADR operational status
                • db.hdr_delay - HADR log delay
              • Logging health indicators
                • db.log_util - Log utilization
                • db.log_fs_util - Log file system utilization
              • Application concurrency health indicators
                • db.deadlock_rate - Deadlock rate
                • db.locklist_util - Lock list utilization
                • db.lock_escal_rate - Lock escalation rate
                • db.apps_waiting_locks - Percentage of applications waiting on locks
              • Package cache, catalog cache, and workspace health indicators
                • db.catcache_hitratio - Catalog cache hit ratio
                • db.pkgcache_hitratio - Package cache hit ratio
                • db.shrworkspace_hitratio - Shared workspace hit ratio
              • Memory health indicators
                • db2.mon_heap_util - Monitor heap utilization
                • db.db_heap_util - Database heap utilization
              • Federated health indicators
                • db.fed_nicknames_op_status - Nickname status
                • db.fed_servers_op_status - Data source server status
            • Health monitor interfaces
              • SQL table functions
              • CLP commands
              • API request types
            • Interface mappings to logical data groups
          • Enabling health alert notification
          • Monitoring database health
            • Health indicator data
            • Using SQL table functions
            • Using the CLP
            • Using client applications
            • Health monitor sample output
            • Global health snapshots
            • Using SQL queries
            • Using the CLP
            • Using client applications
            • Configuring health indicators
              • Retrieving health indicator configuration using the CLP
              • Health indicator configuration updates using the CLP
              • Resetting health indicator configuration using the CLP
              • Configuring health indicators using a client application
              • Health monitor alert actions on combined states
        • Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI)
          • Database system integration with WMI
          • Performance monitoring
            • Registering the database system with the Windows performance monitor
            • Enabling remote access to database performance information
            • Displaying database and Db2 Connect performance values
            • Windows performance objects
            • Accessing remote Db2 performance information
            • Resetting database performance values
    • Monitor elements
      • Request monitor elements
        • Activity monitor elements
      • Data object monitor elements
      • Monitor element collection levels
      • Time-spent monitor elements
        • Time-spent monitor element hierarchy
        • Wait times for FCM communications
        • Retrieving and working with time-spent monitor element data
          • Seeing where time is spent across the system
          • Determining where time is spent during SQL statement execution
      • Logical data groups overview
        • Event monitor logical data groups and monitor elements
        • Event type mappings to logical data groups
        • Logical data groups affected by COLLECT ACTIVITY DATA settings
        • Snapshot monitor interface mappings to logical data groups
        • Snapshot monitor logical data groups and monitor elements
      • Monitor element reference
        • A
          • acc_curs_blk - Accepted block cursor requests
          • act_aborted_total - Total aborted activities
          • act_completed_total - Total completed activities
          • act_cpu_time_top - Activity CPU time top
          • act_estimated_sort_shrheap_top - Activity estimated shared sort memory high watermark monitor element
          • act_exec_time - Activity execution time
          • act_rejected_total - Total rejected activities
          • act_remapped_in - Activities remapped in
          • act_remapped_out - Activities remapped out
          • act_rows_read_top - Activity rows read top
          • act_sort_shrheap_top - Activity shared sort memory high watermark monitor element
          • act_sortmem_limit_pages - Activity sort memory limit monitor element (4k pages)
          • act_sortmem_limit_pct - Activity sort memory limit (percentage) monitor element
          • act_sort_shrheap_top - Activity shared sort memory high watermark monitor element
          • act_rqsts_total - Total activity requests
          • act_throughput - Activity throughput
          • act_top - The peak activity count
          • act_sortmem_limit - Activity sort memory limit configuration parameter
          • act_total - Activities total
          • activate_timestamp - Activate timestamp
          • active_col_vector_consumers - Active columnar vector consumers
          • active_col_vector_consumers_top - Active columnar vector memory consumers high watermark
          • active_hash_grpbys - Active hash GROUP BY operations
          • active_hash_grpbys_top - Active hash GROUP BY operations high watermark
          • active_hash_joins - Active hash joins
          • active_hash_joins_top - Active hash join operations high watermark
          • active_olap_funcs - Active OLAP functions
          • active_olap_funcs_top - Active OLAP function operations high watermark
          • active_peas - Active partial early aggregation operations
          • active_peas_top - Active partial early aggregation operations high watermark
          • active_peds - Active partial early distinct operations
          • active_peds_top - Active partial early distinct operations high watermark
          • active_sort_consumers - Active sort memory consumers
          • active_sort_consumers_top - Active sort consumers high watermark
          • active_sorts - Active sorts
          • active_sorts_top - Active sorts high watermark
          • activity_collected - Activity collected
          • activity_id - Activity ID
          • activity_secondary_id - Activity secondary ID
          • activity_state - Activity state
          • activity_type - Activity type
          • activitytotalruntime_threshold_id - Activity total runtime threshold ID
          • activitytotalruntime_threshold_value - Activity total runtime threshold value
          • activitytotalruntime_threshold_violated - Activity total runtime threshold violated
          • activitytotalruntimeinallsc_threshold_id - Activity total runtime in all service classes threshold ID
          • activitytotalruntimeinallsc_threshold_value - Activity total runtime in all service classes threshold value
          • activitytotalruntimeinallsc_threshold_violated - Activity total runtime in all service classes threshold violated
          • activitytotaltime_threshold_id - Activity total time threshold ID
          • activitytotaltime_threshold_value - Activity total time threshold value
          • actual_parallelism - The actual parallelism
          • actual_parallelism_avg - The average parallelism
          • actual_parallelism_top - The peak parallelism
          • adapter_name - Adapter name
          • address - IP address from which the connection was initiated
          • adm_resource_actuals - Query uses WLM admission control resource actuals
          • adm_resource_actuals - admission control resource actuals monitor element
          • adm_bypassed - Admission control bypassed
          • adm_bypass_act_total - Number of times admission control was bypassed
          • adm_bypassed_act_load - Load of activities that bypass the adaptive workload manager monitor element
          • adm_bypassed_act_time - Total time spent running activities that bypass adaptive workload manager monitor element
          • adm_overflows - Number of times an activity fit as an overflow
          • adm_queue_position - Admission queue position monitor element
          • adm_queue_entry_time - Admission queue entry time monitor element
          • adm_queued_act_load - Load of queued activities controlled by adaptive workload management monitor element
          • adm_queued_act_time - Total time spent queued activities controlled by adaptive workload manager monitor element
          • adm_running_act_load - Load of running activities controlled by adaptive workload management monitor element
          • adm_running_act_time - Total time spent running activities controlled by the adaptive workload manager monitor element
          • agent_id - Application handle (agent ID)
          • agent_id_holding_lock - Agent ID holding lock
          • agent_load_trgt_demand - Estimated agent load target demand monitor element
          • agent_load_trgt_demand_avg - Average estimated agent load target demand monitor element
          • agent_load_trgt_demand_top - Peak estimated agent load target demand monitor element
          • agent_load_trgt_utilization_avg - The average load utilization
          • agent_load_trgt_utilization_top - The peak load utilization
          • agent_load_trgt_utilization - Agent load utilization
          • agent_pid - Engine dispatchable unit (EDU) identifier
          • agent_status - DCS application agents
          • agent_sys_cpu_time - System CPU time used by agent
          • agent_tid - Agent thread ID
          • agent_usr_cpu_time - User CPU time used by agent
          • agent_wait_time - Agent wait time
          • agent_waits_total - Total agent waits
          • agents_created_empty_pool - Agents created due to empty agent pool
          • agents_from_pool - Agents assigned from pool
          • agents_registered - Agents registered
          • agents_registered_top - Maximum number of agents registered
          • agents_stolen - Stolen agents
          • agents_top - Number of agents created
          • agents_waiting_on_token - Agents waiting for a token
          • agents_waiting_top - Maximum number of agents waiting
          • agg_temp_tablespace_top - Aggregate temporary table space top
          • aggsqltempspace_threshold_id - Aggregate SQL temporary space threshold ID
          • aggsqltempspace_threshold_value - AggSQL temporary space threshold value
          • aggsqltempspace_threshold_violated - AggSQL temporary space threshold violated
          • app_act_aborted_total - Total failed external coordinator activities
          • app_act_completed_total - Total successful external coordinator activities
          • app_act_rejected_total - Total rejected external coordinator activities
          • app_rqsts_completed_total - Total application requests completed
          • appl_action - Application action
          • appl_con_time - Connection request start timestamp
          • appl_id - Application ID
          • appl_id_holding_lk - Application ID holding lock
          • appl_id_oldest_xact - Application with oldest transaction
          • appl_idle_time - Application idle time
          • appl_name - Application name
          • appl_priority - Application agent priority
          • appl_priority_type - Application priority type
          • appl_section_inserts - Section inserts
          • appl_section_lookups - Section lookups
          • appl_status - Application status
          • application_handle - Application handle
          • appls_cur_cons - Applications connected currently
          • appls_in_db2 - Applications executing in the database currently
          • arm_correlator - Application response measurement correlator
          • associated_agents_top - Maximum number of associated agents
          • async_runstats - Total number of asynchronous RUNSTATS requests
          • audit_events_total - Total audit events
          • audit_file_write_wait_time - Audit file write wait time
          • audit_file_writes_total - Total audit files written
          • audit_subsystem_wait_time - Audit subsystem wait time
          • audit_subsystem_waits_total - Total audit subsystem waits
          • auth_id - Authorization ID
          • authn_cache_expired_evictions - Authentication cache expired evictions
          • authn_cache_group_inserts - Authentication cache group inserts
          • authn_cache_hits - Authentication cache hits
          • authn_cache_inserts - Authentication cache inserts
          • authn_cache_lookups - Authentication cache lookups
          • authn_cache_memory_usage - Authentication cache memory usage
          • authn_cache_valid_evictions - Authentication cache valid evictions
          • authority_bitmap - User authorization level
          • authority_lvl - User authorization level
          • auto_storage_hybrid - Hybrid automatic storage table space indicator
          • automatic - Buffer pool automatic
        • B
          • backup_timestamp - Backup timestamp
          • bin_id - Histogram bin identifier
          • binds_precompiles - Binds/precompiles attempted
          • block_ios - Number of block I/O requests
          • blocking_cursor - Blocking cursor
          • blocks_pending_cleanup - Pending cleanup rolled-out blocks
          • bottom - Histogram bin bottom
          • boundary_leaf_node_splits - Boundary leaf node splits
          • bp_cur_buffsz - Current size of buffer pool
          • bp_id - Buffer pool identifier
          • bp_name - Buffer pool name
          • bp_new_buffsz - New buffer pool size
          • bp_pages_left_to_remove - Number of pages left to remove
          • bp_tbsp_use_count - Number of table spaces mapped to buffer pool
          • buff_auto_tuning - FCM buffer auto-tuning indicator
          • buff_free - FCM buffers currently free
          • buff_free_bottom - Minimum FCM Buffers Free
          • buff_max - Maximum possible number of FCM buffers
          • buff_total - Number of currently allocated FCM buffers
          • byte_order - Byte order of event data
          • bytes_total - Total number of bytes
        • C
          • cached_timestamp - Cached timestamp
          • caching_tier - Caching tier enabled
          • caching_tier_direct_reads - Direct reads from caching tier
          • caching_tier_direct_read_reqs - Direct read requests from caching tier
          • caching_tier_direct_read_time - Direct read time from caching tier
          • caching_tier_page_read_time - Caching tier page read time
          • caching_tier_write_bytes - Bytes for write requests to local cache
          • caching_tier_write_reqs - Write requests to local cache
          • caching_tier_write_time - Elapsed time for writes to local cache
          • call_sql_stmts - CALL SQL statements executed monitor element
          • call_stmt_routine_id - Call statement routine identifier
          • call_stmt_subroutine_id - Call statement subroutine identifier
          • cat_cache_heap_full - Catalog cache heap full
          • cat_cache_inserts - Catalog cache inserts
          • cat_cache_lookups - Catalog cache lookups
          • cat_cache_overflows - Catalog cache overflows
          • cat_cache_size_top - Catalog cache high watermark
          • catalog_node - Catalog node number
          • catalog_node_name - Catalog node network name
          • cf_wait_time - cluster caching facility wait time
          • cf_waits - Number of cluster caching facility waits
          • cfg_collection_type - Configuration collection type
          • cfg_name - Configuration name
          • cfg_old_value - Configuration old value
          • cfg_old_value_flags - Configuration old value flags
          • cfg_value - Configuration value
          • cfg_value_flags - Configuration value flags
          • ch_auto_tuning - FCM channel auto-tuning indicator
          • ch_free - Channels Currently Free
          • ch_free_bottom - Minimum Channels Free
          • ch_max - Maximum possible number of FCM channels
          • ch_total - Number of currently allocated FCM channels
          • client_acctng - Client accounting string
          • client_applname - Client application name
          • client_db_alias - Database alias used by application
          • client_hostname - Client hostname
          • client_idle_wait_time - Client idle wait time
          • client_ipaddr - Client IP address
          • client_nname - Client name
          • client_pid - Client process ID
          • client_platform - Client operating platform
          • client_port_number - Client port number
          • client_prdid - Client product and version ID
          • client_protocol - Client communication protocol
          • client_userid - Client user ID
          • client_wrkstnname - Client workstation name
          • codepage_id - ID of code page used by application
          • col_object_l_pages - Column-organized logical pages
          • col_object_l_size - Column-organized data object logical size
          • col_object_p_size - Column-organized data object physical size
          • col_synopsis_rows_inserted - Column-organized synopsis table rows inserted
          • col_vector_consumer_overflows - Columnar vector consumer overflows
          • comm_exit_wait_time - Communication exit wait time
          • comm_exit_waits - Communication exit number of waits
          • comm_private_mem - Committed private memory
          • commit_sql_stmts - Commit statements attempted
          • comp_env_desc - Compilation environment
          • compaction_read_reqs - Read requests for compaction
          • compaction_read_time - Elapsed time to read during compaction
          • compaction_read_bytes - Bytes read during compaction
          • compaction_write_bytes - Bytes written during compaction
          • compaction_write_reqs - Write request during compaction
          • compaction_write_time - Elapsed time to write during compaction
          • completion_status - Completion status
          • concurrent_connection_top - Concurrent connection peak.
          • con_elapsed_time - Most recent connection elapsed time
          • con_local_dbases - Local databases with current connects
          • con_response_time - Most recent response time for connect
          • concurrent_act_top - Concurrent activity top
          • concurrent_connection_top - Concurrent connection top
          • concurrent_wlo_act_top - Concurrent WLO activity top
          • concurrent_wlo_top - Concurrent workload occurrences top
          • concurrentdbcoordactivities_db_threshold_id - Concurrent database coordinator activities database threshold ID
          • concurrentdbcoordactivities_db_threshold_queued - Concurrent database coordinator activities database threshold queued
          • concurrentdbcoordactivities_db_threshold_value - Concurrent database coordinator activities database threshold value
          • concurrentdbcoordactivities_db_threshold_violated - Concurrent database coordinator activities database threshold violated
          • concurrentdbcoordactivities_subclass_threshold_id - Concurrent database coordinator activities service subclass threshold ID
          • concurrentdbcoordactivities_subclass_threshold_queued - Concurrent database coordinator activities service subclass threshold queued
          • concurrentdbcoordactivities_subclass_threshold_value - Concurrent database coordinator activities service subclass threshold value
          • concurrentdbcoordactivities_subclass_threshold_violated - Concurrent database coordinator activities service subclass threshold violated
          • concurrentdbcoordactivities_superclass_threshold_id - Concurrent database coordinator activities service superclass threshold ID
          • concurrentdbcoordactivities_superclass_threshold_queued - Concurrent database coordinator activities service superclass threshold queued
          • concurrentdbcoordactivities_superclass_threshold_value - Concurrent database coordinator activities service superclass threshold value
          • concurrentdbcoordactivities_superclass_threshold_violated - Concurrent database coordinator activities service superclass threshold violated
          • concurrentdbcoordactivities_wl_was_threshold_id - Concurrent database coordinator activities workload work action set threshold ID
          • concurrentdbcoordactivities_wl_was_threshold_queued - Concurrent database coordinator activities workload work action set threshold queued
          • concurrentdbcoordactivities_wl_was_threshold_value - Concurrent database coordinator activities workload work action set threshold value
          • concurrentdbcoordactivities_wl_was_threshold_violated - Concurrent database coordinator activities workload work action set threshold violated
          • concurrentdbcoordactivities_work_action_set_threshold_id - Concurrent database coordinator activities work action set threshold ID
          • concurrentdbcoordactivities_work_action_set_threshold_queued - Concurrent database coordinator activities work action set threshold queued
          • concurrentdbcoordactivities_work_action_set_threshold_value - Concurrent database coordinator activities work action set threshold value
          • concurrentdbcoordactivities_work_action_set_threshold_violated - Concurrent database coordinator activities work action set threshold violated
          • concurrentworkloadactivities_threshold_id - Concurrent workload activities threshold ID
          • concurrentworkloadactivities_threshold_value - Concurrent workload activities threshold value
          • concurrentworkloadactivities_threshold_violated - Concurrent workload activities threshold violated
          • configured_cf_gbp_size - Configured cluster caching facility group buffer pool size
          • configured_cf_lock_size - Configured cluster caching facility lock size
          • configured_cf_sca_size - Configured cluster caching facility shared communications area size
          • configured_cf_mem_size - Configured cluster caching facility memory size
          • conn_complete_time - Connection request completion timestamp
          • conn_time - Time of database connection
          • connect_cipher_spec - Cipher specification used on the connection
          • connect_sec_type - SSL/TLS level
          • connection_reusability_status - Connection reusability status
          • connection_start_time - Connection start time
          • connection_status - Connection status
          • connections_top - Maximum number of concurrent connections
          • consistency_token - Package consistency token
          • container_accessible - Accessibility of container
          • container_id - Container identification
          • container_name - Container name
          • container_stripe_set - Container stripe set
          • container_total_pages - Total pages in container
          • container_type - Container type
          • container_usable_pages - Usable pages in container
          • coord_act_aborted_total - Coordinator activities aborted total
          • coord_act_completed_total - Coordinator activities completed total
          • coord_act_est_cost_avg - Coordinator activity estimated cost average
          • coord_act_est_cost_stddev - Coordinator activity estimated cost standard deviation.
          • coord_act_exec_time_avg - Coordinator activities execution time average
          • coord_act_interarrival_time_avg - Coordinator activity arrival time average
          • coord_act_interarrival_time_stddev - Coordinator activity inter-arrival time standard deviation.
          • coord_act_lifetime_avg - Coordinator activity lifetime average
          • coord_act_lifetime_top - Coordinator activity lifetime top
          • coord_act_queue_time_avg - Coordinator activity queue time average
          • coord_act_rejected_total - Coordinator activities rejected total
          • coord_agent_pid - Coordinator agent identifier
          • coord_agent_tid - Coordinator agent engine dispatchable unit ID
          • coord_agents_top - Maximum number of coordinating agents
          • coord_member - Coordinator member
          • coord_node - Coordinating node
          • coord_partition_num - Coordinator partition number
          • coord_stmt_exec_time - Execution time for statement by coordinator agent
          • coord_time_created - Timestamp activity event monitor element
          • corr_token - DRDA correlation token
          • cost_estimate_top - Cost estimate top
          • count - Number of event monitor overflows
          • cpu_configured - Number of configured CPUs
          • cpu_cores_per_socket - Number of CPU cores per socket
          • cpu_entitlement - CPU entitlement
          • cpu_hmt_degree - Number of logical CPUs
          • cpu_idle - Processor idle time
          • cpu_iowait - IO Wait time
          • cpu_limit - WLM dispatcher CPU limit
          • cpu_load_long - Processor load (long timeframe)
          • cpu_load_medium - Processor load (medium timeframe)
          • cpu_load_short - Processor load (short timeframe)
          • cpu_online - Number of CPUs online
          • cpu_share_type - CPU share type
          • cpu_shares - WLM dispatcher CPU shares
          • cpu_speed - CPU clock speed
          • cpu_system - Kernel time
          • cpu_timebase - Frequency of timebase register increment
          • cpu_total - Number of CPUs
          • cpu_usage_total - Processor usage
          • cpu_user - Non-kernel processing time
          • cpu_utilization - CPU utilization
          • cpu_velocity - CPU velocity
          • cputime_threshold_id - CPU time threshold ID
          • cputime_threshold_value - CPU time threshold value
          • cputime_threshold_violated - CPU time threshold violated
          • cputimeinsc_threshold_id - CPU time in service class threshold ID
          • cputimeinsc_threshold_value - CPU time in service class threshold value
          • cputimeinsc_threshold_violated - CPU time in service class threshold violated
          • create_nickname - Create nicknames
          • create_nickname_time - Create nickname response time
          • creator - Application creator
          • critical_priority_act_total - Total number of critical priority activities
          • current_active_log - Current active log file number
          • current_archive_log - Current archive log file number
          • current_cf_gbp_size - Current cluster caching facility group buffer pool size
          • current_cf_lock_size - Current cluster caching facility lock size
          • current_cf_mem_size - Current cluster caching facility memory size
          • current_cf_sca_size - Current cluster caching facility shared communications area size
          • current_extent - Extent currently being moved
          • current_isolation - Current isolation level
          • current_request - Current operation request
          • cursor_name - Cursor name
        • D
          • data_object_l_pages - Table data logical pages
          • data_object_pages - Data object pages
          • data_partition_id - Data partition identifier
          • data_sharing_remote_lockwait_count - Data sharing remote lock wait count
          • data_sharing_remote_lockwait_time - Data sharing remote lock wait time
          • data_sharing_state - Data sharing state
          • data_sharing_state_change_time - Data sharing state change time
          • datasource_name - Data source name
          • datataginsc_threshold_id - Data tag in service class threshold (IN condition) ID
          • datataginsc_threshold_value - Data tag in service class threshold (IN condition) value
          • datataginsc_threshold_violated - Data tag in service class threshold (IN condition) violated
          • datatagnotinsc_threshold_id - Data tag in service class threshold (NOT IN condition) ID
          • datatagnotinsc_threshold_value - Data tag in service class threshold (NOT IN condition) value
          • datatagnotinsc_threshold_violated - Data tag in service class threshold (NOT IN condition) violated
          • db_activation_state - Database activation state
          • db_conn_time - Database activation timestamp
          • db_heap_top - Maximum database heap allocated
          • db_location - Database location
          • db_name - Database name
          • db_path - Database path
          • db_status - Status of database
          • db_storage_path - Automatic storage path
          • db_storage_path_id - Storage path identifier
          • db_storage_path_state - Storage path state
          • db_storage_path_with_dpe - Storage path including database partition expression
          • db_work_action_set_id - Database work action set ID
          • db_work_class_id - Database work class ID
          • db2_process_ID - Db2 process ID
          • db2_process_name - process name
          • db2_status - Status of Db2 instance
          • db2start_time - Start database manager timestamp
          • dbpartitionnum - Database partition number
          • dcs_appl_status - DCS application status
          • dcs_db_name - DCS database name
          • ddl_classification - DDL classification
          • ddl_sql_stmts - Data definition language (DDL) SQL statements
          • deadlock_id - Deadlock event identifier
          • deadlock_member - Deadlock member
          • deadlock_node - Partition number where deadlock occurred
          • deadlock_type - Deadlock type
          • deadlocks - Deadlocks detected
          • deferred - Deferred
          • degree_parallelism - Degree of parallelism
          • del_keys_cleaned - Pseudo deleted keys cleaned
          • delete_sql_stmts - Deletes
          • delete_time - Delete response time
          • destination_service_class_id - Destination service class ID
          • details_xml - Details XML
          • device_type - Device type
          • diaglog_write_wait_time - Diagnostic log file write wait time
          • diaglog_writes_total - Total diagnostic log file writes
          • direct_read_reqs - Direct read requests
          • direct_read_time - Direct read time
          • direct_reads - Direct reads from database
          • direct_write_reqs - Direct write requests
          • direct_write_time - Direct write time
          • direct_writes - Direct writes to database
          • disabled_peds - Disabled partial early distincts
          • disconn_time - Database deactivation timestamp
          • disconnects - Disconnects
          • dl_conns - Connections involved in deadlock
          • dyn_compound_exec_id - Dynamic compound statement executable identifier
          • dynamic_sql_stmts - Dynamic SQL statements attempted
        • E
          • edu_ID - Engine dispatchable unit ID
          • edu_name - Engine dispatchable unit name
          • eff_parallelism - The effective parallelism
          • eff_parallelism_avg - The average effective parallelism
          • eff_parallelism_top - The top effective parallelism
          • eff_stmt_text - Effective statement text
          • effective_isolation - Effective isolation
          • effective_lock_timeout - Effective lock timeout
          • effective_query_degree - Effective query degree
          • ehl_lockwait_time - Total time for EHL object lock wait
          • elapsed_exec_time - Statement execution elapsed time
          • empty_pages_deleted - Empty pages deleted
          • empty_pages_reused - Empty pages reused
          • entry_time - Entry time
          • estimated_cpu_entitlement - Estimated CPU entitlement
          • estimated_util_heap_top - estimated peak utility heap monitor element
          • estimated_runtime - Estimated execution time for a DML statement
          • estimated_sort_consumers_top - Estimated concurrently executing sort memory consumers
          • estimated_sort_shrheap_top - Estimated shared sort heap consumption
          • estimatedsqlcost_threshold_id - Estimated SQL cost threshold ID
          • estimatedsqlcost_threshold_value - Estimated SQL cost threshold value
          • estimatedsqlcost_threshold_violated - Estimated SQL cost threshold violated
          • event_id - Event ID monitor element
          • event_monitor_name - Event monitor name
          • event_time - Event time
          • event_timestamp - Event timestamp monitor element
          • event_type - Event Type
          • evmon_activates - Number of event monitor activations
          • evmon_flushes - Number of event monitor flushes
          • evmon_wait_time - Event monitor wait time
          • evmon_waits_total - Event monitor total waits
          • exec_list_cleanup_time - Execution list cleanup time
          • exec_list_mem_exceeded - Execution list memory exceeded
          • executable_id - Executable ID
          • executable_list_size - Size of executable list
          • executable_list_truncated - Executable list truncated
          • execution_id - User login ID
          • ext_table_read_volume - Total data read by external table readers
          • ext_table_recv_volume - Total data received from external table readers
          • ext_table_recv_wait_time - Total agent wait time for external table readers
          • ext_table_recvs_total - Total row batches received from external table readers
          • ext_table_send_volume - Total data sent to external table writers
          • ext_table_send_wait_time - Total agent wait time for external table writers
          • ext_table_sends_total - Total row batches sent to external table writers
          • ext_table_write_volume - Total data written by external table writers
        • F
          • failed_sql_stmts - Failed statement operations
          • fcm_congested_sends - FCM congested sends
          • fcm_congestion_time - FCM congestion time
          • fcm_message_recv_volume - FCM message received volume
          • fcm_message_recv_wait_time - FCM message received wait time
          • fcm_message_recv_waits_total - Number of times spent waiting for FCM reply message
          • fcm_message_recvs_total - Total FCM message receives
          • fcm_message_send_volume - FCM message send volume
          • fcm_message_send_wait_time - FCM message send wait time
          • fcm_message_send_waits_total - Number of times spent blocking on an FCM message send
          • fcm_message_sends_total - Total FCM message sends
          • fcm_num_congestion_timeouts - FCM congestion timeouts
          • fcm_num_conn_lost - FCM lost connections
          • fcm_num_conn_timeouts - FCM connection timeouts
          • fcm_recv_volume - FCM received volume
          • fcm_recv_wait_time - FCM received wait time
          • fcm_recv_waits_total - Number of times spent waiting to receive data through FCM
          • fcm_recvs_total - FCM receives total
          • fcm_send_volume - FCM send volume
          • fcm_send_wait_time - FCM send wait time
          • fcm_send_waits_total - Number of times spent blocking on an FCM send operation
          • fcm_sends_total - FCM sends total
          • fcm_tq_recv_volume - FCM table queue received volume
          • fcm_tq_recv_wait_time - FCM table queue received wait time
          • fcm_tq_recv_waits_total - Number of times spent waiting to receive the next buffer
          • fcm_tq_recvs_total - FCM table queue receives total
          • fcm_tq_send_volume - FCM table queue send volume
          • fcm_tq_send_wait_time - FCM table queue send wait time
          • fcm_tq_send_waits_total - Number of times spent waiting to send the next buffer
          • fcm_tq_sends_total - FCM table queue send total
          • fed_rows_deleted - Rows deleted by a federation system
          • fed_rows_inserted - Rows inserted by a federation system
          • fed_rows_read - Rows read by a federation system
          • fed_rows_updated - Rows updated by a federation system
          • fed_waits_total - Total number of execution times for a federation server
          • fed_wait_time - Time spent by a federation server
          • fetch_count - Number of successful fetches
          • files_closed - Database files closed
          • first_active_log - First active log file number
          • first_overflow_time - Time of first event overflow
          • fs_caching - File system caching
          • fs_id - Unique file system identification number
          • fs_total_size - Total size of a file system
          • fs_used_size - Amount of space used on a file system
        • G
          • gbp_update_time - Group puffer pool update time
          • global_transaction_id - Global transaction identifier
          • gw_comm_error_time - Communication error time
          • gw_comm_errors - Communication errors
          • gw_con_time - Db2 Connect gateway first connect initiated
          • gw_connections_top - Maximum number of concurrent connections to host database
          • gw_cons_wait_client - Number of connections waiting for the client to send request
          • gw_cons_wait_host - Number of connections waiting for the host to reply
          • gw_cur_cons - Current number of connections for Db2 Connect
          • gw_db_alias - Database alias at the gateway
          • gw_exec_time - Elapsed time spent on Db2 Connect gateway processing
          • gw_total_cons - Total number of attempted connections for Db2 Connect
        • H
          • hadr_connect_status - HADR connection status
          • hadr_connect_status_time - HADR connect status time
          • hadr_connect_time - HADR connection time
          • hadr_flags - HADR flags
          • hadr_heartbeat - HADR heartbeat
          • hadr_last_takeover_time - HADR last takeover time monitor element
          • hadr_local_host - HADR local host
          • hadr_local_service - HADR local service
          • hadr_log_gap - HADR log gap
          • hadr_peer_window - HADR peer window
          • hadr_peer_window_end - HADR peer window end
          • hadr_primary_log_file - HADR primary log file
          • hadr_primary_log_lsn - HADR primary log LSN
          • hadr_primary_log_page - HADR primary log page
          • hadr_remote_host - HADR remote host
          • hadr_remote_instance - HADR remote instance
          • hadr_remote_service - HADR remote service
          • hadr_role - HADR role
          • hadr_standby_log_file - HADR standby log file
          • hadr_standby_log_lsn - HADR standby log LSN
          • hadr_standby_log_page - HADR standby log page
          • hadr_state - HADR state
          • hadr_syncmode - HADR synchronization mode
          • hadr_timeout - HADR timeout
          • hash_grpby_overflows - Hash GROUP BY overflows
          • hash_join_overflows - Hash join overflows
          • hash_join_small_overflows - Hash join small overflows
          • heartbeat_expected - Heartbeats expected
          • heartbeat_interval - Heartbeat interval
          • heartbeat_missed - Heartbeats missed
          • high_priority_act_total - total number of high priority activities
          • histogram_type - Histogram type
          • hld_application_handle - Identifier for the application holding the lock
          • hld_member - Database member for application holding lock
          • host_ccsid - Host coded character set ID
          • host_db_name - Host database name
          • host_name - Host name
          • host_prdid - Host product/version ID
          • host_response_time - Host response time
          • hostname - Host name
        • I
          • id - cluster caching facility identification
          • ida_recv_volume - Total data volume received
          • ida_recv_wait_time - Time spent waiting to receive data
          • ida_recvs_total - Number of times data received
          • ida_send_volume - Total data volume sent
          • ida_send_wait_time - Time spent waiting to send data
          • ida_sends_total - Number of times data sent
          • idle_agents - Number of idle agents
          • iid - Index identifier
          • implicit_rebinds - number of implicit rebinds monitor element
          • inact_stmthist_sz - Statement history list size
          • inbound_bytes_received - Inbound number of bytes received
          • inbound_bytes_sent - Inbound number of bytes sent
          • inbound_comm_address - Inbound communication address
          • include_col_updates - Include column updates
          • incremental_bind - Incremental bind
          • index_jump_scans - Index jump scans
          • index_name - Index name
          • index_object_l_pages - Index data logical pages
          • index_object_pages - Index object pages
          • index_only_scans - Index-only scans
          • index_scans - Index scans
          • index_schema - Index schema
          • index_tbsp_id - Index table space ID
          • input_db_alias - Input database alias
          • insert_sql_stmts - Inserts
          • insert_time - Insert response time
          • insert_timestamp - Insert timestamp
          • int_auto_rebinds - Internal automatic rebinds
          • int_commits - Internal commits
          • int_deadlock_rollbacks - Internal rollbacks due to deadlock
          • int_node_splits - Intermediate node splits
          • int_rollbacks - Internal rollbacks
          • int_rows_deleted - Internal rows deleted
          • int_rows_inserted - Internal rows inserted
          • int_rows_updated - Internal rows updated
          • intra_parallel_state - Current state of intrapartition parallelism
          • invocation_id - Invocation ID
          • ipc_recv_volume - Interprocess communication received volume
          • ipc_recv_wait_time - Interprocess communication received wait time
          • ipc_recvs_total - Interprocess communication receives total
          • ipc_send_volume - Interprocess communication send volume
          • ipc_send_wait_time - Interprocess communication send wait time
          • ipc_sends_total - Interprocess communication send total
          • is_system_appl - Is System Application
        • K
          • key_updates - Key updates
          • ktid - Kernel thread ID
        • L
          • last_active_log - Last active log file number
          • last_backup - Last backup timestamp
          • last_executable_id - Last executable identifier
          • last_exec_error - Last error of the statement
          • last_exec_error_sqlerrmc - Tokens for last statement error
          • last_exec_error_timestamp - Time of last statement error
          • last_exec_warning- last statement warning
          • last_exec_warning_sqlerrmc - Tokens for last statement warning
          • last_exec_warning_timestamp - Time of last statement warning
          • last_extent - Last extent moved
          • last_metrics_update - Metrics last update timestamp
          • last_overflow_time - Time of last event overflow
          • last_reference_time - Last reference time
          • last_request_type - Last request type
          • last_reset - Last reset timestamp
          • last_updated - Last update time stamp
          • last_wlm_reset - Time of last reset
          • latch_name - Latch name
          • latch_status - Latch status
          • latch_wait_time - Latch wait time
          • lbp_update_time - Local buffer pool update time
          • lib_id - Library identifier
          • lob_object_l_pages - LOB data logical pages
          • lob_object_pages - LOB object pages
          • lob_prefetch_reqs - LOB prefetcher request count
          • lob_prefetch_wait_time - Wait time for prefetcher for LOB read or write
          • local_cons - Local connections
          • local_cons_in_exec - Local connections executing in the database manager
          • local_start_time - Local start time
          • local_tier_write_bytes - Bytes to write to local tier
          • local_tier_write_reqs - Write request for local tier
          • local_tier_write_time - Elapsed time to write
          • local_transaction_id - Local transaction identifier
          • location - Location
          • location_type - Location type
          • lock_attributes - Lock attributes
          • lock_count - Lock count
          • lock_current_mode - Original lock mode before conversion
          • lock_escalation - Lock escalation
          • lock_escals - Number of lock escalations
          • lock_escals_global - Number of global lock escalations
          • lock_escals_locklist - Number of locklist lock escalations
          • lock_escals_maxlocks - Number of maxlocks lock escalations
          • lock_hold_count - Lock hold count
          • lock_list_in_use - Total lock list memory in use
          • lock_mode - Lock mode
          • lock_mode_requested - Lock mode requested
          • lock_name - Lock name
          • lock_node - Lock node
          • lock_object_name - Lock object name
          • lock_object_type - Lock object type waited on
          • lock_object_type_id - Internal lock object type waited on
          • lock_release_flags - Lock release flags
          • lock_status - Lock status
          • lock_timeout_val - Lock timeout value
          • lock_timeouts - Number of lock timeouts
          • lock_timeouts_global - Lock timeouts global
          • lock_wait_end_time - Lock wait end timestamp
          • lock_wait_start_time - Lock wait start timestamp
          • lock_wait_time - Time waited on locks
          • lock_wait_time_global - Lock wait time global
          • lock_wait_time_global_top - Top global lock wait time
          • lock_wait_time_top - Lock wait time top
          • lock_wait_val - Lock wait value
          • lock_waits - Lock waits
          • lock_waits_global - Lock waits global
          • locks_held - Locks held
          • locks_held_top - Maximum number of locks held
          • locks_in_list - Number of locks reported
          • locks_waiting - Current agents waiting on locks
          • log_buffer_wait_time - Log buffer wait time
          • log_disk_wait_time - Log disk wait time
          • log_disk_waits_total - Total log disk waits
          • log_extraction_disk_space_used - Number of bytes for extraction logs
          • log_extraction_status - Current status of extraction
          • LOG_EXTRACTION_THROTTLE_REASON - Reason for extraction throttling monitor element
          • log_hadr_wait_cur - Current logger wait time
          • log_hadr_wait_time - Total logger wait time
          • log_hadr_waits_total - Total logger wait events
          • log_held_by_dirty_pages - Amount of log space accounted for by dirty pages
          • log_read_time - Log read time
          • log_reads - Number of log pages read
          • log_to_redo_for_recovery - Amount of log to be redone for recovery
          • log_write_time - Log write time
          • log_writes - Number of log pages written
          • log_stream_id - Log stream ID
          • long_object_l_pages - Long object data logical pages
          • long_object_pages - Long object pages
          • long_tbsp_id - Long table space ID
          • low_priority_act_total - The total number of low priority activities
        • M
          • machine_identification - Host hardware identification
          • max_agent_overflows - Maximum agent overflows
          • max_coord_stmt_exec_time - Maximum coordinator statement execution time
          • max_coord_stmt_exec_time_args - Maximum coordinator statement execution time arguments
          • max_coord_stmt_exec_timestamp - Maximum coordinator statement execution timestamp
          • max_data_received_1024 - Number of statements with outbound bytes received between 513 and 1024 bytes
          • max_data_received_128 - Number of statements with outbound bytes received between 1 and 128 bytes
          • max_data_received_16384 - Number of statements with outbound bytes received between 8193 and 16384 bytes
          • max_data_received_2048 - Number of statements with outbound bytes received between 1025 and 2048 bytes
          • max_data_received_256 - Number of statements with outbound bytes received between 129 and 256 bytes
          • max_data_received_31999 - Number of statements with outbound bytes received between 16385 and 31999 bytes
          • max_data_received_4096 - Number of statements with outbound bytes received between 2049 and 4096 bytes
          • max_data_received_512 - Number of statements with outbound bytes received between 257 and 512 bytes
          • max_data_received_64000 - Number of statements with outbound bytes received between 32000 and 64000 bytes
          • max_data_received_8192 - Number of statements with outbound bytes received between 4097 and 8192 bytes
          • max_data_received_gt64000 - Number of statements with outbound bytes received greater than 64000 bytes
          • max_data_sent_1024 - Number of statements with outbound bytes sent between 513 and 1024 bytes
          • max_data_sent_128 - Number of statements with outbound bytes sent between 1 and 128 bytes
          • max_data_sent_16384 - Number of statements with outbound bytes sent between 8193 and 16384 bytes
          • max_data_sent_2048 - Number of statements with outbound bytes sent between 1025 and 2048 bytes
          • max_data_sent_256 - Number of statements with outbound bytes sent between 129 and 256 bytes
          • max_data_sent_31999 - Number of statements with outbound bytes sent between 16385 and 31999 bytes
          • max_data_sent_4096 - Number of statements with outbound bytes sent between 2049 and 4096 bytes
          • max_data_sent_512 - Number of statements with outbound bytes sent between 257 and 512 bytes
          • max_data_sent_64000 - Number of statements with outbound bytes sent between 32000 and 64000 bytes
          • max_data_sent_8192 - Number of statements with outbound bytes sent between 4097 and 8192 bytes
          • max_data_sent_gt64000 - Number of statements with outbound bytes sent greater than 64000 bytes
          • max_network_time_1_ms - Number of statements with network time of up to 1 ms
          • max_network_time_100_ms - Number of statements with network time between 16 and 100 ms
          • max_network_time_16_ms - Number of statements with network time between 4 and 16 ms
          • max_network_time_4_ms - Number of statements with network time between 1 and 4 ms
          • max_network_time_500_ms - Number of statements with network time between 100 and 500 ms
          • max_network_time_gt500_ms - Number of statements with network time greater than 500 ms
          • medium_priority_act_total - The total number of medium priority activities
          • member - Database member
          • member_subset_id - Member subset ID
          • memory_address - Memory address
          • memory_free - Amount of free physical memory
          • memory_pool_id - Memory pool identifier
          • memory_pool_type - Memory pool name monitor element
          • memory_pool_used - Amount of memory pool in use
          • memory_pool_used_hwm - Memory pool high water mark
          • memory_set_committed - Memory currently committed
          • memory_set_id - Memory set identifier
          • memory_set_size - Memory set size
          • memory_set_type - Memory set type
          • memory_set_used - Memory in use by this set
          • memory_set_used_hwm - Memory set high water mark
          • memory_swap_free - Total free swap space
          • memory_swap_total - Total swap space
          • memory_total - Total physical memory
          • merge_sql_stmts - Merge SQL statements executed monitor element
          • message - Control table message
          • message_time - Timestamp control table message
          • metrics - Metrics
          • mon_interval_id - Monitor interval identifier
        • N
          • nesting_level - Nesting level
          • network_interface_bound - Network interface hostname or IP address for remote client and server communications
          • network_time_bottom - Minimum network time for statement
          • network_time_top - Maximum network time for statement
          • nleaf - Number of leaf pages
          • nlevels - Number of index levels
          • no_change_updates - Number of no change row updates
          • node_number - Node number
          • nonboundary_leaf_node_splits - Non-boundary leaf node splits
          • num_agents - Number of agents working on a statement
          • num_assoc_agents - Number of associated agents
          • num_columns_referenced - Number of columns referenced
          • num_compilations - Statement compilations
          • num_coord_agents - Number of coordinator agents
          • num_coord_exec - Number of executions by coordinator agent
          • num_coord_exec_with_metrics - Number of executions by coordinator agent with metrics
          • num_db_storage_paths - Number of automatic storage paths
          • num_exec_with_metrics - Number of executions with metrics collected
          • num_executions - Statement executions
          • num_exec_with_error - Number of executions with errors
          • num_exec_with_warning - Number of executions with warnings
          • num_extents_left - Number of extents left to process
          • num_extents_moved - Number of extents moved
          • num_gw_conn_switches - Connection switches
          • num_indoubt_trans - Number of indoubt transactions
          • num_log_buffer_full - Number of times full log buffer caused agents to wait
          • num_log_data_found_in_buffer - Number of log data found in buffer
          • num_log_part_page_io - Number of partial log page writes
          • num_log_read_io - Number of log reads
          • num_log_write_io - Number of log writes
          • num_lw_thresh_exceeded - Number of lock wait thresholds exceeded
          • num_nodes_in_db2_instance - Number of nodes in database partition
          • num_page_dict_built - Number of page-level compression dictionaries created or recreated
          • num_pooled_agents - Number of pooled agents
          • num_ref_with_metrics - Number of references with metrics
          • num_references - Number of references
          • num_remaps - Number of remaps
          • num_routines - Number of routines
          • num_tbsps - Number of table spaces
          • num_threshold_violations - Number of threshold violations
          • num_transmissions - Number of transmissions
          • num_transmissions_group - Number of transmissions group
          • number_in_bin - Number in bin
        • O
          • object_col_caching_tier_l_reads - Total logical reads of column-organized pages from the caching tier
          • object_col_caching_tier_pages found - Table column-organized pages found in caching tier
          • object_col_gbp_indep_pages_found_in_lbp - Group buffer pool column-organized independent data pages found in local buffer pool
          • object_col_gbp_invalid_pages - Group buffer pool column-organized invalid data pages
          • object_col_gbp_l_reads - Group buffer pool column-organized logical reads
          • object_col_gbp_p_reads - Group buffer pool column-organized physical reads
          • object_col_l_reads - Column-organized logical reads
          • object_col_lbp_pages_found - Local buffer pool column-organized pages found
          • object_col_p_reads - Column-organized physical reads
          • object_data_caching_tier_l_reads - Total logical reads of data pages from the caching tier
          • object_data_caching_tier_pages_found - Table data pages found in caching tier
          • object_data_gbp_indep_pages_found_in_lbp - Group buffer pool independent data pages found in local buffer pool
          • object_data_gbp_invalid_pages - GBP invalid data pages for a table
          • object_data_gbp_l_reads - GBP data logical reads for a table
          • object_data_gbp_p_reads - GBP data physical reads for a table
          • object_data_lbp_pages_found - LBP data pages found for a table
          • object_data_l_reads - Buffer pool data logical reads for a table
          • object_data_p_reads - Buffer pool physical data reads for a table
          • object_index_gbp_indep_pages_found_in_lbp - Group buffer pool independent index pages found in local buffer pool
          • object_index_gbp_invalid_pages - GBP invalid index pages for an index
          • object_index_gbp_l_reads - GBP index logical reads for an index
          • object_index_gbp_p_reads - GBP index physical reads for an index
          • object_index_lbp_pages_found - LBP index pages found for an index
          • object_index_l_reads - Buffer pool index logical reads for an index
          • object_index_p_reads - Buffer pool index physical reads for an index
          • object_module - Object module
          • object_name - Object name
          • object_requested - Requested object
          • object_schema - Object schema
          • object_xda_caching_tier_l_reads - Total logical reads of XDA data pages from the caching tier
          • object_xda_caching_tier_pages_found - Table XDA data pages found in caching tier
          • object_xda_gbp_indep_pages_found_in_lbp - Group buffer pool XDA independent pages found in local buffer pool
          • object_xda_gbp_invalid_pages - GBP invalid XDA data pages for a table
          • object_xda_gbp_l_reads - GBP XDA data logical read requests for a table
          • object_xda_gbp_p_reads - GBP XDA data physical read requests for a table
          • object_xda_lbp_pages_found - LBP XDA data pages found for a table
          • object_xda_l_reads - Buffer pool XDA data logical reads for a table
          • object_xda_p_reads - Buffer pool XDA data physical reads for a table
          • objtype - Object type
          • olap_func_overflows - OLAP function overflows
          • open_cursors - Number of open cursors
          • open_loc_curs - Open local cursors
          • open_loc_curs_blk - Open local cursors with blocking
          • open_rem_curs - Open remote cursors
          • open_rem_curs_blk - Open remote cursors with blocking
          • os_arch_type - Operating system architecture type
          • os_full_version - Operating system full version
          • os_kernel_version - Operating system kernel identifier
          • os_level - Operating system level
          • os_name - Operating system name
          • os_release - Operating system release
          • os_version - Operating system version
          • outbound_appl_id - Outbound application ID
          • outbound_bytes_received - Outbound number of bytes received
          • outbound_bytes_received_bottom - Minimum outbound number of bytes received
          • outbound_bytes_received_top - Maximum outbound number of bytes received
          • outbound_bytes_sent - Outbound number of bytes sent
          • outbound_bytes_sent_bottom - Minimum outbound number of bytes sent
          • outbound_bytes_sent_top - Maximum outbound number of bytes sent
          • outbound_comm_address - Outbound communication address
          • outbound_comm_protocol - Outbound communication protocol
          • outbound_sequence_no - Outbound sequence number
          • overflow_accesses - Accesses to overflowed records
          • overflow_creates - Overflow creates
        • P
          • package_id - Package identifier
          • package_elapsed_time - Package elapsed time
          • package_list_count - Package list count
          • package_list_exceeded - Package list exceeded
          • package_list_size - Size of package list
          • package_name - Package name
          • package_schema - Package schema
          • package_version_id - Package version
          • packet_receive_errors - Packet receive errors
          • packets_received - Packets received
          • packet_send_errors - Packet send errors
          • packets_sent - Packets sent
          • page_allocations - Page allocations
          • page_reorgs - Page reorganizations
          • page_reclaims_x - Page reclaims exclusive access
          • page_reclaims_s - Page reclaims shared access
          • page_reclaims_initiated_x - Page reclaims initiated exclusive access
          • page_reclaims_initiated_s - Page reclaims initiated shared access
          • pages_from_block_ios - Total number of pages read by block I/O
          • pages_from_vectored_ios - Total pages read by vectored I/O
          • pages_merged - Pages merged
          • pages_read - Number of pages read
          • pages_written - Number of pages written
          • parent_activity_id - Parent activity ID
          • parent_uow_id - Parent unit of work ID
          • partial_record - Partial record
          • participant_no - Participant within deadlock
          • participant_no_holding_lk - Participant holding a lock on the object required by application
          • participant_type - Participant type
          • partition_key - Partitioning key
          • partition_number - Partition number
          • passthru_time - Pass-through time
          • passthrus - Pass-through
          • past_activities_wrapped - Past activities list wrapped
          • peer_wait_limit - Peer wait limit
          • peer_window - Peer window
          • peer_window_end - Peer window end
          • phase_start_event_id - Phase start event ID
          • phase_start_event_timestamp - Phase start event timestamp
          • physical_move_time - Physical extent move time
          • piped_sorts_accepted - Piped sorts accepted
          • piped_sorts_requested - Piped sorts requested
          • pkg_cache_inserts - Package cache inserts
          • pkg_cache_lookups - Package cache lookups
          • pkg_cache_num_overflows - Package cache overflows
          • pkg_cache_size_top - Package cache high watermark
          • planid - Query plan ID
          • pool_async_caching_tier_page_read_time - Buffer pool caching tier page read time
          • pool_async_col_caching_tier_pages_found - Buffer pool asynchronous column-organized pages found in caching tier
          • pool_async_data_caching_tier_pages_found - Buffer pool asynchronous data pages found in caching tier
          • pool_async_index_caching_tier_pages_found - Buffer pool asynchronous index pages found in caching tier
          • pool_async_xda_caching_tier_pages_found - Buffer pool asynchronous XDA data pages found in caching tier
          • pool_async_col_caching_tier_reads - Buffer pool asynchronous column-organized caching tier page reads
          • pool_async_data_caching_tier_reads - Buffer pool asynchronous data caching tier page reads
          • pool_async_index_caching_tier_reads - Buffer pool asynchronous index caching tier page reads
          • pool_async_xda_caching_tier_reads - Buffer pool asynchronous XML caching tier page reads
          • pool_async_col_gbp_indep_pages_found_in_lbp - Asynchronous group buffer pool column-organized independent data pages found in local buffer pool
          • pool_async_col_gbp_invalid_pages - Asynchronous group buffer pool invalid data pages
          • pool_async_col_gbp_l_reads - Asynchronous group buffer pool column-organized logical reads
          • pool_async_col_gbp_p_reads - Asynchronous group buffer pool column-organized physical reads
          • pool_async_col_lbp_pages_found - Asynchronous local buffer pool column-organized pages found
          • pool_async_col_read_reqs - Buffer pool asynchronous column-organized read requests
          • pool_async_col_reads - Buffer pool asynchronous column-organized reads
          • pool_async_col_writes - Buffer pool asynchronous column-organized writes
          • pool_async_data_gbp_indep_pages_found_in_lbp - Group buffer pool independent data pages found by asynchronous EDUs in a local buffer pool
          • pool_async_data_gbp_invalid_pages - Asynchronous group buffer pool invalid data pages
          • pool_async_data_gbp_l_reads - Asynchronous group buffer pool data logical reads
          • pool_async_data_gbp_p_reads - Asynchronous group buffer pool data physical reads
          • pool_async_data_lbp_pages_found - Asynchronous local buffer pool data pages found
          • pool_async_data_read_reqs - Buffer pool asynchronous read requests
          • pool_async_data_reads - Buffer pool asynchronous data reads
          • pool_async_data_writes - Buffer pool asynchronous data writes
          • pool_async_index_gbp_indep_pages_found_in_lbp - Group buffer pool independent index pages found by asynchronous EDUs in a local buffer pool
          • pool_async_index_gbp_invalid_pages - Asynchronous group buffer pool invalid index pages
          • pool_async_index_gbp_l_reads - Asynchronous group buffer pool index logical reads
          • pool_async_index_gbp_p_reads - Asynchronous group buffer pool index physical reads
          • pool_async_index_lbp_pages_found - Asynchronous local buffer pool index pages found
          • pool_async_index_read_reqs - Buffer pool asynchronous index read requests
          • pool_async_index_reads - Buffer pool asynchronous index reads
          • pool_async_index_writes - Buffer pool asynchronous index writes
          • pool_async_read_time - Buffer pool asynchronous read time
          • pool_async_write_time - Buffer pool asynchronous write time
          • pool_async_xda_gbp_indep_pages_found_in_lbp - Group buffer pool independent XML storage object (XDA) pages found by asynchronous EDUs in a local buffer pool
          • pool_async_xda_gbp_invalid_pages - Asynchronous group buffer pool invalid XDA data pages
          • pool_async_xda_gbp_l_reads - Group buffer pool XDA data asynchronous logical read requests
          • pool_async_xda_gbp_p_reads - Group buffer pool XDA data asynchronous physical read requests
          • pool_async_xda_lbp_pages_found - Asynchronous local buffer pool XDA data pages found
          • pool_async_xda_read_reqs - Buffer pool asynchronous XDA read requests
          • pool_async_xda_reads - Buffer pool asynchronous XDA data reads
          • pool_async_xda_writes - Buffer pool asynchronous XDA data writes
          • pool_caching_tier_page_read_time - Buffer pool caching tier page read time
          • pool_col_caching_tier_l_reads - Buffer pool column-organized caching tier logical reads
          • pool_col_caching_tier_pages_found - Buffer pool column-organized pages found in caching tier
          • pool_col_gbp_indep_pages_found_in_lbp - Buffer pool column-organized GBP independent pages found in local buffer pool
          • pool_col_gbp_invalid_pages - Buffer pool column-organized GBP invalid data pages
          • pool_col_gbp_l_reads - Buffer pool column-organized GBP logical reads
          • pool_col_gbp_p_reads - Buffer pool column-organized GBP physical reads
          • pool_col_l_reads - Buffer pool column-organized logical reads
          • pool_col_lbp_pages_found - Buffer pool column-organized LBP pages found
          • pool_col_p_reads - Buffer pool column-organized physical reads
          • pool_col_writes - Buffer pool column-organized writes
          • pool_config_size - Configured size of memory pool
          • pool_cur_size - Current size of memory pool
          • pool_data_caching_tier_l_reads - Buffer pool data caching tier logical reads
          • pool_data_caching_tier_pages_found - Buffer pool data pages found in caching tier
          • pool_data_gbp_indep_pages_found_in_lbp - Group buffer pool independent data pages found in local buffer pool
          • pool_data_gbp_invalid_pages - Group buffer pool invalid data pages
          • pool_data_gbp_l_reads - Group buffer pool data logical reads
          • pool_data_gbp_p_reads - Group buffer pool data physical reads
          • pool_data_lbp_pages_found - Local buffer pool found data pages
          • pool_data_l_reads - Buffer pool data logical reads
          • pool_data_p_reads - Buffer pool data physical reads
          • pool_data_writes - Buffer pool data writes
          • pool_drty_pg_steal_clns - Buffer pool victim page trigger cleaner cycles triggered
          • pool_drty_pg_thrsh_clns - Buffer pool threshold trigger cleaner cycles
          • pool_failed_async_col_reqs - Failed column-organized prefetch requests
          • pool_failed_async_data_reqs - Failed data prefetch requests
          • pool_failed_async_index_reqs - Failed index prefetch requests
          • pool_failed_async_temp_col_reqs - Failed column-organized temporary prefetch requests
          • pool_failed_async_other_reqs - Failed non-prefetch requests
          • pool_failed_async_temp_data_reqs - Failed data prefetch requests for temporary table spaces
          • pool_failed_async_temp_index_reqs - Failed index prefetch requests for temporary table spaces
          • pool_failed_async_temp_xda_reqs - Failed XDA prefetch requests for temporary table spaces
          • pool_failed_async_xda_reqs - Failed XDA prefetch requests
          • pool_id - Memory pool identifier
          • pool_index_caching_tier_l_reads - Buffer pool index caching tier logical reads
          • pool_index_caching_tier_pages_found - Buffer pool index pages found in caching tier
          • pool_index_gbp_indep_pages_found_in_lbp - Group buffer pool independent index pages found in local buffer pool
          • pool_index_gbp_invalid_pages - Group buffer pool invalid index pages
          • pool_index_gbp_l_reads - Group buffer pool index logical reads
          • pool_index_gbp_p_reads - Group buffer pool index physical reads
          • pool_index_lbp_pages_found - Local buffer pool index pages found
          • pool_index_l_reads - Buffer pool index logical reads
          • pool_index_p_reads - Buffer pool index physical reads
          • pool_index_writes - Buffer pool index writes
          • pool_lsn_gap_clns - Buffer pool log space trigger cleaner cycles
          • pool_no_victim_buffer - Buffer pool no victim buffers
          • pool_queued_async_col_pages - Column-organized page prefetch requests
          • pool_queued_async_col_reqs - Column-organized prefetch requests
          • pool_queued_async_data_pages - Data pages prefetch requests
          • pool_queued_async_data_reqs - Data prefetch requests
          • pool_queued_async_index_pages - Index pages prefetch requests
          • pool_queued_async_index_reqs - Index prefetch requests
          • pool_queued_async_other_reqs - Other requests handled by prefetchers
          • pool_queued_async_temp_col_pages - Column-organized page temporary prefetch requests
          • pool_queued_async_temp_col_reqs - Column-organized temporary prefetch requests
          • pool_queued_async_temp_data_pages - Data pages prefetch requests for temporary table spaces
          • pool_queued_async_temp_data_reqs - Data prefetch requests for temporary table spaces
          • pool_queued_async_temp_index_pages - Index pages prefetch requests for temporary table spaces
          • pool_queued_async_temp_index_reqs - Index prefetch requests for temporary table spaces
          • pool_queued_async_temp_xda_pages - XDA data pages prefetch requests for temporary table spaces
          • pool_queued_async_temp_xda_reqs - XDA data prefetch requests for temporary table spaces
          • pool_queued_async_xda_pages - XDA pages prefetch requests
          • pool_queued_async_xda_reqs - XDA prefetch requests
          • pool_read_time - Total buffer pool physical read time
          • pool_secondary_id - Memory pool secondary identifier
          • pool_sync_data_gbp_reads - Synchronous group buffer pool data reads
          • pool_sync_data_reads - Synchronous buffer pool data reads
          • pool_sync_index_gbp_reads - Synchronous group buffer pool index reads
          • pool_sync_index_reads - Synchronous buffer pool index reads
          • pool_sync_xda_gbp_reads - Synchronous group buffer pool XDA data reads
          • pool_sync_xda_reads - Synchronous buffer pool XDA data reads
          • pool_temp_col_caching_tier_l_reads - Buffer pool temporary column-organized caching tier logical reads
          • pool_temp_col_caching_tier_pages_found - Buffer pool temporary column-organized pages found in caching tier
          • pool_temp_col_l_reads - Buffer pool column-organized temporary logical reads
          • pool_temp_col_p_reads - Buffer pool column-organized temporary physical reads
          • pool_temp_data_caching_tier_l_reads - Buffer pool temporary data caching tier logical reads
          • pool_temp_data_caching_tier_pages_found - Buffer pool temporary data pages found in caching tier
          • pool_temp_data_l_reads - Buffer pool temporary data logical reads
          • pool_temp_data_p_reads - Buffer pool temporary data physical reads
          • pool_temp_index_caching_tier_l_reads - Buffer pool temporary index caching tier logical reads
          • pool_temp_index_caching_tier_pages_found - Buffer pool temporary index pages found in caching tier
          • pool_temp_index_l_reads - Buffer pool temporary index logical reads
          • pool_temp_index_p_reads - Buffer pool temporary index physical reads
          • pool_xda_caching_tier_l_reads - Buffer pool temporary XML data caching tier logical reads
          • pool_temp_xda_caching_tier_pages_found - Buffer pool temporary XDA data pages found in caching tier
          • pool_temp_xda_l_reads - Buffer pool temporary XDA data logical reads
          • pool_temp_xda_p_reads - Buffer pool temporary XDA data physical reads
          • pool_watermark - Memory pool watermark
          • pool_write_time - Total buffer pool physical write time
          • pool_xda_caching_tier_l_reads - Buffer pool XML data caching tier logical reads
          • pool_xda_caching_tier_pages_found - Buffer pool XDA data pages found in caching tier
          • pool_xda_gbp_indep_pages_found_in_lbp - Group buffer pool XDA independent pages found in local buffer pool
          • pool_xda_gbp_invalid_pages - Group buffer pool invalid XDA data pages
          • pool_xda_gbp_l_reads - Group buffer pool XDA data logical read requests
          • pool_xda_gbp_p_reads - Group buffer pool XDA data physical read requests
          • pool_xda_l_reads - Buffer pool XDA data logical reads
          • pool_xda_lbp_pages_found - Local buffer pool XDA data pages found
          • pool_xda_p_reads - Buffer pool XDA data physical reads
          • pool_xda_writes - Buffer pool XDA data writes
          • port_number - Port number
          • post_shrthreshold_hash_joins - Post threshold hash joins
          • post_shrthreshold_sorts - Post shared threshold sorts
          • post_threshold_col_vector_consumers - Post-threshold columnar vector consumers
          • post_threshold_hash_grpbys - Hash GROUP BY threshold
          • post_threshold_hash_joins - Hash join threshold
          • post_threshold_olap_funcs - OLAP function threshold
          • post_threshold_peas - Partial early aggregation threshold
          • post_threshold_peds - Partial early distincts threshold
          • post_threshold_sorts - Post threshold sorts
          • prefetch_wait_time - Time waited for prefetch
          • prefetch_waits - Prefetcher wait count
          • prep_time - Preparation time
          • prep_time_best - Statement best preparation time
          • prep_time_worst - Statement worst preparation time
          • prep_warning - Prepare warning SQLCODE
          • prep_warning_reason - Prepare warning SQLCODE reason identifier
          • prev_uow_stop_time - Previous unit of work completion timestamp
          • primary_instance - Primary instance
          • primary_log_file - Primary log file
          • primary_log_page - Primary log page
          • primary_log_pos - Primary log position
          • primary_log_time - Primary log time
          • primary_member - Primary member
          • primary_member_host - Primary member host
          • priority - Priority value
          • priv_workspace_num_overflows - Private workspace overflows
          • priv_workspace_section_inserts - Private workspace section inserts
          • priv_workspace_section_lookups - Private workspace section lookups
          • priv_workspace_size_top - Maximum private workspace size
          • product_name - Product name
          • progress_completed_units - Completed progress work units
          • progress_description - Progress description
          • progress_list_attr - Current progress list attributes
          • progress_list_current_seq_num - Current progress list sequence number
          • progress_seq_num - Progress sequence number
          • progress_start_time - Progress start time
          • progress_total_units - Total progress work units
          • progress_work_metric - Progress work metric
          • pseudo_deletes - Pseudo deletes
          • pseudo_empty_pages - Pseudo empty pages
        • Q
          • query_actual_degree - Actual runtime degree of intrapartition parallelism
          • query_card_estimate - Query number of rows estimate
          • query_cost_estimate - Query cost estimate
          • query_data_tag_list - Estimated query data tag list
          • queue_assignments_total - Queue assignments total
          • queue_start_time - Queue start timestamp
          • queue_size_top - Queue size top
          • queue_time_total - Queue time total
          • queued_agents - Queued threshold agents
          • quiescer_agent_id - Quiescer agent identification
          • quiescer_application_handle - Quiescer application handle
          • quiescer_auth_id - Quiescer user authorization identification
          • quiescer_obj_id - Quiescer object identification
          • quiescer_state - Quiescer state
          • quiescer_ts_id - Quiescer table space identification
        • R
          • range_adjustment - Range adjustment
          • range_container_id - Range container
          • range_end_stripe - End stripe
          • range_max_extent - Maximum extent in range
          • range_max_page_number - Maximum page in range
          • range_num_container - Number of containers in range
          • range_number - Range number
          • range_offset - Range offset
          • range_start_stripe - Start stripe
          • range_stripe_set_number - Stripe set number
          • reads_on_standby_enabled - reads on standby enabled
          • reusability_status_reason - Reusability status reason
          • rebalancer_extents_processed - Number of extents the rebalancer has processed
          • rebalancer_extents_remaining - Total number of extents to be processed by the rebalancer
          • rebalancer_last_extent_moved - Last extent moved by the rebalancer
          • rebalancer_mode - Rebalancer mode
          • rebalancer_priority - Current rebalancer priority
          • rebalancer_restart_time - Rebalancer restart time
          • rebalancer_source_storage_group_id - Rebalancer source storage group identifier
          • rebalancer_source_storage_group_name - Rebalancer source storage group name
          • rebalancer_start_time - Rebalancer start time
          • rebalancer_status - Rebalancer status
          • rebalancer_target_storage_group_id - Rebalancer target storage group identifier
          • rebalancer_target_storage_group_name - Rebalancer target storage group name
          • reclaim_wait_time - Reclaim wait time
          • reclaimable_space_enabled - Reclaimable space enabled indicator
          • regvar_collection_type - Registry variable collection type
          • regvar_level - Registry variable level
          • regvar_name - Registry variable name
          • regvar_old_value - Registry variable old value
          • regvar_value - Registry variable value
          • rej_curs_blk - Rejected block cursor requests
          • rem_cons_in - Remote connections to database manager
          • rem_cons_in_exec - Remote connections executing in the database manager
          • remote_lock_time - Remote lock time
          • remote_locks - Remote locks
          • remote_member - Remote member
          • remote_tier_write_bytes - Bytes to write to remote storage tier
          • remote_tier_write_reqs - Write requests to remote storage
          • remote_tier_write_time - Elapsed time to write to remote storage
          • remote_update_time - Remote member update time
          • reopt - Reopt bind option
          • reorg_completion - Table reorganization completion flag
          • reorg_current_counter - Table reorganize progress
          • reorg_end - Table reorganize end time
          • reorg_index_id - Index used to reorganize the table
          • reorg_long_tbspc_id - Table space where long objects are reorganized
          • reorg_max_counter - Total amount of table reorganization
          • reorg_max_phase - Maximum Reorganize Phase monitor element
          • reorg_phase - Table reorganization phase
          • reorg_phase_start - Table reorganize phase start time
          • reorg_rows_compressed - Rows compressed
          • reorg_rows_rejected_for_compression - Rows rejected for compression
          • reorg_start - Table reorganize start time
          • reorg_status - Table reorganize status
          • reorg_tbspc_id - Table space where table is reorganized
          • reorg_type - Table reorganize attributes
          • reorg_xml_regions_compressed - XML regions compressed
          • reorg_xml_regions_rejected_for_compression - XML regions rejected for compression
          • replay_type - HADR replication type
          • req_agent_tid - Thread identifier for agent waiting to acquire lock
          • req_application_handle - Identifier for application waiting to acquire lock
          • req_executable_id - Identifier for statement section waiting to acquire lock
          • req_member - Member of application waiting to acquire lock
          • request_exec_time_avg - Request execution time average
          • req_tenant_id - Requestor tenant identifier
          • req_tenant_name - Requestor tenant name
          • resource_entitlement - Resource entitlement
          • resource_shares - Resource shares
          • resource_share_type - Resource share type
          • rf_log_num - Log being rolled forward
          • rf_status - Log phase
          • rf_timestamp - Rollforward timestamp
          • rf_type - Rollforward type
          • rollback_sql_stmts - Rollback statements attempted
          • rolled_back_agent_id - Rolled back agent
          • rolled_back_appl_id - Rolled back application
          • rolled_back_participant_no - Rolled back application participant
          • rolled_back_sequence_no - Rolled back sequence number
          • root_node_splits - Root node splits
          • routine_id - Routine ID
          • routine_module_name - Routine module name
          • routine_name - Routine name
          • routine_schema - Routine schema
          • routine_type - Routine type
          • rows_deleted - Rows deleted
          • rows_fetched - Rows fetched
          • rows_inserted - Rows inserted
          • rows_modified - Rows modified
          • rows_read - Rows read
          • rows_returned - Rows returned
          • rows_returned_top - Actual rows returned top
          • rows_selected - Rows selected
          • rows_updated - Rows updated
          • rows_written - Rows written
          • rqsts_completed_total - Total requests completed
          • rts_rows_modified - Rows modified since last real time statistics
        • S
          • savepoint_id - Savepoint ID
          • sc_work_action_set_id - Service class work action set ID
          • sc_work_class_id - Service class work class ID
          • sec_log_used_top - Maximum secondary log space used
          • sec_logs_allocated - Secondary logs allocated currently
          • section_actuals - Section actuals
          • section_env - Section environment
          • section_exec_with_col_references - Section execution with column-organized references
          • section_number - Section number
          • section_type - Section type indicator
          • select_sql_stmts - Select SQL statements executed
          • select_time - Query response time
          • semantic_env_id - Query semantic compilation environment ID
          • sequence_no - Sequence number
          • sequence_no_holding_lk - Sequence number holding lock
          • server_db2_type - Database manager type at monitored (server) node
          • server_instance_name - Server instance name
          • server_list_entry_member - Member ID for the member in the server list
          • server_platform - Server operating system
          • server_prdid - Server product/version ID
          • server_version - Server version
          • service_class_id - Service class ID
          • service_class_work_action_set_id - Service class work action set ID
          • service_class_work_class_id - Service class work class ID
          • service_level - Service level
          • service_subclass_name - Service subclass name
          • service_superclass_name - Service superclass name
          • session_auth_id - Session authorization ID
          • session_priority - Session priority monitor element
          • shr_workspace_active - Shared workspace
          • shr_workspace_inactive - Shared workspace
          • shr_workspace_num_overflows - Shared workspace overflows
          • shr_workspace_section_inserts - Shared workspace section inserts
          • shr_workspace_section_lookups - Shared workspace section lookups
          • shr_workspace_size_top - Maximum shared workspace size
          • skipped_prefetch_col_p_reads - Skipped prefetch column-organized physical reads
          • skipped_prefetch_data_p_reads - Skipped prefetch data physical reads
          • skipped_prefetch_index_p_reads - Skipped prefetch index physical reads
          • skipped_prefetch_temp_col_p_reads - Skipped prefetch column-organized temporary physical reads
          • skipped_prefetch_temp_data_p_reads - Skipped prefetch temporary data physical reads
          • skipped_prefetch_temp_index_p_reads - Skipped prefetch temporary index physical reads
          • skipped_prefetch_temp_xda_p_reads - Skipped prefetch temporary XDA data physical reads
          • skipped_prefetch_uow_col_p_reads - Skipped prefetch unit of work column-organized physical reads
          • skipped_prefetch_uow_data_p_reads - Skipped prefetch unit of work data physical reads
          • skipped_prefetch_uow_index_p_reads - Skipped prefetch unit of work index physical reads
          • skipped_prefetch_uow_temp_col_p_reads - Skipped prefetch unit of work column-organized temporary physical reads
          • skipped_prefetch_uow_temp_data_p_reads - Skipped prefetch unit of work temporary data physical reads
          • skipped_prefetch_uow_temp_index_p_reads - Skipped prefetch unit of work temporary index physical reads
          • skipped_prefetch_uow_temp_xda_p_reads - Skipped prefetch unit of work temporary XDA data physical reads
          • skipped_prefetch_uow_xda_p_reads - Skipped prefetch unit of work XDA data physical reads
          • skipped_prefetch_xda_p_reads - Skipped prefetch XDA physical reads
          • smallest_log_avail_node - Node with least available log space
          • snapshot_timestamp - Snapshot timestamp
          • sock_recv_buf_actual - Actual socket receive buffer size
          • sock_recv_buf_requested - Requested socket receive buffer size
          • sock_send_buf_actual - Actual socket send buffer size
          • sock_send_buf_requested - Requested socket send buffer size
          • sort_consumer_heap_top - Individual private sort heap consumer high watermark
          • sort_consumer_shrheap_top - Individual shared sort heap consumer high watermark
          • sort_heap_allocated - Total sort heap allocated
          • sort_heap_top - Sort private heap high watermark
          • sort_overflows - Sort overflows
          • sort_shrheap_allocated - Sort share heap currently allocated
          • sort_shrheap_avg - The average amount of used sort shared heap
          • sort_shrheap_demand - Estimated sort memory resources demand monitor element
          • sort_shrheap_demand_avg - Average estimated sort memory demand monitor element
          • sort_shrheap_demand_top - Peak estimated sort memory demand monitor element
          • sort_shrheap_top - Sort share heap high watermark
          • sort_shrheap_utilization - Sort shared heap utilization
          • sort_shrheap_utilization_avg - The average sort shared heap utilization.
          • sort_shrheap_utilization_top - The peak sort shared heap utilization
          • sortshrheaputil_threshold_id - shared sortheap utilization threshold ID
          • sortshrheaputil_threshold_value - Shared sortheap utilization threshold value
          • sortshrheaputil_threshold_violated - Shared sortheap utilization threshold violated
          • source_service_class_id - Source service class ID
          • sp_rows_selected - Rows returned by stored procedures
          • spacemappage_page_reclaims_x - Space map page reclaims exclusive access
          • spacemappage_page_reclaims_s - Space map page reclaims shared access
          • spacemappage_page_reclaims_initiated_x - Space map page reclaims initiated exclusive access
          • spacemappage_page_reclaims_initiated_s - Space map page reclaims initiated shared access
          • spacemappage_reclaim_wait_time - Space map page reclaim wait time
          • specific_name - Specific name
          • sql_chains - Number of SQL chains attempted
          • sql_req_id - Request identifier for SQL statement
          • sql_reqs_since_commit - SQL requests since last commit
          • sql_stmts - Number of SQL statements attempted
          • sqlca - SQL Communications Area (SQLCA)
          • sqlrowsread_threshold_id - SQL rows read threshold ID
          • sqlrowsread_threshold_value - SQL rows read threshold value
          • sqlrowsread_threshold_violated - SQL rows read threshold violated
          • sqlrowsreadinsc_threshold_id - SQL rows read in service class threshold ID
          • sqlrowsreadinsc_threshold_value - SQL rows read in service class threshold value
          • sqlrowsreadinsc_threshold_violated - SQL rows read in service class threshold violated
          • sqlrowsreturned_threshold_id - SQL rows read returned threshold ID
          • sqlrowsreturned_threshold_value - SQL rows read returned threshold value
          • sqlrowsreturned_threshold_violated - SQL rows read returned threshold violated
          • sqltempspace_threshold_id - SQL temporary space threshold ID
          • sqltempspace_threshold_value - SQL temporary space threshold value
          • sqltempspace_threshold_violated - SQL temporary space threshold violated
          • ss_exec_time - Subsection execution elapsed time
          • ss_node_number - Subsection node number
          • ss_number - Subsection number
          • ss_status - Subsection status
          • ss_sys_cpu_time - System CPU time used by subsection
          • ss_usr_cpu_time - User CPU time used by subsection
          • ssl_port_number - SSL port number
          • ssl_srv_cert_fingerprint - Server certificate label of the connection
          • ssl_srv_cert_label - Server certificate label of the connection
          • standby_error_time - Standby error time
          • standby_id - Standby id
          • standby_instance - Standby instance
          • standby_log_file - Standby log file
          • standby_log_page - Standby log page
          • standby_log_pos - Standby log position
          • standby_log_time - Standby log time
          • standby_member - Standby member
          • standby_member_host - Standby member hostname
          • standby_replay_log_file - Standby replay log file
          • standby_replay_log_page - Standby replay log page
          • standby_replay_log_pos - Standby replay log position
          • standby_replay_log_time - Standby replay log time
          • standby_recv_replay_gap - Standby receive replay gap
          • standby_replay_delay - Standby replay delay
          • standby_replay_only_window_active - Standby replay only window active
          • standby_replay_only_window_start - Replay only window start time
          • standby_replay_only_window_tran_count - Replay only window transactions
          • standby_recv_buf_size - Standby receive buffer size
          • standby_recv_buf_percent - Standby receive buffer percentage
          • standby_spool_limit - Standby spool limit
          • standby_spool_percent - Standby spool percentage
          • start_event_id - Start event ID
          • start_event_timestamp - Start event timestamp
          • start_time - Event start time
          • static_sql_stmts - Static SQL statements attempted
          • statistics_timestamp - Statistics timestamp
          • stats_cache_size - Size of statistics cache
          • stats_dbpartition - Automatics statistics collection indicator
          • stats_fabricate_time - Total time spent on statistics fabrication activities
          • stats_fabrications - Total number of statistics fabrications
          • stats_rows_modified - Rows modified since last RUNSTATS
          • status_change_time - Application status change time
          • stmt_comments - Comments in SQL statement text
          • stmt_elapsed_time - Most recent statement elapsed time
          • stmt_exec_time - Statement execution time
          • stmt_first_use_time - Statement first use timestamp
          • stmt_history_id - Statement history identifier
          • stmt_invocation_id - Statement invocation identifier
          • stmt_isolation - Statement isolation
          • stmt_last_use_time - Statement last use timestamp
          • stmt_lock_timeout - Statement lock timeout
          • stmt_nest_level - Statement nesting level
          • stmt_node_number - Statement node
          • stmt_operation/operation - Statement operation
          • stmt_pkg_cache_id - Statement package cache identifier
          • stmt_query_id - Statement query identifier
          • stmt_sorts - Statement sorts
          • stmt_source_id - Statement source identifier
          • stmt_start - Statement operation start timestamp
          • stmt_stop - Statement operation stop timestamp
          • stmt_sys_cpu_time - System CPU time used by statement
          • stmt_text - SQL statement text
          • stmt_type - Statement type
          • stmt_type_id - Statement type identifier
          • stmt_unicode - Statement unicode flag
          • stmt_usr_cpu_time - User CPU time used by statement
          • stmt_value_data - Value data
          • stmt_value_index - Value index
          • stmt_value_isnull - Value has null value
          • stmt_value_isreopt - Variable used for statement reoptimization
          • stmt_value_type - Value type
          • stmtid - Query statement ID
          • stmtno - Statement number
          • sto_path_free_size - Automatic storage path free space
          • stop_time - Event stop time
          • storage_group_id - Storage group identifier
          • storage_group_name - Storage group name
          • stored_proc_time - Stored procedure time
          • stored_procs - Stored procedures
          • subroutine_id - Subroutine identifier
          • swap_pages_in - Pages swapped in from disk
          • swap_pages_out - Pages swapped out to disk
          • swap_page_size - Swap page size
          • sync_runstats - Total number of synchronous RUNSTATS activities
          • sync_runstats_time - Total time spent on synchronous RUNSTATS activities
          • system_auth_id - System authorization identifier
          • system_cpu_time - System CPU time
        • T
          • tab_organization - Data organization in table
          • table_file_id - Table file identification
          • table_name - Table name
          • table_scans - Table scans
          • table_schema - Table schema name
          • table_type - Table type
          • tablespace_auto_resize_enabled - Table space automatic resizing enabled
          • tablespace_content_type - Table space content type
          • tablespace_cur_pool_id - Buffer pool currently being used
          • tablespace_current_size - Current table space size
          • tablespace_extent_size - Table space extent size
          • tablespace_free_pages - Free pages in table space
          • tablespace_id - Table space identification
          • tablespace_increase_size - Increase size in bytes
          • tablespace_increase_size_percent - Increase size by percent
          • tablespace_initial_size - Initial table space size
          • tablespace_last_resize_failed - Last resize attempt failed
          • tablespace_last_resize_time - Time of last successful resize
          • tablespace_max_size - Maximum table space size
          • tablespace_min_recovery_time - Minimum recovery time for rollforward
          • tablespace_name - Table space name
          • tablespace_next_pool_id - Buffer pool that will be used at next startup
          • tablespace_num_containers - Number of containers in table space
          • tablespace_num_quiescers - Number of quiescers
          • tablespace_num_ranges - Number of ranges in the table space map
          • tablespace_page_size - Table space page size
          • tablespace_page_top - Table space high watermark
          • tablespace_paths_dropped - Table space using dropped path
          • tablespace_pending_free_pages - Pending free pages in table space
          • tablespace_prefetch_size - Table space prefetch size
          • tablespace_state - Table space state
          • tablespace_state_change_object_id - State change object identification
          • tablespace_state_change_ts_id - State change table space identification
          • tablespace_total_pages - Total pages in table space
          • tablespace_type - Table space type
          • tablespace_usable_pages - Usable pages in table space
          • tablespace_used_pages - Used pages in table space
          • tablespace_using_auto_storage - Table space enabled for automatic storage
          • takeover_app_remaining_primary - Applications remaining on primary
          • takeover_app_remaining_standby - Applications remaining on standby
          • target_cf_gbp_size - Target cluster caching facility group buffer pool size
          • target_cf_lock_size - Target cluster caching facility lock size
          • target_cf_sca_size - Target cluster caching facility shared communications area size
          • tbsp_datatag - Table space data tag
          • tbsp_last_consec_page - Last consecutive object table page
          • tbsp_max_page_top - Maximum table space page high watermark
          • tbsp_names - Table space names
          • tbsp_trackmod_state - Table space trackmod state
          • tcpip_recv_volume - TCP/IP received volume
          • tcpip_recv_wait_time - TCP/IP received wait time
          • tcpip_recvs_total - TCP/IP receives total
          • tcpip_send_volume - TCP/IP send volume
          • tcpip_send_wait_time - TCP/IP send wait time
          • tcpip_sends_total - TCP/IP sends total
          • temp_tablespace_top - Temporary table space top
          • tenant_id - Tenant identifier
          • tenant_name - Tenant name
          • territory_code - Database territory code
          • thresh_violations - Number of threshold violations
          • threshold_action - Threshold action
          • threshold_domain - Threshold domain
          • threshold_maxvalue - Threshold maximum value
          • threshold_name - Threshold name
          • threshold_predicate - Threshold predicate
          • threshold_queuesize - Threshold queue size
          • thresholdid - Threshold ID
          • time_completed - Time completed
          • time_created - Time created
          • time_of_violation - Time of violation
          • time_since_last_recv - Time since last message received
          • time_stamp - Snapshot time
          • time_started - Time started
          • time_zone_disp - Time zone displacement
          • timezoneid - Time zone identifier
          • timezoneoffset - Time difference from UCT
          • top - Histogram bin top
          • tot_log_used_top - Maximum total log space used
          • total_act_time - Total activity time
          • total_act_wait_time - Total activity wait time
          • total_app_commits - Total application commits
          • total_app_rollbacks - Total application rollbacks
          • total_app_rqst_time - Total application request time
          • total_app_section_executions - Total application section executions
          • total_async_runstats - Total number of asynchronous RUNSTATS requests
          • total_backup_proc_time - Total non-wait time for online backups
          • total_backup_time - Total elapsed time for doing online backups
          • total_backups - Total backups
          • total_buffers_rcvd - Total FCM buffers received
          • total_buffers_sent - Total FCM buffers sent
          • total_bytes_received - Bytes received
          • total_bytes_sent - Bytes sent
          • total_col_executions - Total column-organized executions
          • total_col_proc_time - Total column-organized processing time
          • total_col_synopsis_executions - Total column-organized synopsis table executions
          • total_col_synopsis_proc_time - Total column-organized synopsis table processing time
          • total_col_synopsis_time - Total column-organized synopsis table time
          • total_col_time - Total column-organized time
          • total_col_vector_consumers - Total columnar vector memory consumers
          • total_commit_proc_time - Total commits processing time
          • total_commit_time - Total commit time
          • total_compilations - Total compilations
          • total_compile_proc_time - Total compile processing time
          • total_compile_time - Total compile time
          • total_connect_authentication_proc_time - Total connection authentication processing time
          • total_connect_authentications - Connections or switch user authentications performed
          • total_connect_authentication_time - Total connection or switch user authentication request time
          • total_connect_request_proc_time - Total connection or switch user request processing time
          • total_connect_requests - Connection or switch user requests
          • total_connect_request_time - Total connection or switch user request time
          • total_connections - Total connections
          • total_cons - Connects since database activation
          • total_cpu_time - Total CPU time
          • total_disp_run_queue_time - Total dispatcher run queue time
          • total_exec_time - Elapsed statement execution time
          • total_extended_latch_wait_time - Total extended latch wait time
          • total_extended_latch_waits - Total extended latch waits
          • total_hash_grpbys - Total hash GROUP BY operations
          • total_hash_joins - Total hash joins
          • total_hash_loops - Total hash loops
          • total_implicit_compilations - Total implicit complications
          • total_implicit_compile_proc_time - Total implicit compile processing time
          • total_implicit_compile_time - Total implicit compile time
          • total_index_build_proc_time - Total non-wait time spent building indexes due to index creation or re-creation
          • total_index_build_time - Total time spent building indexes due to index creation or re-creation
          • total_indexes_built - Total number of indexes built
          • total_load_proc_time - Total load processing time
          • total_load_time - Total load time
          • total_loads - Total loads
          • total_log_available - Total log available
          • total_log_used - Total log space used
          • total_metadata_update_time - Total time for metadata update for extent movement
          • total_move_time - Total extent move time
          • total_nested_invocations - Total nested invocations
          • total_olap_funcs - Total OLAP functions
          • total_peas - Total partial early aggregations
          • total_peds - Total partial early distincts
          • total_reorg_proc_time - Total reorganization processing time
          • total_reorg_time - Total reorganization time
          • total_reorgs - Total reorganizations
          • total_rollback_proc_time - Total rollback processing time
          • total_rollback_time - Total rollback time
          • total_routine_coord_time - Total routine coordinator time
          • total_routine_invocations - Total routine invocations
          • total_routine_non_sect_proc_time - Non-section processing time
          • total_routine_non_sect_time - Non-section routine execution time
          • total_routine_time - Total routine time
          • total_routine_user_code_proc_time - Total routine user code processing time
          • total_routine_user_code_time - Total routine user code time
          • total_rqst_mapped_in - Total request mapped-in
          • total_rqst_mapped_out - Total request mapped-out
          • total_rqst_time - Total request time
          • total_runstats - Total runtime statistics
          • total_runstats_proc_time - Total runtime statistics processing time
          • total_runstats_time - Total runtime statistics time
          • total_sec_cons - Secondary connections
          • total_section_proc_time - Total section processing time
          • total_section_sort_proc_time - Total section sort processing time
          • total_section_sort_time - Total section sort time
          • total_section_sorts - Total section sorts
          • total_section_time - Total section time
          • total_sort_time - Total sort time
          • total_sorts - Total sorts
          • total_stats_fabrication_proc_time - Total statistics fabrication processing time
          • total_stats_fabrication_time - Total statistics fabrication time
          • total_stats_fabrications - Total statistics fabrications
          • total_sync_runstats_time - Total synchronous RUNSTATS time
          • total_sync_runstats_proc_time - Total synchronous RUNSTATS processing time
          • total_sync_runstats - Total synchronous RUNSTATS activities
          • total_sys_cpu_time - Total system CPU time for a statement
          • total_times_routine_invoked - Total routine invoked occurrences
          • total_usr_cpu_time - Total user CPU time for a statement
          • total_wait_time - Total wait time
          • tpmon_acc_str - TP monitor client accounting string
          • tpmon_client_app - TP monitor client application name
          • tpmon_client_userid - TP monitor client user ID
          • tpmon_client_wkstn - TP monitor client workstation name
          • tq_cur_send_spills - Current number of table queue buffers overflowed
          • tq_id_waiting_on - Waited on node on a table queue
          • tq_max_send_spills - Maximum number of table queue buffers overflows
          • tq_node_waited_for - Waited for node on a table queue
          • tq_rows_read - Number of rows read from table queues
          • tq_rows_written - Number of rows written to table queues
          • tq_sort_heap_rejections - Table queue sort heap rejections
          • tq_sort_heap_requests - Table queue sort heap requests
          • tq_tot_send_spills - Total number of table queue buffers overflowed
          • tq_wait_for_any - Waiting for any node to send on a table queue
          • ts_name - Table space being rolled forward
          • txn_completion_status - Transaction completion status
          • trusted_conn_type - Trusted connection type
          • trusted_ctx_name - Trusted context used for trusted connection
          • trusted_ctx_role - Inherited role from a trusted connection
        • U
          • uid_sql_stmts - UPDATE/INSERT/MERGE/DELETE SQL statements executed
          • unread_prefetch_pages - Unread prefetch pages
          • uow_client_idle_wait_time - Client idle time within a unit of work
          • uow_comp_status - Unit of work completion status
          • uow_completed_total - Total completed units of work
          • uow_elapsed_time - Most recent unit of work elapsed time
          • uow_id - Unit of work ID
          • uow_lifetime_avg - Unit of work lifetime average
          • uow_lock_wait_time - Total time unit of work waited on locks
          • uow_log_space_used - Unit of work log space used
          • uow_start_time - Unit of work start timestamp
          • uow_status - Unit of work status
          • uow_stop_time - Unit of work stop timestamp
          • uow_throughput - Unit of work throughput
          • uow_total_time_top - UOW total time top
          • update_sql_stmts - Updates
          • update_time - Update response time
          • usage_list_last_state_change - Last state change
          • usage_list_mem_size - Usage list memory size
          • usage_list_name - Usage list name
          • usage_list_schema - Usage list schema
          • usage_list_size - Usage list size
          • usage_list_state - Usage list state
          • usage_list_used_entries - Usage list used entries
          • usage_list_wrapped - Usage list wrap indicator
          • user_cpu_time - User CPU time
          • util_heap_allocated - total utility heap allocated monitor element
          • utility_dbname - Database operated on by utility
          • utility_description - Utility description
          • utility_detail - Utility detail
          • utility_id - Utility ID
          • utility_invocation_id - Utility invocation ID
          • utility_invoker_type - Utility invoker type
          • utility_operation_type - Utility operation type
          • utility_phase_detail - Utility phase detail
          • utility_phase_type - Utility phase type
          • utility_priority - Utility priority
          • utility_start_time - Utility start time
          • utility_start_type - Utility start type
          • utility_state - Utility state
          • utility_stop_type - Utility stop type
          • utility_type - Utility type
        • V
          • valid - Section validity indicator
          • vectored_ios - Number of vectored I/O requests
          • version - Version of monitor data
          • virtual_mem_free - Free virtual memory
          • virtual_mem_reserved - Reserved virtual memory
          • virtual_mem_total - Total virtual memory
        • W
          • wl_work_action_set_id - Workload work action set identifier
          • wl_work_class_id - Workload work class identifier
          • wlm_queue_assignments_total - Workload manager total queue assignments
          • wlm_queue_time_total - Workload manager total queue time
          • wlo_completed_total - Workload occurrences completed total
          • work_action_set_id - Work action set ID
          • work_action_set_name - Work action set name
          • work_class_id - Work class ID
          • work_class_name - Work class name
          • workload_id - Workload ID
          • workload_name - Workload name
          • workload_occurrence_id - Workload occurrence identifier
          • workload_occurrence_state - Workload occurrence state
        • X
          • x_lock_escals - Exclusive lock escalations
          • xda_object_pages - XDA Object Pages
          • xda_object_l_pages - XML storage object (XDA) data logical pages
          • xid - Transaction ID
          • xmlid - XML ID
          • xquery_stmts - XQuery Statements Attempted
    • Monitoring in a Db2 pureScale environment
      • Status monitoring of a Db2 pureScale instance
        • Interfaces for retrieving status information
        • State and alert values
        • Interpretation of status information
        • Examples: Viewing the status of hosts, members and cluster caching facilities
          • Viewing status information for hosts in a Db2 pureScale instance
          • Viewing status information for members and cluster caching facilities
          • Checking restart status for members
          • Viewing file system information
          • Viewing details for an alert
      • Event and real-time monitoring
        • Cluster caching facility memory and CPU usage monitoring
          • Retrieving information from CF memory usage monitor elements
          • Viewing CPU load
          • Monitor elements for viewing cluster caching facility memory usage
        • Buffer pool monitoring
          • Buffer pool hit rates and hit ratios
            • Formulas for buffer pool hit ratios
            • Calculating buffer pool hit ratios
          • Monitor elements for viewing Db2 pureScale buffer pool activity
        • Lock monitoring
          • Lock requests between members
          • Monitor elements for viewing locks between members
        • Page reclaiming
          • Monitoring page reclaiming between members
          • Monitor elements for page reclaiming
      • High Speed Interconnect Monitoring
      • Using deprecated monitoring tools in a Db2 pureScale environment
      • Monitoring memory usage within the cluster caching facility server process
    • Monitoring metrics for column-organized tables
    • Performance monitoring
  • Troubleshooting and support
    • Searching troubleshooting resources
      • Available troubleshooting resources
    • Troubleshooting techniques
      • Troubleshooting tools
        • Overview of troubleshooting commands
        • Learning more about troubleshooting tools
          • About the diagnostic data directory path
            • Splitting a diagnostic data directory path by database partition server, database partition, or both
          • Administration notification log
            • Interpreting administration notification log file entries
            • Setting the error capture level for the administration notification log file
          • About Db2 diagnostic (db2diag) log files
            • Interpreting diagnostic log file entries
            • Interpreting the informational record of the db2diag log files
            • Setting the error capture level of the diagnostic log files
          • About combining Db2 and OS diagnostics
          • About SQL PL and PL/SQL error stack logging
          • About db2cos output files
          • About dump files
          • About first occurrence data capture (FODC)
            • Collecting diagnosis information
            • First occurrence data capture configuration
            • Data collected as part of FODC
            • Automatic FODC data generation
            • Monitor and audit facilities using first occurrence data capture (FODC)
            • Graphical tools using first occurrence data capture (FODC)
          • About internal return codes
          • About platform-specific error logs
            • System core files (Linux and UNIX)
            • Accessing system core file information (Linux and UNIX)
            • Accessing event logs (Windows)
            • Exporting event logs (Windows)
            • Accessing the Dr. Watson log file (Windows)
            • Configuring the System error or event log (syslog)
            • Enabling the system error or event log (AIX)
          • About trap files
            • Formatting trap files (Windows)
        • db2cklog
        • db2dart
          • Comparison of INSPECT and db2dart
        • db2diag
        • db2greg
        • db2level
        • db2look
        • db2ls
        • db2pd
        • db2support
        • db2val
        • Scripts for Troubleshooting
          • Troubleshooting Db2 application hangs
          • db2_hang_analyze - Detect and analyze possible application hangs script
          • db2_hang_detect - Detect, report on, and resolve Db2 database hangs script
        • Traces
          • Obtaining a Db2 trace using db2trc
          • Dumping a Db2 trace
          • Formatting a Db2 trace
          • Parsing a Db2 trace into readable text
          • Performance reports for Db2 traces
          • DRDA traces
            • Obtaining a DRDA trace using db2drdat
            • DRDA trace output
            • DRDA trace output file analysis
            • DRDA trace output file samples
            • Subsequent buffer information for DRDA
          • IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
          • CLI traces
            • Tracing the CLI driver by using the db2trc on -cli command
            • Tracing the CLI driver by using the db2cli.ini file
            • Analyzing input and output parameters in CLI trace files
            • Analyzing Dynamic SQL in CLI traces
            • Analyzing timing information in CLI traces
            • Analyzing unknown values in CLI traces
            • Analyzing multi-threaded CLI trace output
            • Analyzing CLI trace file created using the db2cli.ini file
        • Diagnostic tools (Windows)
        • Diagnostic tools (Linux and UNIX)
      • Troubleshooting Db2 servers
        • Collecting data
          • Collecting data for data movement problems
          • Collecting data for DAS and instance management problems
          • Collecting diagnostic data for specific performance problems
        • Analyzing data
        • Recovering from sustained traps
        • Identifying db2diag log entries for a load operation
        • Troubleshooting administrative task scheduler
        • Operation fails because database is currently in use
        • Data compression dictionary is not automatically created
        • Row compression not reducing disk storage space for temporary tables
        • Data replication process cannot decompress a compressed row image
        • Troubleshooting global variable problems
        • Troubleshooting HADR
          • Automatic HADR congestion detection and data collection
          • Manual HADR data collection
        • Troubleshooting data inconsistencies
        • Troubleshooting index to data inconsistencies
        • Troubleshooting a database in an inconsistent state
        • Troubleshooting installation
          • Collecting data for installation problems
          • Analyzing data for installation problems
          • Gathering diagnostic information for instance creation problems
          • Errors when installing a Db2 database product as a non-root user to the default path on a system WPAR (AIX)
          • Beta and non-beta versions of Db2 database products cannot coexist
          • Resolving service name errors when you install Db2 database products
          • Errors when running the db2start command
          • Errors when running the db2_deinstall command
        • Analyzing Db2 license compliance reports
        • Diagnosing and resolving locking problems
          • Diagnosing a lock wait problem
            • Resolving lock wait problems
          • Diagnosing a deadlock problem
            • Resolving deadlock problems
          • Diagnosing a lock timeout problem
            • Resolving lock timeout problems
          • Diagnosing a lock escalation problem
            • Resolving lock escalation problems
        • Individual SQL queries run well, but performance decreases when running multiple queries
        • Performance tuning
        • Tuning sort performance
        • Minimizing runstats impact
        • Data compression and performance
        • Troubleshooting optimization guidelines and profiles
        • FCM problems related to 127.0.0.2 (Linux and UNIX)
        • Creating a database partition on an encrypted file system (AIX)
        • Troubleshooting table states during data redistribution
        • Troubleshooting scripts
        • Troubleshooting full transaction log error
      • Troubleshooting the Db2 pureScale Feature
        • How to diagnose a problem
        • Understanding the Db2 pureScale Feature resource model
        • Understanding how the Db2 pureScale Feature automatically handles failure
        • RDMA connectivity in Db2 pureScale environments
        • Detecting RDMA adapter related issues with the Db2 Adapter Liveliness Monitor
        • Manual trace and log file collection
        • Installation, instance creation and rollback
          • Db2 Setup wizard does not launch
          • Collecting diagnostic data for installation and instance-creation problems
          • Creating instance resources returns an error
          • Investigating Tivoli SA MP states with Db2 commands
          • Creating instance resources hangs the installation
          • Updating IBM Spectrum Scale to meet Db2 pureScale Feature requirements (AIX)
          • Updating IBM Spectrum Scale to meet Db2 pureScale Feature requirements (Linux)
          • Validating a GDPC through testing
          • Host validation FAQ
          • Installation, instance creation, and rollback FAQ
          • Db2 cluster file system FAQ
          • GDPC environment FAQ
          • RSCT peer domain FAQ
        • Response file installation FAQ
        • Post-installation
          • Member start failure
          • CF server failure
          • Identifying uDAPL over InfiniBand communication errors
          • Running a trace for uDAPL over InfiniBand connections
          • Verifying RDMA configurations for connectivity issues on AIX
          • Verifying RDMA configurations for connectivity issues on Linux
          • Obtaining a file system trace
          • Post-installation FAQ
        • Host or member issues
          • Summary of instance status information
            • Member or host with alert
              • Member WAITING_FOR_FAILBACK, alert, corresponding host is in INACTIVE state with alert
                • Member shows alert while in STARTED state, all hosts are in ACTIVE state with no alerts
                • Restart light fails on one host, but completes on another
                  • Diagnosing a cluster file system failure during restart light
              • Member WAITING_FOR_FAILBACK, alert, corresponding host is in ACTIVE state without alert
            • Member has an alert
              • Member is in ERROR state
                • Host failed and restart light does not work on any host
            • Host has an alert
              • Member WAITING_FOR_FAILBACK, no alerts, corresponding host is in INACTIVE state with alert
              • Member WAITING_FOR FAILBACK, no alerts, the corresponding host is in ACTIVE state with an alert
                • Member cannot restart on home host after restart light
                  • Significant disk usage or SQL30108N error
                  • Member timeout and failure due to RDMA communication failure
                  • Disk failure causing persistent Db2 cluster file system failure
                  • Restart events that might occur in Db2 pureScale environments
              • Member ACTIVE, but host has an alert related to /var file system
            • Member or host without any alert
              • Primary role moves between cluster caching facility hosts
              • Multiple member restarts on the home host
                • Diagnosing a host reboot with a restart light
                  • IBM Storage Scale filesystem outage with a kernel panic
        • Uninstallation
          • Cleaning up an incomplete instance drop
          • Cleaning up an RSCT peer domain
          • Uninstallation FAQ
      • Troubleshooting DB2 Connect
        • Diagnostic tools
        • Gathering relevant information
        • Initial connection is not successful
        • Problems encountered after an initial connection
          • Unsupported DDM commands
        • Common DB2 Connect problems
      • Troubleshooting Db2 Text Search
        • Using the Db2 trace facility for text search operations
        • Logging and tracing for the Db2 Text Search server
        • Monitoring queues for Text Search index updates
        • Stand-alone text search server fails to start
        • Troubleshooting hints and tips
      • Troubleshooting non-pureScale automated HA with Pacemaker
        • Db2 instance fails to restart automatically after a failure
        • Db2 HADR database pair both assume primary role
        • Database resource shows both HADR databases as standby
        • Database resource stuck in stopped state
    • Problem Determination overview
      • Traps
      • Hangs
      • Corruption
    • Fixes for known errors
      • ERRORCODE=-4499
      • ERRORCODE=-4461
      • ERRORCODE=-4472
      • SQL7008N
      • SQL0805N
      • SQL30081N TCP/IP communication errors
      • Port usage warning (SQL5043N)
    • Getting fixes
      • Fix packs, interim fix packs and test fixes
      • Applying test fixes
  • Choosing the code page, territory, and collation for your database
  • Supported territory codes and code pages
  • Locale names for SQL and XQuery
  • Derivation of code page values
  • Linux and UNIX distributions and code pages
    • How Db2 derives locales
  • Collating sequences
    • Character comparisons based on collating sequences
    • EBCDIC and ASCII collating sequence sort order
    • Simulation of EBCDIC binary collation
  • Choosing a collation for a Unicode database
    • IDENTITY collation
    • Language-aware collation
    • Locale-sensitive UCA-based collation
  • Unicode Collation Algorithm based collations
    • Upgrading databases to version 11.5 and UCA-based collations
    • Collating Thai characters
    • Thai and Unicode collation algorithm differences
  • Language-aware collations for Unicode data
    • Code set and collation combinations
    • Duplicate collation weights in SYSTEM collation tables
  • Unicode character encoding
    • Unicode implementation in Db2
    • Data types in Unicode databases
    • Converting non-Unicode databases to Unicode
    • Code page and Coded Character Set Identifier (CCSID) numbers for Unicode graphic data
  • System and language-aware collation tables
    • Code page 437, Generic (SYSTEM_437)
    • Code page 437, Denmark (SYSTEM_437_DK)
    • Code page 437, Finland and Sweden (SYSTEM_437_FI and SYSTEM_437_SE)
    • Code page 437, Iceland (SYSTEM_437_IS)
    • Code page 437, Norway (SYSTEM_437_NO)
    • Code page 737, Generic (SYSTEM_737)
    • Code page 806, Generic (SYSTEM_806)
    • Code page 813, Generic (SYSTEM_813)
    • Code page 819, Generic (SYSTEM_819)
    • Code page 819, Denmark (SYSTEM_819_DK)
    • Code page 819, Finland and Sweden (SYSTEM_819_FI and SYSTEM_819_SE)
    • Code page 819 and 923, Iceland (SYSTEM_819_IS and SYSTEM_923_IS)
    • Code page 819, Norway (SYSTEM_819_NO)
    • Code page 850, Generic (SYSTEM_850)
    • Code page 850, Denmark (SYSTEM_850_DK)
    • Code page 850, Finland and Sweden (SYSTEM_850_FI and SYSTEM_850_SE)
    • Code page 850, Iceland (SYSTEM_850_IS)
    • Code page 850, Norway (SYSTEM_850_NO)
    • Code page 852, Generic (SYSTEM_852)
    • Code page 855, Generic (SYSTEM_855)
    • Code page 856, Generic (SYSTEM_856)
    • Code page 857, Generic (SYSTEM_857)
    • Code page 860, Generic (SYSTEM_860)
    • Code page 862, Generic (SYSTEM_862)
    • Code page 863, Generic (SYSTEM_863)
    • Code page 864, Generic (SYSTEM_864)
    • Code page 866, Generic (SYSTEM_866)
    • Code page 869, Generic (SYSTEM_869)
    • Code page 874, Generic (SYSTEM_874)
    • Code page 878, Generic (SYSTEM_878)
    • Code page 912, Generic (SYSTEM_912)
    • Code page 915, Generic (SYSTEM_915)
    • Code page 916, Generic (SYSTEM_916)
    • Code page 920, Generic (SYSTEM_920)
    • Code page 921, Generic (SYSTEM_921)
    • Code page 921, Lithuania (SYSTEM_921_LT)
    • Code page 922, Generic (SYSTEM_922)
    • Code page 923, Generic (SYSTEM_923)
    • Code page 923, Denmark (SYSTEM_923_DK)
    • Code page 923, Finland and Sweden (SYSTEM_923_FI and SYSTEM_923_SE)
    • Code page 923, Norway (SYSTEM_923_NO)
    • Code page 932 and 943, Generic (SYSTEM_932 and SYSTEM_943)
    • Code page 938, Generic (SYSTEM_938)
    • Code page 942 and 5039, Generic (SYSTEM_942 and SYSTEM_5039)
    • Code page 948, Generic (SYSTEM_948)
    • Code page 949, Generic (SYSTEM_949)
    • Code page 950, Generic (SYSTEM_950)
    • Code page 954, Generic (SYSTEM_954)
    • Code page 964, Generic (SYSTEM_964)
    • Code page 970, Generic (SYSTEM_970)
    • Code page 1046, Generic (SYSTEM_1046)
    • Code page 1051, Generic (SYSTEM_1051)
    • Code page 1051, Denmark (SYSTEM_1051_DK)
    • Code page 1051, Finland and Sweden (SYSTEM_1051_FI and SYSTEM_1051_SE)
    • Code page 1051, Iceland (SYSTEM_1051_IS)
    • Code page 1051, Norway (SYSTEM_1051_NO)
    • Code page 1089, Generic (SYSTEM_1089)
    • Code page 1124, Generic (SYSTEM_1124)
    • Code page 1125, Generic (SYSTEM_1125)
    • Code page 1129, Generic (SYSTEM_1129)
    • Code page 1131, Generic (SYSTEM_1131)
    • Code page 1163, Generic (SYSTEM_1163)
    • Code page 1167, Generic (SYSTEM_1167)
    • Code page 1168, Generic (SYSTEM_1168)
    • Code page 1250, Generic (SYSTEM_1250)
    • Code page 1251, Generic (SYSTEM_1251)
    • Code page 1252, Generic (SYSTEM_1252)
    • Code page 1252, Denmark (SYSTEM_1252_DK)
    • Code page 1252, Finland and Sweden (SYSTEM_1252_FI and SYSTEM_1252_SE)
    • Code page 1252, Iceland (SYSTEM_1252_IS)
    • Code page 1252, Norway (SYSTEM_1252_NO)
    • Code page 1253, Generic (SYSTEM_1253)
    • Code page 1254, Generic (SYSTEM_1254)
    • Code page 1255, Generic (SYSTEM_1255)
    • Code page 1256, Generic (SYSTEM_1256)
    • Code page 1257, Generic (SYSTEM_1257)
    • Code page 1257, Estonia (SYSTEM_1257_EE)
    • Code page 1257, Lithuania (SYSTEM_1257_LT)
    • Code page 1258, Generic (SYSTEM_1258)
    • Code page 1275, Generic (SYSTEM_1275)
    • Code page 1275, Denmark (SYSTEM_1275_DK)
    • Code page 1275, Finland and Sweden (SYSTEM_1275_FI and SYSTEM_1275_SE)
    • Code page 1275, Iceland (SYSTEM_1275_IS)
    • Code page 1275, Norway (SYSTEM_1275_NO)
    • Code page 1280, Generic (SYSTEM_1280)
    • Code page 1281, Generic (SYSTEM_1281)
    • Code page 1282, Generic (SYSTEM_1282)
    • Code page 1283, Generic (SYSTEM_1283)
    • Code page 1363, Generic (SYSTEM_1363)
    • Code page 1381, Generic (SYSTEM_1381)
    • Code page 1383, Generic (SYSTEM_1383)
    • Code page 1386, Generic (SYSTEM_1386)
  • Db2 security model
    • Authentication
    • Authorization
    • Security considerations when installing and using Db2
      • File permission requirements for the instance and database directories
    • Authentication methods for servers
    • Authentication considerations for remote clients
    • Partitioned database authentication
    • Kerberos authentication
      • Setting up Kerberos
      • Naming and mapping for Kerberos
      • Kerberos authentication enablement
      • Kerberos plug-in creation
      • Kerberos compatibility
    • Maintaining password information
    • Authentication and group cache
    • Token authentication
      • Token configuration file
        • Dynamic updates to the token configuration file
      • JSON Web Tokens (JWT)
      • Configuring token authentication in a Db2 client
    • Authorization, privileges, and object ownership
      • Authorities overview
      • Internal system-defined routine
      • System administration authority (SYSADM)
      • System control authority (SYSCTRL)
      • System maintenance authority (SYSMAINT)
      • System monitor authority (SYSMON)
      • Database authorities
        • Security administration authority (SECADM)
        • Database administration authority (DBADM)
        • Access control authority (ACCESSCTRL)
        • Data access authority (DATAACCESS)
        • SQL administration authority (SQLADM)
        • Workload administration authority (WLMADM)
        • Explain authority (EXPLAIN)
        • LOAD authority
        • Implicit schema authority (IMPLICIT_SCHEMA) considerations
      • Schema authorities
        • Schema administration authority (SCHEMAADM)
        • Schema access control authority (ACCESSCTRL)
        • Schema data access authority (DATAACCESS)
        • Schema load authority (LOAD)
      • Authorization ID privileges: SETSESSIONUSER
      • Schema privileges
      • Table space privileges
      • Table and view privileges
      • Package privileges
      • Index privileges
        • Privileges on expression-based indexes
      • Sequence privileges
      • Routine privileges
      • Usage privilege on workloads
      • Authorization IDs in different contexts
      • Default privileges granted on creating a database
      • Default PUBLIC privilege for built-in routines
      • Granting privileges
      • Revoking privileges
      • Managing implicit authorizations by creating and dropping objects
      • Establishing ownership of packages
      • Implicit privileges through packages
      • Indirect privileges through packages containing nicknames
      • Controlling access to data with views
      • Controlling access for database administrators (DBAs)
      • Gaining access to data through indirect means
    • Data encryption
      • Global Security Kit installation (GSKit)
        • GSKit packages: 32-bit
        • GSKit packages: 64-bit
        • Bundled library and process rules
        • Global installation instructions
          • Installation instructions for AIX
            • Installing with the SMIT GUI tool
            • Installing with the installp command line tool
            • Setting system variables for AIX
            • Removing packages with the SMIT GUI tool
            • Removing packages with the installp command line tool
          • Install instructions for Linux
            • Installing GSKit packages
            • Removing GSKit packages
          • Installation instructions for Windows
            • Installing using the GUI Install wizard
            • Silent mode installation
            • Setting system variables for Windows
            • Uninstalling IBM Global Security Kit (GSKit)
        • Verifying IBM Global Security Kit (GSKit)
      • Encryption of data at rest
        • Db2 native encryption
          • Overview
            • Keystore access
          • Keystore availability and recoverability
          • The impact of encryption on performance
          • The impact of encryption on database operations
          • Prerequisites
          • Keystore selection
          • Keystore configuration
            • Creating a local keystore
              • Adding a master key
            • KMIP keystore
              • KMIP Configuration file
              • TLS configuration between Db2 and the key manager
                • Configuring TLS (ISKLM)
                • Configuring TLS (KeySecure)
              • Migrating from local to KMIP
            • PKCS #11 keystore
              • Configuration file
              • Creating a stash file
              • Migrating from local to PKCS #11
            • Configuring a Db2 instance to use as a keystore
          • Encrypted backups
            • Encrypted database backup images
          • Encrypted database creation
            • Creating an encrypted database
            • Encrypting an existing database
            • Creating encrypted backup images
          • Encrypted database restoration
            • Restoring encrypted backup images to the same system
            • Restoring an encrypted backup image to a different system (local keystore)
            • Restoring an encrypted backup image to a different system (centralized keystore)
          • Keystore migration
          • Configuring native encryption in an HADR environment
          • Keystore availability
          • Keystore best practices
          • Configuring native encryption in an HADR environment
          • Verifying a database is protected by native encryption
          • Verifying the database backup image is encrypted
          • Determining whether hardware acceleration is being used
          • Testing your keystore configuration
          • Where to obtain diagnostic information
          • Common problems with keystore integration
          • Performance tuning
        • IBM InfoSphere Guardium Data Encryption
        • Database encryption using AIX Encrypted File System
      • Encryption of data in transit
        • Keystores
          • Creating a keystore with IBM Global Security Kit (GSKit)
          • Simplify keystore setup using the system keystore
        • Digital certificates
        • The TLS handshake
        • Hostname validation
          • Configuring Db2 clients
            • Client connections to alternate servers
            • Client connections to alternate groups
            • Client affinity lists
          • Configuring Db2 instances
            • Representing servers in a certificate
            • Connections to servers in pureScale clusters
            • Connections to servers in HADR environments
            • Connections to pureScale clusters in HADR environments
            • Connections to DPF servers
            • Connections to other topologies
          • Troubleshooting hostname validation
          • Communication between primary and standby hosts in HADR
        • TLS 1.3 - First Steps
          • Enforcing TLS for databases present in the system catalogs
        • Enabling TLS 1.3 in an existing Db2 environment
        • TLS configuration of Db2
          • Configuring TLS with a self-signed certificate
            • Creating a keystore with IBM Global Security Kit (GSKit)
            • Creating a self-signed certificate
            • Distributing a self-signed certificate
            • Configure TLS on a Db2 server
          • Configuring TLS with a CA-signed certificate
            • Creating a keystore with IBM Global Security Kit (GSKit)
            • Creating a certificate signing request (CSR)
            • Adding the root and intermediate certificates
            • Pulling a CA-signed certificate into a keystore
            • Configure TLS on a Db2 server
          • Configuring TLS with a cert chain
            • Creating a keystore with IBM Global Security Kit (GSKit)
            • Adding a certificate chain
            • Configure TLS on a Db2 server
          • Renewing a CA-signed certificate
          • Configuring TLS support in Db2 clients
            • Configuring TLS support in non-Java Db2 clients
              • Configuring TLS using a keystore (non-Java client)
              • Configuring TLS using a certificate file (non-Java client)
              • Configuring TLS certificate authentication (non-Java clients)
            • Configuring TLS support in Java Db2 clients
              • Configuring connections under the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ to use TLS
              • Configuring the Java Runtime Environment to use TLS
          • Configuring TLS for the communication between primary and standby HADR servers
            • Setting the TLS version for HADR
            • Renewing or replacing the TLS certificate in an HADR configuration
          • Configuring TLS support in federation server for DRDA wrapper
      • Common IBM Global Security Kit (GSKit) errors
        • GSKit return codes
    • Introduction to the Db2 audit facility
      • Audit policies
      • Storage and analysis of audit logs
        • Audit log file names
        • Creating tables for Db2 audit data
        • Loading Db2 audit data into tables
        • Audit archive and extract stored procedures
      • The EXECUTE category for auditing SQL statements
        • Enabling replay of past activities
        • Replaying past database activities
    • Audit facility behavior
    • Audit facility tips and techniques
    • Security model for the db2cluster command
  • Roles
    • Creating and granting membership in roles
    • Role hierarchies
    • Revoking privileges from roles
    • Delegating role maintenance by using the WITH ADMIN OPTION clause
    • Roles compared to groups
    • Using roles after migrating from Informix Dynamic Server
  • Using trusted contexts and trusted connections
    • Trusted contexts and trusted connections
    • Role membership inheritance through a trusted context
    • Rules for switching the user ID
    • Problem determination
  • Row and column access control (RCAC)
    • Row and column access control (RCAC) rules
      • SQL statements for managing RCAC rules
      • Built-in functions for managing RCAC permissions and masks
        • VERIFY_ROLE_FOR_USER
        • VERIFY_GROUP_FOR_USER
        • VERIFY_TRUSTED_CONTEXT_ROLE_FOR_USER
    • Scenario: ExampleHMO using row and column access control
      • Security policies
      • Database users and roles
      • Database tables
      • Security administration
      • Row permissions
      • Column masks
      • Data insertion
      • Data updates
      • Data queries
      • View creation
      • Secure functions
      • Secure triggers
      • Revoke authority
    • Scenario: ExampleBANK using row and column access control
      • Security policies
      • Database users and roles
      • Database tables
      • Row permissions
      • Column masks
      • Data queries
  • Label-Based Access Control (LBAC)
    • LBAC security policies
    • LBAC security label components
      • LBAC security label component type: SET
      • LBAC security label component type: ARRAY
      • LBAC security label component type: TREE
    • LBAC security labels
    • Format for security label values
    • How LBAC security labels are compared
    • LBAC rule sets
      • LBAC rule set: DB2LBACRULES
    • LBAC rule exemptions
    • Built-in functions for managing LBAC security labels
    • Protection of data using LBAC
    • Reading of LBAC protected data
    • Inserting of LBAC protected data
    • Updating of LBAC protected data
    • Deleting or dropping of LBAC protected data
    • Removal of LBAC protection from data
  • Using the system catalog for security information
    • Retrieving authorization names with granted privileges
    • Retrieving all names with DBADM authority
    • Retrieving names authorized to access a table
    • Retrieving all privileges granted to users
    • Securing the system catalog view
  • Firewall support
    • Packet filter firewalls
    • Application proxy firewalls
    • Circuit level firewalls
    • Stateful multi-layer inspection (SMLI) firewalls
  • Security plug-ins
    • Library locations
    • Naming conventions
    • Security plug-in support for two-part user IDs
    • API versioning
    • 32-bit and 64-bit considerations
    • Problem determination
    • Group
    • Userid/password
    • GSS-API
    • Deploying a Kerberos plug-in
    • LDAP-based authentication and group lookup support
      • Configuring transparent LDAP (AIX)
        • Considerations when using various authentication methods
      • Configuring transparent LDAP (Linux)
        • System authentication configuration
        • Db2 authentication configuration
        • Additional configuration options
      • Configuring the LDAP plug-in modules
      • Enabling the LDAP plug-in modules
      • Connecting with an LDAP user ID
      • Considerations for group lookup
      • Troubleshooting
    • How Db2 loads security plug-ins
    • Restrictions
    • Restrictions on security plug-ins
    • Return codes
    • Error message handling for security plug-ins
    • Calling sequences for the APIs
  • Security plug-in APIs
    • APIs for group retrieval plug-ins
      • db2secDoesGroupExist - Check if group exists
      • db2secFreeErrormsg - Free error message memory
      • db2secFreeGroupListMemory - Free groups list memory
      • db2secGetGroupsForUser - Get list of groups for user
      • db2secGroupPluginInit - Initialize group plug-in
      • db2secPluginTerm - Clean up group plug-in resources
    • APIs for user ID/password authentication plug-ins
      • db2secClientAuthPluginInit - Initialize client authentication plug-in
      • db2secClientAuthPluginTerm - Clean up client authentication plug-in resources
      • db2secDoesAuthIDExist - Check if authentication ID exists
      • db2secFreeInitInfo - Clean up resources held by the db2secGenerateInitialCred API
      • db2secFreeToken - Free memory held by token
      • db2secGenerateInitialCred - Generate initial credentials
      • db2secGetAuthIDs - Get authentication ids
      • db2secGetDefaultLoginContext - Get default login context
      • db2secProcessServerPrincipalName - Process service principal name returned from server
      • db2secRemapUserid - Remap userid and password
      • db2secServerAuthPluginInit - Initialize server authentication plug-in
      • db2secServerAuthPluginTerm - Clean up server authentication plug-in resources
      • db2secValidatePassword - Validate password
    • Required APIs and definitions for GSS-API authentication plug-ins
      • Restrictions for GSS-API authentication plug-ins
  • Communication buffer exit libraries
    • Communication exit library deployment
      • Location
      • Naming conventions and permissions
      • Enabling outside of Db2 pureScale environments
      • Enabling in Db2 pureScale environments
      • Problem determination
    • Communication exit library development
      • How a communication exit library is loaded
      • Communication exit library APIs
        • db2commexitInit - Initialization
        • db2commexitTerm - Termination
        • db2commexitRegister - Registration
        • db2commexitDeregister - Deregistration
        • db2commexitRecv - Receive
        • db2commexitSend - Send
        • db2commexitUserIdentity - User identity
        • db2commexitFreeErrormsg - Free error message memory
      • Communication buffer exit library functions structure
      • Information structure
      • Buffer structure
      • Control over connections
      • API versions
      • Error handing and return codes
      • Restrictions
      • API calling sequences
        • Normal connect in a single agent
        • Connect without a connect reset
        • Trusted context and switch user
        • Connection concentrator
        • SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION statement
        • Setting the target logical node
        • Connect gateway
        • DATA_ENCRYPT
  • Audit facility record layouts
    • Audit record object types
    • Audit record layout for AUDIT events
    • Audit record layout for CHECKING events
    • CHECKING access approval reasons
    • CHECKING access attempted types
    • Audit record layout for OBJMAINT events
    • Audit record layout for SECMAINT events
    • SECMAINT privileges or authorities
    • Audit record layout for SYSADMIN events
    • Audit record layout for VALIDATE events
    • Audit record layout for CONTEXT events
    • Audit record layout for EXECUTE events
    • Audit events
  • Working with operating system security
    • Db2 and Windows security
      • Server authentication
      • Client authentication and Windows client computers
      • Support for global groups
      • User name and group name restrictions (Windows)
      • Groups and user authentication
      • Trust relationships between domains
      • Authentication with groups and domain security
      • Using an access token to acquire users' group information (Windows)
      • DB2_GRP_LOOKUP and Db2 group enumeration
      • Authentication using an ordered domain list
      • Domain security support (Windows)
      • Defining which users hold SYSADM authority
      • Windows LocalSystem account support
      • Extended Windows security using DB2ADMNS and DB2USERS groups
      • Considerations for Windows 7
    • Db2 and UNIX security
    • Db2 and Linux security
      • Change password support
      • Deploying a change password plug-in
      • Security Enhanced Linux (SELinux)
      • Fapolicyd software framework (Linux)
  • Db2 Text Search
    • Key features and concepts
      • Db2 Text Search server deployment scenarios
      • Text search index creation, updates and property alterations
      • Text search indexes on nicknames for a federated database
      • Db2 Text Search in a partitioned database environment
      • Incremental updates for Db2 Text Search indexes
      • Linguistic processing
      • Scenario: Indexing and searching
      • Rich text and proprietary format support
    • Text search solution planning
      • Document formats supported for Db2 Text Search
      • Supported data types
      • Conversion of unsupported formats and data types
      • Supported languages and code pages
      • Document size considerations
      • Db2 Text Search security overview
        • User roles
          • Text Search Server Administrator
          • Text Search Administrator
          • Text Search Index Manager
          • User performing text search queries
        • Access policies and communication security
      • Db2 Text Search capacity planning and optimization
        • Db2 Text Search server configuration
          • Maximum heap size configuration
          • Db2 Text Search indexing threads
          • Db2 Text Search queue memory size
        • Db2 Text Search index planning and optimization
          • Db2 Text Search index source characteristics
          • Asynchronous index updates
          • Optimizing a Db2 Text Search index
          • Disk consumption
          • Db2 Text Search index location
          • Index specific parameters for Db2 Text Search index updates
        • Db2 Text Search system tuning
          • TCP/IP port considerations for Db2 Text Search and Windows
          • Db2 Text Search file descriptors
      • Db2 Text Search query planning
        • Db2 Text Search arguments
        • Db2 Text Search multiple predicates
        • Db2 Text Search locale and language
        • Db2 Text Search SCORE function
        • Db2 Text Search RESULTLIMIT function
        • Parser configuration for Db2 Text Search
        • Db2 Text Search XML namespaces
    • Installing and configuring Db2 Text Search
      • Hardware and software requirements
      • Installing and configuring Db2 Text Search with the Db2 Setup Wizard
      • Installing and configuring Db2 Text Search with a response file
      • Installing and configuring Db2 Text Search using db2_install (Linux and UNIX)
      • Installing DB2 database servers using the DB2 Setup wizard (Windows)
      • Installing DB2 servers using the DB2 Setup wizard (Linux and UNIX)
      • Response file installation of DB2 overview (Windows)
      • Response file installation of DB2 overview (Linux and UNIX)
      • Installation space requirements for the stand-alone server
      • Installing a stand-alone Db2 Text Search server
      • Installing and configuring stand-alone Db2 Text Search as a Windows service
      • Uninstalling a stand-alone Db2 Text Search server
    • Configuring Db2 Text Search
      • Initial configuration of an integrated Db2 Text Search server
      • Updating Db2 Text Search server information
      • Configuring a stand-alone Db2 Text Search server
      • Configuring multiple Db2 Text Search servers
      • Configuring HADR for Db2 Text Search
      • Updating the services file on the server for TCP/IP communications
      • Installing Db2 Accessories Suite for Db2 Text Search
      • Uninstalling Db2 Accessories Suite for Db2 Text Search
    • Upgrading Db2 Text Search for administrator or root installation
    • Upgrading Db2 Text Search for non-root installation (Linux and UNIX)
    • Upgrading a multi-partition instance without Db2 Text Search
    • Upgrading a stand-alone Db2 Text Search server
    • Upgrading Db2 Text Search when applying Db2 fix packs
    • Migration overview from Net Search Extender to Db2 Text Search
      • Db2 Text Search and NSE configuration parameter mappings
      • Db2 Text Search and Net Search Extender comparison
      • Db2 Text Search and NSE syntactic differences for administration
      • Db2 Text Search and NSE semantic and syntactic differences for searching
      • Application migration
      • Text Index migration
      • Security model
    • Command-line tools for Db2 Text Search
      • Configuration Tool for Db2 Text Search
      • Administration tool for Db2 Text Search
      • Synonym tool for Db2 Text Search
      • Stop word tool for Db2 Text Search
        • Defining custom stop words
        • Compound terms
        • Stop words and query conditions
        • Updating dictionaries
      • Log Formatter Tool for Db2 Text Search
    • Issuing commands
    • Enabling Db2 Text Search for rich text document support
    • Disabling support for rich text and proprietary formats
    • Starting the instance service
    • Stopping the Db2 Text Search instance service
    • Enabling a database for text search
    • Disabling a database for Db2 Text Search
    • Deleting orphaned DB2 Text Search collections
    • Synonym dictionaries for Db2 Text Search
      • Adding a synonym dictionary for Db2 Text Search
      • Removing a synonym dictionary for Db2 Text Search
    • Text search index creation
      • Creating a text search index
        • Creating a text search index on binary data types
        • Creating a text search index on unsupported data types
        • Sample: Creating N-gram and morphological indexes for plain text
        • Sample: Creating N-gram and morphological indexes for rich text and proprietary formats
    • Text search index maintenance
      • Updating a text search index
        • Sample: Incrementally updating a Db2 Text Search index on range-partitioned tables
      • Clearing text search index events
      • Altering a text search index
      • Viewing text search index status
      • Changing the location of a Db2 Text Search collection
      • Backing up and restoring text search indexes
      • Dropping a text search index
      • Sample: Scheduling a Db2 Text Search index update
      • Creating commit batches for a workload
    • Searching with text search indexes
      • Search functions
      • Full-text search methods
        • Basic search
        • Fuzzy search
        • Proximity search
        • Searching for special characters
          • Escaping special characters
          • Special characters adjacent to query terms
          • Indexing special characters
          • Special characters in CJK languages
        • Structural full-text search in XML documents
        • Searching text search indexes using SCORE
      • Text search argument syntax
      • Search syntax for XML documents
      • Enhancing performance for full-text queries
    • SQL and XML built-in search functions
      • CONTAINS
      • SCORE
      • xmlcolumn-contains function
    • Text search administrative views
      • SYSIBMTS.TSDEFAULTS
      • SYSIBMTS.TSLOCKS
      • SYSIBMTS.TSSERVERS
      • SYSIBMTS.TSINDEXES
      • SYSIBMTS.TSCONFIGURATION
      • SYSIBMTS.TSCOLLECTIONNAMES
      • SYSIBMTS.TSEVENT view
      • SYSIBMTS.TSSTAGING view
    • Text search routines
    • Text search argument syntax
    • Troubleshooting Db2 Text Search
    • CIE messages
  • SQL
    • How to read the syntax diagrams
    • Error conditions
    • Highlighting conventions
    • Conventions describing Unicode data
    • Characters
    • Tokens
    • Identifiers
    • Data types
      • Numbers
      • Character strings
      • Graphic strings
      • National character strings
      • Binary strings
      • Large objects (LOBs)
      • Datetime values
      • Boolean values
      • Cursor values
      • XML values
      • Array values
      • Anchored types
      • User-defined types
      • Promotion of data types
      • Casting between data types
      • Assignments and comparisons
      • Rules for result data types
      • Rules for string conversions
      • String comparisons in a Unicode database
      • Resolving the anchor object for an anchored type
      • Resolving the anchor object for an anchored row type
      • Database partition-compatible data types
    • Constants
    • Special registers
      • CURRENT CLIENT_ACCTNG
      • CURRENT CLIENT_APPLNAME
      • CURRENT CLIENT_USERID
      • CURRENT CLIENT_WRKSTNNAME
      • CURRENT DATE
      • CURRENT DBPARTITIONNUM
      • CURRENT DECFLOAT ROUNDING MODE
      • CURRENT DEFAULT TRANSFORM GROUP
      • CURRENT DEGREE
      • CURRENT EXPLAIN MODE
      • CURRENT EXPLAIN SNAPSHOT
      • CURRENT FEDERATED ASYNCHRONY
      • CURRENT IMPLICIT XMLPARSE OPTION
      • CURRENT ISOLATION
      • CURRENT LOCALE LC_MESSAGES
      • CURRENT LOCALE LC_TIME
      • CURRENT LOCK TIMEOUT
      • CURRENT MAINTAINED TABLE TYPES FOR OPTIMIZATION
      • CURRENT MDC ROLLOUT MODE
      • CURRENT MEMBER
      • CURRENT OPTIMIZATION PROFILE
      • CURRENT PACKAGE PATH
      • CURRENT PATH
      • CURRENT QUERY OPTIMIZATION
      • CURRENT REFRESH AGE
      • CURRENT SCHEMA
      • CURRENT SERVER
      • CURRENT SQL_CCFLAGS
      • CURRENT TEMPORAL BUSINESS_TIME
      • CURRENT TEMPORAL SYSTEM_TIME
      • CURRENT TIME
      • CURRENT TIMESTAMP
      • CURRENT TIMEZONE
      • CURRENT USER
      • SESSION_USER
      • SYSTEM_USER
      • USER
    • Global variables
      • Types of global variables
      • Authorization required for global variables
      • Resolution of global variable references
      • Using global variables
    • Functions
    • Methods
    • Conservative binding semantics
    • Expressions
      • Datetime operations and durations
      • CASE expression
      • CAST specification
      • Field reference
      • XMLCAST specification
      • ARRAY element specification
      • Array constructor
      • Dereference operation
      • Method invocation
      • OLAP specification
      • ROW CHANGE expression
      • Sequence reference
      • sql-json-path-expression
      • Subtype treatment
      • Determining data types of untyped expressions
    • Row expression
    • Predicates
      • Search conditions
      • Basic predicate
      • Boolean predicate
      • Quantified predicate
      • ARRAY_EXISTS predicate
      • BETWEEN predicate
      • Cursor predicates
      • DISTINCT predicate
      • EXISTS predicate
      • IN predicate
      • JSON_EXISTS predicate
      • LIKE predicate
      • NULL predicate
      • OVERLAPS predicate
      • REGEXP_LIKE predicate
      • Trigger event predicates
      • TYPE predicate
      • VALIDATED predicate
      • XMLEXISTS predicate
    • Built-in global variables
      • CLIENT_HOST global variable
      • CLIENT_IPADDR global variable
      • CLIENT_ORIGUSERID global variable
      • CLIENT_USRSECTOKEN global variable
      • CONNECTION_AUTHN_INFO global variable
      • CONNECTION_AUTHN_INFO_TYPE global variable
      • CONNECTION_AUTHN_SECURITY_PLUGIN global variable
    • Built-in global variables
      • MON_INTERVAL_ID global variable
      • NLS_STRING_UNITS global variable
      • PACKAGE_NAME global variable
      • PACKAGE_SCHEMA global variable
      • PACKAGE_VERSION global variable
      • ROUTINE_MODULE global variable
      • ROUTINE_SCHEMA global variable
      • ROUTINE_SPECIFIC_NAME global variable
      • ROUTINE_TYPE global variable
      • SQL_COMPAT global variable
      • TRUSTED_CONTEXT global variable
    • Built-in functions
      • Aggregate functions
        • ARRAY_AGG
        • AVG
        • CORRELATION
        • COUNT
        • COUNT_BIG
        • COVARIANCE
        • COVARIANCE_SAMP
        • CUME_DIST
        • GROUPING
        • LISTAGG
        • MAX
        • MEDIAN
        • MIN
        • PERCENTILE_CONT
        • PERCENTILE_DISC
        • PERCENT_RANK
        • Regression functions (REGR_AVGX, REGR_AVGY, REGR_COUNT, ...)
        • STDDEV
        • STDDEV_SAMP
        • SUM
        • VARIANCE
        • VARIANCE_SAMP
        • XMLAGG
        • XMLGROUP
      • Scalar functions
        • ABS or ABSVAL
        • ACOS
        • ADD_DAYS
        • ADD_HOURS
        • ADD_MINUTES
        • ADD_MONTHS
        • ADD_SECONDS
        • ADD_YEARS
        • AGE
        • ARRAY_DELETE
        • ARRAY_FIRST
        • ARRAY_LAST
        • ARRAY_NEXT
        • ARRAY_PRIOR
        • ASCII
        • ASCII_STR
        • ASIN
        • ATAN
        • ATAN2
        • ATANH
        • BIGINT
        • BINARY
        • BITAND, BITANDNOT, BITOR, BITXOR, and BITNOT
        • BLOB
        • BOOLEAN
        • BPCHAR
        • BSON_TO_JSON
        • BTRIM
        • CARDINALITY
        • CEILING or CEIL
        • CHAR
        • CHARACTER_LENGTH
        • CHR
        • CLOB
        • COALESCE
        • COLLATION_KEY
        • COLLATION_KEY_BIT
        • COMPARE_DECFLOAT
        • CONCAT
        • COS
        • COSH
        • COT
        • CURSOR_ROWCOUNT
        • DATAPARTITIONNUM
        • DATA_MASK
        • DATE
        • DATETIME
        • DATE_PART
        • DATE_TRUNC
        • DAY
        • DAYNAME
        • DAYOFMONTH
        • DAYOFWEEK
        • DAYOFWEEK_ISO
        • DAYOFYEAR
        • DAYS
        • DAYS_BETWEEN
        • DAYS_TO_END_OF_MONTH
        • DBCLOB
        • DBPARTITIONNUM
        • DECFLOAT
        • DECFLOAT_FORMAT
        • DECIMAL or DEC
        • DECODE
        • DECRYPT_BIN and DECRYPT_CHAR
        • DEGREES
        • DEREF
        • DIFFERENCE
        • DIGITS
        • DOUBLE_PRECISION or DOUBLE
        • EMPTY_BLOB, EMPTY_CLOB, EMPTY_DBCLOB, and EMPTY_NCLOB
        • ENCRYPT
        • EVENT_MON_STATE
        • EXP
        • EXTRACT
        • FIRST_DAY
        • FLOAT
        • FLOAT4
        • FLOAT8
        • FLOOR
        • FROM_UTC_TIMESTAMP
        • GENERATE_UNIQUE
        • GETHINT
        • GRAPHIC
        • GREATEST
        • HASH
        • HASH4
        • HASH8
        • HASHEDVALUE
        • HEX
        • HEXTORAW
        • HOUR
        • HOURS_BETWEEN
        • IDENTITY_VAL_LOCAL
        • IFNULL
        • INITCAP
        • INSERT
        • INSTR
        • INSTR2
        • INSTR4
        • INSTRB
        • INT
        • INTERVAL
        • INTEGER
        • INT2
        • INT4
        • INT8
        • INTNAND, INTNOR, INTNXOR, and INTNNOT
        • ISNULL
        • JSON_ARRAY
        • JSON_OBJECT
        • JSON_QUERY
        • JSON_TO_BSON
        • JSON_VALUE
        • JULIAN_DAY
        • LAST_DAY
        • LCASE
        • LCASE (locale sensitive)
        • LCASE (SYSFUN schema)
        • LEAST
        • LEFT
        • LENGTH
        • LENGTH2
        • LENGTH4
        • LENGTHB
        • LN
        • LOCATE
        • LOCATE_IN_STRING
        • LOG10
        • LONG_VARCHAR
        • LONG_VARGRAPHIC
        • LOWER
        • LOWER (locale sensitive)
        • LPAD
        • LTRIM
        • LTRIM (SYSFUN schema)
        • MAX
        • MAX_CARDINALITY
        • MICROSECOND
        • MIDNIGHT_SECONDS
        • MIN
        • MINUTE
        • MINUTES_BETWEEN
        • MOD
        • MOD (SYSFUN schema)
        • MONTH
        • MONTHNAME
        • MONTHS_BETWEEN
        • MULTIPLY_ALT
        • NCHAR
        • NCHR
        • NCLOB
        • NVARCHAR
        • NEXT_DAY
        • NEXT_MONTH
        • NEXT_QUARTER
        • NEXT_WEEK
        • NEXT_YEAR
        • NORMALIZE_DECFLOAT
        • NOW
        • NULLIF
        • NUMERIC
        • NVL
        • NVL2
        • OCTET_LENGTH
        • OVERLAY
        • PARAMETER
        • POSITION
        • POSSTR
        • POW
        • POWER
        • QUANTIZE
        • QUARTER
        • QUOTE_IDENT
        • QUOTE_LITERAL
        • RADIANS
        • RAISE_ERROR
        • RAND (SYSFUN schema)
        • RAND (SYSIBM schema)
        • RANDOM
        • RAWTOHEX
        • REAL
        • REC2XML
        • REGEXP_COUNT
        • REGEXP_EXTRACT
        • REGEXP_INSTR
        • REGEXP_LIKE
        • REGEXP_MATCH_COUNT
        • REGEXP_REPLACE
        • REGEXP_SUBSTR
        • REPEAT
        • REPEAT (SYSFUN schema)
        • REPLACE
        • REPLACE (SYSFUN schema)
        • RID and RID_BIT
        • RIGHT
        • ROUND
        • ROUND_TIMESTAMP
        • RPAD
        • RTRIM
        • RTRIM (SYSFUN schema)
        • SECLABEL
        • SECLABEL_BY_NAME
        • SECLABEL_TO_CHAR
        • SECOND
        • SECONDS_BETWEEN
        • SIGN
        • SIN
        • SINH
        • SMALLINT
        • SOUNDEX
        • SPACE
        • SQRT
        • STRIP
        • STRLEFT
        • STRPOS
        • STRRIGHT
        • SUBSTR
        • SUBSTR2
        • SUBSTR4
        • SUBSTRB
        • SUBSTRING
        • TABLE_NAME
        • TABLE_SCHEMA
        • TAN
        • TANH
        • THIS_MONTH
        • THIS_QUARTER
        • THIS_WEEK
        • THIS_YEAR
        • TIME
        • TIMESTAMP
        • TIMESTAMP_FORMAT
        • TIMESTAMP_ISO
        • TIMESTAMPDIFF
        • TIMEZONE
        • TO_CHAR
        • TO_CLOB
        • TO_DATE
        • TO_HEX
        • TO_MULTI_BYTE
        • TO_NCHAR
        • TO_NCLOB
        • TO_NUMBER
        • TO_SINGLE_BYTE
        • TO_TIMESTAMP
        • TO_UTC_TIMESTAMP
        • TOTALORDER
        • TRANSLATE
        • TRIM
        • TRIM_ARRAY
        • TRUNC_TIMESTAMP
        • TRUNCATE or TRUNC
        • TYPE_ID
        • TYPE_NAME
        • TYPE_SCHEMA
        • UCASE
        • UCASE (locale sensitive)
        • UNICODE_STR
        • UPPER
        • UPPER (locale sensitive)
        • VALUE
        • VARBINARY
        • VARCHAR
        • VARCHAR_BIT_FORMAT
        • VARCHAR_FORMAT
        • VARCHAR_FORMAT_BIT
        • VARGRAPHIC
        • VERIFY_GROUP_FOR_USER
        • VERIFY_ROLE_FOR_USER
        • VERIFY_TRUSTED_CONTEXT_ROLE_FOR_USER
        • WEEK
        • WEEK_ISO
        • WEEKS_BETWEEN
        • WIDTH_BUCKET
        • XMLATTRIBUTES
        • XMLCOMMENT
        • XMLCONCAT
        • XMLDOCUMENT
        • XMLELEMENT
        • XMLFOREST
        • XMLNAMESPACES
        • XMLPARSE
        • XMLPI
        • XMLQUERY
        • XMLROW
        • XMLSERIALIZE
        • XMLTEXT
        • XMLVALIDATE
        • XMLXSROBJECTID
        • XSLTRANSFORM
        • YEAR
        • YEARS_BETWEEN
        • YMD_BETWEEN
      • Table functions
        • BASE_TABLE
        • JSON_TABLE
        • MEMORY_TABLE
        • UNNEST
        • XMLTABLE
      • User-defined functions
    • Built-in procedures
      • XSR_ADDSCHEMADOC
      • XSR_COMPLETE
      • XSR_DTD
      • XSR_EXTENTITY
      • XSR_REGISTER
      • XSR_UPDATE
    • Queries
      • Queries and table expressions
      • subselect
        • select-clause
        • from-clause
          • table-reference
          • joined-table
            • Examples of subselect queries with joins
        • where-clause
        • group-by-clause
          • Examples of grouping sets, cube, and rollup
        • having-clause
        • order-by-clause
        • fetch-clause
        • offset-clause
        • isolation-clause
        • Examples of subselect queries
      • fullselect
        • Examples of fullselect queries
      • select-statement
        • common-table-expression
          • Recursion example: bill of materials
        • update-clause
        • read-only-clause
        • optimize-for-clause
        • isolation-clause
        • lock-request-clause
        • concurrent-access-resolution-clause
        • Examples of select-statement queries
        • Result sets from SQL data changes
    • Statements
      • How SQL statements are invoked
        • Embedding a statement in an application program
        • Dynamic preparation and execution
        • Static invocation of a select-statement
        • Dynamic invocation of a select-statement
        • Interactive invocation
        • SQL use with other host systems
      • Detecting and processing error and warning conditions in host language applications
      • SQL comments
      • Conditional compilation in SQL
      • About SQL control statements
        • References to SQL parameters, SQL variables, and global variables
        • References to SQL labels
        • References to SQL condition names
        • References to SQL statement names
        • References to SQL cursor names
      • Function, method, and procedure designators
      • ALLOCATE CURSOR
      • ALTER AUDIT POLICY
      • ALTER BUFFERPOOL
      • ALTER DATABASE PARTITION GROUP
      • ALTER DATABASE
      • ALTER EVENT MONITOR
      • ALTER FUNCTION
      • ALTER HISTOGRAM TEMPLATE
      • ALTER INDEX
      • ALTER MASK
      • ALTER METHOD
      • ALTER MODULE
      • ALTER NICKNAME
      • ALTER PACKAGE
      • ALTER PERMISSION
      • ALTER PROCEDURE (external)
      • ALTER PROCEDURE (sourced)
      • ALTER PROCEDURE (SQL)
      • ALTER SCHEMA
      • ALTER SECURITY LABEL COMPONENT
      • ALTER SECURITY POLICY
      • ALTER SEQUENCE
      • ALTER SERVER
      • ALTER SERVICE CLASS
      • ALTER STOGROUP
      • ALTER TABLE
      • ALTER TABLESPACE
      • ALTER THRESHOLD
      • ALTER TRIGGER
      • ALTER TRUSTED CONTEXT
      • ALTER TYPE (structured)
      • ALTER USAGE LIST
      • ALTER USER MAPPING
      • ALTER VIEW
      • ALTER WORK ACTION SET
      • ALTER WORK CLASS SET
      • ALTER WORKLOAD
      • ALTER WRAPPER
      • ALTER XSROBJECT
      • ASSOCIATE LOCATORS
      • AUDIT
      • BEGIN DECLARE SECTION
      • CALL
      • CASE
      • CLOSE
      • COMMENT
      • COMMIT
      • Compound SQL
      • Compound SQL (inlined)
      • Compound SQL (embedded)
      • Compound SQL (compiled)
      • CONNECT (type 1)
      • CONNECT (type 2)
      • CREATE ALIAS
      • CREATE AUDIT POLICY
      • CREATE BUFFERPOOL
      • CREATE DATABASE PARTITION GROUP
      • CREATE EVENT MONITOR
      • CREATE EVENT MONITOR (activities)
      • CREATE EVENT MONITOR (change history)
      • CREATE EVENT MONITOR (locking)
      • CREATE EVENT MONITOR (package cache)
      • CREATE EVENT MONITOR (statistics)
      • CREATE EVENT MONITOR (threshold violations)
      • CREATE EVENT MONITOR (unit of work)
      • CREATE FUNCTION
      • CREATE FUNCTION (aggregate interface)
      • CREATE FUNCTION (external scalar)
      • CREATE FUNCTION (external table)
      • CREATE FUNCTION (OLE DB external table)
      • CREATE FUNCTION (sourced or template)
      • CREATE FUNCTION (SQL scalar, table, or row)
      • CREATE FUNCTION MAPPING
      • CREATE GLOBAL TEMPORARY TABLE
      • CREATE HISTOGRAM TEMPLATE
      • CREATE INDEX
      • CREATE INDEX EXTENSION
      • CREATE MASK
      • CREATE METHOD
      • CREATE MODULE
      • CREATE NICKNAME
      • CREATE PERMISSION
      • CREATE PROCEDURE
      • CREATE PROCEDURE (external)
      • CREATE PROCEDURE (sourced)
      • CREATE PROCEDURE (SQL)
      • CREATE ROLE
      • CREATE SCHEMA
      • CREATE SECURITY LABEL COMPONENT
      • CREATE SECURITY LABEL
      • CREATE SECURITY POLICY
      • CREATE SEQUENCE
      • CREATE SERVICE CLASS
      • CREATE SERVER
      • CREATE STOGROUP
      • CREATE SYNONYM
      • CREATE TABLE
      • CREATE TABLE (EXTERNAL)
      • CREATE TABLESPACE
      • CREATE THRESHOLD
      • CREATE TRANSFORM
      • CREATE TRIGGER
      • CREATE TRUSTED CONTEXT
      • CREATE TYPE
      • CREATE TYPE (array)
      • CREATE TYPE (cursor)
      • CREATE TYPE (distinct)
      • CREATE TYPE (row)
      • CREATE TYPE (structured)
      • CREATE TYPE MAPPING
      • CREATE USAGE LIST
      • CREATE USER MAPPING
      • CREATE VARIABLE
      • CREATE VIEW
      • CREATE WORK ACTION SET
      • CREATE WORK CLASS SET
      • CREATE WORKLOAD
      • CREATE WRAPPER
      • DECLARE CURSOR
      • DECLARE GLOBAL TEMPORARY TABLE
      • DELETE
      • DESCRIBE
      • DESCRIBE INPUT
      • DESCRIBE OUTPUT
      • DISCONNECT
      • DROP
      • END DECLARE SECTION
      • EXECUTE
      • EXECUTE IMMEDIATE
      • EXPLAIN
      • FETCH
      • FLUSH BUFFERPOOLS
      • FLUSH EVENT MONITOR
      • FLUSH FEDERATED CACHE
      • FLUSH OPTIMIZATION PROFILE CACHE
      • FLUSH PACKAGE CACHE
      • FLUSH AUTHENTICATION CACHE
      • FOR
      • FREE LOCATOR
      • GET DIAGNOSTICS
      • GOTO
      • GRANT (database authorities)
      • GRANT (exemption)
      • GRANT (global variable privileges)
      • GRANT (index privileges)
      • GRANT (module privileges)
      • GRANT (package privileges)
      • GRANT (role)
      • GRANT (routine privileges)
      • GRANT (schema privileges and authorities)
      • GRANT (security label)
      • GRANT (sequence privileges)
      • GRANT (server privileges)
      • GRANT (SETSESSIONUSER privilege)
      • GRANT (table space privileges)
      • GRANT (table, view, or nickname privileges)
      • GRANT (workload privileges)
      • GRANT (XSR object privileges)
      • IF
      • INCLUDE
      • INSERT
      • ITERATE
      • LEAVE
      • LOCK TABLE
      • LOOP
      • MERGE
      • OPEN
      • PIPE
      • PREPARE
      • REFRESH TABLE
      • RELEASE (connection)
      • RELEASE SAVEPOINT
      • RENAME
      • RENAME STOGROUP
      • RENAME TABLESPACE
      • REPEAT
      • RESIGNAL
      • RETURN
      • REVOKE (database authorities)
      • REVOKE (exemption)
      • REVOKE (global variable privileges)
      • REVOKE (index privileges)
      • REVOKE (module privileges)
      • REVOKE (package privileges)
      • REVOKE (role)
      • REVOKE (routine privileges)
      • REVOKE (schema privileges and authorities)
      • REVOKE (security label)
      • REVOKE (sequence privileges)
      • REVOKE (server privileges)
      • REVOKE (SETSESSIONUSER privilege)
      • REVOKE (table space privileges)
      • REVOKE (table, view, or nickname privileges)
      • REVOKE (workload privileges)
      • REVOKE (XSR object privileges)
      • ROLLBACK
      • SAVEPOINT
      • SELECT
      • SELECT INTO
      • SET COMPILATION ENVIRONMENT
      • SET CONNECTION
      • SET CURRENT DECFLOAT ROUNDING MODE
      • SET CURRENT DEFAULT TRANSFORM GROUP
      • SET CURRENT DEGREE
      • SET CURRENT EXPLAIN MODE
      • SET CURRENT EXPLAIN SNAPSHOT
      • SET CURRENT FEDERATED ASYNCHRONY
      • SET CURRENT IMPLICIT XMLPARSE OPTION
      • SET CURRENT ISOLATION
      • SET CURRENT LOCALE LC_MESSAGES
      • SET CURRENT LOCALE LC_TIME
      • SET CURRENT LOCK TIMEOUT
      • SET CURRENT MAINTAINED TABLE TYPES FOR OPTIMIZATION
      • SET CURRENT MDC ROLLOUT MODE
      • SET CURRENT OPTIMIZATION PROFILE
      • SET CURRENT PACKAGE PATH
      • SET CURRENT PACKAGESET
      • SET CURRENT QUERY OPTIMIZATION
      • SET CURRENT REFRESH AGE
      • SET CURRENT SQL_CCFLAGS
      • SET CURRENT TEMPORAL BUSINESS_TIME
      • SET CURRENT TEMPORAL SYSTEM_TIME
      • SET ENCRYPTION PASSWORD
      • SET EVENT MONITOR STATE
      • SET INTEGRITY
      • SET PASSTHRU
      • SET PATH
      • SET ROLE
      • SET SCHEMA
      • SET SERVER OPTION
      • SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION
      • SET USAGE LIST STATE
      • SET variable
      • SIGNAL
      • TRANSFER OWNERSHIP
      • TRUNCATE
      • UPDATE
      • VALUES
      • VALUES INTO
      • WHENEVER
      • WHILE
    • Catalog views
      • Road map to the catalog views
      • SYSCAT.ATTRIBUTES
      • SYSCAT.AUDITPOLICIES
      • SYSCAT.AUDITUSE
      • SYSCAT.BUFFERPOOLDBPARTITIONS
      • SYSCAT.BUFFERPOOLEXCEPTIONS
      • SYSCAT.BUFFERPOOLS
      • SYSCAT.CASTFUNCTIONS
      • SYSCAT.CHECKS
      • SYSCAT.COLAUTH
      • SYSCAT.COLCHECKS
      • SYSCAT.COLDIST
      • SYSCAT.COLGROUPCOLS
      • SYSCAT.COLGROUPDIST
      • SYSCAT.COLGROUPDISTCOUNTS
      • SYSCAT.COLGROUPS
      • SYSCAT.COLIDENTATTRIBUTES
      • SYSCAT.COLOPTIONS
      • SYSCAT.COLUMNS
      • SYSCAT.COLUSE
      • SYSCAT.CONDITIONS
      • SYSCAT.CONSTDEP
      • SYSCAT.CONTEXTATTRIBUTES
      • SYSCAT.CONTEXTS
      • SYSCAT.CONTROLDEP
      • SYSCAT.CONTROLS
      • SYSCAT.DATAPARTITIONEXPRESSION
      • SYSCAT.DATAPARTITIONS
      • SYSCAT.DATATYPEDEP
      • SYSCAT.DATATYPES
      • SYSCAT.DBAUTH
      • SYSCAT.DBPARTITIONGROUPDEF
      • SYSCAT.DBPARTITIONGROUPS
      • SYSCAT.EVENTMONITORS
      • SYSCAT.EVENTS
      • SYSCAT.EVENTTABLES
      • SYSCAT.EXTERNALTABLEOPTIONS
      • SYSCAT.FULLHIERARCHIES
      • SYSCAT.FUNCMAPOPTIONS
      • SYSCAT.FUNCMAPPARMOPTIONS
      • SYSCAT.FUNCMAPPINGS
      • SYSCAT.HIERARCHIES
      • SYSCAT.HISTOGRAMTEMPLATEBINS
      • SYSCAT.HISTOGRAMTEMPLATES
      • SYSCAT.HISTOGRAMTEMPLATEUSE
      • SYSCAT.INDEXAUTH
      • SYSCAT.INDEXCOLUSE
      • SYSCAT.INDEXDEP
      • SYSCAT.INDEXES
      • SYSCAT.INDEXEXPLOITRULES
      • SYSCAT.INDEXEXTENSIONDEP
      • SYSCAT.INDEXEXTENSIONMETHODS
      • SYSCAT.INDEXEXTENSIONPARMS
      • SYSCAT.INDEXEXTENSIONS
      • SYSCAT.INDEXOPTIONS
      • SYSCAT.INDEXPARTITIONS
      • SYSCAT.INDEXXMLPATTERNS
      • SYSCAT.INVALIDOBJECTS
      • SYSCAT.KEYCOLUSE
      • SYSCAT.MEMBERSUBSETATTRS
      • SYSCAT.MEMBERSUBSETMEMBERS
      • SYSCAT.MEMBERSUBSETS
      • SYSCAT.MODULEAUTH
      • SYSCAT.MODULEOBJECTS
      • SYSCAT.MODULES
      • SYSCAT.NAMEMAPPINGS
      • SYSCAT.NICKNAMES
      • SYSCAT.PACKAGEAUTH
      • SYSCAT.PACKAGEDEP
      • SYSCAT.PACKAGES
      • SYSCAT.PARTITIONMAPS
      • SYSCAT.PASSTHRUAUTH
      • SYSCAT.PERIODS
      • SYSCAT.PREDICATESPECS
      • SYSCAT.REFERENCES
      • SYSCAT.ROLEAUTH
      • SYSCAT.ROLES
      • SYSCAT.ROUTINEAUTH
      • SYSCAT.ROUTINEDEP
      • SYSCAT.ROUTINEOPTIONS
      • SYSCAT.ROUTINEPARMOPTIONS
      • SYSCAT.ROUTINEPARMS
      • SYSCAT.ROUTINES
      • SYSCAT.ROUTINESFEDERATED
      • SYSCAT.ROWFIELDS
      • SYSCAT.SCHEMAAUTH
      • SYSCAT.SCHEMATA
      • SYSCAT.SCPREFTBSPACES
      • SYSCAT.SECURITYLABELACCESS
      • SYSCAT.SECURITYLABELCOMPONENTELEMENTS
      • SYSCAT.SECURITYLABELCOMPONENTS
      • SYSCAT.SECURITYLABELS
      • SYSCAT.SECURITYPOLICIES
      • SYSCAT.SECURITYPOLICYCOMPONENTRULES
      • SYSCAT.SECURITYPOLICYEXEMPTIONS
      • SYSCAT.SEQUENCEAUTH
      • SYSCAT.SEQUENCES
      • SYSCAT.SERVEROPTIONS
      • SYSCAT.SERVERS
      • SYSCAT.SERVICECLASSES
      • SYSCAT.STATEMENTS
      • SYSCAT.STOGROUPS
      • SYSCAT.STATEMENTTEXTS
      • SYSCAT.SURROGATEAUTHIDS
      • SYSCAT.TABAUTH
      • SYSCAT.TABCONST
      • SYSCAT.TABDEP
      • SYSCAT.TABDETACHEDDEP
      • SYSCAT.TABLES
      • SYSCAT.TABLESPACES
      • SYSCAT.TABOPTIONS
      • SYSCAT.TBSPACEAUTH
      • SYSCAT.THRESHOLDS
      • SYSCAT.TRANSFORMS
      • SYSCAT.TRIGDEP
      • SYSCAT.TRIGGERS
      • SYSCAT.TYPEMAPPINGS
      • SYSCAT.USAGELISTS
      • SYSCAT.USEROPTIONS
      • SYSCAT.VARIABLEAUTH
      • SYSCAT.VARIABLEDEP
      • SYSCAT.VARIABLES
      • SYSCAT.VIEWS
      • SYSCAT.WORKACTIONS
      • SYSCAT.WORKACTIONSETS
      • SYSCAT.WORKCLASSATTRIBUTES
      • SYSCAT.WORKCLASSES
      • SYSCAT.WORKCLASSSETS
      • SYSCAT.WORKLOADAUTH
      • SYSCAT.WORKLOADCONNATTR
      • SYSCAT.WORKLOADS
      • SYSCAT.WRAPOPTIONS
      • SYSCAT.WRAPPERS
      • SYSCAT.XDBMAPGRAPHS
      • SYSCAT.XDBMAPSHREDTREES
      • SYSCAT.XMLSTRINGS
      • SYSCAT.XSROBJECTAUTH
      • SYSCAT.XSROBJECTCOMPONENTS
      • SYSCAT.XSROBJECTDEP
      • SYSCAT.XSROBJECTDETAILS
      • SYSCAT.XSROBJECTHIERARCHIES
      • SYSCAT.XSROBJECTS
      • SYSIBM.SYSDUMMY1
      • SYSSTAT.COLDIST
      • SYSSTAT.COLGROUPDIST
      • SYSSTAT.COLGROUPDISTCOUNTS
      • SYSSTAT.COLGROUPS
      • SYSSTAT.COLUMNS
      • SYSSTAT.INDEXES
      • SYSSTAT.ROUTINES
      • SYSSTAT.TABLES
    • SQL and XML limits
    • Reserved schema names and reserved words
    • SQL statements that can be executed in routines and triggers
    • SQLCA (SQL communications area)
    • SQLDA (SQL descriptor area)
    • Exception tables
    • Regular expression control characters
    • Explain tables
      • ADVISE_INDEX
      • ADVISE_INSTANCE
      • ADVISE_MQT
      • ADVISE_PARTITION
      • ADVISE_TABLE
      • ADVISE_WORKLOAD
      • EXPLAIN_ACTUALS
      • EXPLAIN_ARGUMENT
      • EXPLAIN_DIAGNOSTIC
      • EXPLAIN_DIAGNOSTIC_DATA
      • EXPLAIN_INSTANCE
      • EXPLAIN_OBJECT
      • EXPLAIN_OPERATOR
      • EXPLAIN_PREDICATE
      • EXPLAIN_STATEMENT
      • EXPLAIN_STREAM
      • OBJECT_METRICS
    • Explain register values
  • pureXML overview
    • XML data type
    • XML input and output overview
    • Comparison of XML and relational models
    • XQuery and XPath data model
      • Sequences and items
      • Atomic values
      • Node hierarchies
      • Node properties
      • Node kinds
        • Document nodes
        • Element nodes
        • Attribute nodes
        • Text nodes
        • Processing instruction nodes
        • Comment nodes
      • Document order of nodes
      • Node identity
      • Typed values and string values of nodes
    • Tools that support XML
  • pureXML tutorial
    • Lesson 1: Creating a Db2 database and table that can store XML data
    • Lesson 2: Creating indexes over XML data
    • Lesson 3: Inserting XML documents into XML type columns
    • Lesson 4: Updating XML documents stored in XML columns
    • Lesson 5: Deleting XML data
    • Lesson 6: Querying XML data
    • Lesson 7: Validating XML documents against XML schemas
    • Lesson 8: Transforming with XSLT stylesheets
  • XML storage
    • XML storage object
    • XML base table row storage
    • Storage requirements for XML documents
    • Data types for archiving XML documents
  • Inserting XML data
    • Creation of tables with XML columns
    • Addition of XML columns to existing tables
    • Insertion into XML columns
    • XML parsing
    • XML data integrity
      • Check constraints
      • Trigger processing
      • XML validation
      • XSR_GET_PARSING_DIAGNOSTICS stored procedure
      • Displaying detailed XML parsing and validation errors
      • ErrorLog XML schema definition for enhanced error message support
        • XML schema for enhanced error message support
    • Guidelines for using XML in a non-Unicode database
  • Querying XML data
    • Introduction to XQuery
    • Retrieving Db2 data with XQuery functions
    • Introduction to querying XML data with SQL
    • Comparison of XQuery to SQL
    • Comparison of methods for querying XML data
    • Specifying XML namespaces
    • Example: Changing the namespace prefix of an element
    • XMLQUERY function
      • Non-empty sequences returned by XMLQUERY
      • Empty sequences returned by XMLQUERY
      • Casting of XMLQUERY results to non-XML types
      • Casting between data types
    • XMLTABLE function
      • Example: Inserting values returned from XMLTABLE
      • Example: Returning one row for each occurrence of an item
      • Example: Processing elements from multiple trees in an XML document
      • Example: Processing hierarchical data using XMLTABLE
    • XMLEXISTS predicate
      • XMLEXISTS predicate usage
    • Passing parameters between SQL and XQuery
      • Constant and parameter marker passing to XMLEXISTS and XMLQUERY
      • Simple column name passing with XMLEXISTS, XMLQUERY, or XMLTABLE
      • Passing parameters from XQuery to SQL
    • Data retrieval with XQuery
    • Guidelines for matching indexes with queries
      • Restrictiveness of index definitions
      • Considerations when specifying text() nodes
      • Data type of literals
      • Join predicate conversion
      • Indeterminate query evaluation
    • Full-text search
    • Retrieval to earlier clients
    • SQL/XML publishing functions
      • Examples of publishing XML values
        • Example: Construct an XML document with constant values
        • Example: Construct an XML document with values from a single table
        • Example: Construct an XML document with values from multiple tables
        • Example: Construct an XML document with values from table rows that contain null elements
        • Example: Publishing data with XQuery
      • Special character handling
      • XML serialization
    • Transforming with XSLT stylesheets
      • Passing parameters to XSLT stylesheets at runtime
      • Example: Using XSLT as a formatting engine
      • Example: Using XSLT for data exchange
      • Example: Using XSLT to remove namespaces (DB2 XQuery)
      • Example: Using the document function of XSLT
      • Important considerations for transforming XML documents
    • Differences in an XML document after storage and retrieval
  • Indexing XML data
    • Index XML pattern expressions
      • Examples of using case insensitive XML indexes
      • Examples of using indexes with queries that specify fn:exists
      • Examples of using indexes with queries that specify fn:starts-with
      • Context steps and function expression steps
    • XML namespace declarations
    • Data types associated with index XML pattern expressions
    • Data type conversion for indexes over XML data
      • Invalid XML values
      • Document rejection or CREATE INDEX statement failure
      • Summary table for conversion to the index XML data type
    • XML schemas and index key generation
    • UNIQUE keyword semantics
    • Logical and physical indexes over XML data
    • Other database objects associated with XML columns
    • Recreation of indexes over XML data
    • Sample queries against indexes over XML data
    • Restrictions on indexes over XML data
    • Common XML indexing issues
      • Troubleshooting SQL20305N messages
      • Troubleshooting SQL20306N messages
  • Updating XML data
    • Use of updating expressions in a transform expression
    • Updating XML documents with information from other tables
    • Deletion of XML data from tables
  • XML schema repository
    • XSR objects
    • XSR object registration
      • Registering XSR objects through stored procedures
      • Registering XSR objects through the command line processor
      • Java support for XML schema registration and removal
    • Altering registered XSR objects
      • Evolving an XML schema
      • Compatibility requirements for evolving an XML schema
      • Scenario: Evolving an XML schema
    • Listing XML schemas registered with the XSR
    • Retrieving all components of an XML schema registered with the XSR
    • Retrieving the XML schema of an XML document
  • XML data movement
    • Important considerations for XML data movement
    • Query and XPath Data Model
    • LOB and XML file behavior
    • XML data specifier
    • Exporting XML data
    • Importing XML data
    • Loading XML data
      • Resolving indexing errors when loading XML data
  • Application programming and routines support
    • Data handling overview
    • Inserts and updates
    • Data retrieval
    • Default type handling
    • Declaring XML host variables
    • Example: Referencing XML host variables
    • Executing XQuery expressions
    • Recommendations for developing embedded SQL applications with XML and XQuery
    • Identifying XML values in an SQLDA
    • Binary XML format in Java applications
    • XML data in JDBC applications
    • XML column updates in JDBC applications
    • XML data retrieval in JDBC applications
    • Invocation of routines with XML parameters in Java applications
    • XML data in SQLJ applications
    • XML column updates in SQLJ applications
    • XML data retrieval in SQLJ applications
    • Introduction
    • Executing a single SQL statement
    • Preparing and executing SQL statements
    • pureXML and Perl
    • Database connections
    • Restrictions
    • XML and XQuery support
    • Cursors for XQuery expressions
    • Effect of commits and rollbacks
    • Parameters and variables of data type XML in SQL functions
    • Inlined SQL functions and compiled SQL functions
    • XML data type support
    • Specification of a driver for Java routines
    • Example: XML and XQuery support in Java (JDBC) procedure
    • Example: XML and XQuery support in C# .NET CLR procedure
    • Example: XML and XQuery support in C procedure
    • Performance of routines
    • pureXML Samples
    • pureXML - Administration samples
    • pureXML - Application Development samples
  • XML performance
    • The pureXML feature and data organization schemes
    • Example using XQuery transform in a partitioned database environment
    • Using declared temporary tables with XML data
    • Using optimization guidelines with XML data and XQuery expressions
      • Examples of optimization guidelines with XML data
    • Preference of DMS table spaces for pureXML data store performance
  • XML data encoding
    • Internally encoded XML data
    • Considerations when storing or passing XML data
      • Input of XML data
      • Retrieval of XML data
      • Routine parameters
      • JDBC, SQLJ, and .NET applications
    • Effects of XML encoding and serialization on data conversion
      • Input internally encoded
      • Input externally encoded
      • Retrieval with implicit serialization
      • Retrieval with explicit serialization
    • Mapping internally encoded XML data and CCSIDs
      • Encoding names to CCSIDs
      • CCSIDs to encoding names
  • Annotated XML schema decomposition
    • When to use annotated XML schema decomposition
    • Decomposing XML documents
      • Registering and enabling XML schemas
      • Examples of multiple XML document decomposition
      • Annotated XML schema decomposition and recursive XML documents
    • Disabling annotated XML schema decomposition
    • xdbDecompXML procedures
    • XDB_DECOMP_XML_FROM_QUERY stored procedure
    • Decomposition annotations
      • Specification and scope
      • Summary
      • db2-xdb:defaultSQLSchema
      • db2-xdb:rowSet
      • db2-xdb:table
      • db2-xdb:column
      • db2-xdb:locationPath
      • db2-xdb:expression
      • db2-xdb:condition
      • db2-xdb:contentHandling
      • db2-xdb:normalization
      • db2-xdb:order
      • db2-xdb:truncate
      • db2-xdb:rowSetMapping
      • db2-xdb:rowSetOperationOrder
      • Keywords
    • Decomposition results
      • Effect of validation
      • CDATA sections
      • NULL values and empty strings
    • Checklist
      • Derived complex types
      • XML schema structuring
    • Examples of mappings
      • rowSets
      • Example: Mapping to an XML column
      • Example: Single value to a table and row
      • Example: Single value to a table and multiple rows
      • Example: Single value to multiple tables
      • Example: Multiple values to a single table
      • Example: Multiple values from different contexts
    • XML schema to SQL types compatibility
    • Limits and restrictions
    • Troubleshooting considerations
    • Schema for XML decomposition annotations
  • Replication and event publishing support
  • Restrictions on the pureXML feature
  • Articles on pureXML support
  • XQuery reference
    • Db2 XQuery concepts
      • Introduction to XQuery
      • Comparison of XQuery to SQL
      • Retrieving Db2 data with XQuery functions
      • XQuery and XPath data model
        • Sequences and items
        • Atomic values
        • Node hierarchies
        • Node properties
        • Node kinds
          • Document nodes
          • Element nodes
          • Attribute nodes
          • Text nodes
          • Processing instruction nodes
          • Comment nodes
        • Document order of nodes
        • Node identity
        • Typed values and string values of nodes
      • Serialization of the XDM
      • XML namespaces and QNames
        • Qualified names (QNames)
        • Statically known namespaces
      • Language conventions
        • Case sensitivity
        • Whitespace
        • Comments
      • Where to find more information about XQuery
    • Type system
      • The type hierarchy
      • Types by category
      • Constructor functions for built-in data types
      • Type casting
      • anyAtomicType data type
      • anySimpleType data type
      • anyType data type
      • anyURI data type
      • base64Binary data type
      • boolean data type
      • byte data type
      • date data type
      • dateTime data type
      • dayTimeDuration data type
      • decimal data type
      • double data type
      • duration data type
      • ENTITY data type
      • float data type
      • gDay data type
      • gMonth data type
      • gMonthDay data type
      • gYear data type
      • gYearMonth data type
      • hexBinary data type
      • ID data type
      • IDREF data type
      • int data type
      • integer data type
      • language data type
      • long data type
      • Name data type
      • NCName data type
      • negativeInteger data type
      • NMTOKEN data type
      • nonNegativeInteger data type
      • nonPositiveInteger data type
      • normalizedString data type
      • NOTATION data type
      • positiveInteger data type
      • QName data type
      • short data type
      • string data type
      • time data type
      • token data type
      • unsignedByte data type
      • unsignedInt data type
      • unsignedLong data type
      • unsignedShort data type
      • untyped data type
      • untypedAtomic data type
      • yearMonthDuration data type
    • Prolog
      • Version declaration
      • Boundary-space declaration
      • Construction declaration
      • Copy-namespaces declaration
      • Default element/type namespace declaration
      • Default function namespace declaration
      • Empty order declaration
      • Ordering mode declaration
      • Namespace declaration
    • Expressions
      • Expression evaluation and processing
        • Dynamic context and focus
        • Precedence
        • Order of results in XQuery expressions
        • Atomization
        • Subtype substitution
        • Type promotion
        • Effective Boolean value
      • Primary expressions
        • Literals
          • Predefined entity references
          • Character references
        • Variable references
        • Parenthesized expression
        • Context item expressions
        • Function calls
      • Path expressions
        • Syntax of path expressions
        • Axis steps
          • Axes
          • Node tests
        • Abbreviated syntax for path expressions
      • Predicates
      • Sequence expressions
        • Expressions that construct sequences
        • Filter expressions
        • Expressions for combining sequences of nodes
      • Arithmetic expressions
      • Comparison expressions
        • Value comparisons
        • General comparisons
        • Node comparisons
      • Logical expressions
      • Constructors
        • Enclosed expressions in constructors
        • Direct element constructors
          • Namespace declaration attributes
          • Boundary whitespace in direct element constructors
          • In-scope namespaces of a constructed element
        • Computed element constructors
        • Computed attribute constructors
        • Document node constructors
        • Text node constructors
        • Processing instruction constructors
          • Direct processing instruction constructors
          • Computed processing instruction constructors
        • Comment constructors
          • Direct comment constructors
          • Computed comment constructors
      • FLWOR expressions
        • Syntax of FLWOR expressions
        • for and let clauses
          • for clauses
          • let clauses
          • for and let clauses in the same expression
          • for and let clauses compared
          • Variable scope in for and let clauses
        • where clauses
        • order by clauses
        • return clauses
        • FLWOR examples
      • Conditional expressions
      • Quantified expressions
      • Cast expressions
      • Castable expressions
      • Transform expression and updating expressions
        • Use of updating expressions in a transform expression
        • Transform expression
        • Basic updating expressions
          • Delete expression
          • Insert expression
          • Rename expression
          • Replace expression
    • Built-in functions
      • Functions by category
      • adjust-date-to-timezone function
      • adjust-dateTime-to-timezone function
      • adjust-time-to-timezone function
      • abs function
      • avg function
      • boolean function
      • ceiling function
      • codepoints-to-string function
      • compare function
      • concat function
      • contains function
      • count function
      • current-date function
      • current-dateTime function
      • current-local-date function
      • current-local-dateTime function
      • current-local-time function
      • current-time function
      • data function
      • dateTime function
      • day-from-date function
      • day-from-dateTime function
      • days-from-duration function
      • deep-equal function
      • default-collation function
      • distinct-values function
      • empty function
      • ends-with function
      • exactly-one function
      • exists function
      • false function
      • floor function
      • hours-from-dateTime function
      • hours-from-duration function
      • hours-from-time function
      • implicit-timezone function
      • in-scope-prefixes function
      • index-of function
      • insert-before function
      • last function
      • local-name function
      • local-name-from-QName function
      • local-timezone function
      • lower-case function
      • matches function
      • max function
      • min function
      • minutes-from-dateTime function
      • minutes-from-duration function
      • minutes-from-time function
      • month-from-date function
      • month-from-dateTime function
      • months-from-duration function
      • name function
      • namespace-uri function
      • namespace-uri-for-prefix function
      • namespace-uri-from-QName function
      • node-name function
      • normalize-space function
      • normalize-unicode function
      • not function
      • number function
      • one-or-more function
      • position function
      • QName function
      • remove function
      • replace function
      • resolve-QName function
      • reverse function
      • root function
      • round function
      • round-half-to-even function
      • seconds-from-dateTime function
      • seconds-from-duration function
      • seconds-from-time function
      • sqlquery function
      • starts-with function
      • string function
      • string-join function
      • string-length function
      • string-to-codepoints function
      • subsequence function
      • substring function
      • substring-after function
      • substring-before function
      • sum function
      • timezone-from-date function
      • timezone-from-dateTime function
      • timezone-from-time function
      • tokenize function
      • translate function
      • true function
      • unordered function
      • upper-case function
      • xmlcolumn function
      • year-from-date function
      • year-from-dateTime function
      • years-from-duration function
      • zero-or-one function
    • Regular expressions
    • Limits
      • Limits for XQuery data types
      • Size limits
• Database administration
  • Db2 data servers
    • General naming rules
      • Db2 object naming rules
      • Delimited identifiers and object names
      • User, user ID and group naming rules
      • Naming rules in multiple national language environments
      • Naming rules in Unicode environments
    • Management of data server capacity
    • Enabling large page support (AIX)
    • Pinning Db2 database shared memory (AIX)
    • Multiple Db2 copies (overview)
      • Default IBM database client interface copy
      • Setting the DAS when running multiple Db2 copies
      • Setting the default instance when using multiple Db2 copies (Windows)
      • Multiple instances of the database manager
      • Multiple instances (Windows)
      • Updating Db2 copies (Linux and UNIX)
      • Updating Db2 copies (Windows)
      • Running multiple instances concurrently
      • Working with instances on the same or different Db2 copies
    • Autonomic computing overview
      • Automatic features
      • Automatic maintenance
        • Maintenance windows
      • Self-tuning memory
        • Self-tuning memory overview
        • Memory allocation
        • Memory parameter interaction and limitations
        • Enabling self-tuning memory
        • Disabling self-tuning memory
        • Determining which memory consumers are enabled for self tuning
        • Self-tuning memory in partitioned database environments
        • Self-tuning memory in a DB2 pureScale environment
        • Using self-tuning memory in partitioned database environments
      • Configuring memory and memory heaps
        • Agent and process model configuration
        • Agent, process model, and memory configuration overview
          • Configuring databases across multiple partitions
          • Shared file handle table
          • Running vendor library functions in fenced-mode processes
      • Automatic storage
        • Databases use automatic storage by default
        • Automatic storage table spaces
      • Data compression
        • Table compression
        • Index compression
        • Backup compression
      • Automatic database backup
        • Enabling automatic backup
      • Automatic table and index maintenance
        • Enabling automatic table and index reorganization
      • Automatic statistics collection
        • Enabling automatic statistics collection
      • Configuration Advisor
        • Tuning configuration parameters using the Configuration Advisor
        • Generating database configuration recommendations
        • Scenario: Requesting configuration recommendations
      • Monitoring database health
        • Health indicator process cycle
        • Health indicators
      • Utility throttling
        • Asynchronous index cleanup
        • Asynchronous index cleanup for MDC tables
    • Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP)
      • Security considerations in an LDAP environment
      • LDAP object classes and attributes used by Db2
      • Extending the LDAP directory schema with Db2 object classes and attributes
      • Supported LDAP client and server configurations
        • LDAP support and Db2 Connect
          • Registering host databases in LDAP
        • IBM Tivoli Directory Server
        • Netscape LDAP directory support and attribute definitions
        • Sun One Directory Server
        • Windows Active Directory
          • Configuring the Db2 database manager to use Active Directory
          • Security considerations
          • Db2 objects
          • Extending the directory schema for Active Directory
        • Enabling LDAP support after installation is complete
      • Registering Db2 servers
      • Cataloging a node alias for ATTACH
      • Registering databases
      • Deregistering the Db2 server
      • Deregistering the database from the LDAP directory
      • Creating an LDAP user
      • Configuring the LDAP user for Db2 applications
      • Setting Db2 registry variables at the user level in the LDAP environment
      • Disabling LDAP support
      • Updating the protocol information for the Db2 server
      • Rerouting LDAP clients to another server
      • Attaching to a remote server in the LDAP environment
      • Refreshing LDAP entries in local database and node directories
      • Searching the LDAP directory partitions or domains
  • Instances
    • Designing instances
      • Default instance
      • Instance directory
      • Multiple instances (Linux, UNIX)
      • Multiple instances (Windows)
    • Creating instances
    • Modifying instances
      • Updating the instance configuration (Linux, UNIX)
      • Updating the instance configuration (Windows)
    • Managing instances
      • Auto-starting instances
      • Starting instances (Linux, UNIX)
      • Starting instances (Windows)
      • Attaching to and detaching from instances
      • Working with instances on the same or different Db2 copies
      • Stopping instances (Linux, UNIX)
      • Stopping instances (Windows)
    • Dropping instances
  • Databases
    • Designing databases
      • Recommended file systems
        • Considerations for Network File System (NFS)
      • Database directories and files
        • Database configuration file
        • Node directory
        • Local database directory
        • System database directory
        • Creating node configuration files
        • Changing node and database configuration files
        • Database recovery log
      • Space requirements for database objects
      • Space requirements for log files
      • Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) directory services
    • Creating databases
      • Converting a nonautomatic storage database to use automatic storage
      • Implications for restoring databases
      • Rebalancing automatic storage when restoring a database
      • Cataloging databases
      • Binding utilities to the database
    • Connecting to distributed relational databases
      • Remote unit of work for distributed relational databases
      • Application-directed distributed unit of work
      • Application process connection states
      • Connection states
      • Customizing an application environment using the connect procedure
      • Options that govern unit of work semantics
      • Data representation considerations
    • Viewing the local or system database directory files
    • Database partitions
      • Partitioned database environments
        • Parallelism
        • Database partition and processor environments
      • Column-organized tables in a Partitioned database environment
        • Prerequisities for adopting column-organized tables in partitioned databases
        • Replacing all row-organized table with column-organized tables
        • Adopting a hybrid environment
        • Creating an independent column-organized environment
      • Distributing data across multiple database partitions
      • Database partition groups
        • Distribution maps
        • Distribution keys
        • Table collocation
        • Partition compatibility
        • Replicated materialized query tables
      • Setting up partitioned database environments
        • Adding database partition servers to an instance (Windows)
        • Setting up multiple logical partitions
        • Configuring multiple logical partitions
        • Enabling inter-partition query parallelism
        • Enabling intrapartition parallelism for queries
      • Adding database partitions in partitioned database environments
        • Adding an online database partition
        • Restrictions when working online to add a database partition
        • Adding a database partition offline (Linux and UNIX)
        • Adding a database partition offline (Windows)
        • Error recovery when adding database partitions
      • Tables in partitioned database environments
      • Enabling communication between database partitions using FCM communications
      • Managing database partitions
        • Listing database partition servers in an instance (Windows)
        • Eliminating duplicate entries from a list of machines in a partitioned database environment
        • Specifying the list of machines in a partitioned database environment
        • Changing the database configuration across multiple database partitions
        • Adding containers to SMS table spaces on database partitions
        • Using database partition expressions
        • Changing database partitions (Windows)
        • Redistributing data in a database partition group
        • Issuing commands in partitioned database environments
          • rah and db2_all commands overview
          • rah and db2_all commands
          • Specifying the rah and db2_all commands
          • Running commands in parallel (Linux and UNIX)
          • Monitoring rah processes (Linux and UNIX)
          • Extension of the rah command to use tree logic (AIX)
          • rah and db2_all command prefix sequences
          • Controlling the rah command
          • Specifying which . files run with rah (Linux and UNIX)
          • Setting the default environment profile for rah (Windows)
          • Determining problems with rah (Linux, UNIX)
        • Dropping database partitions
          • Dropping database partitions (Windows)
      • Redistributing data across database partitions
        • Data redistribution
          • Comparison of logged, recoverable redistribution and minimally logged, not roll-forward recoverable redistribution
        • Determining if data redistribution is needed
        • Prerequisites for data redistribution
          • Log space requirements for data redistribution
        • Restrictions on data redistribution
        • Best practices for data redistribution
        • Data redistribution mechanism
        • Redistributing data across database partitions
        • Redistributing data using the STEPWISE_REDISTRIBUTE_DBPG procedure
        • Monitoring data redistribution
        • Redistribution event log files
          • Recovery from failures during data redistribution
          • Examples of redistribute event log file entries
        • Scenario: Redistributing data in new database partitions
    • Buffer pools
      • Designing buffer pools
        • Buffer pool hit ratios
      • Buffer pool memory protection (AIX running on POWER6)
      • Creating buffer pools
      • Modifying buffer pools
      • Dropping buffer pools
    • Table spaces
      • Table spaces for system, user and temporary data
        • Table spaces in a partitioned database environment
        • Table spaces and storage management
          • System managed space
          • Database managed space
            • DMS table space maps
            • Automatic re-sizing of DMS table spaces
          • Automatic storage table spaces
            • How automatic storage table spaces manage storage expansion
            • Container names in automatic storage table spaces
            • Converting table spaces to use automatic storage
          • The table space high water mark
          • Reclaimable storage
          • Comparison of automatic storage, SMS, and DMS table spaces
            • SMS and DMS workload considerations
            • SMS and DMS device considerations
        • Temporary table spaces
        • Considerations when choosing table spaces for tables
        • Table spaces without file system caching
          • Table space containers use CIO/DIO by default
          • File system caching configurations
        • Extent sizes in table spaces
        • Page, table, and table space size
        • Disk I/O efficiency and table space design
      • Creating table spaces
        • Creating temporary table spaces
        • Defining initial table spaces on database creation
          • Attaching DMS direct disk access devices
          • Configuring and setting up DMS direct disk access (Linux)
      • Altering table spaces
        • Calculating table space usage
        • Altering SMS table spaces
        • Altering DMS table spaces
          • Adding DMS containers
          • Dropping DMS containers
          • Resizing DMS containers
          • Rebalancing DMS containers
          • Monitoring a table space rebalance operation
          • Reclaiming unused storage in DMS table spaces
          • Prefetch size adjustment when adding or dropping containers
          • Converting table spaces to use automatic storage
        • Altering automatic storage table spaces
          • Reclaiming unused storage in automatic storage table spaces
          • Scenarios: Adding and removing storage
            • Adding a storage path and rebalancing
            • Dropping a storage path and rebalancing
            • Adding and removing storage paths and rebalancing
          • Associating a table space to a storage group
          • Scenario: Moving a table space to a new storage group
        • Renaming table spaces
      • Table space states
      • Storage group and table space media attributes
      • Switching table spaces from offline to online
      • Optimizing table space performance on RAID devices
      • Dropping table spaces
    • Storage groups
      • Data management using multi-temperature storage
      • Default storage groups
      • Creating storage groups
      • Altering storage groups
        • Adding storage paths
        • Dropping storage paths
        • Monitoring storage paths
        • Replacing the paths of a storage group
      • Renaming storage groups
      • Dropping storage groups
      • Storage group and table space media attributes
        • Associating a table space to a storage group
        • Scenario: Moving a table space to a new storage group
    • Remote storage
      • Remote storage requirements
      • DB2REMOTE identifiers
    • Schemas
      • Designing schemas
        • Grouping objects by schema
        • Schema name restrictions and recommendations
      • Creating schemas
      • Copying schemas
        • Example of schema copy using the ADMIN_COPY_SCHEMA procedure
        • Examples of schema copy by using the db2move utility
      • Enabling LOGICAL_BACKUP and LOGICAL_RESTORE for a schema
      • Restarting a failed copy schema operation
      • Dropping schemas
    • Dropping databases
      • Dropping aliases
  • Database objects
    • Aliases
      • Creating database object aliases
    • Soft invalidation of database objects
    • Automatic revalidation of database objects
    • Creating and maintaining database objects
    • SYSTEM tenant
    • Tables
      • Types of tables
      • Designing tables
        • Table design concepts
          • Data types and table columns
          • Generated columns
          • Hidden columns
          • Auto numbering and identifier columns
          • Constraining column data with constraints, defaults, and null settings
            • Default column and data type definitions
            • Ordering columns to minimize update logging
          • Primary key, referential integrity, check, and unique constraints
          • Unicode table and data considerations
        • Space requirements for tables
          • Table page sizes
          • Extended row size
          • Space requirements for user table data
          • Storing LOBs inline in table rows
        • Table organization
          • Column-organized tables
          • Synopsis tables
          • Rebuild synopsis tables
          • Restrictions, limitations, and unsupported database configurations for column-organized tables
          • Creating and setting up your database configuration for analytic workloads
          • Enabling parallel processing for column-organized tables
          • Setting the default table organization
          • Creating column-organized tables
          • INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE (including MERGE) restrictions for column-organized tables
          • Parallel INSERT in column-organized tables
          • Loading data into column-organized tables
          • Column-organized tables in a Partitioned database environment
          • Scenario: Achieving high speed analytics over growing volumes of column-organized data
        • Table compression
          • Data row compression
            • Classic row compression
            • Adaptive compression
          • Estimating storage savings
          • Creating a table that uses compression
          • Enabling compression in an existing table
          • Changing or disabling compression for a compressed table
          • Compression dictionaries
          • Table-level compression dictionary creation
          • Impact of classic table reorganization on table-level compression dictionaries
          • Multiple compression dictionaries for replication source tables
          • Value compression
          • Column compression dictionaries after a load or insert operation
        • Materialized query tables
          • Query optimization with MQTs
          • MQT restrictions
          • MQT optimization choices
        • Optimistic locking overview
          • Optimistic locking
          • Optimistic locking restrictions and considerations
          • Granularity of row change tokens and false negatives
          • Time-based update detection
          • Time values generated for ROW CHANGE TIMESTAMPs
          • RID_BIT() and RID() built-in function
          • Planning the enablement of optimistic locking
          • Enabling optimistic locking in applications
      • Table partitioning and data organization schemes
        • Data organization schemes
        • Range-clustered tables
          • Guidelines for using range-clustered tables
          • Scenarios: Range-clustered tables
          • Restrictions on range-clustered tables
        • Multidimensional clustering tables
          • Comparison of regular and MDC tables
          • Block indexes
            • Block indexes and query performance
            • Maintaining clustering automatically during INSERT operations
          • Block maps
            • Deleting from MDC and ITC tables
            • Updates to MDC and ITC tables
          • Multidimensional and insert time clustering extent management
          • Load considerations for MDC and ITC tables
            • Logging considerations for MDC and ITC tables
            • Block indexes for MDC and ITC tables
            • Choosing MDC table dimensions
          • Considerations when creating MDC or ITC tables
          • Multidimensional clustered (MDC) tables
        • Partitioned tables
          • Table partitioning
          • Data organization schemes in Db2 and Informix databases
          • Table partitioning keys
          • Table partitioning and multidimensional clustering tables
          • Locking behavior on partitioned tables
          • Migrating existing tables and views to partitioned tables
          • Converting existing indexes to partitioned indexes
          • Optimization strategies for partitioned tables
          • Partitioned materialized query table (MQT) behavior
          • Large object (LOB) behavior in partitioned tables
          • Data partitions and ranges
            • Adding data partitions
            • Attaching data partitions
              • Guidelines for attaching data partitions to partitioned tables
              • Conditions for matching a source table index with a target table partitioned index
            • Detaching data partitions
              • Attributes of detached data partitions
              • Data partition detach phases
              • Asynchronous partition detach for data partitioned tables
            • Dropping data partitions
          • Creating partitioned tables
            • Defining ranges
            • Placement of the partitions
          • Altering partitioned tables
            • Guidelines and restrictions on altering partitioned tables
            • Considerations for XML indexes when altering a table with a partition
            • Rotating data in a partitioned table
            • Scenarios: Rolling in and rolling out partitioned table data
      • Creating tables
        • Declaring temporary tables
        • Creating and connecting to created temporary tables
        • Creating tables like existing tables
        • Creating tables for staging data
        • Distinctions between Db2 base tables and temporary tables
      • Modifying tables
        • Altering tables
        • Altering materialized query table properties
        • Refreshing the data in a materialized query table
        • Changing column properties
          • Adding and dropping columns
          • Modifying DEFAULT clause column definitions
          • Modifying the generated or identity property of a column
          • Modifying column definitions
      • Renaming tables and columns
      • Recovering inoperative summary tables
      • Viewing table definitions
      • Shadow tables
        • Shadow tables improve analytic query performance in OLTP environments
        • InfoSphere CDC software architecture and concepts
        • Information roadmap
        • Installation requirements for IBM InfoSphere Change Data Capture
        • Implementing shadow tables
          • Physical design for shadow tables
          • Db2 server configuration for shadow tables
          • Configuring your Db2 server for shadow tables
          • Preparing to install InfoSphere CDC software
          • Installing InfoSphere CDC
          • Configuring InfoSphere CDC software
            • Setting up the InfoSphere CDC instance
            • Setting up the datastore with InfoSphere CDC Management Console)
            • Setting up the datastore for shadow tables with commands for InfoSphere CDC Access Server
          • Creating the SYSTOOLS.REPL_MQT_LATENCY table
            • SYSTOOLS.REPL_MQT_LATENCY table
          • Creating shadow tables
          • Setting up replication with InfoSphere CDC Management Console
          • Setting up replication with CHCCLP
          • Replicating data to shadow tables with InfoSphere CDC Management Console
          • Replicating data to shadow tables with CHCCLP
          • Enablement of query routing to shadow tables
            • Customizing the connect procedure
            • Manually enabling shadow table support and query routing
        • Shadow tables in HADR environments
          • Implementing shadow tables in HADR environments
            • Physical design for shadow tables
            • Db2 server configuration for shadow tables
            • Configuring your Db2 server for shadow tables
            • Preparing to install InfoSphere CDC software
            • Installing InfoSphere CDC
            • Configuring InfoSphere CDC with shadow tables in HADR environments
              • Setting up the InfoSphere CDC instance
              • Setting up the datastore with InfoSphere CDC Management Console)
              • Setting up the datastore for shadow tables with commands for InfoSphere CDC Access Server
            • Creating the SYSTOOLS.REPL_MQT_LATENCY table
              • SYSTOOLS.REPL_MQT_LATENCY table
            • Creating shadow tables
            • Setting up replication with InfoSphere CDC Management Console
            • Setting up replication with CHCCLP
            • Replicating data to shadow tables with InfoSphere CDC Management Console
            • Replicating data to shadow tables with CHCCLP
            • Enablement of query routing to shadow tables
              • Customizing the connect procedure
              • Manually enabling shadow table support and query routing
          • Switching HADR roles with shadow tables
          • Synchronizing InfoSphere CDC configuration metadata
        • Performance tuning
          • Latency and throughput
          • Compression dictionaries
          • Memory management
          • Determining the set of tables to shadow
        • Replication monitoring for shadow tables
          • Monitoring InfoSphere CDC subscriptions
          • Monitoring events in InfoSphere CDC with InfoSphere CDC Management Console
          • Monitoring events in InfoSphere CDC with CHCCLP
          • Setting up InfoSphere CDC event notifications
        • Db2 administration tasks in shadow table environments
          • Backing up table spaces
          • Restoring table spaces
          • Collecting statistics
          • Manually reorganizing tables
          • Performing table operations on source tables that can interrupt InfoSphere CDC replication
          • Restarting replication when table operations cause replication to end
          • Performing unsupported table operations on source tables that have shadow tables
        • Troubleshooting resources
          • Checking whether a query was routed to shadow tables by using monitoring interfaces
          • Checking whether query routing is enabled by using EXPLAIN diagnostics
          • Checking Db2 special register settings
          • Checking current latency status
          • Checking InfoSphere CDC replication status
          • Diagnosing problems with InfoSphere CDC replication
          • Checking the values of InfoSphere CDC system parameters
        • Removing shadow table functionality from Db2 environments
          • Uninstalling InfoSphere CDC software components
          • Removing shadow table functionality from a Db2 server
      • Time Travel Query using temporal tables
        • System-period temporal tables
          • History tables
          • SYSTEM_TIME period
          • Creating
          • Inserting data
          • Updating data
          • Deleting data
          • Querying
          • Setting system time
          • Dropping
          • Utilities and tools
          • Schema changes
          • Cursors
          • Table partitioning
          • Data access control
          • Restrictions
        • Application-period temporal tables
          • BUSINESS_TIME period
          • Creating
          • Inserting data
          • Updating data
          • Deleting data
          • Querying
          • Setting application time
        • Bitemporal tables
          • Creating
          • Inserting data
          • Updating data
          • Deleting data
          • Querying
      • Scenarios and examples of tables
        • Scenarios: Optimistic locking and time-based detection
          • Using optimistic locking in an application program
          • Optimistic locking using implicitly hidden columns
          • Time-based update detection
      • Dropping tables
        • Dropping materialized query or staging tables
    • Constraints
      • Types of constraints
        • NOT NULL constraints
        • Unique constraints
        • Primary key constraints
        • (Table) Check constraints
        • Foreign key (referential) constraints
        • Informational constraints
      • Designing constraints
        • Designing unique constraints
        • Designing primary key constraints
        • Designing check constraints
          • Comparison of check constraints and BEFORE triggers
        • Designing foreign key (referential) constraints
          • Examples of interaction between triggers and referential constraints
          • Foreign keys in referential constraints
          • Implications for utility operations
          • Statement dependencies when changing objects
        • Designing informational constraints
      • Creating and modifying constraints
      • Reuse of indexes with unique or primary key constraints
      • Viewing constraint definitions for a table
      • Dropping constraints
    • Indexes
      • Types of indexes
        • Unique and non-unique indexes
        • Clustered and non-clustered indexes
        • Partitioned and nonpartitioned indexes
        • Bidirectional indexes
        • Expression-based indexes
        • Modification state indexes
      • Indexes on partitioned tables
        • Nonpartitioned indexes on partitioned tables
        • Partitioned indexes on partitioned tables
      • Designing indexes
        • Tools for designing indexes
        • Space requirements for indexes
        • Index compression
      • Creating indexes
        • Creating nonpartitioned indexes on partitioned tables
        • Creating partitioned indexes
      • Modifying indexes
        • Renaming indexes
        • Rebuilding indexes
      • Dropping indexes
    • Triggers
      • Types of triggers
        • BEFORE triggers
        • AFTER triggers
        • INSTEAD OF triggers
      • Designing triggers
        • Specifying what makes a trigger fire (triggering statement or event)
        • Specifying when a trigger fires (BEFORE, AFTER, and INSTEAD OF clauses)
        • Defining conditions for when trigger-action will fire (WHEN clause)
        • Supported SQL PL statements in triggers
        • Accessing old and new column values in triggers using transition variables
        • Referencing old and new table result sets using transition tables
      • Creating triggers
      • Modifying and dropping triggers
      • Examples of interaction between triggers and referential constraints
      • Examples of defining actions using triggers
      • Example of defining business rules using triggers
      • Example of preventing operations on tables using triggers
    • Sequences
      • Designing sequences
        • Managing sequence behavior
        • Application performance and sequences
        • Sequences compared to identity columns
      • Creating sequences
        • Generating sequential values
        • Determining when to use identity columns or sequences
      • Sequence Modification
      • Viewing sequence definitions
      • Dropping sequences
      • Examples of how to code sequences
    • Views
      • Designing views
        • System catalog views
        • Views with the check option
          • Nested view definitions
        • Deletable views
        • Insertable views
        • Updatable views
        • Read-only views
      • Creating views
        • Creating views that use user-defined functions (UDFs)
      • Modifying typed views
      • Recovering inoperative views
      • Dropping views
    • Cursors
    • Usage lists
      • Usage list memory considerations and validation dependencies
    • User-defined types
      • User-defined distinct types
        • Strong typing in user-defined distinct types
        • Creating distinct types
        • Creating tables with columns based on distinct types
        • Dropping user-defined types
        • Creating currency-based distinct types
        • Creating a distinct type for completed job application forms
        • Creating tables to track international sales
        • Creating a table to store completed job application forms
        • Manipulating distinct types
          • Casting between distinct types
          • Performing comparisons involving distinct types
          • Performing comparisons between distinct types and constants
          • Performing assignments involving distinct types in embedded SQL
          • Performing assignments involving distinct types in dynamic SQL
          • Performing assignments involving different distinct types
          • Performing UNION operations on distinctly typed columns
          • Defining sourced UDFs for distinct types
      • User-defined structured types
        • Creating structured types
        • Storing instances of structured types
        • Instantiability in structured types
        • Structured type hierarchies
        • Creating a structured type hierarchy
        • Defining behavior for structured types
        • Dynamic dispatch of methods
        • System-generated routines for structured types
        • Constructor functions for structured types
        • Mutator methods for structured types
        • Observer methods for structured types
        • Typed tables
          • Creating typed tables
          • Dropping typed tables
          • Substitutability in typed tables
          • Storing objects in typed table rows
          • Defining system-generated object identifiers
          • Defining constraints on object identifier columns
          • Reference types
            • Reference types
            • Relationships between objects in typed tables
            • Defining semantic relationships with references
            • Referential integrity versus scoped references
        • Typed views
          • Creating typed views
          • Altering typed views
          • Dropping typed views
        • Issuing queries to dereference references
          • Returning objects of a particular type using ONLY
          • Restricting returned types using a TYPE predicate
          • Returning all possible types using OUTER
        • Storing structured type objects in table columns
          • Inserting structured type attributes into columns
          • Defining and altering tables with structured type columns
          • Defining types with structured type attributes
          • Inserting rows that contain structured type values
          • Retrieving and modifying structured type values
            • Retrieving structured type attributes
            • Accessing the attributes of structured types
            • Modifying structured type attributes
            • Returning information about a structured type
          • Transform functions and transform groups
            • Recommendations for naming transform groups
            • Specification of transform groups
            • Specifying transform groups for external routines
            • Specifying transform groups for dynamic SQL
            • Specifying transform groups for static SQL
          • Host language program mappings with transform functions
            • Function transforms
            • Implementing function transforms using SQL-bodied routines
            • Passing structured type parameters to external routines
            • Client transforms
            • Implementing client transforms using external UDFs
            • Implementing client transforms for binding in from a client using external UDFs
            • Data conversion considerations
            • Transform function requirements
            • Retrieving subtype data from Db2
            • Returning subtype data to Db2
        • Declaring structured type host variables
          • Describing a structured type
      • Row data types
      • Ordinary array data type
      • Associative array data type
      • Cursor data types
  • Data movement options
  • Comparison between the ingest, import, and load utilities
    • Differences between the import and load utility
  • Export/import/load utility file formats
    • File formats
    • Delimited ASCII (DEL) file format
      • DEL data type descriptions
      • Example DEL file
      • Delimiter considerations for moving data
    • Non-delimited ASCII (ASC) file format
      • ASC data type descriptions
      • Example ASC file
    • PC version of IXF file format
      • PC/IXF record types
      • PC/IXF data types
      • PC/IXF data type descriptions
      • General rules governing PC/IXF file import into databases
      • Data type-specific rules governing PC/IXF file import into databases
      • Differences between PC/IXF and Version 0 System/370 IXF
      • FORCEIN option
  • Unicode considerations for data movement
  • Bind files used by the export, import, and load utilities
  • Character set and national language support
  • Overview
  • Privileges and authorities required
  • Exporting data
    • Export sessions - CLP examples
    • LBAC-protected data export considerations
    • Table export considerations
    • Typed table export considerations
    • Identity column export considerations
    • LOB export considerations
  • Overview
  • Privileges and authorities required
  • Importing data
    • Import sessions - CLP examples
    • Imported table re-creation
    • Typed table import considerations
    • LBAC-protected data import considerations
    • Buffered-insert imports
    • Identity column import considerations
    • Generated column considerations
    • LOB import considerations
    • User-defined distinct types considerations
  • Client/server environments and import
  • Table locking during import
  • Load overview
  • Privileges and authorities required to use load
  • Loading data
    • Load sessions - CLP examples
    • Load considerations for partitioned tables
    • LBAC-protected data load considerations
    • Identity column load considerations
    • Generated column load considerations
    • Moving data using the cursor file type
    • Propagating dependent immediate staging tables
    • Refreshing dependent immediate materialized query tables
    • MDC and ITC considerations
    • Moving data using a customized application (user exit)
  • Monitoring load
  • Parallelism and loading
  • Index creation during load operations
  • Compression dictionary creation during load operations
  • Options for improving load performance
  • Load features for maintaining referential integrity
    • Checking for integrity violations
    • Table locking during load operations
    • Enabling read access during load operations
    • Table space states during and after load operations
    • Table states during and after load operations
    • Load exception tables
  • Restarting an interrupted load operation
  • Restarting or terminating an ALLOW READ ACCESS load operation
  • Recovering data with the load copy location file
  • Load dump file
  • Load temporary files
  • Load utility log records
  • Load overview-partitioned database environments
    • Loading data in a partitioned database environment
      • Loading data in a partitioned database environment-hints and tips
    • Monitoring a partitioned database load using the LOAD QUERY command
    • Resuming, restarting, or terminating load operations in a partitioned database environment
    • Migration and version compatibility
    • Load sessions in a partitioned database environment - CLP examples
    • Partitioned database load configuration options
  • Ingest utility
    • Overview of ingest-related tasks
      • Deciding where to run the ingest utility
      • Creating the restart table
      • Ingesting data
        • Restarting a failed ingest operation
        • Terminating a failed ingest operation
      • Monitoring ingest operations
    • Ingest utility restrictions and limitations
    • Performance considerations for ingest operations
    • Code page considerations for the ingest utility
    • Ingest operations in a Db2 pureScale environment
    • Ingest operations in a partitioned database environment
    • Sample ingest utility scripts
      • Scenario: Processing a stream of files with the ingest utility
  • Moving tables online by using the ADMIN_MOVE_TABLE procedure
  • Moving data with DB2 Connect
  • IBM Replication tools by component
  • High availability
    • Outages
      • Signatures
      • Cost
      • Tolerance
      • Recovery and avoidance strategies
    • High availability strategies
      • Redundancy
      • Failover
      • Clustering
        • Supported cluster management software
          • Pacemaker (Linux)
          • IBM PowerHA SystemMirror for AIX
          • IBM Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatforms (Linux and AIX)
          • Microsoft Failover Clustering support (Windows)
          • VERITAS Cluster Server
      • Database logging
        • Circular logging
        • Archive logging
        • Advanced Log Space Management
        • Log control files
    • High availability with Db2 server
      • Automatic client reroute
        • Configuring automatic client reroute
          • Client connection distributor technology
          • Identifying an alternate server
          • Automatic client reroute limitations
          • Automatic client reroute examples
      • Db2 fault monitor
        • Configuring Db2 fault monitor
          • Using the db2fm command
          • Using db2fmcu and system commands
      • High availability disaster recovery (HADR)
        • Planning for Db2 HADR
          • Running the HADR Simulator
          • Introduction to Db2 Log Scanner
            • db2logscan Command Line Options
          • Introduction to HADR Calculator
            • HADR Calculator Command Line Options
      • Db2 High Availability Feature
        • Enabling automatic cluster configuration
        • Integrated solution using IBM Tivoli SA MP
          • IBM Tivoli SA MP Base Component
          • Configuring a cluster using db2haicu
            • Cluster domain model
              • Cluster management software
                • Resources and resource groups
                • Quorum devices
              • Networks
              • Failover policies
                • Using roving high availability (HA) failover in partitioned database environments
              • Mount points
            • db2haicu tool
              • Startup mode
              • Maintenance mode
              • Running interactively
              • Running with an XML input file
                • Input file XML schema (DB2ClusterType)
                  • ClusterDomainType
                    • QuorumType
                    • PhysicalNetworkType
                      • InterfaceType
                      • IPAddressType
                    • ClusterNodeType
                  • FailoverPolicyType
                  • DB2PartitionSetType
                    • DB2PartitionType
                      • MountType
                      • MutualPolicyType
                      • NPlusMPolicyType
                      • CustomPolicyType
                  • HADRDBType
                    • HADRDBDefn
                  • HADBType
                    • HADBDefn
                • Sample XML input files
                  • db2ha_sample_sharedstorage_mutual.xml
                  • db2ha_sample_DPF_mutual.xml
                  • db2ha_sample_DPF_NPlusM.xml
                  • db2ha_sample_HADR.xml
            • Prerequisites
            • Creating a cluster domain
              • Automatically detected database paths
            • Maintaining a cluster domain
            • Troubleshooting
            • Restrictions
        • Integrated solution using Pacemaker
          • Pacemaker base component
            • Networks in a Pacemaker cluster
            • Quorum devices support on Pacemaker
          • Prerequisites for an integrated solution using Pacemaker
          • db2cm - Db2 cluster manager utility
            • db2cm command reference for HADR-configured clusters
            • db2cm command reference for Mutual-Failover-configured clusters
          • Installing the Pacemaker cluster software stack
          • Public cloud vendors supported with Db2 Pacemaker
            • IBM VPC
            • AWS
              • HADR configurations for AWS
              • Mutual Failover configurations for AWS
            • Azure
              • HADR configurations for Azure
              • Mutual Failover configurations for MS Azure
            • Two-host HADR Pacemaker for Google Cloud
          • Restrictions on Pacemaker
          • Configuring high availability with db2cm
            • The HADR Pacemaker option
              • Creating a Pacemaker-managed HADR Db2 instance
              • Install and configure a QDevice quorum
              • Removing a cluster domain
              • Maintaining the cluster domain
                • Starting a user-initiated takeover
                • Starting a user-initiated takeover by force
                • Add a HADR database resource to the cluster domain
                • Delete an existing HADR database resource from the resource model
                • Associate a primary VIP with an existing HADR database of an instance
                • Disassociate a primary VIP from an existing HADR database of an instance
                • Associate a standby VIP with an existing HADR database of an instance for read-on-standby
                • Disassociate a standby VIP from an existing HADR database of an instance
                • Remove all resources related to the public Ethernet adapter device on a host in the cluster domain
                • Remove all resources related to an instance from the cluster domain
                • Removing a Pacemaker-managed automated HADR cluster
                • Backing-up cluster configuration information
                • Restore from a saved Pacemaker cluster configuration
              • Replacing an existing Tivoli SA MP-managed Db2 instance with a Pacemaker-managed HADR Db2 instance
              • Replacing a Pacemaker-managed HADR Db2 instance with a Tivoli SA MP-managed Db2 instance
            • The Mutual Failover Pacemaker option
              • Creating a Pacemaker-managed Mutual Failover Db2 instance
              • Install and configure a QDevice quorum
              • Removing a cluster domain
              • Maintaining the cluster domain
                • Starting a user-initiated failover
                • Associating a mount point for a remote file system
                • Disassociating a mounted remote file system
                • Removing all partition-associated resources
                • Backing up a Mutual Failover Db2 cluster configuration to a file
                • Restore from a saved Pacemaker cluster configuration
                • Associating a VIP with a Db2 database
                • Disassociating a VIP from a database
                • Associating a mount resource with a partition
                • Disassociating a mount resource from a partition
              • Replacing an existing Tivoli SA MP-managed Db2 instance with a Pacemaker-managed Mutual Failover Db2 instance
              • Replacing a Pacemaker-managed Mutual Failover Db2 instance with a Tivoli SA MP-managed Db2 instance
      • Log shipping
      • Log mirroring
      • Suspended I/O and online split mirror
        • Using a split mirror as a standby database
        • Using a split mirror as a standby database in a Db2 pureScale environment
        • Using a split mirror as a clone database
        • Using a split mirror to clone a database in a Db2 pureScale environment
        • Using a split mirror as a backup image
        • Using a split mirror as a backup image in a Db2 pureScale environment
      • Non-Java client support for high availability for connections to DB2 for z/OS servers
    • Configuring for high availability
      • Configuring TCP/IP keepalive parameters
        • Configuring operating system TCP/IP keepalive parameters for high availability clients
        • Configuring TCP/IP keepalive parameters for high availability clients
      • Initializing a standby database
      • Initializing HADR
        • Configuring automatic client reroute and HADR
        • Index logging and HADR
        • Block non-logged operations
        • Database configuration for HADR
          • Setting hadr_timeout and hadr_peer_window
          • HADR log spooling
        • Log archiving configuration for HADR
        • HADR synchronization mode
        • HADR performance
        • Cluster managers and HADR
        • High availability disaster recovery (HADR) support
          • System requirements
          • Installation and storage requirements
          • HADR and NAT support
          • Restrictions
      • Scheduling maintenance
        • Configuring an automated maintenance policy
          • Sample automated maintenance policy specification
      • Configuring database logging
        • Configuration parameters
          • Using an overflow log path
        • Reducing logging
        • Blocking transactions
        • Log archiving
      • Configuring a clustered environment
      • Synchronizing clocks in a partitioned database environment
        • Timestamp conversion
    • Administering and maintaining a highly available solution
      • Log file management
        • On demand log archive
        • Log archiving using db2tapemgr
        • User exit programs for log file archiving and retrieval
          • Samples
          • Calling format
          • Error handling
        • Log file allocation and removal
        • Including log files with a backup image
        • Preventing the accidental loss of log files
      • Minimizing the impact of maintenance on availability
        • Stopping HADR
        • HADR database activation and deactivation
        • Table space rebalance considerations in a HADR environment
        • Applying rolling updates to a Db2 HADR environment
        • Applying rolling updates to a TSA-managed HADR Db2 instance
        • Applying rolling updates to a Pacemaker-managed HADR Db2 instance
        • Applying rolling updates to a Pacemaker-managed Mutual Failover Db2 instance
        • Scenario: Changing the system clock
      • Synchronizing the primary and standby databases
        • Resolving log replay error when creating table space
      • HADR delayed replay
        • Recovering data by using HADR delayed replay
      • Db2 High availability disaster recovery (HADR) management
        • HADR replicated operations
        • HADR non-replicated operations
        • HADR database states
        • Determining the HADR standby database state
        • Managing history file on the HADR standby database
        • Recovering table space errors on an HADR standby database
        • Considerations after HADR role switch
        • HADR commands
      • HADR multiple standby databases
        • Restrictions for multiple standby databases
        • Modifications to a multiple standby database setup
        • Database configuration for multiple HADR standby databases
        • Rolling updates with multiple HADR standby databases
        • HADR monitoring for multiple standby databases
        • HADR takeover operations with multiple standbys
        • Scenario: Deploying an HADR multiple standby database setup
        • Scenario - Deploying a two-sites multiple standby cluster with same-site failover automation
        • Scenario - Deploying a two-sites multiple-standby cluster on AWS with three hosts
        • Examples: Takeover in a multiple HADR standby setup
      • High availability disaster recovery (HADR) in Db2 pureScale environments
        • Restrictions for HADR in Db2 pureScale environments
        • HADR setup in a Db2 pureScale environment
        • HADR monitoring in a Db2 pureScale environment
        • Standby replay in a Db2 pureScale environment
          • Changing the preferred replay member
        • Db2 pureScale topology changes and HADR
          • Adding members to a high availability disaster recovery (HADR) setup
          • Removing members from a high availability disaster recovery (HADR) setup
        • HADR takeover operations in a Db2 pureScale environment
        • Scenario: Deploying HADR in a Db2 pureScale environment
      • HADR reads on standby feature
        • Enabling reads on standby
        • Data concurrency on an active standby
          • Isolation level on the active standby database
          • Replay-only window on the HADR standby database
        • Temporarily terminating read applications on an active standby
        • Reads on standby restrictions
        • Configuring ACR for HADR reads on standby
      • Detecting and responding to system outages
        • Administration notification log
        • Detecting an unplanned outage
          • High availability disaster recovery (HADR) monitoring
        • Responding to an unplanned outage
          • Performing an HADR failover operation
          • Switching the database roles
        • Reintegrating a database after a takeover operation
      • Enabling database connection hang detection for automated HADR
    • GDPC High Availability/Disaster Recovery
  • Data recovery
    • Developing a backup and recovery strategy
      • Deciding how often to back up
      • Storage considerations
        • Backup compression
        • Archived log file compression
        • Hardware accelerated backup and log file compression
      • Keeping related data together
      • Backup and restore operations between different operating systems and hardware platforms
      • Log stream merging and log file management in a Db2 pureScale environment
      • Log sequence numbers in Db2 pureScale environments
      • Backup and restore monitoring with db2pd -barstats
        • Example output for backup performance monitoring
        • Example output for restore performance monitoring
    • Recovery history file
      • Recovery history file entry status
      • Viewing recovery history file entries
      • Pruning the recovery history file
      • Automating recovery history file pruning
      • Protecting recovery history file entries from being pruned
    • Managing recovery objects
      • Deleting database recovery objects
      • Automating database recovery object management
      • Protecting recovery objects from being deleted
      • Managing snapshot backup objects
      • Backup image and log file upload to IBM Storage Protect
    • Backup
      • Backing up data
        • Using snapshot backup
          • Performing a snapshot backup with a script
        • Backing up to tape
        • Backing up to named pipes
      • Using IBM Tivoli Space Manager Hierarchical Storage Management
      • Backup and restore in a Db2 partitioned database environment
      • Enabling automatic backup
        • Automatic database backup
      • Backup and restore operations in a Db2 pureScale environment
      • Monitoring backup operations
      • Optimizing backup performance
      • Backup and restore statistics
      • Authorization required for backup
      • Compatibility of online backup and other utilities
      • Backup examples
    • Recover
      • Recovering data
        • Using db2adutl
        • Recovering a dropped table
      • Crash recovery
        • Recovering damaged table spaces
        • Recovering table spaces in recoverable databases
        • Recovering table spaces in non-recoverable databases
        • Reducing the impact of media failure
        • Reducing the impact of transaction failure
        • Recovering from transaction failures in a partitioned database environment
        • Recovering from the failure of a database partition server
        • ... with Db2 syncpoint manager
        • ... without Db2 syncpoint manager
        • Database accessibility during backward phase of crash recovery or HADR takeover
      • Disaster recovery
      • Version recovery
      • Rollforward recovery
      • Incremental backup and recovery
        • Restoring from incremental backup images
        • Limitations to automatic incremental restore
      • Optimizing recovery performance
      • Authorization required for recover
    • Restore
      • Restoring data
        • From a snapshot backup image
          • Restoring from a snapshot backup image with a script
        • To an existing database
        • To a new database
        • Using incremental restore
        • Restore and roll forward through a topology change
      • Performing a redirected restore operation
        • Redefine table space containers by restoring a database using an automatically generated script
        • Performing a redirected restore using an automatically generated script
        • Cloning a production database using different storage group paths
      • Rebuilding databases
        • Database rebuild and table space containers
        • Temporary table spaces
        • Choosing a target image
        • Rebuilding only selected table spaces
        • Rebuild using incremental backup images
        • Rebuilding partitioned databases
        • Rebuild restrictions
        • Rebuild examples
      • Monitoring restore
      • Optimizing restore performance
      • Authorization required for restore
      • Database schema transporting
        • Transportable objects
        • Transport examples
        • Troubleshooting: transporting schemas
      • Restore from Db2 pureScale Feature to Db2 Enterprise Server Edition
      • Restore a Db2 Enterprise Server Edition to aDb2 pureScale instance.
    • Rollforward
      • Rolling forward data
        • Continuing a stopped or failed rollforward operation
        • Rolling forward changes in a table space
        • Using load copy for rollforward recovery
      • Database rollforward operations in a Db2 pureScale environment
        • Rolling forward through an add member operation
      • Monitoring rollforward
      • Authorization required for rollforward
      • Rollforward examples
    • Data recovery with IBM Storage Protect
      • Configuring an IBM Storage Protect client
      • Considerations for using IBM Storage Protect
    • Schema-level and table-level backup and restore
      • LOGICAL_BACKUP stored procedure
      • LOGICAL_RESTORE stored procedure
      • LOGICAL_BACKUP_DETAILS stored procedure
      • Monitoring logical schema backup and restore operations
      • LOGICAL BACKUP and LOGICAL RESTORE limitations
    • Db2 Advanced Copy Services (ACS)
      • ACS best practices
      • Db2 ACS scripted interface
        • Db2 ACS protocol file
        • Db2 ACS user scripts
      • Db2 ACS API
        • Db2 ACS API functions
          • db2ACSQueryApiVersion - current Db2 ACS API version
          • db2ACSInitialize - initialize a Db2 ACS session
          • db2ACSTerminate - terminate a Db2 ACS session
          • db2ACSPrepare - prepare to perform a snapshot backup operation.
          • db2ACSBeginOperation - begin a Db2 ACS operation
          • db2ACSEndOperation - End a Db2 ACS operation
          • db2ACSBeginQuery - begin a query about snapshot backup objects
          • db2ACSGetNextObject - list next available snapshot backup object
          • db2ACSEndQuery - end a query about snapshot backup objects
          • db2ACSSnapshot - perform a Db2 ACS operation
          • db2ACSPartition - group database partition target data
          • db2ACSVerify - verify Db2 ACS operation success
          • db2ACSDelete - delete Db2 ACS recovery objects
          • db2ACSStoreMetaData - store Db2 ACS object metadata
          • db2ACSRetrieveMetaData - retrieve Db2 ACS object metadata
        • Db2 ACS API data structures
          • db2ACS_BackupDetails
          • db2ACS_CB
          • db2ACS_CreateObjectInfo
          • db2ACS_DB2ID
          • db2ACS_GroupList
          • db2ACS_LoadcopyDetails
          • db2ACS_LogDetails
          • db2ACS_ObjectInfo
          • db2ACS_ObjectStatus
          • db2ACS_OperationInfo
          • db2ACS_Options
          • db2ACS_PartitionEntry
          • db2ACS_PartitionList
          • db2ACS_PathEntry
          • db2ACS_PathList
          • db2ACS_PostObjectInfo
          • db2ACS_QueryInput and db2ACS_QueryOutput
          • db2ACS_ReadList
          • db2ACS_ReturnCode
          • db2ACS_SessionInfo
          • db2ACS_SnapshotDetails
          • db2ACS_MetaData
          • db2ACS_VendorInfo
        • Db2 ACS API return codes
  • Instance management in a Db2 pureScale environment
    • Multiple active databases in Db2 pureScale
    • Starting and stopping cluster components and databases in a Db2 pureScale environment
      • Starting a cluster caching facility
      • Stopping a cluster caching facility
      • Starting a member
      • Stopping a member
      • Database activation
      • Database deactivation
    • Maintenance in a Db2 pureScale environment
      • Placing database-level mount points into maintenance mode
      • Performing maintenance on a Db2 pureScale host
      • Replacing both cluster caching facilities
      • Adding a disk to the shared file system
        • Removing a disk from the shared file system
        • Rebalancing a file system
      • Quiescing a member
      • Putting hosts into maintenance mode
      • Putting a cluster into maintenance mode
      • Moving a Db2 member or a cluster caching facility
      • Recovering from a failed db2iupdt -add or -drop operation
        • Recovering from a failed db2iupdt -drop operation in a GDPC
      • Clearing resource model alerts
    • Failure management with Db2 cluster services
      • Automated cluster caching facility failover
      • Automated restart
        • Member restart and crash recovery
        • Group restart and crash recovery
        • Restart light
          • Disabling automatic member failback
          • Memory considerations for restart light
          • Monitoring members in restart light
          • Scenario: Restart light
      • Manual intervention in failure situations
        • Initiating group crash recovery
        • Initiating member crash recovery
        • Recovering with damaged table spaces
    • Configuration tasks
      • Creating a shared file system
        • Deleting a shared file system
        • Retrieving file system information
      • Db2 pureScale Feature cluster caching facility (CF) configuration
        • Configuring the cluster caching facility
        • Configuring cluster caching facility (CF) memory for a database
        • CF memory parameter configuration
        • Structure duplex support behavior with a secondary cluster caching facility
      • Changing the cluster manager quorum type
      • Changing the shared file system quorum type
      • Changing the host failure detection time
      • Buffer pools in a Db2 pureScale environment
      • Member self-tuning memory in a Db2 pureScale environment
      • Table partitioning in a Db2 pureScale environment
      • Table space considerations for the Db2 pureScale Feature
    • Configuration parameters that affect the Db2 pureScale Feature
      • Db2 pureScale Feature configuration parameters
    • Security model for the db2cluster command
    • Troubleshooting options for the db2cluster command
      • Repairing the cluster manager resource model
      • Repairing the cluster manager domain
      • Setting the unhealthy host response
  • Db2 workload management
    • Domains of workload management
    • Workload management administrator authority
    • Frequently asked questions
    • Workload management roadmap
    • Work identification
      • Activities
      • Workload management DDL statements
      • Work identification by origin with workloads
        • Workload assignment
        • Default workloads
          • Taking corrective action using the default administration workload
        • Creating a workload
        • Altering a workload
        • Enabling a workload
        • Disabling a workload
        • Dropping a workload
        • Permitting occurrences of a workload to access the database
        • Preventing occurrences of a workload from accessing the database
        • Granting the USAGE privilege on a workload
        • Revoking the USAGE privilege on a workload
        • Example: Workload assignment
        • Example: Workload assignment when workload attributes have single values
        • Example: Workload assignment for a unit of work when multiple workloads exist
        • Example: Workload assignment when workload attributes have multiple values
      • Work identification by type, cost, or data accessed with work classes
        • Work classes and work class sets
          • Creating a work class
          • Altering a work class
          • Dropping a work class
          • Creating a work class set
          • Altering a work class set
          • Dropping a work class set
        • Evaluation order of work classes in a work class set
        • Assignment of activities to work classes
        • Work classifications supported by thresholds
        • Example: Analyzing workloads by activity type
        • Example: Using a work class set to manage specific types of activities
        • Example: Working with a work class defined with the ALL keyword
        • Example: Determining the priority of activities based on what data might be accessed
    • Activities management
      • Resource assignment with service classes
        • Default service superclasses and subclasses
        • Activity-to-service class mapping
        • Prefetch priority of service classes
        • Buffer pool priority of service classes
        • States of connections and activities in a service class
        • System-level entities not managed by service classes
        • Creating a service class
        • Altering a service class
        • Dropping a service class
        • Example: Using service classes
        • Example: Analyzing a service class-related system slowdown
        • Example: Investigating agent usage by service class
      • Adaptive workload manager
        • Enabling adaptive workload manager
        • Restoring the legacy system workload manager objects
        • Default adaptive WLM environment
        • Resources that affect query admission
        • Short query bypass
        • Monitoring queuing in a default adaptive WLM environment
          • The impact of queuing on the database
          • Listing query activity
          • Determining why queries are queued
            • Queuing caused by high thread usage
            • Queuing caused by high sort memory usage
            • Queuing caused by queued queries with high sort memory estimates
            • Displaying resource usage information for executing or queued queries
          • Historical resource usage for queries
        • Customizing the adaptive workload manager environment
          • Service class resource assignment
            • Service class resource shares
            • Service class minimum resource share
            • Monitoring resource entitlements and minimum resource share
          • Adaptive WLM admission queue order
          • Resource configuration for the default workload manager environment
          • Using workload types to simplify service class creation
            • Resource configuration for a MIXED workload type service superclass
            • Resource configuration for a BATCH workload type service superclass
            • Resource configuration for an INTERACTIVE workload type service superclass
            • Resource configuration for a CUSTOM workload type service superclass
          • Session priority
          • Activity sort memory limits
          • Monitoring a customized adaptive WLM environment
            • Monitoring queuing in a customized adaptive WLM environment
              • Monitoring general queuing behavior in a customized adaptive WLM environment
              • Monitoring current queries in a customized adaptive WLM environment
              • Investigating queuing caused by hard resource entitlements
            • Monitoring service class load
            • Monitoring service class resource entitlement and usage
            • Monitoring service class compliance with resource entitlements
        • Deadlocks and the adaptive workload manager
        • Best practices
      • Control of work with thresholds
        • Threshold domain and enforcement scope
        • Threshold evaluation order
        • Creating a threshold
        • Altering a threshold
        • Dropping a threshold
        • Example: Using thresholds
        • Connection thresholds
          • CONNECTIONIDLETIME threshold
        • Activity thresholds
          • Domain precedence for activity thresholds
          • ACTIVITYTOTALTIME threshold
          • ACTIVITYTOTALRUNTIME threshold
          • ACTIVITYTOTALRUNTIMEINALLSC threshold
          • CPUTIME threshold
          • CPUTIMEINSC threshold
          • DATATAGINSC threshold
          • ESTIMATEDSQLCOST threshold
          • SORTSHRHEAPUTIL threshold
          • SQLROWSREAD threshold
          • SQLROWSREADINSC threshold
          • SQLROWSRETURNED threshold
          • SQLTEMPSPACE threshold
        • Aggregate thresholds
          • Activity queuing
          • AGGSQLTEMPSPACE threshold
          • CONCURRENTDBCOORDACTIVITIES threshold
          • CONCURRENTWORKLOADACTIVITIES threshold
          • CONCURRENTWORKLOADOCCURRENCES threshold
          • TOTALMEMBERCONNECTIONS threshold
          • TOTALSCMEMBERCONNECTIONS threshold
        • Unit of work thresholds
          • UOWTOTALTIME threshold
      • Apply controls to types of activities with work action sets
        • How work classes, work class sets, work actions, and work action sets work together and are associated with other Db2 objects
        • Work actions and work action sets
          • Creating a work action
          • Altering a work action
          • Disabling a work action
          • Dropping a work action
          • Creating a work action set
          • Altering a work action set
          • Disabling a work action set
          • Dropping a work action set
        • Work actions and the work action set domain
        • Thresholds that can be used in work actions
        • Application of work actions to database activities
        • Concurrency control at the workload level using work action sets
        • Workload and work action set comparison
        • Example: Using a database work action set and database threshold
        • Example: Using work action sets to determine the types of work being run
      • Priority aging of ongoing work
        • Sample priority aging scripts
          • Scenario: Controlling resource intensive business intelligence reports with priority aging
          • Scenario: Remapping incorrectly mapped queries through priority aging
        • Remapping activities between service subclasses
      • Priority mapping based on data accessed
        • Scenario: Using data tags to favor activities accessing high priority data
      • Default query concurrency management
        • Default workload management objects for concurrency control
      • Workload management dispatcher overview
        • Enabling the workload management dispatcher
          • Workload management dispatcher
          • Workload management dispatcher behavior in multimember environments
        • Ensuring maximum Db2 workload management dispatcher scheduling accuracy
        • Enabling and setting CPU shares
          • Hard CPU shares
          • Soft CPU shares
        • Setting a CPU limit
          • CPU limit
        • Setting minimum CPU resource utilization for service class to be considered active
          • Minimum CPU resource utilization for service class to be considered active
        • Setting dispatch concurrency level
          • Dispatch concurrency level
        • Monitoring and tuning workload management dispatcher performance
      • Canceling activities
    • Monitoring and intervention
      • Real-time monitoring with table functions
        • Example: Using Db2 workload management table functions
        • Example: Monitoring current system behavior at different levels using Db2 workload management table functions
        • Example: Obtaining point-in-time statistics from service classes
        • Example: Aggregating data using Db2 workload management table functions
        • Example: Determining which activities are queued by a WLM threshold and their queue order
      • Historical monitoring with event monitors
      • Available monitoring data
      • Db2 workload management stored procedures
      • Statistics for Db2 workload management objects
        • Statistics collection and monitoring with remapped activities
        • Histograms in workload management
          • Creating a histogram template
          • Altering a histogram template
          • Dropping a histogram template
          • Example: Computing averages and a standard deviation from histograms in a Db2 workload management configuration
        • Collecting workload management statistics using a statistics event monitor
        • Resetting statistics on Db2 workload management objects
      • Historical analysis tool
      • Monitoring metrics for Db2 workload management
      • Monitoring threshold violations
        • How to generate email notifications for threshold violations
      • Collecting data for individual activities
      • Importing activity information into the Design Advisor
      • Guidelines for capturing information about and investigating a rogue activity
      • Workload management performance modelling
      • Example: Capturing information about an activity for later analysis
    • Integration with operating system workload managers
      • Integration of AIX Workload Manager with Db2 workload management
      • Integration of Linux workload management with Db2 workload management
    • Tutorial for Db2 workload management
      • Exercise 1: Getting started with basic monitoring using default Db2 workload management objects
      • Exercise 2: Isolating activities using service classes and workloads
      • Exercise 3: Using thresholds to control rogue activities and using the threshold violation monitor
      • Exercise 4: Differentiating activities by activity type
      • Exercise 5: Using histograms for service classes
      • Exercise 6: Investigating delays with WLM table functions
      • Exercise 7: Cancelling an ongoing activity
      • Exercise 8: Discovering what types of activities are running on your system
      • Exercise 9: Capturing detailed information about an executing activity
      • Exercise 10: Generating historical data and reports
      • Exercise 11: Using extended aggregates for service classes
    • Workload management sample application
    • Scenario: Investigating a workload-related system slowdown
    • Scenario: Aggregation of activity metrics across child activities
    • Scenario: Identifying activities that are taking too long to complete
    • Scenario: How to cancel activities queued for more than an hour
    • Scenario: Identifying activities with low estimated cost and high runtime
    • Scenario: Cancelling all activities being executed in a service subclass
    • Scenario: Disconnecting all applications either mapped to or executing activities in a service class
    • Scenario: Tuning a Db2 workload management configuration when capacity planning data is available
    • Scenario: Tuning a Db2 workload management configuration when capacity planning information is unavailable
    • Scenario: Moving table spaces to different storage devices
    • Server lists
    • Member subsets overview
    • Managing member subset definitions
    • Maintaining member subset specific server lists
      • Failover priority
        • Altering failover priority
        • Dropping members in a member subset
        • Querying member subsets
    • Creating a member subset
    • Adding, altering, or removing members from a member subset
    • Enabling or disabling a member subset
    • Implementing round-robin workload balancing
  • Data management and application development tools
    • Managing your data and applications with the right tools
  • Built-in routines and views
    • Best coding practices
    • Authorizations for using built-in routines and views
    • Views versus table functions
    • Supported built-in routines and views
      • Administrative routines and ADMIN_CMD procedure
        • ADMIN_CMD - run administrative commands
          • ADD CONTACT using ADMIN_CMD
          • ADD CONTACTGROUP using ADMIN_CMD
          • AUTOCONFIGURE using ADMIN_CMD
          • BACKUP DATABASE using ADMIN_CMD
          • DESCRIBE using ADMIN_CMD
          • DROP CONTACT using ADMIN_CMD
          • DROP CONTACTGROUP using ADMIN_CMD
          • EXPORT using ADMIN_CMD
          • FORCE APPLICATION using ADMIN_CMD
          • GET STMM TUNING using ADMIN_CMD
          • IMPORT using ADMIN_CMD
          • INITIALIZE TAPE using ADMIN_CMD
          • LOAD using ADMIN_CMD
          • PRUNE HISTORY/LOGFILE using ADMIN_CMD
          • QUIESCE DATABASE using ADMIN_CMD
          • QUIESCE TABLESPACES FOR TABLE using ADMIN_CMD
          • REDISTRIBUTE DATABASE PARTITION GROUP using ADMIN_CMD
          • REORG TABLE command using ADMIN_CMD
          • REORG INDEX/INDEXES command using the ADMIN_CMD procedure
          • RESET ALERT CONFIGURATION using ADMIN_CMD
          • RESET DATABASE CONFIGURATION using ADMIN_CMD
          • RESET DATABASE MANAGER CONFIGURATION using ADMIN_CMD
          • REWIND TAPE using ADMIN_CMD
          • RUNSTATS using ADMIN_CMD
          • SET TAPE POSITION using ADMIN_CMD
          • UNQUIESCE DATABASE using ADMIN_CMD
          • UPDATE ALERT CONFIGURATION using ADMIN_CMD
          • UPDATE CONTACT using ADMIN_CMD
          • UPDATE CONTACTGROUP using ADMIN_CMD
          • UPDATE DATABASE CONFIGURATION using ADMIN_CMD
          • UPDATE DATABASE MANAGER CONFIGURATION using ADMIN_CMD
          • UPDATE HEALTH NOTIFICATION CONTACT LIST using ADMIN_CMD
          • UPDATE HISTORY using ADMIN_CMD
          • UPDATE STMM TUNING using ADMIN_CMD
        • ADMIN_COPY_SCHEMA - copy schema
        • ADMIN_DROP_SCHEMA - drop schema
        • ADMIN_EST_INLINE_LENGTH - estimate length required to inline data
        • ADMIN_FMP_TERM procedure
        • ADMIN_GET_ENCRYPTION_INFO - Get database encryption settings
        • ADMIN_GET_INDEX_COMPRESS_INFO - return compressed index information
        • ADMIN_GET_INDEX_INFO table function - return index information
        • ADMIN_GET_INTRA_PARALLEL - Get intrapartition parallelism state
        • ADMIN_GET_MEM_USAGE - Get total memory consumption table function
        • ADMIN_GET_MSGS - retrieve messages for utilities using ADMIN_CMD
        • ADMIN_GET_STORAGE_PATHS - retrieve automatic storage path information
        • ADMIN_GET_SYSIBM_FUNCTIONS table function - Returns information about Db2 built-in functions
        • ADMIN_GET_SYSIBM_FUNCTION_PARMS table function - Returns information about Db2 built-in functions input and return parameters
        • ADMIN_GET_TAB_COMPRESS_INFO - estimate compression savings
        • ADMIN_GET_TAB_DICTIONARY_INFO - report properties of existing table dictionaries
        • ADMIN_GET_TAB_INFO - retrieve table size and state information
        • ADMIN_GET_TEMP_COLUMNS - retrieve column information for temporary tables
        • ADMIN_GET_TEMP_TABLES - retrieve information for temporary tables
        • ADMIN_IS_INLINED - determine if data is inlined
        • ADMIN_MOVE_TABLE - Move tables online
        • ADMIN_MOVE_TABLE_UTIL - modify parameters for online table moves
        • ADMIN_REMOVE_MSGS - clean up messages for utilities using ADMIN_CMD
        • ADMIN_REVALIDATE_DB_OBJECTS procedure - revalidate invalid database objects
        • ADMIN_SET_INTRA_PARALLEL procedure - Enables or disables intrapartition parallelism
        • ADMINTABINFO - retrieve table size and state information
        • ADMINTEMPCOLUMNS - retrieve column information for temporary tables
        • ADMINTEMPTABLES - retrieve information for temporary tables
      • Administrative Task Scheduler routines and views
        • ADMIN_TASK_ADD procedure - Schedule a new task
          • UNIX cron format
        • ADMIN_TASK_LIST - Retrieve information about tasks in the scheduler
        • ADMIN_TASK_REMOVE procedure - Remove scheduled tasks or task status records
        • ADMIN_TASK_STATUS - Retrieve task status information
        • ADMIN_TASK_UPDATE procedure - Update an existing task
      • Audit routines and procedures
        • AUDIT_ARCHIVE - archive audit log file
        • AUDIT_DELIM_EXTRACT - performs extract to delimited file
        • AUDIT_LIST_LOGS - lists archived audit log files
      • Automatic maintenance routines
        • AUTOMAINT_GET_POLICY - automatic maintenance policy
        • AUTOMAINT_GET_POLICYFILE - automatic maintenance policy
        • AUTOMAINT_SET_POLICY - automatic maintenance policy
        • AUTOMAINT_SET_POLICYFILE - configure automatic maintenance policy
      • Common SQL API procedures
        • Common SQL API signature
        • Versioning of XML documents
        • XML input documents
          • Complete mode for returning valid XML input documents
        • XML output documents
          • XPath expressions for filtering output
        • XML message documents
        • CANCEL_WORK procedure - cancel work
        • DESIGN_ADVISOR procedure
        • GET_CONFIG procedure - get configuration data
        • GET_MESSAGE procedure - get message text
        • GET_SYSTEM_INFO procedure - get system information
        • SET_CONFIG procedure - set configuration parameters
      • Configuration routines and views
        • ADMIN_REFRESH_CONFIG stored procedure
        • DBCFG - database configuration parameter information
        • DBMCFG - database manager configuration parameter information
      • Db2 pureScale instance information routines and views
        • DB_MEMBERS table function
        • DB2_CLUSTER_HOST_STATE administrative view and DB2_GET_CLUSTER_HOST_STATE table function - get information about hosts
        • DB2_INSTANCE_ALERTS view - get information about alerts
        • DB2_MEMBER and DB2_CF administrative views and DB2_GET_INSTANCE_INFO table function
      • Environment routines and views
        • ENV_CF_SYS_RESOURCES - Get cluster caching facility system resource information
        • ENV_FEATURE_INFO - license information for Db2 offerings
        • ENV_GET_DB2_EDU_SYSTEM_RESOURCES - Return information about the database engine dispatchable units
        • ENV_GET_DB2_SYSTEM_RESOURCES - Return database system information
        • ENV_GET_NETWORK_RESOURCES - Return network information
        • ENV_GET_REG_VARIABLES - database registry settings in use
        • ENV_GET_INSTANCE_CODE_LEVELS - return architectural level
        • ENV_GET_SYSTEM_RESOURCES table function - Return system information
        • ENV_INST_INFO - current instance information
        • ENV_PROD_INFO - installed database products information
        • ENV_SYS_INFO - system information
      • Explain routines
        • EXPLAIN_GET_MSGS - explain messages
        • EXPLAIN_FORMAT stored procedure
        • EXPLAIN_FORMAT_STATS - displays statistics information
        • EXPLAIN_FROM_ACTIVITY procedure - Explain statement using activity event monitor information
        • EXPLAIN_FROM_CATALOG procedure - Explain a statement using section information from catalogs
        • EXPLAIN_FROM_DATA procedure - Explain a statement using the input section
        • EXPLAIN_FROM_SECTION procedure - Explain a statement using package cache or package cache event monitor information
      • Monitor views
        • MON_BP_UTILIZATION - Retrieve metrics for bufferpools
        • MON_CONNECTION_SUMMARY - Retrieve metrics for all connections
        • MON_CURRENT_SQL - Retrieve key metrics for all activities on all members
        • MON_CURRENT_UOW - Retrieve metrics for all units of work
        • MON_DB_SUMMARY - Retrieve accumulated metrics across all members of the database
        • MON_LOCKWAITS - Retrieve metrics for applications that are waiting to obtain locks
        • MON_PKG_CACHE_SUMMARY - Retrieve a high-level summary of the database package cache
        • MON_SERVICE_SUBCLASS_SUMMARY - Retrieve metrics for all service subclasses
        • MON_TBSP_UTILIZATION - Retrieve monitoring metrics for all table spaces and all database partitions
        • MON_TRANSACTION_LOG_UTILIZATION - retrieve log utilization information
        • MON_WORKLOAD_SUMMARY - Retrieves metrics for all workloads
      • Monitor procedures and functions
        • Monitor (MON) routines
          • MON_CAPTURE_ACTIVITY_IN_PROGRESS - collect activity information for activities event monitor
          • MON_COLLECT_STATS - collect and reset statistics for workload management objects and operating system resources
          • MON_FORMAT_LOCK_NAME - Format the internal lock name and return details
          • MON_FORMAT_XML_COMPONENT_TIMES_BY_ROW - Get formatted row-based component times
          • MON_FORMAT_XML_METRICS_BY_ROW - Get formatted row-based output for all metrics
          • MON_FORMAT_XML_TIMES_BY_ROW - Get formatted row-based combined hierarchy wait and processing times
          • MON_FORMAT_XML_WAIT_TIMES_BY_ROW - Get formatted row-based output for wait times
          • MON_GET_ACTIVITY - return a list of activities
          • MON_GET_ACTIVITY_DETAILS table function - return information about an activity as an XML document
          • MON_GET_AGENT - List agents, fenced mode processes, and system entities for the database
          • MON_GET_APPL_LOCKWAIT table function - Get information about locks for which an application is waiting
          • MON_GET_APPLICATION_HANDLE - Get connection application handle
          • MON_GET_APPLICATION_ID - Get connection application ID
          • MON_GET_AUTO_MAINT_QUEUE table function - Get information on the automatic maintenance jobs
          • MON_GET_AUTO_RUNSTATS_QUEUE table function - Retrieve information about objects queued for evaluation
          • MON_GET_BUFFERPOOL - get buffer pool metrics
          • MON_GET_CF - Get cluster caching facility metrics
          • MON_GET_CF_CMD - Get processing times for cluster caching facility commands
          • MON_GET_CF_WAIT_TIME - Get wait times for cluster caching facility commands
          • MON_GET_CONNECTION - get connection metrics
          • MON_GET_CONNECTION_DETAILS table function - get connection metrics as an XML document
          • MON_GET_CONTAINER - get table space container metrics
          • MON_GET_DATABASE - get database metrics
          • MON_GET_DATABASE_DETAILS - get database metrics as an XML document
          • MON_GET_EXTENDED_LATCH_WAIT table function - Return information for latches
          • MON_GET_EXTENT_MOVEMENT_STATUS - get extent movement progress
          • MON_GET_FCM - Get FCM metrics
          • MON_GET_FCM_CONNECTION_LIST - Get details for all FCM connections
          • MON_GET_GROUP_BUFFERPOOL - Get group buffer pool metrics
          • MON_GET_HADR - get high availability disaster recovery (HADR) monitoring information
          • MON_GET_INDEX table function - get index metrics
          • MON_GET_INDEX_USAGE_LIST table function - Returns information from an index usage list
          • MON_GET_INSTANCE - get instance level information
          • MON_GET_LATCH - List all latches in the current member
          • MON_GET_LOCKS table function - List all locks in the currently connected database
          • MON_GET_MEMORY_POOL - get memory pool information
          • MON_GET_MEMORY_SET - get memory set information
          • MON_GET_PAGE_ACCESS_INFO - Get bufferpool page waiting information
          • MON_GET_PKG_CACHE_STMT table function - get package cache statement metrics
          • MON_GET_PKG_CACHE_STMT_DETAILS table function - get package cache statement metrics as an XML document
          • MON_GET_QUEUE_STATS - return threshold queue statistics
          • MON_GET_REBALANCE_STATUS table function - get rebalance progress for a table space
          • MON_GET_ROUTINE - get aggregated routine execution metrics
          • MON_GET_ROUTINE_DETAILS - get aggregated routine execution metrics as an XML document
          • MON_GET_ROUTINE_EXEC_LIST - get list of statements executed by routine
          • MON_GET_RTS_RQST table function - Retrieve information about real-time statistics requests
          • MON_GET_SECTION - Get a copy of a section from the package cache
          • MON_GET_SECTION_OBJECT - list objects accessed by a section
          • MON_GET_SECTION_ROUTINE - get list of routines for input section
          • MON_GET_SERVERLIST table function - get member priority details
          • MON_GET_SERVICE_SUBCLASS - get service subclass metrics
          • MON_GET_SERVICE_SUBCLASS_DETAILS - get service subclass metrics as an XML document
          • MON_GET_SERVICE_SUBCLASS_STATS - return statistics of service subclasses
          • MON_GET_SERVICE_SUPERCLASS - get service superclass metrics
          • MON_GET_SERVICE_SUPERCLASS_DETAILS - get service superclass metrics as an XML document
          • MON_GET_SERVICE_SUPERCLASS_STATS - return statistics of service superclasses
          • MON_GET_TABLE - get table metrics
          • MON_GET_TABLESPACE - get table space metrics
          • MON_GET_TABLESPACE_QUIESCER - get information about quiesced table spaces
          • MON_GET_TABLESPACE_RANGE - get information about table space ranges
          • MON_GET_TABLE_USAGE_LIST table function - Returns information from a table usage list
          • MON_GET_TRANSACTION_LOG table function - Get log information
          • MON_GET_UNIT_OF_WORK - get unit of work metrics
          • MON_GET_UNIT_OF_WORK_DETAILS - get unit of work metrics as an XML document
          • MON_GET_USAGE_LIST_STATUS table function - Returns the status on a usage list
          • MON_GET_UTILITY - get utilities running on the database
          • MON_GET_WLM_ADMISSION_QUEUE table function - Return a list of queued activities
          • MON_GET_WORKLOAD - get workload metrics
          • MON_GET_WORKLOAD_DETAILS - get workload metrics as an XML document
          • MON_GET_WORKLOAD_STATS - return workload statistics
          • MON_GET_WORK_ACTION_SET_STATS - return work action set statistics
          • MON_INCREMENT_INTERVAL_ID procedure - increment the monitoring interval
          • MON_SAMPLE_SERVICE_CLASS_METRICS - Get sample of service class metrics
          • MON_SAMPLE_WORKLOAD_METRICS - Get sample of workload metrics
        • Event monitor (EVMON) routines
          • EVMON_FORMAT_UE_TO_TABLES procedure - move an XML document to relational tables
          • EVMON_FORMAT_UE_TO_XML table function - convert unformatted events to XML
          • EVMON_UPGRADE_TABLES procedure - Upgrade event monitor target tables
  • WebSphere MQ routines
    • MQPUBLISH - publish data
    • MQREAD - return a message
    • MQREADALL - return messages
    • MQREADALLCLOB - return messages
    • MQREADCLOB - return a message
    • MQRECEIVE - return a message and remove from queue
    • MQRECEIVEALL - return messages and remove from queue
    • MQRECEIVEALLCLOB - return messages and remove from queue
    • MQRECEIVECLOB - return a messages and remove from queue
    • MQSEND - send data
    • MQSUBSCRIBE - subscribe to messages
    • MQUNSUBSCRIBE - unsubscribe from messages
  • Security routines and views
    • ADMIN_ROTATE_MASTER_KEY - Change the database master key
    • AUTH_GET_INSTANCE_AUTHID - get instance authorization ID
    • AUTH_LIST_AUTHORITIES_FOR_AUTHID - returns list of agents
    • AUTH_LIST_GROUPS_FOR_AUTHID - group membership for authorization IDs
    • AUTH_LIST_ROLES_FOR_AUTHID - returns roles list
    • AUTHORIZATIONIDS - authorization IDs and types
    • OBJECTOWNERS - object ownership information
    • PRIVILEGES - privilege information
  • Snapshot routines and views
    • QUERY_PREP_COST - statement prepare time
    • SNAP_GET_DYN_SQL - dynsql snapshot
    • SNAP_GET_SUBSECTION - subsection logical monitor group snapshot
    • SNAP_GET_SWITCHES - database snapshot switch state information
    • SNAP_GET_TAB_REORG - table reorganization snapshot
    • SNAP_GET_UTIL_PROGRESS - progress snapshot
    • SNAPDYN_SQL - dynsql snapshot
    • SNAPSUBSECTION - subsection logical monitor group snapshot
    • SNAPSWITCHES- database snapshot switch state information
    • SNAPTAB_REORG - table reorganization snapshot
    • SNAPUTIL_PROGRESS - progress snapshot
    • TOP_DYNAMIC_SQL - top dynamic SQL statements
  • SQL procedure routines
    • ALTER_ROUTINE_PACKAGE - alter package
    • GET_ROUTINE_NAME - get SQL PL object name
    • GET_ROUTINE_OPTS - get options for procedure creation
    • GET_ROUTINE_SAR - information required to install routine
    • PUT_ROUTINE_SAR - install routine
    • REBIND_ROUTINE_PACKAGE - rebind packages
    • SET_ROUTINE_OPTS - set options for procedure creation
  • Stepwise redistribute routines
    • ANALYZE_LOG_SPACE - log space analysis
    • GENERATE_DISTFILE - generate a data distribution file
    • GET_SWRD_SETTINGS - redistribute information
    • SET_SWRD_SETTINGS - create or change redistribute registry
    • STEPWISE_REDISTRIBUTE_DBPG - redistribute part of database partition group
  • Storage management tool routines
    • CAPTURE_STORAGEMGMT_INFO - object storage information
    • CREATE_STORAGEMGMT_TABLES - create storage management tables
    • DROP_STORAGEMGMT_TABLES - drop storage management tables
  • Text search routines
    • SYSTS_ADMIN_CMD procedure - run text search administration commands
    • SYSTS_ALTER procedure - change update characteristics of an index
    • SYSTS_CLEANUP procedure - remove invalid text search indexes
    • SYSTS_CLEAR_COMMANDLOCKS procedure - remove command locks for text search
    • SYSTS_CLEAR_EVENTS procedure - delete indexing events
    • SYSTS_CONFIGURE procedure - configure current database for text search
    • SYSTS_CREATE procedure - create text search index
    • SYSTS_DISABLE procedure - disable current database for text search
    • SYSTS_DROP procedure - drop text search index
    • SYSTS_ENABLE procedure - enable current database for text search
    • SYSTS_UPDATE procedure - update text search index
    • SYSTS_UPGRADE_CATALOG procedure - Upgrade the text search catalog
    • SYSTS_UPGRADE_INDEX - upgrade text search indexes
  • Workload management routines
    • WLM_ENABLE_ADMISSION_CTRL procedure - Enabling the adaptive workload manager
    • WLM_CANCEL_ACTIVITY - cancel a given activity
    • WLM_CAPTURE_ACTIVITY_IN_PROGRESS - collect activity information
    • WLM_COLLECT_STATS - collect and reset workload management statistics
    • WLM_ALTER_MEMBER_SUBSET - alter a member subset object
    • WLM_CREATE_MEMBER_SUBSET - create a member subset object
    • WLM_DROP_MEMBER_SUBSET - drop a member subset object
    • WLM_GET_CONN_ENV - get settings for activity data collection for a connection
    • WLM_GET_QUEUE_STATS - return threshold queue statistics
    • WLM_GET_SERVICE_CLASS_AGENTS table function - list agents running in a service class
    • WLM_GET_SERVICE_CLASS_WORKLOAD_OCCURRENCES table function - list workload occurrences
    • WLM_GET_SERVICE_SUBCLASS_STATS - return statistics of service subclasses
    • WLM_GET_SERVICE_SUPERCLASS_STATS - return statistics of service superclasses
    • WLM_GET_WORK_ACTION_SET_STATS - return work action set statistics
    • WLM_GET_WORKLOAD_OCCURRENCE_ACTIVITIES table function - return a list of activities
    • WLM_GET_WORKLOAD_STATS - return workload statistics
    • WLM_SET_CLIENT_INFO - set client information
    • WLM_SET_CONN_ENV - enable collection of activity data and measurement of section actuals
    • WLM_SET_SESSION_PRIORITY procedure - Set the priority of a given session
  • Miscellaneous routines and views
    • ALTOBJ - alter table
    • COMPILATION_ENV - compilation environment elements
    • CONTACTGROUPS - list of contact groups
    • CONTACTS - list of contacts
    • DB_HISTORY - history file
    • DBPATHS and ADMIN_LIST_DB_PATHS - database paths
    • GET_DBSIZE_INFO - database size and capacity
    • NOTIFICATIONLIST - health notification contact list
    • PD_GET_DIAG_HIST - return records from facility
    • PDLOGMSGS_LAST24HOURS - problem determination messages
    • REORGCHK_IX_STATS - reorganization index statistics
    • REORGCHK_TB_STATS - reorganization table statistics
    • SET_MAINT_MODE_RECORD_NO_TEMPORALHISTORY - disable recording of temporal history
    • SQLERRM - error message information
    • SYSINSTALLOBJECTS - create or drop objects
  • Deprecated routines and views
    • ADMIN_GET_DBP_MEM_USAGE
    • ADMINTABCOMPRESSINFO and ADMIN_GET_TAB_COMPRESS_INFO (deprecated)
    • ADMIN_GET_TAB_COMPRESS_INFO_V97
    • ADMIN_GET_TAB_INFO_V95
    • ADMIN_GET_TAB_INFO_V97
    • AM_BASE_RPT_RECOMS
    • AM_BASE_RPTS table - activity reports
    • AM_DROP_TASK - delete a monitoring task
    • AM_GET_LOCK_CHN_TB - application lock chain data
    • AM_GET_LOCK_CHNS - lock chain data for a specific application
    • AM_GET_LOCK_RPT - application lock details
    • AM_GET_RPT - activity monitor data
    • AM_SAVE_TASK - create or modify a monitoring task
    • APPL_PERFORMANCE
    • APPLICATIONS
    • APPLICATION_ID
    • BP_HITRATIO
    • BP_READ_IO
    • BP_WRITE_IO
    • CONTAINER_UTILIZATION
    • DB_PARTITIONS - db2nodes.cfg information
    • ENV_SYS_RESOURCES - return system information
    • ENV_GET_SYS_RESOURCES - return system information
    • GET_DB_CONFIG
    • GET_DBM_CONFIG
    • HEALTH_CONT_HI - container health indicators
    • HEALTH_CONT_HI_HIS - container health indicator history
    • HEALTH_CONT_INFO - container information
    • HEALTH_DB_HI - database health indicators
    • HEALTH_DB_HI_HIS - database health indicator history
    • HEALTH_DB_HIC - collection health indicator
    • HEALTH_DB_HIC_HIS - collection health indicator history
    • HEALTH_DB_INFO - database information
    • HEALTH_DBM_HI - database manager health indicators
    • HEALTH_DBM_HI_HIS - database manager health indicator history
    • HEALTH_DBM_INFO - database manager information
    • HEALTH_GET_ALERT_ACTION_CFG - health alert action configuration settings
    • HEALTH_GET_ALERT_CFG - health alert configuration settings
    • HEALTH_GET_IND_DEFINITION - health indicator definitions
    • HEALTH_HI_REC - recommendations
    • HEALTH_TBS_HI - table space health indicators
    • HEALTH_TBS_HI_HIS - table space health indicator history
    • HEALTH_TBS_INFO - table space information
    • LOCKS_HELD - locks held
    • LOCKWAITS - current lockwaits
    • LOG_UTILIZATION - log utilization
    • LONG_RUNNING_SQL - longest running SQL statement
    • REG_VARIABLES - database registry settings in use
    • REG_LIST_VARIABLES table function - return registry settings
    • SNAP_GET_AGENT
    • SNAP_GET_AGENT_MEMORY_POOL
    • SNAP_GET_APPL_INFO
    • SNAP_GET_APPL_INFO_V95
    • SNAP_GET_APPL
    • SNAP_GET_APPL_V95
    • SNAP_GET_BP
    • SNAP_GET_BP_PART
    • SNAP_GET_BP_V95
    • SNAP_GET_CONTAINER
    • SNAP_GET_CONTAINER_V91
    • SNAP_GET_DB
    • SNAP_GET_DB_MEMORY_POOL
    • SNAP_GET_DB_V97
    • SNAP_GET_DBM
    • SNAP_GET_DBM_MEMORY_POOL
    • SNAP_GET_DBM_V95
    • SNAP_GET_DETAILLOG
    • SNAP_GET_DETAILLOG_V91
    • SNAP_GET_DYN_SQL_V95
    • SNAP_GET_FCM
    • SNAP_GET_FCM_PART
    • SNAP_GET_HADR
    • SNAP_GET_LOCK
    • SNAP_GET_LOCKWAIT
    • SNAP_GET_TBSP_RANGE
    • SNAP_GET_STMT
    • SNAP_GET_STO_PATHS
    • SNAP_GET_STORAGE_PATHS_V97
    • SNAP_GET_TAB
    • SNAP_GET_TAB_V91
    • SNAP_GET_TBSP
    • SNAP_GET_TBSP_PART
    • SNAP_GET_TBSP_PART_V97
    • SNAP_GET_TBSP_V91
    • SNAP_GET_TBSP_QUIESCER
    • SNAP_GET_UTIL
    • SNAP_WRITE_FILE
    • SNAPAGENT
    • SNAPAGENT_MEMORY_POOL
    • SNAPAPPL_INFO
    • SNAPAPPL
    • SNAPBP
    • SNAPBP_PART
    • SNAPCONTAINER - tablespace_container snapshot
    • SNAPDB
    • SNAPDB_MEMORY_POOL
    • SNAPDBM
    • SNAPDBM_MEMORY_POOL
    • SNAPDETAILLOG
    • SNAPFCM
    • SNAPFCM_PART
    • SNAPHADR
    • SNAPLOCK
    • SNAPLOCKWAIT
    • SNAPDB
    • SNAPUTIL
    • SNAPSTMT
    • SNAPSTORAGE_PATHS
    • SNAPTAB
    • SNAPTBSP
    • SNAPTBSP_PART
    • SNAPTBSP_QUIESCER
    • SNAPTBSP_RANGE
    • SNAPUTIL
    • SYSINSTALLROUTINES
    • TBSP_UTILIZATION
    • WLM_GET_ACTIVITY_DETAILS
    • WLM_GET_SERVICE_CLASS_AGENTS_V97
    • WLM_GET_SERVICE_CLASS_WORKLOAD_OCCURRENCES_V97
    • WLM_GET_SERVICE_SUBCLASS_STATS_V97
    • WLM_GET_WORKLOAD_OCCURRENCE_ACTIVITIES_V97
    • WLM_GET_WORKLOAD_STATS_V97
  • Command line processor features
  • db2 - CLP invocation
  • CLP options
  • CLP return codes
  • Invoking command help from the command line
  • Issuing message help from the command line
  • Command line processor plus (CLPPlus)
    • Starting a CLPPlus client session
    • CLPPLUS command
    • Session Global Variables in CLPPlus
    • CLPPlus console types
      • Window mode CLPPlus console and UTF-8 character support
      • Setting the font in CLPPlus window mode
      • Setting the font color in CLPPlus window mode
      • Setting the background color in CLPPlus window mode
    • DSN aliases in CLPPlus
    • Supported IBM data server driver configuration keywords
    • The SSL protocol support in CLPPlus
    • Kerberos authentication in CLPPlus
    • SERVER_ENCRYPT authentication in CLPPlus
    • SERVER_ENCRYPT_AES authentication in CLPPlus
    • LDAP support in CLPPlus
    • Running a script file in the CLPPlus session
    • Skipping and interrupting CLPPlus commands
    • Comments in CLPPlus
    • Escape characters in CLPPlus
    • Bind variables in CLPPlus
    • Shell and environment variables in CLPPlus
    • Db2 commands supported by CLPPlus
      • CREATE DATABASE in CLPPlus
    • CLPPlus restrictions
    • CLPPlus troubleshooting hints and tips
      • CLPPlus traces and record logging
  • Command line SQL and XQuery statements
  • How to read command syntax help
  • ACTIVATE DATABASE
  • ADD CONTACT
  • ADD CONTACTGROUP
  • ADD DBPARTITIONNUM
  • ADD XMLSCHEMA DOCUMENT
  • ARCHIVE LOG
  • ATTACH
  • AUTOCONFIGURE
  • BACKUP DATABASE
  • BIND
  • CATALOG DATABASE
  • CATALOG DCS DATABASE
  • CATALOG LDAP DATABASE
  • CATALOG LDAP NODE
  • CATALOG LOCAL NODE
  • CATALOG NAMED PIPE NODE
  • CATALOG ODBC DATA SOURCE
  • CATALOG STORAGE ACCESS
  • CATALOG TCPIP NODE
  • CHANGE DATABASE COMMENT
  • CHANGE ISOLATION LEVEL
  • COMPLETE XMLSCHEMA
  • CREATE DATABASE
  • CREATE TOOLS CATALOG
  • DEACTIVATE DATABASE
  • DECOMPOSE XML DOCUMENT
  • DECOMPOSE XML DOCUMENTS
  • DEREGISTER
  • DESCRIBE
  • DETACH
  • DROP CONTACT
  • DROP CONTACTGROUP
  • DROP DATABASE
  • DROP DBPARTITIONNUM VERIFY
  • DROP TOOLS CATALOG
  • ECHO
  • EDIT
  • EXPORT
  • FORCE APPLICATION
  • GET ADMIN CONFIGURATION
  • GET ALERT CONFIGURATION
  • GET CLI CONFIGURATION
  • GET CONNECTION STATE
  • GET CONTACTGROUP
  • GET CONTACTGROUPS
  • GET CONTACTS
  • GET DATABASE CONFIGURATION
  • GET DATABASE MANAGER CONFIGURATION
  • GET DATABASE MANAGER MONITOR SWITCHES
  • GET DESCRIPTION FOR HEALTH INDICATOR
  • GET HEALTH NOTIFICATION CONTACT LIST
  • GET HEALTH SNAPSHOT
  • GET INSTANCE
  • GET MONITOR SWITCHES
  • GET RECOMMENDATIONS FOR HEALTH INDICATOR
  • GET ROUTINE
  • GET SNAPSHOT
  • HELP
  • HISTORY
  • IMPORT
  • INGEST
  • INGEST GET STATS
  • INGEST LIST
  • INGEST SET
  • INITIALIZE TAPE
  • INSPECT
  • LIST ACTIVE DATABASES
  • LIST APPLICATIONS
  • LIST COMMAND OPTIONS
  • LIST DATABASE DIRECTORY
  • LIST DATABASE PARTITION GROUPS
  • LIST DBPARTITIONNUMS
  • LIST DCS APPLICATIONS
  • LIST DCS DIRECTORY
  • LIST DRDA INDOUBT TRANSACTIONS
  • LIST HISTORY
  • LIST INDOUBT TRANSACTIONS
  • LIST INSTANCE
  • LIST NODE DIRECTORY
  • LIST ODBC DATA SOURCES
  • LIST PACKAGES/TABLES
  • LIST STORAGE ACCESS
  • LIST TABLESPACE CONTAINERS
  • LIST TABLESPACES
  • LIST UTILITIES
  • LOAD
  • LOAD QUERY
  • MIGRATE DATABASE
  • PING
  • PRECOMPILE
  • PRUNE HISTORY/LOGFILE
  • PUT ROUTINE
  • QUERY CLIENT
  • QUIESCE
  • QUIESCE TABLESPACES FOR TABLE
  • QUIT
  • REBIND
  • RECOVER DATABASE
  • REDISTRIBUTE DATABASE PARTITION GROUP
  • REFRESH LDAP
  • REGISTER
  • REGISTER XMLSCHEMA
  • REGISTER XSROBJECT
  • REORG TABLE
  • REORG INDEX/INDEXES
  • REORGCHK
  • RESET ADMIN CONFIGURATION
  • RESET ALERT CONFIGURATION
  • RESET DATABASE CONFIGURATION
  • RESET DATABASE MANAGER CONFIGURATION
  • RESET MONITOR
  • RESTART DATABASE
  • RESTORE DATABASE
  • REWIND TAPE
  • ROLLFORWARD DATABASE
  • ROTATE MASTER KEY FOR STORAGE ACCESS
  • RUNCMD
  • RUNSTATS
  • SET CLIENT
  • SET RUNTIME DEGREE
  • SET SERVEROUTPUT
  • SET STOGROUP PATHS
  • SET TABLESPACE CONTAINERS
  • SET TAPE POSITION
  • SET UTIL_IMPACT_PRIORITY
  • SET WORKLOAD
  • SET WRITE
  • START DATABASE MANAGER
  • START HADR
  • STOP DATABASE MANAGER
  • STOP HADR
  • TAKEOVER HADR
  • TERMINATE
  • UNCATALOG DATABASE
  • UNCATALOG DCS DATABASE
  • UNCATALOG LDAP DATABASE
  • UNCATALOG LDAP NODE
  • UNCATALOG NODE
  • UNCATALOG ODBC DATA SOURCE
  • UNCATALOG STORAGE ACCESS
  • UNQUIESCE
  • UPDATE ADMIN CONFIGURATION
  • UPDATE ALERT CONFIGURATION
  • UPDATE ALTERNATE SERVER FOR DATABASE
  • UPDATE ALTERNATE SERVER FOR LDAP
  • UPDATE CLI CONFIGURATION
  • UPDATE COMMAND OPTIONS
  • UPDATE CONTACT
  • UPDATE CONTACTGROUP
  • UPDATE DATABASE CONFIGURATION
  • UPDATE DATABASE MANAGER CONFIGURATION
  • UPDATE HEALTH NOTIFICATION CONTACT LIST
  • UPDATE HISTORY
  • UPDATE LDAP NODE
  • UPDATE MONITOR SWITCHES
  • UPDATE XMLSCHEMA
  • UPGRADE DATABASE
  • ZLOAD
  • CLPPlus commands
    • .
    • !
    • /
    • @
    • @@
    • ACCEPT
    • APPEND
    • BREAK
    • BTITLE
    • CALL
    • CHANGE
    • CLEAR
    • COLUMN
    • COMPUTE
    • CONNECT
    • COPY
    • DEFINE
    • DEFINE_EDITOR
    • DEL
    • DESCRIBE
    • DISCONNECT
    • EDIT
    • EXPORT (external table)
    • EXECUTE
    • EXIT
    • EXPLAIN PLAN
    • GET
    • HELP
    • HOST
    • IMPORT
    • INPUT
    • LIST
    • LOAD (external table)
    • zLOAD
    • PAUSE
    • PRINT
    • PROMPT
    • QUIT
    • REMARK
    • REORGCHK
    • REPFOOTER
    • REPHEADER
    • RUN
    • SAVE
    • SET
    • SPOOL
    • SHOW
    • START
    • TTITLE
    • UNDEFINE
    • WHENEVER OSERROR
    • WHENEVER SQLERROR
  • dasauto - Autostart Db2 administration server
  • dascrt - Create a Db2 administration server
  • dasdrop - Remove a Db2 administration server
  • dasmigr - Migrate the Db2 administration server
  • dasupdt - Update the Db2 administration server
  • db2cleancat - Report or remove orphan rows
  • db2_deinstall - Uninstall Db2 database products
  • db2_install - Install Db2 database product
  • db2_local_ps - Db2 process status for Linux/UNIX
  • db2acsutil - Manage Db2 snapshot backup objects
  • db2addicons - Create main menu entries for Db2 tools
  • db2admin - Db2 administration server
  • db2adutl - Managing Db2 objects within IBM Storage Protect
  • db2advis - Db2 Design Advisor
  • db2audit - Audit facility administrator tool
  • db2batch - Benchmark tool
  • db2bfd - Bind file description tool
  • db2bpf - Buffer pool definition management
  • db2caem - Capture activity event monitor data tool
  • db2cap - CLI/ODBC static package binding tool
  • db2cat - System catalog analysis
  • db2ccprf - Copy client profile
  • db2cfexp - Connectivity configuration export tool
  • db2cfimp - Connectivity configuration import tool
  • db2checkSD - Verify database is ready to upgrade to Db2 pureScale environment
  • db2chglibpath - Modify embedded runtime library search path
  • db2chgpath - Change embedded runtime path
  • db2ckbkp - Check backup
  • db2ckgpfs - Display the name, version information, and status of the GPFS cluster
  • db2cklog - Check archive log file validity
  • db2ckrst - Check incremental restore image sequence
  • db2cktsa - Display version, license type, and status of Tivoli SA MP and the RSCT peer domain
  • db2ckupgrade - Check database for upgrade
  • db2cli - Db2 interactive CLI
  • db2cluster - Manage Db2 cluster services
  • db2cluster_prepare - Create a Db2 managed Spectrum Scale cluster and file system
  • db2cmd - Open Db2 command window
  • db2convert - Convert row-organized tables into column-organized tables
  • db2cptsa - Install or update Db2 HA scripts
  • db2credman - Credential and security key management
  • db2dart - Database analysis and reporting tool
  • db2daslevel - Show DAS level
  • db2dclgn - Declaration generator
  • db2diag - db2diag logs analysis tool
  • db2drdat - DRDA trace
  • db2drvmp - Map Db2 database drive
  • db2empfa - Enable multi-page file allocation
  • db2envar.bat - Set environment of the current command window
  • db2evmon - Event monitor productivity tool
  • db2evtbl - Generate event monitor target table definitions
  • db2exfmt - Explain table format
  • db2exmig - Migrate explain tables
  • db2expln - SQL and XQuery Explain
  • db2extsec - Set permissions for Db2 objects
  • db2flsn - Find log sequence number
  • db2fm - Db2 fault monitor
  • db2fmcu - Db2 fault monitor controller
  • db2fmtlog – Format and display log file information tool
  • db2fodc - Db2 first occurrence data capture
  • db2fopt - Specify query optimizer parameters
  • db2fs - First Steps
  • db2gateways - Managing Db2 gateways
  • db2gcf - Control Db2 instance
  • db2gov - Db2 governor
  • db2govlg - Db2 governor log query
  • db2gpmap - Get partitioning map
  • db2iauto - Autostart instance
  • db2iclus - Microsoft Cluster Server
  • db2icrt - Create instance
  • db2ida - Stop or restart the SAS embedded process
  • db2idrop - Remove instance
  • db2ilist - List instances
  • db2inidb - Initialize a mirrored database
  • db2inspf - Format inspect results
  • db2instance - Query state of Db2 instance
  • db2iprune - Reduce installation image size
  • db2isetup - Start instance creation interface
  • db2iupdt - Update instances
  • db2iupgrade - Upgrade instance
  • db2jdbcbind - Db2 JDBC package binder
  • db2ldcfg - Configure LDAP environment
  • db2level - Show Db2 service level
  • db2licm - License management tool
  • db2listvolumes - Display GUIDs for all disk volumes
  • db2locssh - Run commands on a remote host as user root
  • db2logsForRfwd - List logs required for rollforward recovery
  • db2look - Db2 statistics and DDL extraction tool
  • db2ls - List installed Db2 products and features
  • db2move - Database movement tool
  • db2mqlsn - MQListener
  • db2mscs - Set up Windows failover utility
  • db2mtrk - Memory tracker
  • db2nchg - Change database partition server configuration
  • db2ncrt - Add database partition server to an instance
  • db2ndrop - Drop database partition server from an instance
  • db2nrcfg - Non-root install configuration tool
  • db2nrupdt - Non-root-installed instance update
  • db2nrupgrade - Upgrade non-root instance
  • db2p12tokmip - Migrate local keystores to centralized KMIP keystores
  • db2p12top11 - Migrate local keystore to a centralized PKCS #11 keystore
  • db2pd - Monitor and troubleshoot Db2 engine activities
  • db2pdcfg - Configure Db2 database for problem determination behavior
  • db2perfc - Reset database performance values
  • db2perfi - Performance counters registration utility
  • db2perfr - Performance monitor registration tool
  • db2prereqcheck - Check installation prerequisites
  • db2rbind - Rebind all packages
  • db2rc - Start Replication Center
  • db2relocatedb - Relocate database
  • db2RemStgManager - Remote storage manager
  • db2rfe - Enable root features for non-root installations
  • db2rfpen - Set rollforward pending state
  • db2rmicons - Remove Db2 tools from main menu
  • db2rspgn - Response file generator
  • db2sampl - Create sample database
  • db2schex - Active Directory schema extension
  • db2set - Db2 profile registry
  • db2setup - Install Db2 database products
  • db2snapcore - Db2 snapcore for Linux
  • db2start - Start Db2
  • db2stat - Db2 process status for Windows
  • db2stop - Stop Db2
  • db2support - Problem analysis and environment collection tool
  • db2swtch - Switch default Db2 copy and database client interface copy
  • db2sync - Start Db2 synchronizer
  • db2systray - Start Db2 system tray
  • db2tapemgr - Manage log files on tape
  • db2tbst - Get table space state
  • db2tdbmgr - Migrate tools catalog database
  • db2top - Db2 monitoring tool
  • db2trc - Trace
  • db2trcoff - Trace OFF options for db2trc
  • db2trcon - Trace ON options for db2trc
  • db2unins - Uninstall Db2 database product, features, or languages
  • db2untag - Release container tag
  • db2updserv - Show product updates
  • db2updv115 - Update database to version 11.5 mod pack or fix pack command
  • db2val - Db2 copy validation tool
  • db2xdbmig - Migrate XSR objects
  • db2xprt - Format trap file
  • disable_MQFunctions - Disable WebSphere MQ functions
  • dsmtop - Db2 text-based monitoring tool command
  • enable_MQFunctions - Enable WebSphere MQ functions
  • installDSDriver - Extract IBM Data Server Driver components and create db2profile and db2cshrc files
  • installFixPack - Update installed Db2 database products
  • setup - Install Db2 database products
  • db2ts ALTER INDEX
  • db2ts CLEANUP FOR TEXT
  • db2ts CLEAR COMMAND LOCKS
  • db2ts CLEAR EVENTS FOR TEXT
  • db2ts CREATE INDEX
  • db2ts DISABLE DATABASE FOR TEXT
  • db2ts DROP INDEX
  • db2ts ENABLE DATABASE FOR TEXT
  • db2ts HELP
  • db2ts RESET PENDING
  • db2ts SET COMMAND LOCKS
  • db2ts START FOR TEXT
  • db2ts STOP FOR TEXT
  • db2ts UPDATE INDEX
  • configure_user_management
  • Administrative APIs
    • Changed APIs and data structures
    • Log sequence number changes affecting API and application behavior
    • How the API descriptions are organized
      • Include files for Db2 API applications
    • db2AddContact - Add a contact for notification messages
    • db2AddContactGroup - Add a group for notification messages
    • db2AddSnapshotRequest - Add a snapshot request
    • db2AdminMsgWrite - Write log messages for administration and replication function
    • db2ArchiveLog - Archive the active log file
    • db2AutoConfig - Access the Configuration Advisor
    • db2AutoConfigFreeMemory - Free the memory allocated by the db2AutoConfig API
    • db2Backup - Back up a database or table space
    • db2CfgGet - Get the database manager or database configuration parameters
    • db2CfgSet - Set the database manager or database configuration parameters
    • db2ConvMonStream - Convert the monitor stream to the pre-version 6 format
    • db2DatabasePing - Ping the database to test network response time
    • db2DatabaseQuiesce - Quiesce the database
    • db2DatabaseRestart - Restart the database
    • db2DatabaseUnquiesce - Unquiesce the database
    • db2DatabaseUpgrade - Upgrade previous version of Db2 database to the current release
    • db2DbDirCloseScan - End a system or local database directory scan
    • db2DbDirGetNextEntry - Get the next system or local database directory entry
    • db2DbDirOpenScan - Start a system or local database directory scan
    • db2DropContact - Remove a contact from the list of contacts for notification messages
    • db2DropContactGroup - Remove a contact group from the list of contacts for notification messages
    • db2Export - Export data from a database
    • db2GetAlertCfg - Get the alert configuration settings for the health indicators
    • db2GetAlertCfgFree - Free the memory allocated by the db2GetAlertCfg API
    • db2GetContactGroup - Get the list of contacts in a single contact group for notification messages
    • db2GetContactGroups - Get the list of contact groups for notification messages
    • db2GetContacts - Get the list of contacts for notification messages
    • db2GetDistMap - Get distribution map
    • db2GetHealthNotificationList - Get the list of contacts for health alert notifications
    • db2GetRecommendations - Get recommendations to resolve a health indicator in alert state
    • db2GetRecommendationsFree - Free the memory allocated by the db2GetRecommendations API
    • db2GetRowPartNum - Get the database partition server number for a row
    • db2GetSnapshot - Get a snapshot of the database manager operational status
    • db2GetSnapshotSize - Estimate the output buffer size required for the db2GetSnapshot API
    • db2GetSyncSession - Get a satellite synchronization session identifier
    • db2HADRStart - Start HADR operations
    • db2HADRStop - Stop HADR operations
    • db2HADRTakeover - Instruct a database to take over as the HADR primary database
    • db2HistoryCloseScan - End the database history records scan
    • db2HistoryGetEntry - Get the next entry in the database history records
    • db2HistoryOpenScan - Start a database history records scan
    • db2HistoryUpdate - Update a database history records entry
    • db2Import - Import data into a table, hierarchy, nickname or view
    • db2Ingest API - Ingest data from an input file or pipe into a Db2 table.
    • db2InstanceAttach - Specify a node for instance-level functions
    • db2Inspect - Inspect database for architectural integrity
    • db2InstanceQuiesce - Quiesce instance
    • db2InstanceStart - Start instance
    • db2InstanceStop - Stop instance
    • db2InstanceUnquiesce - Unquiesce instance
    • db2LdapCatalogDatabase - Register the database on the LDAP server
    • db2LdapCatalogNode - Provide an alias for node name in LDAP server
    • db2LdapDeregister - Deregister the Db2 server and cataloged databases from the LDAP server
    • db2LdapRegister - Register the Db2 server on the LDAP server
    • db2LdapUncatalogDatabase - Deregister database from LDAP server
    • db2LdapUncatalogNode - Delete alias for node name from LDAP server
    • db2LdapUpdate - Update the attributes of the Db2 server on the LDAP server
    • db2LdapUpdateAlternateServerForDB API - Update the alternate server for the database on the LDAP server
    • db2Load - Load data into a table
    • db2LoadQuery - Get the status of a load operation
    • db2MonitorSwitches - Get or update the monitor switch settings
    • db2Prune - Delete the history file entries or log files from the active log path
    • db2QuerySatelliteProgress - Get the status of a satellite synchronization session
    • db2ReadLog - Read log records
    • db2ReadLogNoConn - Read the database logs without a database connection
    • db2ReadLogNoConnInit - Initialize reading the database logs without a database connection
    • db2ReadLogNoConnTerm - Terminate reading the database logs without a database connection
    • db2Recover - Restore and roll forward a database
    • db2Reorg - Reorganize an index or a table
    • db2ResetAlertCfg - Reset the alert configuration of health indicators
    • db2ResetMonitor - Reset the database system monitor data
    • db2Restore - Restore a database or table space
    • db2Rollforward - Roll forward a database
    • db2Runstats - Update statistics for tables and indexes
    • db2SelectDB2Copy - Select the Db2 copy to be used by your application
    • db2SetStogroupPaths - Redirect storage group paths
    • db2SetSyncSession - Set satellite synchronization session
    • db2SetWriteForDB - Suspend or resume I/O writes for database
    • db2SpmListIndTrans - List SPM indoubt transactions
    • db2SyncSatellite - Start satellite synchronization
    • db2SyncSatelliteStop - Pause satellite synchronization
    • db2SyncSatelliteTest - Test whether a satellite can be synchronized
    • db2UpdateAlertCfg - Update the alert configuration settings for health indicators
    • db2UpdateAlternateServerForDB - Update the alternate server for a database alias in the system database directory
    • db2UpdateContact - Update the attributes of a contact
    • db2UpdateContactGroup - Update the attributes of a contact group
    • db2UpdateHealthNotificationList - Update the list of contacts for health alert notifications
    • db2UtilityControl - Set the priority level of running utilities
    • sqlabndx - Bind application program to create a package
    • sqlaintp - Get error message
    • sqlaprep - Precompile application program
    • sqlarbnd - Rebind package
    • sqlbctcq - Close a table space container query
    • sqlbctsq - Close a table space query
    • sqlbftcq - Fetch the query data for rows in a table space container
    • sqlbftpq - Fetch the query data for rows in a table space
    • sqlbgtss - Get table space usage statistics
    • sqlbmtsq - Get the query data for all table spaces
    • sqlbotcq - Open a table space container query
    • sqlbotsq - Open a table space query
    • sqlbstpq - Get information about a single table space
    • sqlbstsc - Set table space containers
    • sqlbtcq - Get the query data for all table space containers
    • sqlcspqy - List DRDA indoubt transactions
    • sqle_activate_db - Activate database
    • sqle_deactivate_db - Deactivate database
    • sqleaddn - Add a database partition to the partitioned database environment
    • sqleatcp - Attach to instance and change password
    • sqleatin - Attach to instance
    • sqlecadb - Catalog a database in the system database directory
    • sqlecran - Create a database on a database partition server
    • sqlecrea - Create database
    • sqlectnd - Catalog an entry in the node directory
    • sqledcgd - Change a database comment in the system or local database directory
    • sqledpan - Drop a database on a database partition server
    • sqledrpd - Drop database
    • sqledrpn - Check whether a database partition server can be dropped
    • sqledtin - Detach from instance
    • sqlefmem - Free the memory allocated by the sqlbtcq and sqlbmtsq API
    • sqlefrce - Force users and applications off the system
    • sqlegdad - Catalog a database in the DCS directory
    • sqlegdcl - End a DCS directory scan
    • sqlegdel - Uncatalog a database from the DCS directory
    • sqlegdge - Get a specific entry in the DCS directory
    • sqlegdgt - Get DCS directory entries
    • sqlegdsc - Start a DCS directory scan
    • sqlegins - Get current instance
    • sqleintr - Interrupt application requests
    • sqleisig - Install signal handler
    • sqlemgdb - Migrate previous version of Db2 database to current version
    • sqlencls - End a node directory scan
    • sqlengne - Get the next node directory entry
    • sqlenops - Start a node directory scan
    • sqleqryc - Query client connection settings
    • sqleqryi - Query client information
    • sqlesact - Set accounting string
    • sqlesdeg - Set the maximum degree for SQL statements or runtime intrapartition parallelism level
    • sqlesetc - Set client connection settings
    • sqleseti - Set client information
    • sqleuncd - Uncatalog a database from the system database directory
    • sqleuncn - Uncatalog an entry from the node directory
    • sqlgaddr - Get the address of a variable
    • sqlgdref - Dereference an address
    • sqlgmcpy - Copy data from one memory area to another
    • sqlogstt - Get the SQLSTATE message
    • sqludrdt - Redistribute data across a database partition group
    • sqlugrpn - Get the database partition server number for a row
    • sqlugtpi - Get table distribution information
    • sqluvqdp - Quiesce table spaces for a table
    • REXX APIs
      • Change Isolation Level
    • db2Credentials
    • db2DistMapStruct
    • db2HistoryData
    • db2LSN data structure
    • SQL_DIR_ENTRY
    • SQLB_TBS_STATS
    • SQLB_TBSCONTQRY_DATA
    • SQLB_TBSPQRY_DATA
    • SQLCA
    • SQLCHAR
    • SQLDA
    • SQLDCOL
    • SQLE_ADDN_OPTIONS
    • SQLE_CLIENT_INFO
    • SQLE_CONN_SETTING
    • SQLE_NODE_LOCAL
    • SQLE_NODE_NPIPE
    • SQLE_NODE_STRUCT
    • SQLE_NODE_TCPIP
    • SQLEDBDESC
    • SQLEDBDESCEXT
    • SQLEDBDESCEXTEXT
    • SQLEDBTERRITORYINFO
    • SQLENINFO
    • SQLFUPD
    • SQLLOB
    • SQLMA
    • SQLOPT
    • SQLU_LSN
    • SQLU_MEDIA_LIST
    • SQLU_RLOG_INFO
    • SQLUPI
    • SQLXA_XID
    • Naming conventions
    • Heuristic APIs
      • db2XaGetInfo - Get information for a resource manager
      • db2XaListIndTrans - List indoubt transactions
      • sqlxhfrg - Forget transaction status
      • sqlxphcm - Commit an indoubt transaction
      • sqlxphrl - Roll back an indoubt transaction
    • Precompiler customization APIs
    • Db2 database system plug-ins for customizing database management
      • Backup and restore APIs for vendor products
        • APIs for restoring vendor products
          • db2VendorGetNextObj - Get next object on device
          • db2VendorQueryApiVersion - Get the supported level of the vendor storage API
          • sqluvdel - Delete committed session
          • sqluvend - Unlink a vendor device and release its resources
          • sqluvget - Read data from a vendor device
          • sqluvint - Initialize and link to a vendor device
          • sqluvput - Write data to a vendor device
        • Db2 call sequence for vendor APIs
        • Invoking a backup or a restore operation
        • DB2_INFO
        • VENDOR_INFO
        • INIT_INPUT
        • INIT_OUTPUT
        • DATA
        • RETURN_CODE
      • Compression plug-ins for backup and restore
        • COMPR_CB
        • COMPR_DB2INFO
        • COMPR_PIINFO
        • Compress - Compress a block of data
        • Decompress - Decompress a block of data
        • GetMaxCompressedSize - Estimate largest possible buffer size
        • GetSavedBlock - Get the vendor of block data for the backup image
        • InitCompression - Initialize the compression library
        • InitDecompression - Initialize the decompression library
        • TermCompression - Stop the compression library
        • TermDecompression - Stop the decompression library
    • sqleAttachToCtx - Attach to context
    • sqleBeginCtx - Create and attach to an application context
    • sqleDetachFromCtx - Detach from context
    • sqleEndCtx - Detach and destroy application context
    • sqleGetCurrentCtx - Get current context
    • sqleInterruptCtx - Interrupt context
    • sqleSetTypeCtx - Set application context type
    • Db2 log records
      • Log record header
      • Transaction manager log records
      • LOB manager log records
      • CSL Manager log records
      • Long field manager log records
      • Utility manager log records
      • Data manager log records
      • Relation manager log records
  • Db2 administration server (DAS)
  • Creating a Db2 administration server (DAS)
  • Starting and stopping the DAS
  • Listing the DAS
  • Re-configuring the Db2 administration server (DAS)
  • Notification and contact list setup and configuration.
  • DAS Java virtual machine setup
  • Db2 administration server (Windows)
  • Updating the Db2 administration server (Linux and UNIX)
  • Removing the DAS
  • Setting up the Db2 administration server (DAS)
  • Configuring the DAS on Db2 Enterprise Server Edition systems
  • Discovery of administration servers, instances, and databases
  • Discovering and hiding server instances and databases
  • Setting discovery parameters
  • First occurrence data capture (FODC)
  • The administrative task scheduler
  • Setting up the administrative task scheduler
  • Adding a task
    • Defining task schedules
  • Listing tasks
  • Listing the status of tasks
  • Updating a task
  • Removing a task
  • Replication tools
  • Db2 for z/OS health monitor overview
    • Starting, stopping and refreshing the Db2 for z/OS health monitor
    • Viewing, submitting, and saving recommended actions
    • Viewing health alert summaries
    • Viewing health alert objects
  • SYSTOOLSPACE and SYSTOOLSTMPSPACE table spaces
• Developing code for accessing and managing data
  • Application design
    • Parameters markers
  • The Db2 development environment
    • Db2 supported development software
      • Db2 supported operating systems
        • AIX
        • Linux
        • Windows
      • IBM Data Server Client
      • Supported APIs
        • CLI and ODBC
        • DB2CI
        • Embedded SQL
        • Supported drivers for JDBC and SQLJ
      • Programming languages and compilers
        • C
        • C++
        • COBOL
        • Fortran
        • GO
        • Java
        • Java Reactive Programming
        • node.js
        • Perl
        • PHP
        • Python
        • R
        • REXX
        • Ruby/Ruby on Rails
        • Rust
      • Supported transaction managers
      • Supported development tools
    • Setting up the application development environment
      • Operating systems
        • Setting up the application development environment (Linux and UNIX)
          • Linux and UNIX environment variable settings
        • Setting up the application development environment (Windows)
      • IBM Data Server Client
      • Statically and dynamically linking libraries
      • APIs
        • CLI
        • Installing the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
      • Designing Distributed Databases
        • Updating a single database in a transaction
        • Using multiple databases in a single transaction
          • Updating a single database in a multi-database transaction
          • Updating multiple databases in a transaction
          • Db2 transaction manager
          • Db2 transaction manager configuration
        • Updating a database from a System Z or System i client
        • Two-phase commit
        • Error recovery during two-phase commit
      • Designing for XA-compliant transaction managers
        • xa_open string formats
        • Updating data on mainframe or midrange database servers
        • Manually resolving indoubt transactions
        • Heuristic APIs
        • Security considerations for XA transaction managers
        • XA function supported by Db2
        • XA interface problem determination
        • Configuring XA transaction managers
          • Resource manager setup
          • Global variables and XA transactions
          • IBM WebSphere Application Server
          • IBM WebSphere MQ
          • IBM TXSeries CICS
          • BEA Tuxedo
      • Compiling the unixODBC driver manager
      • Installing the unixODBC driver manager
  • ADO.NET
    • IBM Data Server Provider for .NET
      • testconn command
      • Programming applications to use the IBM Data Server Provider for .NET
        • Generic coding with the ADO.NET common base classes
        • Connecting to a database
        • Connection pooling
        • Creating a trusted connection with IBM Data Server Provider for .NET
        • SQL data type representation
        • Issuing SQL statements
        • Reading result sets
        • Calling stored procedures from .NET applications
        • Simultaneously accessing the result sets
        • Tracing IBM Data Server Provider for .NET
        • Optimizing queries in .NET applications using pureQuery
        • Provider support for the Microsoft Entity Framework
          • Requirements for Microsoft Entity Framework support
          • Microsoft Entity Framework 5.0 support
          • Microsoft Entity Framework 6.0 support
          • Supported canonical functions
          • Limitations to Microsoft Entity Framework support
        • Provider support for the Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services
        • Using the Enterprise Library data access module
      • Building .NET Applications
        • Building Visual Basic .NET applications
        • Building C# .NET applications
        • Visual Basic .NET application compile and link options
        • C# .NET application compile and link options
      • IBM Data Server Provider for .NET namespaces
        • IBM.Data.DB2
          • DB2BulkCopy Class
            • Members
            • Constructors
              • DB2BulkCopy(IBM.Data.DB2.DB2Connection)
              • DB2BulkCopy(IBM.Data.DB2.DB2Connection, IBM.Data.DB2.DB2BulkCopyOptions)
              • DB2BulkCopy(string)
              • DB2BulkCopy(string, IBM.Data.DB2.DB2BulkCopyOptions)
            • Methods
              • Close
              • Dispose
              • WriteToServer
                • WriteToServer(System.Data.DataRow[ ])
                • WriteToServer(System.Data.DataTable)
                • WriteToServer(System.Data.DataTable, System.Data.DataRowState)
                • WriteToServer(System.Data.IDataReader)
            • Properties
              • BulkCopyTimeout
              • ColumnMappings
              • DestinationTableName
              • Errors
              • NotifyAfter
            • Events
              • DB2RowsCopied
          • DB2BulkCopyColumnMapping Class
            • Members
            • Constructors
              • DB2BulkCopyColumnMapping()
              • DB2BulkCopyColumnMapping(int, int)
              • DB2BulkCopyColumnMapping(int, string)
              • DB2BulkCopyColumnMapping(string, int)
              • DB2BulkCopyColumnMapping(string, string)
            • Methods
            • Properties
              • DestinationColumn
              • DestinationOrdinal
              • SourceColumn
              • SourceOrdinal
          • DB2BulkCopyColumnMappingCollection Class
            • Members
            • DB2BulkCopyColumnMappingCollection Constructor
            • Methods
              • Add
                • Add(IBM.Data.DB2.DB2BulkCopyColumnMapping)
                • Add(int, int)
                • Add(int, string)
                • Add(string, int)
                • Add(string, string)
              • Clear
              • Contains
              • CopyTo
              • IndexOf
              • Insert
              • RemoveAt
              • Remove
          • DB2BulkCopyOptions Enumeration
          • DB2Command Class
            • Members
            • Constructors
              • DB2Command ()
              • DB2Command (String)
              • DB2Command (String, DB2Connection)
              • DB2Command (String, DB2Connection, DB2Transaction)
            • Methods
              • Cancel
              • CreateDbParameter
              • CreateParameter
              • DeriveParameters
              • Dispose
                • Dispose (Boolean)
              • ExecuteDbDataReader
              • ExecuteNonQuery
              • ExecutePageReader
              • ExecuteReader
                • ExecuteReader ()
                • ExecuteReader (CommandBehavior)
              • ExecuteResultSet
                • ExecuteResultSet(IBM.Data.DB2.DB2CursorType)
                • ExecuteResultSet(IBM.Data.DB2ResultSetOptions)
                • ExecuteResultSet(System.Data.CommandBehavior, IBM.Data.DB2.DB2CursorType)
                • ExecuteResultSet(System.Data.CommandBehavior, IBM.Data.DB2.DB2CursorType, bool)
                • ExecuteResultSet(System.Data.CommandBehavior, IBM.Data.DB2.DB2ResultSetOptions)
                • ExecuteResultSet(System.Data.CommandBehavior, IBM.Data.DB2.DB2ResultSetOptions, bool)
              • ExecuteRow
              • ExecuteScalar
              • ExecuteXmlReader
              • Prepare
              • ResetCommandTimeout
            • Properties
              • ArrayBindCount
              • ArrayBindCountOff
              • AtomicArrayInput
              • BlockForNRows
              • CommandText
              • CommandTimeout
              • CommandType
              • CommitOnEOF
              • Connection
              • DB2TypeOutput
              • DbConnection
              • DbParameterCollection
              • DbTransaction
              • DesignTimeVisible
              • DisableCursorHold
              • EnableExtendedIndicators
              • Parameters
              • ResultSetAsReturnValue
              • RetrieveXmlInBinaryFormat
              • StatementConcentrator
              • Transaction
              • UpdatedRowSource
          • DB2CommandBuilder Class
            • Members
            • Constructors
              • DB2CommandBuilder ()
              • DB2CommandBuilder (DB2DataAdapter)
            • Methods
              • ApplyParameterInfo
              • DeriveParameters
              • Dispose
                • Dispose (Boolean)
              • GetDeleteCommand
              • GetInsertCommand
              • GetParameterName
                • GetParameterName(int)
                • GetParameterName(string)
              • GetParameterPlaceholder
              • GetUpdateCommand
              • QuoteIdentifier
              • RefreshSchema
              • SetRowUpdatingHandler
              • UnquoteIdentifier
            • Properties
              • CatalogLocation
              • CatalogSeparator
              • ConflictOption
              • DataAdapter
              • QuotePrefix
              • QuoteSuffix
              • SchemaSeparator
          • DB2Connection Class
            • Members
            • Constructors
              • DB2Connection ()
              • DB2Connection (String)
            • Methods
              • BeginChain
              • BeginTransaction
                • BeginTransaction ()
                • BeginTransaction (IsolationLevel)
              • ChangeDatabase
              • ClearUSRLIBLCache
              • Close
              • CreateCommand
              • Dispose
                • Dispose (Boolean)
              • DropDTD
              • DropXmlSchema
              • EndChain
              • EnlistDistributedTransaction
              • GetDTD
              • GetSchema
                • GetSchema ()
                • GetSchema (String)
                • GetSchema (String, String[])
              • GetXmlSchemaSet
              • Open
              • RegisterDTD
              • RegisterXmlSchema
                • RegisterXmlSchema(string, string, string[ ], string[ ])
                • RegisterXmlSchema(string, string, string[ ], string[ ], string[ ], string, bool)
              • ReleaseObjectPool
            • Properties
              • ARMCorrelator
              • BatchCommandTimeout
              • CacheData
              • CacheUSRLIBLValue
              • Chaining
              • ClientAccountingInformation
              • ClientApplicationInformation
              • ClientCorrelationToken
              • ClientUser
              • ClientWorkStation
              • ConnectionString
              • ConnectionTimeout
              • Database
              • DataSource
              • EnableExtendedIndicators
              • ResultSetAsReturnValue
              • RetryParameterBindingOnError
              • ServerBuildVersion
              • ServerFunctionalLevel
              • ServerMajorVersion
              • ServerMinorVersion
              • ServerRevisionVersion
              • ServerType
              • ServerVersion
              • State
              • SystemNaming
            • Events
              • InfoMessage
              • StateChange
          • DB2ConnectionStringBuilder Class
            • Members
            • Constructors
              • DB2ConnectionStringBuilder()
              • DB2ConnectionStringBuilder(string)
            • Methods
              • Clear
              • ContainsKey
              • Remove
              • ShouldSerialize
              • TryGetValue
            • Properties
              • Authentication
              • captureMode
              • ClientAccountingString
              • ClientApplicationName
              • ClientCorrelationToken
              • ClientEncAlg
              • ClientUserID
              • ClientWorkstationName
              • CLISchema
              • CodePage
              • ConcurrentAccessResolution
              • Connect_Timeout
              • ConnectionLifeTime
              • ConnectionReset
              • ConnectNodeNumber
              • ConnStrPwdEncrypt
              • CurrentFunctionPath
              • CurrentPackageSet
              • CurrentSchema
              • CurrentSQLID
              • Database
              • DB2ConnectionStringBuilder.db2dumpSQLCodes property
              • DB2ConnectionStringBuilder.Db2DumpSQLCodesInterval property
              • DB2ConnectionStringBuilder.LibraryList Property
              • DB2Explain
              • DBName
              • Delimident
              • DisableCursorHold
              • Enlist
              • EnsureDefaultDFRM
              • executionMode
              • FetchBufferSize
              • FitHighPrecisionType
              • HostVarParameters
              • Interrupt
              • IsFixedSize
              • IsolationLevel
              • Keys
              • MapDate
              • MapTime
              • MapTimestamp
              • MaxPoolSize
              • MinPoolSize
              • NewPWD
              • Password
              • PersistSecurityInfo
              • Pooling
              • ProgramId
              • ProgramName
              • pureQueryXML
              • QueryTimeout
              • RetrieveXmlInBinaryFormat
              • RetryParameterBindingOnError
              • SchemaList
              • Security
              • Server
              • SessionTimeZone
              • SkipSynonymProcessing
              • SSLClientKeystash
              • SSLClientKeystoredb
              • SSLClientKeystoreDBPassword
              • SSLClientLabel
              • SSLServerCertificate
              • StatementConcentrator
              • SysSchema
              • TableType
              • TargetPrincipal
              • TLSVersion
              • traceFile
              • TrustedContextSystemPassword
              • TrustedContextSystemUserID
              • DB2ConnectionStringBuilder.TrustedContextUserRegistryName Property
              • UserID
              • Values
          • DB2CursorType Enumeration
          • DB2DataAdapter Class
            • Members
            • Constructors
              • DB2DataAdapter ()
              • DB2DataAdapter (DB2Command)
              • DB2DataAdapter (String, DB2Connection)
              • DB2DataAdapter (String, String)
            • Methods
              • CreateRowUpdatedEvent
              • CreateRowUpdatingEvent
              • OnRowUpdated
              • OnRowUpdating
            • Properties
              • DeleteCommand
              • InsertCommand
              • SelectCommand
              • UpdateBatchSize
              • UpdateCommand
            • Events
              • RowUpdated
              • RowUpdating
          • DB2DataReader Class
            • Members
            • Methods
              • Close
              • GetBoolean
              • GetByte
              • GetBytes
              • GetChar
              • GetChars
              • GetDB2Binary
              • GetDB2Blob
              • GetDB2Clob
              • GetDB2Date
              • GetDB2DateTime
              • GetDB2Decimal
              • GetDB2DecimalFloat
              • GetDB2Double
              • GetDB2Int16
              • GetDB2Int32
              • GetDB2Int64
              • GetDB2Real370
              • GetDB2Real
              • GetDB2RowId
              • GetDB2String
              • GetDB2Time
              • GetDB2TimeStamp
              • GetDateTimeOffset
              • GetDB2Value
              • GetDB2Values
              • GetDB2Xml
              • GetDB2XsrObjectId
              • GetDataTypeName
              • GetDate
              • GetDateTime
              • GetDecimal
              • GetDouble
              • GetEnumerator
              • GetFieldType
              • GetFloat
              • GetGuid
              • GetInt16
              • GetInt32
              • GetInt64
              • GetName
              • GetOrdinal
              • GetSchemaTable
              • GetStream
              • GetString
              • GetTime
              • GetTimeSpan
              • GetValue
              • GetValues
              • GetXmlReader
              • GetXmlSchemaCollection
                • GetXmlSchemaCollection(IBM.Data.DB2Types.DB2XsrObjectId)
                • GetXmlSchemaCollection(int)
                • GetXmlSchemaCollection(long)
              • GetXmlSchemaSet
                • GetXmlSchemaSet(IBM.Data.DB2Types.DB2XsrObjectId)
                • GetXmlSchemaSet(int)
                • GetXmlSchemaSet(long)
              • IsDBNull
              • NextResult
              • NextResultAsync
              • Read
              • ReadAsync
            • Properties
              • BlockForNRows
              • CacheData
              • Depth
              • FieldCount
              • HasRows
              • IsClosed
              • RecordsAffected
              • this
                • this
                • this (String)
          • DB2DataSourceEnumerator Class
            • Members
            • Fields
              • Instance
            • Methods
              • GetDataSources
                • GetDataSources ()
                • GetDataSources (Boolean)
                • GetDataSources (string, string, string, string)
          • DB2Error Class
            • Members
            • Methods
              • ToString
            • Properties
              • Message
              • NativeError
              • RowNumber
              • SQLState
              • Source
          • DB2ErrorCollection Class
            • Members
            • Methods
              • CopyTo
              • GetEnumerator
            • Properties
              • Count
              • Item
          • DB2Exception Class
            • Members
            • Methods
              • GetObjectData
            • Properties
              • Errors
              • Message
              • Source
          • DB2Factory Class
            • Members
            • Fields
              • Instance
            • Methods
              • CreateCommandBuilder
              • CreateCommand
              • CreateConnection
              • CreateConnectionStringBuilder
              • CreateDataAdapter
              • CreateDataSourceEnumerator
              • CreateParameter
              • CreatePermission
            • Properties
              • CanCreateDataSourceEnumerator
          • DB2InfoMessageEventArgs Class
            • Members
            • Properties
              • Errors
              • DB2InfoMessageEventHandler Delegate
          • DB2Parameter Class
            • Members
            • Fields
              • Default
              • Unassigned
            • Constructors
              • DB2Parameter ()
              • DB2Parameter (String, Object)
              • DB2Parameter (String, DB2Type)
              • DB2Parameter (String, DB2Type, Int32)
              • DB2Parameter (String, DB2Type, Int32, String)
              • DB2Parameter (String, DB2Type, Int32, ParameterDirection, Boolean, Byte, Byte, String, DataRowVersion, Object)
            • Methods
              • GetXmlReader
              • ICloneable.Clone
              • ResetDbType
              • ToString
            • Properties
              • ArrayLength
              • DB2TypeOutput
              • DB2Type
              • DbType
              • Direction
              • IsDefault
              • IsNullable
              • IsUnassigned
              • ParameterName
              • Precision
              • Scale
              • Size
              • SourceColumnNullMapping
              • SourceColumn
              • SourceVersion
              • Value
          • DB2ParameterCollection Class
            • Members
            • Methods
              • Add
                • Add (Object)
                • Add (DB2Parameter)
                • Add (String, Object)
                • Add (String, DB2Type)
                • Add (String, DB2Type, Int32)
                • Add (String, DB2Type, Int32, String)
              • AddRange
              • Clear
              • Contains
                • Contains (Object)
                • Contains (String)
              • CopyTo
              • GetEnumerator
              • GetParameter
                • GetParameter(int)
                • GetParameter(string)
              • IndexOf
                • IndexOf
                • IndexOf
              • Insert
              • RemoveAt
                • RemoveAt (Int32)
                • RemoveAt (String)
              • Remove
              • SetParameter
                • SetParameter(int, System.Data.Common.DbParameter)
                • SetParameter(string, System.Data.Common.DbParameter)
            • Properties
              • Count
              • IsFixedSize
              • IsReadOnly
              • IsSynchronized
              • SyncRoot
              • this
                • this (String)
                • this (Int32)
          • DB2PermissionAttribute Class
            • Members
            • DB2PermissionAttribute Constructor
            • Methods
              • CreatePermission
          • DB2Permission Class
            • Members
            • DB2Permission (PermissionState)
            • Methods
              • Add
          • DB2Record Class
            • Members
            • Methods
              • Dispose
              • GetBoolean
              • GetByte
              • GetBytes
              • GetChar
              • GetChars
              • GetDB2Binary
              • GetDB2Blob
              • GetDB2Clob
              • GetDB2Date
              • GetDB2DateTime
              • GetDB2Decimal
              • GetDB2DecimalFloat
              • GetDB2Double
              • GetDB2Int16
              • GetDB2Int32
              • GetDB2Int64
              • GetDB2Real370
              • GetDB2Real
              • GetDB2RowId
              • GetDB2String
              • GetDB2Time
              • GetDB2TimeStamp
              • GetDB2Xml
              • GetDB2XsrObjectId
              • GetDataTypeName
              • GetDate
              • GetDateTime
              • GetDecimal
              • GetDouble
              • GetFieldType
              • GetFloat
              • GetGuid
              • GetInt16
              • GetInt32
              • GetInt64
              • GetName
              • GetOrdinal
              • GetString
              • GetTime
              • GetTimeSpan
              • GetValue
              • GetValues
              • GetXmlReader
              • GetXmlSchemaSet
                • GetXmlSchemaSet(IBM.Data.DB2Types.DB2XsrObjectId)
                • GetXmlSchemaSet(int)
                • GetXmlSchemaSet(long)
              • IsDBNull
            • Properties
              • FieldCount
              • this
                • this (Int32)
                • this (String)
          • DB2ResultSet Class
            • Members
            • Methods
              • Close
              • CreateRecord
              • Delete
              • Dispose
              • GetBoolean
              • GetByte
              • GetBytes
              • GetChar
              • GetChars
              • GetDB2Binary
              • GetDB2Blob
              • GetDB2Clob
              • GetDB2Date
              • GetDB2DateTime
              • GetDB2Decimal
              • GetDB2DecimalFloat
              • GetDB2Double
              • GetDB2Int16
              • GetDB2Int32
              • GetDB2Int64
              • GetDB2Real370
              • GetDB2Real
              • GetDB2RowId
              • GetDB2String
              • GetDB2Time
              • GetDB2TimeStamp
              • GetDB2TimeStampOffset
              • GetDB2Value
              • GetDB2Values
              • GetDB2Xml
              • GetDB2XsrObjectId
              • GetDataTypeName
              • GetDate
              • GetDateTime
              • GetDecimal
              • GetDouble
              • GetFieldType
              • GetFloat
              • GetGuid
              • GetInt16
              • GetInt32
              • GetInt64
              • GetName
              • GetOrdinal
              • GetSchemaTable
              • GetString
              • GetTime
              • GetTimeSpan
              • GetValue
              • GetValues
              • GetXmlReader
              • GetXmlSchemaSet
                • GetXmlSchemaSet(IBM.Data.DB2Types.DB2XsrObjectId)
                • GetXmlSchemaSet(int)
                • GetXmlSchemaSet(long)
              • Insert
              • IsDBNull
              • IsSetAsDefault
              • NextResult
              • ReadAbsolute
              • ReadFirst
              • ReadLast
              • Read
              • ReadPrevious
              • ReadRelative
              • SetBoolean
              • SetByte
              • SetBytes
              • SetChar
              • SetChars
              • SetDB2Binary
              • SetDB2Date
              • SetDB2DateTime
              • SetDB2Decimal
              • SetDB2DecimalFloat
              • SetDB2Double
              • SetDB2Int16
              • SetDB2Int32
              • SetDB2Int64
              • SetDB2Real370
              • SetDB2Real
              • SetDB2String
              • SetDB2Time
              • SetDB2TimeStamp
              • SetDB2Xml
              • SetDate
              • SetDateTime
              • SetDecimal
              • SetDefault
              • SetDouble
              • SetFloat
              • SetGuid
              • SetInt16
              • SetInt32
              • SetInt64
              • SetNull
              • SetString
              • SetTime
              • SetTimeSpan
              • SetValue
              • SetValues
              • Update
            • Properties
              • BlockForNRows
              • CacheData
              • CursorType
              • Depth
              • FieldCount
              • HasRows
              • IsClosed
              • IsDeleted
              • RecordsAffected
              • Scrollable
              • Sensitive
              • SkipDeleted
              • this
                • this (Int32)
                • this (String)
              • Updatable
          • DB2ResultSetOptions Enumeration
          • DB2RowUpdatedEventArgs Class
            • Members
            • DB2RowUpdatedEventArgs Constructor
            • Properties
              • Command
              • DB2Errors
          • DB2RowUpdatedEventHandler Delegate
          • DB2RowUpdatingEventArgs Class
            • Members
            • DB2RowUpdatingEventArgs Constructor
            • Properties
              • Command
          • DB2RowUpdatingEventHandler Delegate
          • DB2RowsCopiedEventArgs Class
            • Members
            • Properties
              • Abort
              • RowsCopied
          • DB2RowsCopiedEventHandler Delegate
          • DB2Transaction Class
            • Members
            • Methods
              • Commit
              • Dispose
              • Rollback
              • SetSavePoint
            • Properties
              • Connection
              • DbConnection
              • IsolationLevel
          • DB2Type enumeration
          • DB2UpdatableRecord Class
            • Members
            • Methods
              • Dispose
              • GetBoolean
              • GetByte
              • GetBytes
              • GetChar
              • GetChars
              • GetDB2Binary
              • GetDB2Blob
              • GetDB2Clob
              • GetDB2Date
              • GetDB2DateTime
              • GetDB2Decimal
              • GetDB2Double
              • GetDB2Int16
              • GetDB2Int32
              • GetDB2Int64
              • GetDB2Real370
              • GetDB2Real
              • GetDB2RowId
              • GetDB2String
              • GetDB2Time
              • GetDB2TimeStamp
              • GetDB2Value
              • GetDB2Values
              • GetDB2Xml
              • GetDB2XsrObjectId
              • GetDataTypeName
              • GetDate
              • GetDateTime
              • GetDecimal
              • GetDouble
              • GetFieldType
              • GetFloat
              • GetGuid
              • GetInt16
              • GetInt32
              • GetInt64
              • GetName
              • GetOrdinal
              • GetString
              • GetTime
              • GetTimeSpan
              • GetValue
              • GetValues
              • GetXmlReader
              • GetXmlSchemaSet
                • GetXmlSchemaSet(IBM.Data.DB2Types.DB2XsrObjectId)
                • GetXmlSchemaSet(int)
                • GetXmlSchemaSet(long)
              • IsDBNull
              • IsSetAsDefault
              • SetBoolean
              • SetByte
              • SetBytes
              • SetChar
              • SetChars
              • SetDB2Binary
              • SetDB2Date
              • SetDB2DateTime
              • SetDB2Decimal
              • SetDB2Double
              • SetDB2Int16
              • SetDB2Int32
              • SetDB2Int64
              • SetDB2Real370
              • SetDB2Real
              • SetDB2String
              • SetDB2Time
              • SetDB2TimeStamp
              • SetDB2Xml
              • SetDate
              • SetDateTime
              • SetDecimal
              • SetDefault
              • SetDouble
              • SetFloat
              • SetGuid
              • SetInt16
              • SetInt32
              • SetInt64
              • SetNull
              • SetString
              • SetTime
              • SetTimeSpan
              • SetValue
              • SetValues
            • Properties
              • FieldCount
              • this
                • this (Int32)
                • this (String)
          • DB2XmlAdapter Class
            • Members
            • DB2XmlAdapter Constructor
            • Methods
              • FillSQL
        • IBM.Data.DB2Types
          • DB2Binary Structure
            • Members
            • Fields
              • Null
            • DB2Binary Constructor
            • Methods
              • op_explicit
              • op_implicit
              • ToString
            • Properties
              • IsNull
              • Value
          • DB2Blob Class
            • Members
            • Fields
              • Null
            • Constructors
              • DB2Blob(byte[] value) constructor
              • DB2Blob(DB2Connection conn) constructor
            • Methods
              • GetBytes
              • Read(byte[] buff)
              • Read(byte[] buff, Int64 byteOffset, Int64 numBytesToRead, Int64 smartLobOffset, DB2SmartLOBWhence whence)
              • ToString
            • Properties
              • CacheData
              • EstimatedSize
              • IsNull
              • IsOpen
              • Size
              • Value
          • DB2Clob Class
            • Members
            • Fields
              • Null
            • Constructors
              • DB2Clob(string value)
              • DB2Clob(DB2Connection conn) constructor
            • Methods
              • GetChars
              • Read(char[] buff)
              • Read(char[] buff, Int64 charOffset, Int64 numCharsToRead, Int64 smartLobOffset, DB2SmartLOBWhence whence) method
              • ToString
            • Properties
              • CacheData
              • EstimatedSize
              • IsNull
              • IsOpen
              • Size
              • Value
          • DB2Date Structure
            • Members
            • Fields
              • MaxValue
              • MinValue
              • Null
            • DB2Date Constructor
            • Methods
              • op_explicit
              • op_implicit
              • Parse
              • ToString
            • Properties
              • IsNull
              • Value
          • DB2DateTime Structure
            • Members
            • Fields
              • MaxValue
              • MinValue
              • Null
            • Constructors
              • DB2DateTime(int year, int month, int day, int hour, int minute, int second, int microsecond)
              • DB2DateTime(int year, int month, int day, int hour, int minute, int second, Int64 picosecond)
              • DB2DateTime(int year, int month, int day, int hour, int minute, int second, Int64 picosecond, int precision)
              • DB2DateTime(DateTime value)
              • DB2DateTime(DateTime value, int precision)
              • DB2DateTime(Int64 ticks)
              • DB2DateTime(Int32 numUnits, DB2TimeUnit unit)
              • DB2DateTime(Int32 numUnits1, Int32 numUnits2, DB2TimeUnit end)
              • DB2DateTime(Int32 numUnits1, Int32 numUnits2, Int32 numUnits3, DB2TimeUnit end)
              • DB2DateTime(Int32 numUnits1, Int32 numUnits2, Int32 numUnits3, Int32 numUnits4, DB2TimeUnit end)
              • DB2DateTime(Int32 numUnits1, Int32 numUnits2, Int32 numUnits3, Int32 numUnits4, Int32 numUnits5, DB2TimeUnit end)
              • DB2DateTime(Int32 numUnits1, Int32 numUnits2, Int32 numUnits3, Int32 numUnits4, Int32 numUnits5, Int32 numUnits6, DB2TimeUnit end)
              • DB2DateTime(Int32 numUnits1, Int32 numUnits2, Int32 numUnits3, Int32 numUnits4, Int32 numUnits5, Int32 numUnits6, Int32 numUnits7, DB2TimeUnit end)
            • Cast operators
            • Methods
              • AddDays(Double days)
              • AddHours(Double hours)
              • AddMilliseconds(Double milliseconds)
              • AddMinutes(Double minutes)
              • AddMonths(Int32 months)
              • AddSeconds(Double seconds)
              • AddTicks(Int64 ticks)
              • AddYears(Int32 years)
              • Compare(DB2DateTime db2DT1, DB2DateTime db2DT2)
              • CompareTo(object obj)
              • DaysInMonth(Int32 year, Int32 month)
              • Equals(DB2DateTime db2DT1, DB2DateTime db2DT2)
              • GreaterThan(DB2DateTime db2DT1, DB2DateTime db2DT2)
              • GreaterThanOrEqual(DB2DateTime db2DT1, DB2DateTime db2DT2)
              • LessThan(DB2DateTime db2DT1, DB2DateTime db2DT2)
              • LessThanOrEqual(DB2DateTime db2DT1, DB2DateTime db2DT2)
              • NotEquals(DB2DateTime db2DT1, DB2DateTime db2DT2)
              • Parse(String szDateTime)
              • Parse(String szDateTime, int precision)
              • ToString()
            • Properties
              • Date
              • Day
              • EndTimeUnit
              • Hour
              • IsNull
              • Millisecond
              • Minute
              • Month
              • Now
              • Precision
              • Second
              • StartTimeUnit
              • Ticks
              • Today
              • Value
              • Year
          • DB2Decimal Structure
            • Members
            • Fields
              • E
              • MaxPrecision
              • MaxScale
              • MaxValue
              • MinusOne
              • MinValue
              • Null
              • One
              • Pi
              • Zero
            • DB2Decimal(decimal) Constructor
            • Methods
              • op_explicit
              • op_implicit
              • Parse
              • ToString
            • Properties
              • IsNull
              • Precision
              • Scale
              • ValueApproximate
              • Value
          • DB2DecimalFloat Structure
            • Members
            • Fields
              • MaxPrecision
              • MaxValue
              • MinValue
              • NaN
              • NegativeInfinity
              • Null
              • PositiveInfinity
              • Zero
              • sNaN
            • Constructors
              • DB2DecimalFloat(decimal)
              • DB2DecimalFloat(double)
              • DB2DecimalFloat(long)
            • Methods
              • op_explicit
                • op_explicit (DB2DecimalFloat) returns decimal
                • op_explicit (DB2DecimalFloat) returns double
              • op_implicit
                • op_implicit (decimal)
                • op_implicit (double)
              • Parse
                • Parse(string)
                • Parse(string, IBM.Data.DB2Types.DB2RoundingMode)
              • ToString
            • Properties
              • IsNull
              • Precision
              • Scale
              • ValueApproximate
              • Value
          • DB2Double Structure
            • Members
            • Fields
              • MaxValue
              • MinValue
              • Null
              • Zero
            • DB2Double Constructor
            • Methods
              • op_explicit
              • op_implicit
              • Parse
              • ToString
            • Properties
              • IsNull
              • Value
          • DB2Int16 Structure
            • Members
            • Fields
              • MaxValue
              • MinValue
              • Null
              • Zero
            • DB2Int16 Constructor
            • Methods
              • op_explicit
              • op_implicit
              • Parse
              • ToString
            • Properties
              • IsNull
              • Value
          • DB2Int32 Structure
            • Members
            • Fields
              • MaxValue
              • MinValue
              • Null
              • Zero
            • DB2Int32 Constructor
            • Methods
              • op_explicit
              • op_implicit
              • Parse
              • ToString
            • Properties
              • IsNull
              • Value
          • DB2Int64 Structure
            • Members
            • Fields
              • MaxValue
              • MinValue
              • Null
              • Zero
            • DB2Int64 Constructor
            • Methods
              • op_explicit
              • op_implicit
              • Parse
              • ToString
            • Properties
              • IsNull
              • Value
          • DB2NullValueException Class
            • Members
          • DB2FormatException Class
            • Members
          • DB2Real370 Structure
            • Members
            • Fields
              • MaxValue
              • MinValue
              • Null
              • Zero
            • DB2Real370 Constructor
            • Methods
              • op_explicit
              • op_implicit
              • Parse
              • ToString
            • Properties
              • IsNull
              • Value
          • DB2Real Structure
            • Members
            • Fields
              • MaxValue
              • MinValue
              • Null
              • Zero
            • DB2Real Constructor
            • Methods
              • op_explicit
              • op_implicit
              • Parse
              • ToString
            • Properties
              • IsNull
              • Value
          • DB2RoundingMode Enumeration
          • DB2RowId Structure
            • Members
            • Fields
              • Null
            • Methods
              • op_explicit
              • ToString
            • Properties
              • IsNull
              • Value
          • DB2String Structure
            • Members
            • Fields
              • Null
            • DB2String Constructor
            • Methods
              • op_explicit
              • op_implicit
              • ToString
            • Properties
              • IsNull
              • Value
          • DB2Time Structure
            • Members
            • Fields
              • MaxValue
              • MinValue
              • Null
            • Constructors
              • DB2Time()
              • DB2Time(TimeSpan)
            • Methods
              • op_explicit
              • op_implicit
              • Parse
              • ToString
            • Properties
              • IsNull
              • TimeSpanValue
              • Value
          • DB2TimeStamp Structure
            • Members
            • Fields
              • MaxValue
              • MinValue
              • Null
            • Constructors
              • DB2TimeStamp(int year, int month, int day , int hour, int minute, int second, int microsecond)
              • DB2TimeStamp(int year, int month, int day, int hour, int minute, int second, int microsecond, int64 picosecond
              • DB2TimeStamp(int year, int month, int day, int hour, int minute, int second, int microsecond, int64 picosecond, int precision)
              • DB2TimeStamp(DateTime value)
              • DB2TimeStamp(DateTime value, int precision)
            • Methods
              • op_explicit
              • op_implicit
              • Parse
              • ToString
            • Properties
              • IsNull
              • Precision
              • Value
          • DB2TruncateException Class
            • Members
          • DB2TypeException Class
            • Members
          • DB2Xml Class
            • Members
            • Fields
              • Null
            • Methods
              • GetBytes
              • GetString
              • GetXmlReader
            • Properties
              • IsNull
              • CacheData
          • DB2XsrObjectId structure
            • Members
            • IsNull
            • Methods
              • ToString
            • Properties
              • Value
    • IBM Data Server Provider for .NET Core
    • Deploying .NET applications
    • Deploying .Net applications on Cloud
    • Supported .NET development software
    • Db2 integration in Visual Studio
      • Getting Started
        • Installing IBM Add-Ins for Visual Studio
        • IBM Database Add-Ins for Visual Studio Overview
        • Supported IBM Data Servers and System Requirements
        • Upgrading IBM Database Add-Ins for Visual Studio
        • Customizing the IBM Database Add-Ins
        • Guidelines for Improving Performance with the IBM Database Add-Ins Cache
        • Migrating DB2 Projects to Visual Studio 2005 or Later
        • Using IBM Database Add-Ins in Additional Versions of Visual Studio
      • Managing IBM Databases and Connections
        • Creating IBM Databases
        • Dropping IBM Databases
        • Adding IBM Data Connections
        • Grouping IBM Database Objects by Schemas in the Server Explorer
        • Changing the Properties of IBM Data Connections
        • Deleting IBM Data Connections
        • Using the Interactive Command Console
      • Managing IBM Database Projects
        • Creating IBM Database Projects
        • Changing IBM Database Project Properties
        • Adding an IBM Database Solution to a Source Control System
        • Setting the Item Build Order
        • Selecting Project Files for Ordering
      • Developing IBM Database Procedures and Functions
        • Procedures and Functions in Modules
        • Developing IBM Database SQL and SPL Procedures
          • IBM Database SQL and SPL Procedures
          • DB2 SQL Procedures
          • Array Parameters in DB2 SQL Procedures
          • Informix SPL Procedures
          • Creating SQL and SPL Procedures
          • Creating SQL and SPL Procedures from Existing Procedures
          • Creating Versions of Native SQL Procedures
          • Making Native SQL Procedure Versions Active
          • SQL and SPL Procedure Definition Changes
          • Changing SQL and SPL Procedure Definitions
          • Changing SQL and SPL Procedure Properties
        • Developing DB2 CLR Procedures
          • DB2 CLR Procedures
          • Creating DB2 CLR Procedures
          • Changing CLR Assembly Properties
        • Developing IBM Database Functions
          • IBM Database SQL and SPL Functions
          • Creating SQL and SPL Functions
          • Creating SQL and SPL Functions from Existing Functions
          • Changing SQL and SPL Function Definitions
          • Changing Function Properties
        • Developing OLE DB Table Functions
          • OLE DB Table Functions
          • Enabling DB2 Database Table Functions
          • Creating OLE DB Table Functions
          • OLE DB Providers
          • Supported SQL Data Types in OLE DB
          • Deleting OLE DB Table Functions
        • Developing Web Service Functions
          • Web Service Functions
          • Enabling SOAP Functions for Web Service Functions
          • Creating Web Service Functions
          • Deleting Web Service Functions
      • Developing IBM Database Objects
        • Developing IBM Database Tables
          • IBM Database Tables
          • Creating Tables
          • Creating Tables from Existing Tables
          • Reviewing Table Definitions
          • Permitted Changes in IBM Database Tables
          • Changing Table Definitions
        • Developing IBM Database Indexes
          • IBM Database Relational Indexes
          • Creating Relational Indexes
          • DB2 XML Indexes
          • Creating DB2 XML Indexes
        • Developing IBM Database Triggers
          • IBM Database Triggers
          • Creating Triggers
          • Deleting Triggers That Are Associated with Tables
          • Re-Creating Inoperative Triggers
        • Developing IBM Database Views
          • IBM Database Views
          • Creating Views
          • Changing View Definitions
      • Managing Procedures, Functions, and Objects
        • Building Procedures, Functions, and Objects
        • Debugging SQL and SPL Procedures
        • SQL and SPL Procedure Debugging in CLR Applications
          • Enabling SQL and SPL Debugging in CLR Applications
          • Debugging SQL and SPL Procedures in CLR Applications
          • Debugging CLR Applications against DB2 Version 8 Servers
          • Starting and Using the Debugger Session Manager Manually with DB2 Version 8 Servers
        • Running Procedures or Functions
        • Managing Package Variations for SQL Procedures
          • Package Variations for SQL Procedures
          • Defining Package Variations for SQL Procedures
          • Specifying Package Variations when Running SQL Procedures on DB2 for z/OS Servers
          • Deleting Package Variations for SQL Procedures
        • Exporting Result Data from Procedures and Functions
        • Defining Result Sets for SQL and SPL Procedures
        • Deploying SQL Procedures to Databases
        • Retrieving Data from Tables and Views
        • Reviewing BLOB Data
        • Exporting Data from Tables and Views
        • Importing Data to Tables and Views
        • Importing BLOB Data to Tables and Views
        • Changing Table and View Data
        • Changing BLOB Data in Tables and Views
        • Creating Procedures, Functions, and Objects with Scripts
        • Reviewing and Updating Scripts for Procedures, Functions, or Objects
        • Editing the Source Code of Procedures, Functions, or Objects
        • Deleting Procedures, Functions, or Objects from an IBM Database
        • Deleting BLOB Data from Tables and Views
        • Removing Procedures, Functions, and Objects from IBM Database Projects
        • Moving Files Between IBM Database Project Folders
      • Managing XML Data
        • Managing XML Documents as Data
          • Registering XML Schemas in the XML Schema Repository
          • DB2 XML Indexes
          • Creating DB2 XML Indexes
          • Reviewing XML Data in DB2 Tables and Views
          • Importing XML Data to DB2 Tables and Views
          • Changing XML Data in DB2 Tables and Views
          • Validating XML Data in DB2 Tables and Views
          • Transforming XML Data
          • Deleting XML Data from DB2 Tables and Views
        • Managing Relational Views of XML Data
          • Annotated XML Schemas
          • Annotating XML Schemas
          • Selecting XML Schemas to Annotate
          • Finding Relationships between Sources and Targets for XML Mapping
          • Adding Target Tables for XML Mapping
          • Adding Links for XML Mapping
          • Finding Nodes, Elements, and Attributes in Source XML Schemas
          • Specifying Values for XML Map Link Properties
          • Hiding XML Mapping Items
          • Showing Hidden XML Mapping Items
          • Removing XML Mapping Items
          • Reviewing Annotated XML Source
          • Saving Annotated XML Schemas
          • Testing Annotated XML Schemas
        • Generating Sample XML for XML Schemas
        • Enhancements for Managing XML Data
        • Overview: Setting up .NET Applications to Write LINQ to XML Queries on XML Data
        • Setting up .NET Applications to Write LINQ to XML Queries on XML Data
      • Generating Web Methods
      • Developing and Deploying IBM Data Web Services
        • IBM Data Web Services
        • Supported Web Servers, SOAP Engines, and Databases
        • Supported Message Protocols
        • Support for DB2 XML Data Type in IBM Data Web Service Operations
        • Mapping of SQL and JDBC Data Types to XML Data Types
        • Configuring Web Server Connections
        • Creating and Deploying IBM Data Web Services
        • Changing IBM Data Web Service Definitions
        • Adding Operations to IBM Data Web Services
        • Changing IBM Data Web Service Operations
        • Running IBM Data Web Services
        • Deleting IBM Data Web Services
      • Building IBM Web Services and Web Methods (WORF)
        • Enabling Databases for Deploying Web Services
        • Creating IBM Web Services
        • Updating User Information
      • Using Visual Studio 2008 Technology in IBM Database Add-Ins for Visual Studio
        • IBM Data Sources in XAML Applications
        • Creating IBM Data Sources for XAML Applications
        • Creating IBM Database Activities in Sequential Workflows
        • Generating Web Methods
      • Improving Performance and Security in .NET Applications with Static SQL
        • Using Static SQL in .NET Applications
        • Selecting Data Connections for Capturing SQL Statements
        • Capturing SQL Statements in .NET Applications
        • Reviewing Captured SQL Statements
        • Binding Captured SQL Statements in Packages
        • Running .NET Applications with Static SQL
      • References
        • User Interface Reference
          • IBM Procedure Designer
            • Procedure view
            • Privileges view
            • Show Script view
          • Array Types
          • Declare REFERENCING Clause
          • IBM Function Designer
            • Function view
            • Privileges view
            • Show Script view
          • Declare REFERENCING Clause
          • IBM OLE DB Table Function Designer
            • Table Function view
            • Function Data view
            • Privileges view
            • Show Script view
          • IBM Web Service Function Designer
            • Web Service Function view
            • Privileges view
            • Show Script view
          • IBM Table Designer
            • Column Definitions view
            • Keys view
            • Indexes view
            • XML Indexes view
            • Check Constraints view
            • Triggers view
            • Privileges view
            • Show Script view
          • Select Source for XML Pattern
          • IBM View Designer
            • View view
            • Triggers view
            • Privileges view
            • Show Script view
          • IBM Data Designer
            • Data view
          • SQL Condition
          • Transform
          • Validate
          • DB2 XML Designer
          • Select Root
          • HTML Visualizer
          • BLOB Visualizer
          • Result Set Definitions
          • IBM Script Designer
            • Script view
          • IBM XSR Designer
            • XSR Registration view
          • IBM XML Schema Mapping Designer
            • Annotated XML Schema view
          • Select XML Schema Source
          • Find Same Name
          • Add Table
          • Condition
          • Expression
          • Register Annotated XML Schema
          • Test Form
          • Select XML Source for Project
          • Select XML Column
          • IBM Data Web Service Designer
            • Web Service view
            • Advanced Options
            • New Server
            • Show Script view
          • Invoke Web Service Method
          • Edit Operation
          • Import
          • Deploy Routines
          • Bind Options
          • Set Up .NET Application to Optimize SQL Queries
          • Captured SQL Files
          • Captured SQL Bind Options
          • IBM Unified Debugger Page, Project Designer
          • Packages
          • Missing Connection Definition
          • Start Debugging
          • Generate Web Methods
          • Identify Database Enabled for Web Services
          • IBM Web Service
          • Update User Information
          • Add/Modify Connection (IBM)
            • Select Table Type Filter
          • IBM Data Connection
          • Create Database
          • Drop Database
          • CLR Assemblies
          • Choose Project
          • Run Options
            • Specify Array Values
          • IBM Database Tools, Options
            • Select Table Type Filter
        • Authorities and Privileges
        • Keyboard Shortcuts
        • Troubleshooting: Obtaining a Trace in the Add-Ins
        • Support for DB2 User-Defined Data Types and Spatial Data Types
        • Glossary
    • OLE DB .NET Data Provider
      • Restrictions
      • Connection pooling
      • Time columns
      • ADORecordset objects
    • ODBC .NET Data Provider
      • Restrictions
  • OLE DB
    • IBM OLE DB Provider support for Db2 ODBC/CLI Driver properties
    • Supported application types
    • Supported thread model
    • Large object manipulation
    • Supported schema rowsets
    • OLE DB services automatically enabled by IBM OLE DB Provider
    • Supported cursor modes
    • Supported SQL data types
    • Data conversion for setting data from OLE DB types to Db2 types
    • Data conversion for setting data from Db2 types to OLE DB types
    • Restrictions
    • Support for OLE DB components and interfaces
    • Support for OLE DB properties
    • Connections to data sources
    • Connection string keywords
    • Connections to data sources with Visual Basic ADO applications
    • Updatable scrollable cursors
    • Limitations
    • IBM OLE DB Provider support for ADO methods and properties
    • C and C++ applications
      • Connections to data sources
    • COM+ distributed transactions
      • Enablement of COM+ support in DB2 Universal Database for C/C++ applications
  • CLI and ODBC
    • CLI versus ODBC
    • ODBC Data Source Administrator support for db2dsdriver.cfg file
    • IBM Data Server CLI and ODBC drivers
      • IBM Data Server Driver for ODBC and CLI
        • Connecting to databases
          • Registering ODBC data sources
          • Using security plugins
          • IBM Netezza connection through the CLI and ODBC driver
            • SQLDriverConnect() API with IBM Netezza clients
            • Compatible Netezza and CLI/ODBC driver attributes
        • Running applications
          • CLI and ODBC API support
          • XA API support
          • LDAP support
          • Restrictions
          • Diagnostic support
        • Deploying with database applications
          • License requirements
    • ODBC driver managers
      • unixODBC driver manager
        • Compiling the unixODBC Driver Manager
        • Installing the unixODBC driver manager
      • Microsoft ODBC driver manager
      • DataDirect ODBC driver manager
    • Initializing CLI applications
      • Overview of the CLI application initialization and termination phases
      • Handles
    • Data server driver configuration keywords
    • Data types
      • String handling
      • Large objects
        • LOB locators
        • Direct file input and output
        • ODBC applications
      • Long data for bulk inserts and updates
      • User-defined types
        • Distinct types
      • Data handling overview
        • Default type handling
    • Processing transactions
      • Allocating statement handles
      • Issuing SQL
      • Binding parameter markers
        • Individual values
        • Column-wise array input
        • Row-wise array input
        • Parameter diagnostics
        • Changing with offsets
        • Specifying values at execute time
      • Commit modes
      • When to call SQLEndTran()
      • Preparing and executing SQL
        • Deferred prepare
        • compound SQL (CLI)
      • Cursors
        • Considerations
      • Result sets
        • Bookmarks
        • Rowset retrieval examples
      • Retrieving data
        • Column binding
        • Specifying rowsets
        • With scrollable cursors
        • With bookmarks
          • Bulk data
        • Array retrieval
          • Column-wise retrieval
          • Row-wise retrieval
          • Changing with offsets
        • Retrieval in pieces
        • LOB data with locators
        • XML data retrieval
      • Bulk data with bookmarks
      • Importing with CLI LOAD
      • Inserts and updates
      • Updating and deleting
        • Updating bulk data with bookmarks
        • Deleting bulk data with bookmarks
      • Calling procedures from CLI
        • Calling stored procedures with array parameters from CLI applications
        • Commit behavior
      • Creating static SQL by using CLI/ODBC static profiling
        • Capture file
        • Mixed embedded SQL and CLI
      • Freeing statement resources
      • Freeing handles
    • Terminating a CLI application
    • Trusted connections through DB2 Connect
      • Creating a trusted connection through CLI
      • Switching users on a trusted connection through CLI
    • Descriptors
      • Consistency checks
      • Allocating and freeing
      • Manipulation with handles
      • Manipulation without handles
    • Querying system catalogs
      • Input arguments to catalog functions
    • Programming hints and tips
      • Reduction of network flows
    • Unicode CLI applications
      • Functions
      • Function calls to ODBC driver managers
    • Multisite updates (two phase commit)
      • ConnectType
      • Db2 as transaction manager
      • Process-based XA-compliant transaction program monitors
    • Asynchronous execution of CLI functions
      • Executing functions
    • Multithreaded CLI applications
      • Application model
      • Mixed applications
    • Vendor escape clauses
      • CLI extended scalar functions
    • Non-Java client support for high availability on IBM data servers
      • Non-Java client support for high availability for connections to Db2
        • Configuration of Db2 automatic client reroute support for applications other than Java
        • Example of enabling Db2 automatic client reroute support in non-Java clients
        • Configuration of Db2 workload balancing support for non-Java clients
        • Example of enabling Db2 workload balancing support in non-Java clients
        • Operation of automatic client reroute for connections to the Db2 server from an application other than a Java application
        • Operation of transaction-level workload balancing for connections to Db2
        • Alternate groups for connections to Db2 from non-Java clients
        • Application programming requirements for high availability connections to Db2 servers
        • Client affinities for clients that connect to Db2
          • Configuring client affinities in non-Java clients for connection to Db2
          • Example of enabling client affinities for non-Java clients for Db2 connections
      • Non-Java client support for high availability for connections to Informix servers
        • Configuration of Informix high-availability support for non-Java clients
        • Example of enabling Informix high availability support in non-Java clients
        • Operation of the automatic client reroute feature when connecting to the Informix database server server from an applications other than a Java
        • Operation of workload balancing for connections to Informix from non-Java clients
        • Application programming requirements for high availability connections to the Informix database server
        • Client affinities for connections to Informix database server from non-Java clients
          • Configuring client affinities in non-Java clients for connection to Informix database server
          • Example of enabling client affinities for non-Java clients for Informix database server connections
      • Non-Java client support for high availability for connections to Db2 for z/OS servers
        • Configuration of Sysplex workload balancing and automatic client reroute for applications other than Java
        • Example of enabling Db2 for z/OS Sysplex workload balancing and automatic client reroute in non-Java client applications
        • Operation of Sysplex workload balancing for connections from non-Java clients to Db2 for z/OS servers
        • Operation of automatic client reroute for connections to the Db2 for z/OS server from an application other than a Java application
        • Operation of transaction-level workload balancing for connections to the Db2 for z/OS data sharing group
        • Alternate groups for connections to Db2 for z/OS servers from non-Java clients
        • Application programming requirements for automatic client reroute for connections to Db2 for z/OS servers
    • XA support for a Sysplex in non-Java clients
      • Enabling XA support for a Sysplex in non-Java clients
    • Configuring your development and runtime environment
      • Setting up the ODBC environment (Linux and UNIX)
        • Sample configurations
      • Setting up the Windows CLI environment
        • Selecting a Db2 copy for Windows CLI applications
      • Configuring
        • Configuring environment variables
          • Supported environment variables
        • db2oreg1.exe overview
        • Registering with the Microsoft DTC
        • Registering with the Microsoft ODBC driver manager
      • Bind files and package names
        • Bind option limitations for CLI packages
    • Building UNIX CLI applications
      • AIX CLI application compile and link options
      • CLI application compile and link options
      • Building UNIX CLI multi-connection applications
    • Building CLI applications
      • CLI application compile and link options
      • Building CLI multi-connection applications
    • Building CLI applications with configuration files
    • Building CLI stored procedures with configuration files
    • Building UNIX CLI routines
      • AIX CLI routine compile and link options
      • CLI routine compile and link options
    • Building CLI routines
      • CLI routine compile and link options
    • CLI and ODBC functions
      • SQLAllocConnect function - Allocate connection handle
      • SQLAllocEnv function - Allocate environment handle
      • SQLAllocHandle function - Allocate handle
      • SQLAllocStmt function - Allocate a statement handle
      • SQLBindCol function - Bind a column to an application variable or LOB locator
      • SQLBindFileToCol function - Bind LOB file reference to LOB column
      • SQLBindFileToParam function - Bind LOB file reference to LOB parameter
      • SQLBindParameter function - Bind a parameter marker to a buffer or LOB locator
      • SQLBrowseConnect function - Get required attributes to connect to data source
      • SQLBulkOperations function - Add, update, delete, or fetch a set of rows
      • SQLCancel function - Cancel statement
      • SQLCloseCursor function - Close cursor and discard pending results
      • SQLColAttribute function - Return a column attribute
      • SQLColAttributes function - Get column attributes
      • SQLColumnPrivileges function - Get privileges associated with the columns of a table
      • SQLColumns function - Get column information for a table
      • SQLConnect function - Connect to a data source
      • SQLCopyDesc function - Copy descriptor information between handles
      • SQLCreateDb function - Create a database
      • SQLCreatePkg
      • SQLDataSources function - Get list of data sources
      • SQLDescribeCol function - Return a set of attributes for a column
      • SQLDescribeParam function - Return description of a parameter marker
      • SQLDisconnect function - Disconnect from a data source
      • SQLDriverConnect function (CLI) - Connect to a data source
      • SQLDropDb function - Drop a database
      • SQLEndTran function - End transactions of a connection or an environment
      • SQLError function - Retrieve error information
      • SQLExecDirect function - Execute a statement directly
      • SQLExecute function - Execute a statement
      • SQLExtendedBind function - Bind an array of columns
      • SQLExtendedFetch function - Extended fetch (fetch array of rows)
      • SQLExtendedPrepare function - Prepare a statement and set statement attributes
      • SQLExtendedProcedures function (CLI) - Get list of procedure names
      • SQLExtendedProcedureColumns function (CLI) - Get input/output parameter information for a procedure
      • SQLFetch function - Fetch next row
      • SQLFetchScroll function - Fetch rowset and return data for all bound columns
        • SQLFetchScroll() cursor positioning rules
      • SQLForeignKeys function - Get the list of foreign key columns
      • SQLFreeConnect function - Free connection handle
      • SQLFreeEnv function - Free environment handle
      • SQLFreeHandle function - Free handle resources
      • SQLFreeStmt function - Free (or reset) a statement handle
      • SQLGetConnectAttr function - Get current attribute setting
      • SQLGetConnectOption function - Return current setting of a connect option
      • SQLGetCursorName function - Get cursor name
      • SQLGetData function - Get data from a column
      • SQLGetDescField function - Get single field settings of descriptor record
      • SQLGetDescRec function - Get multiple field settings of descriptor record
      • SQLGetDiagField function - Get a field of diagnostic data
      • SQLGetDiagRec function - Get multiple fields settings of diagnostic record
      • SQLGetEnvAttr function - Retrieve current environment attribute value
      • SQLGetFunctions function - Get functions
      • SQLGetInfo function - Get general information
      • SQLGetLength function - Retrieve length of a string value
      • SQLGetPosition function - Return starting position of string
      • SQLGetSQLCA function - Get SQLCA data structure
      • SQLGetStmtAttr function - Get current setting of a statement attribute
      • SQLGetStmtOption function - Return current setting of a statement option
      • SQLGetSubString function - Retrieve portion of a string value
      • SQLGetTypeInfo function - Get data type information
      • SQLMoreResults function - Determine if there are more result sets
      • SQLNativeSql function - Get native SQL text
      • SQLNumParams function - Get number of parameters in an SQL statement
      • SQLNextResult function - Associate next result set with another statement handle
      • SQLNumResultCols function - Get number of result columns
      • SQLParamData function - Get next parameter for which a data value is needed
      • SQLParamOptions function - Specify an input array for a parameter
      • SQLPrepare function - Prepare a statement
      • SQLPrimaryKeys function - Get primary key columns of a table
      • SQLProcedureColumns function - Get input/output parameter information for a procedure
      • SQLProcedures function - Get list of procedure names
      • SQLPutData function - Pass data value for a parameter
      • SQLReloadConfig function (CLI) - Reload a configuration property from the client configuration file
      • SQLRowCount function - Get row count
      • SQLSetColAttributes function - Set column attributes
      • SQLSetConnectAttr function - Set connection attributes
      • SQLSetConnection function - Set connection handle
      • SQLSetConnectOption function - Set connection option
      • SQLSetCursorName function - Set cursor name
      • SQLSetDescField function - Set a single field of a descriptor record
      • SQLSetDescRec function - Set multiple descriptor fields for a column or parameter data
      • SQLSetEnvAttr function - Set environment attribute
      • SQLSetParam function - Bind a parameter marker to a buffer or LOB locator
      • SQLSetPos function - Set the cursor position in a rowset
      • SQLSetStmtAttr function - Set options related to a statement
      • SQLSetStmtOption function - Set statement option
      • SQLSpecialColumns function - Get special (row identifier) columns
      • SQLStatistics function - Get index and statistics information for a base table
      • SQLTablePrivileges function - Get privileges associated with a table
      • SQLTables function - Get table information
      • SQLTransact function - Transaction management
    • Return codes and SQLSTATES for CLI
      • CLI function return codes
      • SQLSTATES for CLI
      • Compound SQL (CLI) return codes
    • CLI/ODBC configuration keywords
      • db2cli.ini initialization file
      • Accesstoken
      • Accesstokentype
      • AllowGetDataLOBReaccess
      • AllowInterleavedGetData
      • AltHostName
      • Apikey
      • Accesstokentype
      • AppUsesLOBLocator
      • AppendAPIName
      • AppendForFetchOnly
      • AppendRowColToErrorMessage
      • ArrayInputChain
      • AsyncEnable
      • Attach
      • Authentication
      • AutoCommit
      • BIDI
      • BitData
      • BlockForNRows
      • BlockLobs
      • CacheUsrLibL
      • CLIPkg
      • CheckForFork
      • ClientAcctStr
      • ClientApplName
      • ClientBuffersUnboundLOBS
      • ClientCorrelationToken
      • ClientEncAlg
      • ClientUserID
      • ClientWrkStnName
      • ColumnwiseMRI
      • CommitOnEOF
      • ConcurrentAccessResolution
      • ConnectNode
      • ClientGSKitLocation
      • ConnectTimeout
      • ConnectType
      • CurrentFunctionPath
      • CurrentImplicitXMLParseOption
      • CurrentMaintainedTableTypesForOpt
      • CurrentOptimizationProfile
      • CurrentPackagePath
      • CurrentPackageSet
      • CurrentRefreshAge
      • CurrentSQLID
      • CurrentSchema
      • CursorHold
      • CursorTypes
      • DB2Degree
      • DB2Explain
      • DB2NETNamedParam
      • DB2Optimization
      • DBAlias
      • DBName
      • DSN
      • Database
      • DateTimeStringFormat
      • DecimalFloatRoundingMode
      • DeferredPrepare
      • DescribeCall
      • DescribeInputOnPrepare
      • DescribeOutputLevel
      • DescribeParam
      • DiagLevel
      • DiagPath
      • DisableKeysetCursor
      • DisableMultiThread
      • DisableUnicode
      • EnableNamedParameterSupport
      • ExtendedTableInfo
      • FET_BUF_SIZE
      • FileDSN
      • FloatPrecRadix
      • GetDataLobNoTotal
      • GranteeList
      • GrantorList
      • Graphic
      • Hostname
      • IgnoreWarnList
      • IgnoreWarnings
      • Instance
      • Interrupt
      • KRBPlugin
      • KeepDynamic
      • LOBCacheSize
      • LOBFileThreshold
      • LOBMaxColumnSize
      • LoadXAInterceptor
      • LockTimeout
      • LongDataCompat
      • MapBigintCDefault
      • MapCharToWChar
      • MapDateCDefault
      • MapDateDescribe
      • MapDecimalFloatDescribe
      • MapGraphicDescribe
      • MapTimeCDefault
      • MapTimeDescribe
      • MapTimestampCDefault
      • MapTimestampDescribe
      • MapXMLCDefault
      • MapXMLDescribe
      • MaxBlkExt
      • MaxLOBBlockSize
      • Mode
      • NotifyLevel
      • OleDbReportIsLongForLongTypes
      • OleDbReturnCharAsWChar
      • OleDbSQLColumnsSortByOrdinal
      • OnlyUseBigPackages
      • OptimizeForNRows
      • QueryPrefetch
      • PWD
      • PWDPlugin
      • Patch1
      • Patch2
      • Port
      • ProgramID
      • ProgramName
      • PromoteLONGVARtoLOB
      • Protocol
      • QueryTimeoutInterval
      • ReadCommonSectionOnNullConnect
      • ReadOnlyConnection
      • ReceiveTimeout
      • Reopt
      • ReportPublicPrivileges
      • ReportRetryErrorsAsWarnings
      • RetCatalogAsCurrServer
      • RetOleDbConnStr
      • RetryParameterBindingOnError
      • RetryOnError
      • RetryOnMERGE
      • ReturnAliases
      • ReturnSynonymSchema
      • SQLOverrideFileName
      • SaveFile
      • SchemaList
      • Security
      • ServerMsgMask
      • ServerMsgTextSP
      • ServiceName
      • SkipTrace
      • SQLCODEMAP
      • SSLClientLabel
      • SSLClientKeystash
      • SSLClientKeystoredb
      • SSLClientKeystoreDBPassword
      • SSLClientHostnameValidation
      • SSLServerCertificate
      • StaticCapFile
      • StaticLogFile
      • StaticMode
      • StaticPackage
      • StmtConcentrator
      • StreamGetData
      • StreamOutputLOBonCall
      • StreamPutData
      • SysSchema
      • TableType
      • TargetPrincipal
      • TempDir
      • TimestampTruncErrToWarning
      • Trace
      • TraceAPIList
      • TraceAPIList!
      • TraceComm
      • TraceErrImmediate
      • TraceFileName
      • TraceFlush
      • TraceFlushOnError
      • TraceLocks
      • TracePathName
      • TracePIDList
      • TracePIDTID
      • TraceRefreshInterval
      • TraceStmtOnly
      • TraceTime
      • TraceTimestamp
      • TLSVersion
      • Trusted_Connection
      • TxnIsolation
      • UID
      • Underscore
      • UseOldStpCall
      • UseServerMsgSP
      • WarningList
      • XMLDeclaration
    • Setting CLI environment, connection, and statement attributes
      • Environment attributes list
      • Connection attributes list
      • Statement attributes list
    • Descriptor FieldIdentifier argument values
    • Descriptor header and record field initialization values
    • DiagIdentifier argument values
    • SQL data types
    • C data types
    • Supported data conversions
    • SQL to C conversion
    • C to SQL conversion
    • Data type precision table
    • Data type scale table
    • Data type length table
    • Data type display table
  • DB2CI
    • IBM Data Server Driver for Db2CI
    • Building DB2CI applications
      • DB2CI application compile and link options (AIX)
      • DB2CI application compile and link options (Linux)
      • DB2CI application compile and link options (Windows)
  • Embedded SQL
    • Embedding SQL statements in a host language
      • Embedded SQL statements in C and C++ applications
      • Embedded SQL statements in FORTRAN applications
      • Embedded SQL statements in COBOL applications
      • Embedded SQL statements in REXX applications
    • Supported development software for embedded SQL applications
    • Setting up the embedded SQL development environment
    • Designing
      • Authorization considerations
      • Static and dynamic SQL statement execution in embedded SQL applications
        • Embedded SQL dynamic statements
        • Determining when to execute SQL statements statically or dynamically in embedded SQL applications
      • Performance
      • 32-bit and 64-bit support
      • Restrictions
        • Restrictions on using C and C++
        • Restrictions on using COBOL
        • Restrictions on using FORTRAN
        • Restrictions on using REXX
        • Recommendations for developing embedded SQL applications with XML and XQuery
      • Concurrent transactions and multi-threaded database access
        • Recommendations for using multiple threads
        • Code page and country or region code considerations for multi-threaded UNIX applications
        • Troubleshooting multi-threaded applications
    • Programming
      • Source files
      • Application template in C
      • Include files and definitions
        • Include files for C and C++
        • Include files for COBOL
        • Include files for FORTRAN
      • Declaring the SQLCA for error handling
      • Connecting to Db2 databases
      • Data types that map to SQL data types
        • Supported SQL data types in C and C++
          • Data types for procedures, functions, and methods in C and C++
        • Supported SQL data types in COBOL
        • Supported SQL data types in FORTRAN
        • Supported SQL data types in REXX
      • Host variables
        • Declaring host variables
        • Declaring host variables with the db2dclgn declaration generator
        • Column data types and host variables
        • Declaring XML host variables
        • Identifying XML values in an SQLDA
        • Identifying null SQL values with null indicator variables
        • Including SQLSTATE and SQLCODE host variables
        • Referencing host variables
        • Example: Referencing XML host variables
        • Host variables in C and C++
          • Declare section for host variables in C and C++
            • Host variable names in C and C++
          • Example: SQL declare section template for C and C++
          • SQLSTATE and SQLCODE variables in C and C++
          • Declaration of numeric host variables in C and C++
          • Declaration of fixed-length, null-terminated and variable-length character host variables in C and C++
          • Declaration of graphic host variables in C and C++
          • The wchar_t and sqldbchar data types for graphic data in C and C++
          • WCHARTYPE precompiler option for graphic data in C and C++
          • Declaration of VARGRAPHIC type host variables in the structured form in C and C++
          • Declaration of GRAPHIC type host variables in single-graphic and null-terminated graphic forms in C and C++
          • Declaration of large object type host variables in C and C++
          • Declaration of large object locator type host variables in C and C++
          • Declaration of file reference type host variables in C and C++
          • Declaration of host variables as pointers in C and C++
          • Declaration of class data members as host variables in C and C++
          • Declaration of binary type host variables in C, C++ embedded SQL applications
          • Embedded SQL application support of BINARY and VARBINARY
          • Scope resolution and class member operators in C and C++
          • Japanese or Traditional Chinese EUC, and UCS-2 Considerations in C and C++
          • Binary storage of variable values using the FOR BIT DATA clause in C and C++
          • Initialization of host variables in C and C++
          • Macro expansion and the DECLARE SECTION of C and C++
          • Host structure support in the declare section of C and C++
          • Null or truncation indicator variables and indicator tables in C and C++
          • Null terminated strings in C and C++
          • C and C++ host variable arrays
          • Structure arrays
          • Indicator variable arrays
        • Host variables in COBOL
          • Host variable names in COBOL
          • Declare section for host variables in COBOL
          • Example: SQL declare section template for COBOL
          • BINARY/COMP-4 data types in COBOL
          • SQLSTATE and SQLCODE Variables in COBOL
          • Declaration of numeric host variables in COBOL
          • Declaration of fixed length and variable length character host variables in COBOL
          • Declaration of fixed length and variable length graphic host variables in COBOL
          • Declaration of large object type host variables in COBOL
          • Declaration of large object locator type host variables in COBOL
          • Declaration of file reference type host variables in COBOL
          • Grouping data items using REDEFINES in COBOL
          • Japanese or Traditional Chinese EUC, and UCS-2 considerations for COBOL
          • Binary storage of variable values using the FOR BIT DATA clause in COBOL
          • Host structure support in the declare section of COBOL
          • Null-indicator variables and null or truncation indicator variable tables in COBOL
        • Host variables in FORTRAN
          • Host variable names in FORTRAN
          • Declare section for host variables in FORTRAN
          • Example: SQL declare section template for FORTRAN
          • SQLSTATE and SQLCODE variables in FORTRAN
          • Declaration of numeric host variables FORTRAN
          • Declaration of fixed-length and variable length character host variables in FORTRAN
          • Declaration of large object type host variables in FORTRAN
          • Declaration of large object locator type host variables in FORTRAN
          • Declaration of file reference type host variable in FORTRAN
          • Considerations for graphic (multi-byte) character sets in FORTRAN
          • Japanese or Traditional Chinese EUC, and UCS-2 considerations for FORTRAN
          • Null or truncation indicator variable tables in FORTRAN
        • Host variables in REXX
          • Host variable names in REXX
          • Host variable references in REXX
          • Predefined REXX variables
          • Considerations while programming REXX
          • Declaration of large object type host variables in REXX
          • Declaration of large object locator type host variables in REXX
          • Declaration of file reference type host variables in REXX
          • LOB host variable clearing in REXX
          • Null or truncation indicator variable tables in REXX
      • Considerations for using buffered inserts
        • Buffered inserts in partitioned database environments
        • Restrictions on using buffered inserts
      • Executing XQuery expressions
      • Executing SQL statements
        • Comments
        • Executing static SQL statements
        • Retrieving host variable information from the SQLDA structure
          • Declaring the SQLDA structure in a dynamically executed SQL program
          • Preparing a dynamically executed SQL statement using the minimum SQLDA structure
          • Allocating an SQLDA structure with sufficient SQLVAR entries for a dynamically executed SQL program
          • Describing a SELECT statement in a dynamically executed SQL program
          • Acquiring storage to hold a row
          • Processing the cursor in a dynamically executed SQL program
          • Allocating an SQLDA structure for a dynamically executed SQL program
          • Transferring data in a dynamically executed SQL program using an SQLDA structure
          • Processing interactive SQL statements in dynamically executed SQL programs
          • Determination of statement type in dynamically executed SQL programs
          • Processing variable-list SELECT statements in dynamically executed SQL programs
          • Saving SQL requests from end users
        • Providing variable input to dynamically executed SQL statements by using parameter markers
          • Example of a parameter markers in a dynamically executed SQL program
        • Calling procedures
          • Calling stored procedures in C and C++
          • Calling stored procedures from REXX
        • Reading and scrolling through results
          • Scrolling through previously retrieved data
          • Keeping a copy of the data
          • Retrieving data a second time
          • Row order differences between the first and second result table
          • Updating previously retrieved data
          • Selecting multiple rows using a cursor
          • Updating and deleting retrieved data in statically executed SQL Programs
          • Example of a fetch in a statically executed SQL program
        • Error message retrieval
          • Error information in the SQLCODE, SQLSTATE, and SQLWARN
          • Exit list routine considerations
          • Exception, signal, and interrupt handler considerations
        • Disconnecting
        • Embedded SQL/COBOL Support for MRI and MRF
    • Building
      • Precompilation with the PRECOMPILE command
        • Precompilation of embedded SQL applications that access more than one database server
        • Embedded SQL application packages and access plans
        • Package schema qualification using CURRENT PACKAGE PATH special register
        • Precompiler generated timestamps
        • Errors and warnings from precompilation
      • Compilation and linkage of source files containing embedded SQL
      • Binding embedded SQL packages to a database with the BIND command
        • Effect of DYNAMICRULES bind option on dynamically executed SQL
        • Using special registers to control the statement compilation environment
        • Package recreation using the BIND command and an existing bind file
        • Rebinding existing packages with the REBIND command
        • Bind considerations
        • Blocking considerations
        • Advantages of deferred binding
        • Performance improvements when using REOPT option of the BIND command
      • Binding applications and utilities (DB2 Connect)
      • Package storage and maintenance
        • Package versioning
        • Resolution of unqualified table names
      • Building embedded SQL applications using the sample build script
        • Error-checking utilities
        • Building embedded SQL applications in C and C++
          • AIX C application compile and link options
          • AIX C++ embedded SQL and Db2 API applications compile and link option
          • Linux C application compile and link options
          • Linux C++ application compile and link options
          • Windows C and C++ application compile and link options
          • Building UNIX C applications
          • Building C or C++ applications on Windows
          • Building C and C++ multi-connection applications on Windows
        • Building embedded SQL applications in COBOL
          • IBM COBOL for AIX application compile and link options
          • AIX Micro Focus COBOL application compile and link options
          • IBM COBOL for Linux application compile and link options
          • Configuring the IBM COBOL compiler on Linux
          • Building IBM COBOL applications on Linux
          • Linux Micro Focus COBOL application compile and link options
          • Windows IBM COBOL application compile and link options
          • Windows Micro Focus COBOL application compile and link options
          • Configuring the IBM COBOL compiler on AIX
          • Configuring the IBM COBOL compiler on Windows
          • Configuring the Micro Focus COBOL compiler on Windows
          • Configuring the Micro Focus COBOL compiler on Linux
          • Configuring the Micro Focus COBOL compiler on AIX
          • Building IBM COBOL applications on AIX
          • Building UNIX Micro Focus COBOL applications
          • Building IBM COBOL applications on Windows
          • Building Micro Focus COBOL applications on Windows
        • Building and running embedded SQL applications written in REXX
          • Bind files for REXX
          • Building Object REXX applications on Windows
      • Building embedded SQL applications from the command line
        • Building embedded SQL applications in C or C++ (Windows)
    • Deploying and running
      • Use of the db2dsdriver.cfg configuration file by embedded SQL applications
      • Restrictions on linking to libdb2.so
    • Compatibility features for migration
      • C and C++ host variable arrays
      • Call to a stored procedure with anonymous block
      • Call to a stored procedure with three-part name
      • CONNECT statement syntax enhancements
      • Declaration of the VARCHAR data type
      • Include-file names with double quotation marks
      • Indicator variable arrays
      • RELEASE option in ROLLBACK statements and COMMIT statements
      • Strings for the GENERIC option on the BIND command
      • String literals with PREPARE statements
      • Structure arrays
      • UNSAFENULL PRECOMPILE option
      • WHENEVER DO statements
  • Stored procedure calls in REXX
  • Java
    • Supported drivers for JDBC and SQLJ
      • IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ versions and Db2 or Db2 Connect levels
      • How to find the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ version
    • Installing, updating, or upgrading the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ on Db2 on Linux, UNIX, and Windows systems
      • DB2Binder utility
      • DB2LobTableCreator utility
      • Customization of IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ configuration properties
      • Special setup for accessing Db2 for z/OS servers from Java programs
    • JDBC application programming
      • Example of a simple JDBC application
      • How JDBC applications connect to a data source
        • Connecting to a data source using the DriverManager interface with the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
          • URL format for IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ type 4 connectivity
          • URL format for IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ type 2 connectivity
        • Connecting to a data source using the DataSource interface
        • How to determine which type of IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ connectivity to use
        • JDBC connection objects
        • Creating and deploying DataSource objects
      • Java packages for JDBC support
      • Learning about a data source using DatabaseMetaData methods
        • DatabaseMetaData methods for identifying the type of data server
        • Using DatabaseMetaData extensions to identify the Db2 Connect version and the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ version
        • DatabaseMetaData extensions for obtaining information about modules
        • Metadata for columns and parameters that are defined in code units
      • Variables in JDBC applications
      • Comments in a JDBC application
      • JDBC interfaces for executing SQL
        • Creating and modifying database objects using the Statement.executeUpdate method
        • Updating data in tables using the PreparedStatement.executeUpdate method
        • JDBC executeUpdate methods against a Db2 for z/OS server
        • Making batch updates in JDBC applications
        • Learning about parameters in a PreparedStatement using ParameterMetaData methods
          • Metadata for columns and parameters that are defined in code units
          • Learning about parameter and ResultSet columns that are defined with code units
        • Data retrieval in JDBC applications
          • Retrieving data from tables using the Statement.executeQuery method
          • Retrieving data from tables using the PreparedStatement.executeQuery method
          • Making batch queries in JDBC applications
          • Learning about a ResultSet using ResultSetMetaData methods
          • Characteristics of a JDBC ResultSet under the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
            • Specifying updatability, scrollability, and holdability for ResultSets in JDBC applications
              • Multi-row SQL operations in JDBC applications
            • Testing whether the current row of a ResultSet is a delete hole or update hole in a JDBC application
            • Inserting a row into a ResultSet in a JDBC application
            • Testing whether the current row was inserted into a ResultSet in a JDBC application
          • Retrieving rows as byte data in JDBC applications
        • Calling stored procedures in JDBC applications
          • Using named parameters in CALL statements in JDBC applications
          • Retrieving data from cursor output parameters in JDBC applications
          • Invoking stored procedures with ROW parameters in JDBC applications
          • Invoking stored procedures with ARRAY of ROW parameters in JDBC applications
          • Invoking stored procedures with nested ROW or ARRAY or ROW types in JDBC applications
          • Retrieving multiple result sets from a stored procedure in a JDBC application
            • Retrieving a known number of result sets from a stored procedure in a JDBC application
            • Retrieving an unknown number of result sets from a stored procedure in a JDBC application
            • Keeping result sets open when retrieving multiple result sets from a stored procedure in a JDBC application
            • Learning about stored procedure parameter names using DB2ParameterMetaData methods
        • LOBs in JDBC applications with the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
          • Progressive streaming with the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
          • LOB locators with the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
          • LOB operations with the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
          • Java data types for retrieving or updating LOB column data in JDBC applications
        • ROWIDs in JDBC with the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
        • Distinct types in JDBC applications
        • Invocation of stored procedures with ARRAY parameters in JDBC applications
        • Savepoints in JDBC applications
        • Retrieval of automatically generated keys in JDBC applications
          • Retrieving auto-generated keys for an INSERT statement
          • Retrieving auto-generated keys for an UPDATE, DELETE, or MERGE statement
        • Named parameter markers in JDBC applications
          • Using named parameter markers with PreparedStatement objects
          • Using named parameter markers with CallableStatement objects
        • Retrieving JSON documents from a ResultSet
        • Providing extended client information to the data source with IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ-only methods
        • Providing extended client information to the data source with client info properties
          • Client info properties support by the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
      • Extended parameter information with the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
        • Using DB2PreparedStatement methods or constants to provide extended parameter information
        • Using DB2ResultSet methods or DB2PreparedStatement constants to provide extended parameter information
      • Optimistic locking in JDBC applications
      • Compound SQL in Java applications
      • XML data in JDBC applications
        • XML column updates in JDBC applications
        • XML data retrieval in JDBC applications
        • Invocation of routines with XML parameters in Java applications
        • Java support for XML schema registration and removal
      • Bidirectional (BiDi) text layout transformation
      • Loading a Db2 for z/OS table by using an IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ method
      • Example of handling character conversion errors in a JDBC application
      • Remote external table support
        • Creating a remote external table in a JDBC application
        • Unloading data from Db2 on Linux, UNIX, and Windows systems to a remote client
        • Loading data from a remote client system
      • Transaction control in JDBC applications
        • IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ isolation levels
        • Committing or rolling back JDBC transactions
        • Default JDBC autocommit modes
      • Exceptions and warnings under the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
        • Handling an SQLException under the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
        • Handling an SQLWarning under the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
        • Retrieving information from a BatchUpdateException
      • Disconnecting from data sources in JDBC applications
    • SQLJ application programming
      • Example of a simple SQLJ application
      • Connecting to a data source using SQLJ
        • SQLJ connection technique 1: JDBC DriverManager interface
        • SQLJ connection technique 2: JDBC DriverManager interface
        • SQLJ connection technique 3: JDBC DataSource interface
        • SQLJ connection technique 4: JDBC DataSource interface
        • SQLJ connection technique 5: Use a previously created connection context
        • SQLJ connection technique 6: Use the default connection
      • Java packages for SQLJ support
      • Variables in SQLJ applications
      • Indicator variables in SQLJ applications
      • Comments in an SQLJ application
      • SQL statement execution in SQLJ applications
        • Creating and modifying database objects in an SQLJ application
        • Performing positioned UPDATE and DELETE operations in an SQLJ application
          • Iterators as passed variables for positioned UPDATE or DELETE operations in an SQLJ application
          • Making batch updates in SQLJ applications
        • Data retrieval in SQLJ applications
          • Using a named iterator in an SQLJ application
          • Using a positioned iterator in an SQLJ application
          • Multiple open iterators for the same SQL statement in an SQLJ application
          • Multiple open instances of an iterator in an SQLJ application
          • Using scrollable iterators in an SQLJ application
        • Calling stored procedures in SQLJ applications
          • Using named parameters in CALL statements in SQLJ applications
          • Retrieving data from cursor output parameters in SQLJ applications
          • Retrieving multiple result sets from a stored procedure in an SQLJ application
        • LOBs in SQLJ applications with the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
          • Java data types for retrieving or updating LOB column data in SQLJ applications
        • SQLJ and JDBC in the same application
        • Controlling the execution of SQL statements in SQLJ
        • ROWIDs in SQLJ with the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
        • TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE values in SQLJ applications
        • Distinct types in SQLJ applications
        • Invocation of stored procedures with ARRAY parameters in SQLJ applications
        • Savepoints in SQLJ applications
      • XML data in SQLJ applications
        • XML column updates in SQLJ applications
        • XML data retrieval in SQLJ applications
        • XMLCAST in SQLJ applications
      • SQLJ utilization of SDK for Java Version 5 function
      • Transaction control in SQLJ applications
        • Setting the isolation level for an SQLJ transaction
        • Committing or rolling back SQLJ transactions
      • Handling SQL errors and warnings in SQLJ applications
        • Handling SQL errors in an SQLJ application
        • Handling SQL warnings in an SQLJ application
      • Closing the connection to a data source in an SQLJ application
    • Java reactive applications for Db2 data servers
    • Security under the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
      • User ID and password security under the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
      • User ID-only security under the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
      • Encrypted password, user ID, or data security under the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
      • Kerberos security under the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
        • Requirements for Kerberos security under the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
      • IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ security plugin support
      • Use of alternative security mechanisms with the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
      • IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ trusted context support
      • IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ support for SSL
        • Configuring connections under the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ to use SSL
        • Configuring the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ to use RACF key rings for SSL certificates
        • Configuring the Java Runtime Environment to use SSL
      • Certificate authentication under the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
      • Token authentication under the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ for connections to Db2 on Linux, UNIX, and Windows systems
      • Security for preparing SQLJ applications with the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
    • Building Java database applications
      • Building JDBC applets
      • Building JDBC applications
      • Building JDBC routines
      • Building SQLJ applets
      • Building SQLJ applications
      • Java applet considerations
      • SQLJ application and applet options for UNIX
      • SQLJ application and applet options for Windows
      • Building SQL routines
      • SQLJ routine options for UNIX
      • SQLJ routine options for Windows
    • Problem diagnosis with the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
      • DB2Jcc - IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ diagnostic utility
      • Examples of using configuration properties to start a JDBC trace
      • Example of a trace program under the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
      • Techniques for monitoring IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ sysplex support
    • System monitoring for the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
      • IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ remote trace controller
        • Enabling the remote trace controller
        • Accessing the remote trace controller
    • Java client support for high availability on IBM data servers
      • Java client support for high availability for connections to Db2 on Linux, UNIX, and Windows systems servers
        • Configuration of Db2 on Linux, UNIX, and Windows systems automatic client reroute support for Java clients
        • Example of enabling Db2 on Linux, UNIX, and Windows systems automatic client reroute support in Java applications
        • Configuration of Db2 on Linux, UNIX, and Windows systems workload balancing support for Java clients
        • Example of enabling Db2 on Linux, UNIX, and Windows systems workload balancing support in Java applications
        • Operation of automatic client reroute for connections to Db2 on Linux, UNIX, and Windows systems from Java clients
        • Operation of alternate group support for connections to Db2 on Linux, UNIX, and Windows systems
        • Operation of workload balancing for connections to Db2 on Linux, UNIX, and Windows systems
        • Application programming requirements for high availability for connections to Db2 on Linux, UNIX, and Windows systems servers
        • Client affinities for Db2 on Linux, UNIX, and Windows systems
          • Configuration of client affinities for Java clients for Db2 on Linux, UNIX, and Windows systems connections
          • Example of enabling client affinities in Java clients for Db2 on Linux, UNIX, and Windows systems connections
      • Java client direct connect support for high availability for connections to Db2 for z/OS servers
        • Configuration of sysplex workload balancing and automatic client reroute for Java clients
        • Example of enabling Db2 for z/OS sysplex workload balancing and automatic client reroute in Java applications
        • Operation of sysplex workload balancing for connections from Java clients to Db2 for z/OS servers
        • Operation of automatic client reroute for connections from Java clients to Db2 for z/OS
        • Application programming requirements for high availability for connections from Java clients to Db2 for z/OS servers
    • Setting the Db2 for z/OS application compatibility for your JDBC and SQLJ applications
    • Java 2 Platform, Enterprise Edition
      • Application components of Java 2 Platform, Enterprise Edition support
      • Java 2 Platform, Enterprise Edition containers
      • Java 2 Platform, Enterprise Edition Server
      • Java 2 Platform, Enterprise Edition database requirements
      • Java Naming and Directory Interface (JNDI)
      • Java transaction management
        • Example of a distributed transaction that uses JTA methods
        • Setting the transaction timeout value for and XAResource instance
      • Enterprise Java Beans
    • JDBC and SQLJ connection pooling support
    • IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ statement caching
    • JDBC and SQLJ reference information
      • Data types that map to database data types in Java applications
        • Date, time, and timestamp values that can cause problems in JDBC and SQLJ applications
        • Data loss for timestamp data in JDBC and SQLJ applications
        • Retrieval of special values from DECFLOAT columns in Java applications
      • Properties for the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
        • Common IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ properties for all database products
        • Common IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ properties for Db2 and Db2 for z/OS servers
        • Common IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ properties for Db2 for z/OS and IBM Informix
        • Common IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ properties for IBM Informix and Db2 on Linux, UNIX, and Windows systems
        • IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ properties for Db2 on Linux, UNIX, and Windows systems
        • IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ properties for Db2 for z/OS
        • IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ properties for IBM Informix
      • IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ configuration properties
      • Driver support for JDBC APIs
      • IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ support for SQL escape syntax
      • SQLJ statement reference information
        • SQLJ clause
        • SQLJ host-expression
        • SQLJ implements-clause
        • SQLJ with-clause
        • SQLJ connection-declaration-clause
        • SQLJ iterator-declaration-clause
        • SQLJ executable-clause
        • SQLJ context-clause
        • SQLJ statement-clause
        • SQLJ SET-TRANSACTION-clause
        • SQLJ assignment-clause
        • SQLJ iterator-conversion-clause
      • Interfaces and classes in the sqlj.runtime package
        • sqlj.runtime.ConnectionContext interface
        • sqlj.runtime.ForUpdate interface
        • sqlj.runtime.NamedIterator interface
        • sqlj.runtime.PositionedIterator interface
        • sqlj.runtime.ResultSetIterator interface
        • sqlj.runtime.Scrollable interface
        • sqlj.runtime.AsciiStream class
        • sqlj.runtime.BinaryStream class
        • sqlj.runtime.CharacterStream class
        • sqlj.runtime.ExecutionContext class
        • sqlj.runtime.SQLNullException class
        • sqlj.runtime.StreamWrapper class
        • sqlj.runtime.UnicodeStream class
      • IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ extensions to JDBC
        • DBBatchUpdateException interface
        • DB2Administrator class
        • DB2BaseDataSource class
        • DB2Binder class
        • DB2CallableStatement interface
        • DB2CataloguedDatabase class
        • DB2ClientRerouteServerList class
        • DB2Connection interface
        • DB2ConnectionPool class
        • DB2ConnectionPoolDataSource class
        • DB2DatabaseMetaData interface
        • DB2Diagnosable interface
        • DB2DataSource class
        • DB2Driver class
        • DB2ExceptionFormatter class
        • DB2FileReference class
        • DB2JCCPlugin class
        • DB2JSONResultSet interface
        • DB2ParameterMetaData interface
        • DB2PooledConnection class
        • DB2PoolMonitor class
        • DB2PreparedStatement interface
        • DB2ResultSet interface
        • DB2ResultSetMetaData interface
        • DB2RowID interface
        • DB2SimpleDataSource class
        • DB2Sqlca class
        • DB2Statement interface
        • DB2SystemMonitor interface
        • DB2TraceManager class
        • DB2TraceManagerMXBean interface
        • DB2Struct interface
        • DB2Types class
        • DB2Version class
        • DB2XADataSource class
        • DB2Xml interface
        • DBTimestamp class
        • LoadResult class
      • JDBC differences between versions of the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
      • IBM Netezza connection through the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
      • Examples of ResultSetMetaData.getColumnName and ResultSetMetaData.getColumnLabel values
      • SDK for Java differences that affect the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
      • Error codes issued by the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
      • SQLSTATEs issued by the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
      • Commands for SQLJ program preparation
        • sqlj - SQLJ translator
        • db2sqljcustomize - SQLJ profile customizer
        • db2sqljbind - SQLJ profile binder
        • db2sqljprint - SQLJ profile printer
  • IBM Middleware
  • JSON
    • Client access to JSON documents
      • Key concepts
        • JSON namespaces
        • JSON collections
        • JSON documents
          • JSON nested objects
          • JSON arrays
      • Install, configure, and upgrade
        • JSON installation requirements
        • Enabling Db2 JSON
        • Configure JSON runtime parameters
        • Migrating JSON
          • Migrating the catalog table by script
          • Migrating the catalog table by command
      • Administering and troubleshooting JSON
        • Wire listener
          • Configuring the wire listener
          • Wire listener REGISTER command
          • wpListener -start -
          • wpListener -shutdown -
          • wpListener -help -
        • Enabling tracing
        • JSON properties
          • nosql.asyncMaxThreadCount
          • nosql.connectionPoolSize
          • nosql.traceFile
          • nosql.traceLevel
          • nosql.statementCacheSize
          • nosql.afq.includeID
          • nosql.caseSensitiveNames
          • nosql.multiTypedID
      • Collections
      • Connection management
      • JSON queries
        • Logical operators
        • Comparison operators
        • Data evaluation operators
        • Array operators
      • Aggregation queries
        • Aggregation tasks
          • $distinct
          • $group
          • $limit
          • $match
          • $project
          • $skip
          • $sort
          • $unwind
        • Aggregation operators
          • Logical operators
          • Comparison operators
          • Evaluation operators
      • Lazy fetches
      • Batching
      • Fire and forget mode
      • Security model
        • Wire listener authentication
        • Wire Listener Roles
        • Manage access with trusted context
        • Combine Roles and Trusted Context
      • Backups and high availability
      • Connect to a Db2 database
      • Store JSON documents in a Db2 database
      • Select JSON documents from a Db2 database
      • Create indexes on JSON fields
      • Import or export JSON data
      • JSON command-line interface (CLI)
        • Launch the CLI
        • JSON commands
          • help() - Lists help commands
          • dropDatabase() - Drops the database
          • JSON namespace commands
            • getCollectionNames() - View collection names for a schema
            • getIndexes() - View JSON indexes for all collections
            • stats() - Print summary statistics
            • timeTravel() - Set time travel queries
          • JSON collection commands
            • createCollection() - Creates a collection
            • drop() - Drop a collection
            • ensureIndex() - Creates a new index
            • exportFile() - Export JSON documents to a file
            • getIndexes() - View JSON indexes for a collection
            • importFile() - Import JSON documents from file
            • printDDL() - Print the DDL
            • remove() - Remove data from a collection
            • removeIndex() - Remove an index
            • rename() - Rename a collection
            • sampleSchema() - Return document structure
            • stats() - Prints database statistics
          • JSON document commands
            • aggregate() - Retrieve JSON documents
            • count() - Find the number of documents
            • distinct() - Find distinct values
            • find() - Find JSON document
            • findAndModify() - Find and update documents
            • findOne() - Find the first offset document
            • group() - Group values
            • insert() - Insert a JSON document
            • save() - Save a document
            • update() - Update JSON documents
    • SQL access to JSON documents
      • JSON document representation
      • Storing JSON documents
      • Working with JSON documents
      • Creating JSON documents
      • SYSTOOLS functions
        • JSON_VAL
        • JSON_LEN
        • JSON_TYPE
        • JSON_TABLE
        • JSON2BSON
        • BSON2JSON
        • JSON_UPDATE
        • JSON_GET_POS_ARR_INDEX
        • BSON_VALIDATE
  • REST endpoints
    • Downloading the REST service
    • Activating and initializing REST capability
    • Authenticating REST commands
    • Required privileges
    • Running REST without HTTPS
    • Providing a TLS certificate
    • Providing TLS key store and key stash files for your IBM Db2 REST server
    • Disabling direct SQL execution
    • Creating REST SQL services
      • Defining a REST SQL service
      • Describing a REST SQL service
      • Listing REST services
      • Granting and revoking permissions for a REST service
      • Updating or deleting a REST service
    • Creating applications that use REST services
    • Listing jobs
    • Operating a REST server
  • Node.js
    • Resources for the node-ibm_db driver
    • Installing the node-ibm_db driver on Linux and UNIX systems
    • Verifying the node-ibm_db driver installation
  • Perl
    • Perl downloads and related resources
    • Database connections
    • Fetching results
    • Parameter markers
    • SQLSTATE and SQLCODE variables
    • Restrictions
    • pureXML and Perl
    • Running Perl sample programs
    • Executing routines
  • PHP
    • PHP downloads and related resources
    • Setting up the PHP environment
      • Setting up the PHP environment for IBM Data Server products on Windows
      • Setting up the PHP environment for IBM Data Server products on Linux or UNIX
    • Application development with ibm_db2
      • Connecting to an IBM data server database
        • Trusted contexts
      • Executing SQL statements
        • Executing a single SQL statement
        • Preparing and executing SQL statements
        • Inserting large objects
      • Fetching rows or columns from result sets
      • Fetching large objects
      • Calling stored procedures
        • Retrieving multiple result sets from a stored procedure
      • Commit modes
      • Error handling functions
      • Database metadata retrieval functions
    • Application development with PDO
      • Connecting to an IBM data server database
      • Executing SQL statements
        • Executing a single SQL statement
        • Preparing and executing SQL statements
        • Inserting large objects
      • Fetching rows or columns from result sets
      • Fetching large objects
      • Calling stored procedures
        • Retrieving multiple result sets from a stored procedure
      • Commit modes
      • Handling DB2 errors and warning messages
  • Python, SQLAlchemy, and Django Framework
    • Python downloads and related resources
    • Application development with ibm_db
      • Connecting to an IBM database server
      • Executing SQL statements
        • Preparing and executing a single SQL statement
        • Preparing and executing SQL statements with variable input
      • Fetching rows or columns from result sets
      • Calling stored procedures
      • Retrieving multiple result sets from a stored procedure
      • Commit modes
      • Error-handling functions
      • Database metadata retrieval functions
  • Ruby on Rails
    • Getting started with Ruby on Rails
    • Installing the IBM_DB Ruby driver and Rails adapter as a Ruby gem
      • Verifying the IBM_DB Ruby driver installation with the interactive Ruby shell
      • Verifying the IBM_DB Rails adapter installation
    • Configuring Rails application connections to IBM data servers
    • IBM Ruby driver and trusted contexts
    • IBM_DB Rails adapter dependencies and consequences
    • The IBM_DB Ruby driver and Rails adapter are not supported on JRuby
    • Heap size considerations with Db2 on Rails
  • SCALA
  • Compatibility features
    • Compatibility features for Oracle
      • DATE data type based on TIMESTAMP(0)
      • NUMBER
      • VARCHAR2 and NVARCHAR2
      • Implicit casting for character and graphic constants
      • SQL data-access-level enforcement
      • Outer join operator
      • Hierarchical queries
        • CONNECT_BY_ROOT
        • PRIOR
        • SYS_CONNECT_BY_PATH
      • Compatibility database configuration parameters
      • ROWNUM pseudocolumn
      • DUAL table
      • Changed syntax for the TRUNCATE statement
      • Insensitive cursor
      • INOUT parameters
      • Currently committed semantics improve concurrency
      • Oracle data dictionary-compatible views
      • Support for compiling and executing PL/SQL statements and other language elements
      • Oracle database link syntax
      • Synonym usage
    • DB2_COMPATIBILITY_VECTOR registry variable
    • Setting up Db2 for Oracle application enablement
    • Terminology mapping: Oracle to Db2 products
    • Netezza to Db2 migration
      • Migrating from a Netezza system to a Db2 system
        • Planning to migrate
        • Databases, tables, and schemas
        • Data loading
        • Security
          • Migrating users, groups, and privileges
          • Privileges
        • System views
        • Migrating queries
          • Query compatibility
        • SQL functions
        • Migrating routines
        • User-defined extensions
        • Migrating workload management settings
        • Validating migration
      • Netezza and Db2 compatibility
        • Data types
          • Unsupported non-internal data types
          • Differences in non-internal data types
          • Support for internal data types
        • Backups and restores
        • Commands
        • ODBC, JDBC, OLE DB, and .NET
        • Query history and workload monitoring
        • Netezza configuration choices that impact migration
        • In-database analytics compatibility
        • SQL summary
    • Compatibility features for Netezza Platform Software (NPS)
      • Data type aliases
      • DATASLICEID pseudocolumn
      • Routines written in NZPLSQL
        • Limitations for routines written in NZPLSQL
        • NZPLSQL procedures as functions
        • Records in NZPLSQL
        • Records in a FOR...IN EXECUTE statement
        • Returning a result set
      • Using column aliases in a HAVING clause
      • Using column aliases in a WHERE clause
      • Double-dot notation
      • BETWEEN scalar functions syntax
      • TRANSLATE scalar function syntax
      • Operators
      • Grouping by SELECT clause columns
      • Expressions refer to column aliases
      • CREATE TABLE statement can use CTAS syntax
      • SUBSTR allows non-positive start values
      • AGE returns a decimal duration
      • Precision and scale for DECIMAL and NUMERIC scalar functions
      • Installing the DB SQL Extension Toolkit
      • Using DB2_REVERSE_NULL_ORDER
    • IBM Database Conversion Workbench (DCW)
  • Developing routines
    • Routines
    • Overview of routines
      • Benefits of using routines
      • Types of routines
        • Built-in and user-defined routines
          • Built-in
          • User-defined
          • Comparison of user-defined and built-in routines
          • Choosing to use built-in or user-defined routines
        • Functional types of routines
          • Procedures
          • Functions
            • Scalar functions
            • Row functions
            • Table functions
          • Methods
          • Comparison of routine functional types
          • Choosing a routine functional type
        • Implementations of routines
          • Built-in routines
          • Sourced routines
          • SQL routines
          • External routines
            • Supported APIs and programming languages
            • Comparison of APIs and programming languages
          • Comparison of routine implementations
          • Choosing a routine implementation
      • Usage of routines
        • Administering databases with built-in routines
        • Extension of SQL function support with user-defined functions
        • Auditing using SQL table functions
      • Tools for developing routines
        • IBM Data Studio routine development support
      • SQL statements that can be executed in routines and triggers
        • SQL access levels
        • Determining what SQL statements can be executed in routines
      • Portability of routines
      • Interoperability of routines
      • Performance of routines
      • Security of routines
        • Securing routines
      • Authorizations and binding of routines that contain SQL
      • Data conflicts when procedures read from or write to tables
      • Debugging compiled SQL PL and PL/SQL objects overview
    • External routines
      • External routine features
        • External function and method features
          • Scalar user-defined functions
          • External scalar function and method invocation
          • External table functions
          • External table function processing
          • Generic table functions
          • Using generic table functions
          • Java table function execution model
          • Scratchpads for external functions and external methods
          • Scratchpads for 32-bit and 64-bit operating systems
        • SQL in external routines
        • Parameter styles for external routines
          • Parameter handling
      • Supported routine programming languages
        • Comparison of APIs and programming languages
      • Performance considerations for developing routines
      • Security considerations for routines
      • Routine code page considerations
      • Application and routine support
        • 32-bit and 64-bit support for external routines
        • Performance of 32-bit routines in 64-bit environments
      • XML data type support
      • Restrictions on external routines
      • Creating external routines
        • Writing routines
        • Debugging routines
      • Library and class management considerations
        • Deployment of routine library or class files
        • Security of external routine library or class files
        • Resolution of external routine library or class files
        • Modifications to external routine library or class files
        • Backup and restore of external routine library and class files
        • Performance and library management
      • .NET common language runtime (CLR) routines
        • Supported software
        • Tools for developing .NET CLR routines
        • Designing .NET CLR routines
          • SQL data type representation
          • Parameters in .NET CLR routines
          • Returning result sets from .NET CLR routines
          • Security and execution mode settings
          • Restrictions on .NET CLR routines
        • Creating .NET CLR routines
          • Creating .NET CLR routines from the Db2 command window
        • Building .NET CLR routine code
          • Building .NET CLR routine code using sample build scripts
          • Building .NET CLR routine code from the Db2 command window
        • Debugging .NET CLR routines
          • Errors related to .NET CLR routines
        • Examples of .NET CLR routines
          • Example: C# .NET CLR procedures
          • Example: Visual Basic .NET CLR procedures
          • Examples of Visual Basic .NET CLR procedures
          • Example: XML and XQuery support in C# .NET CLR procedure
          • Example: XML and XQuery support in C procedure
          • Example: C# .NET CLR functions
      • C and C++ routines
        • Supported software (C)
        • Supported software (C++)
        • Tools for developing C and C++ routines
        • Designing C and C++ routines
          • Include file required for C and C++ routine development
          • Parameters in C and C++ routines
            • Parameter styles supported
            • Parameter null indicators
            • Parameter style SQL C and C++ procedures
            • Parameter style SQL C and C++ functions
            • Passing parameters by value and by reference
            • Parameters not required for result sets
            • The dbinfo structure routine parameter
            • Scratchpad as function parameter
            • Program type MAIN support for procedures
          • SQL data type representation
          • SQL data type handling
          • How to pass arguments to C routines
          • Graphic host variables
          • C++ type decoration
          • Returning result sets from procedures
        • Creating C and C++ routines
        • Building C and C++ routine code
          • Building C and C++ routine code using the sample bldrtn script
            • Building routines in C or C++ using the sample build script (UNIX)
            • Building C/C++ routines on Windows
          • Building C and C++ routine code from the command line
          • AIX C routine compile and link options
          • AIX C++ routine compile and link options
          • Building DB2CI applications
          • Linux C routine compile and link options
          • Linux C++ routine compile and link options
          • Windows C and C++ routine compile and link options
          • Rebuilding routine shared libraries
          • Updating the database manager configuration parameters
      • C++ UDX class-based routines
        • Creating UDX source files in C++
          • Creating a UDSF written in C++
            • Creating the C++ file for a UDSF
            • UDSF in a SQL query
          • Creating a UDTF written in C++
            • Creating the C++ file for a UDTF
            • UDTF in a SQL query
              • UDTF invocation forms
              • Specifying UDTF arguments
                • Literal expression arguments
                • Literal and columnar expression arguments
                • Table functions and visibility rules
                • Chaining table functions
            • Specifying UDTF arguments and return values
              • Registering generic return type UDTFs
          • Creating a UDAF written in C++
            • Creating the C++ file for a UDAF
            • UDAF in a SQL query
          • Information for UDX developers
            • Signatures
            • Overloading functions
            • UDX environment
            • International and Unicode characters
            • UDXs in table columns and views
            • Data type declarations for input arguments and return values
              • UDX input arguments
              • Any-size return values for UDSFs
              • Examples of UDXs that use any-size declarations
        • UDX development best practices
          • Document each UDX
          • Employ caution when creating UDXs
          • Avoid name collisions
          • Avoid UDX linkage symbol collisions
          • Avoid record size exceeded errors
          • Query optimization and UDX calls
          • Error reporting within a UDX
          • Manage dynamic memory
          • Check for nulls
          • Manage source files that contain multiple functions
          • Keep backup copies of your UDX sources
        • Sample C++ UDXs
          • Sample UDX CMyProduct
          • Sample UDX: Add 5 to Input
        • Creating and using a temporary storage area (CPad)
          • Uses of a CPad
          • Content restrictions for a CPad
          • Using a CPad
            • Defining CPad content
            • Creating a CPad
            • Processing data in a CPad
            • Calling a UDX that uses a CPad
          • Special considerations for UDXs that use a CPad
          • CPad functions and macros
            • allocate()
            • deallocate()
            • getObjectSize()
            • getPad()
            • getRootObject()
            • getTotalSize()
            • isObjectArray()
            • isUserQuery()
            • PAD_DELETE()
            • PAD_NEW()
            • setRootObject()
          • Examples of UDXs that use CPads
            • string_pad_create.cpp
            • string_pad_get.cpp
            • string_pad_size.cpp
            • padcounter.cpp
        • C++ UDX reference information
          • Data types
            • bigint
            • boolean
            • char
            • date
            • double
            • integer
            • real
            • smallint
            • time
            • varchar
          • UDX arguments
          • UDA state arguments
          • Logging methods
          • Memory management methods
          • UDX return value macros
          • UDX environment methods
          • UDSF return-value sizer methods
            • sizerReturnType()
            • numSizerArgs()
            • sizerArgType()
            • sizerStringArgSize()
            • sizerNumericArgPrecision()
            • sizerNumericArgScale()
            • sizerStringSizeValue()
            • sizerNumericSizeValue()
            • isSizerArgConstant()
            • sizerGetConstantArg()
            • calculateSize()
          • UDTF column return methods
          • UDTF shaper methods
          • UDTF table shaper methods
            • calculateShape()
            • addOutputColumn()
            • numOutputColumns()
            • getOutputColumn()
            • isSystemCaseUpper()
            • getType()
            • getSize()
            • getPrecision()
            • getScale()
            • getName()
      • COBOL procedures
        • Supported software
        • Supported SQL data types in COBOL embedded SQL applications
        • AIX IBM COBOL routine compile and link options
        • Linux IBM COBOL routine compile and link options
        • AIX Micro Focus COBOL routine compile and link options
        • Linux Micro Focus COBOL routine compile and link options
        • Windows IBM COBOL routine compile and link options
        • Windows Micro Focus COBOL routine compile and link options
        • Building IBM COBOL routines on AIX
        • Building UNIX Micro Focus COBOL routines
        • Building IBM COBOL routines on Windows
        • Building Micro Focus COBOL routines on Windows
      • Java routines
        • Supported software
        • JDBC and SQLJ API support
        • Specifying JDK for Java routine development (Linux and UNIX)
        • Specification of a driver for Java routines
        • Tools for developing Java routines
        • Designing Java routines
          • SQL data type representation
          • Connection contexts in SQLJ routines
          • Parameters in Java routines
            • Parameter style JAVA procedures
            • Parameter style JAVA functions
            • Parameter style DB2GENERAL routines
              • DB2GENERAL UDFs
              • Supported SQL data types in DB2GENERAL routines
              • Java classes for DB2GENERAL routines
                • DB2GENERAL Java class: COM.ibm.db2.app.StoredProc
                • DB2GENERAL Java class: COM.ibm.db2.app.UDF
                • DB2GENERAL Java class: COM.ibm.db2.app.Lob
                • DB2GENERAL Java class: COM.ibm.db2.app.Blob
                • DB2GENERAL Java class: COM.ibm.db2.app.Clob
          • Passing parameters of data type ARRAY to Java routines
          • Returning result sets from Java (JDBC) procedures
          • Returning result sets from Java (SQLJ) procedures
          • Retrieving procedure result sets in Java (JDBC) applications and procedures
          • Retrieving procedure result sets in Java (SQLJ) applications and procedures
          • Restrictions on Java routines
          • Java table function execution model
        • Creating Java routines
          • Creating Java routines from the command line
        • Building Java routine code
          • Building JDBC routines
          • Building SQLJ routines
          • SQLJ routine options for Linux and UNIX
          • SQLJ routine options for Windows
        • Deploying Java routines
          • JAR file administration
          • Updating Java routines
        • Examples of Java (JDBC) routines
          • Example: Array data type in Java (JDBC) procedure
          • Example: XML and XQuery support in Java (JDBC) procedure
      • OLE automation routines
        • Creating OLE automation routines
        • OLE routine object instances and scratchpad considerations
        • SQL data type representations
        • OLE automation routines in BASIC and C++
      • OLE DB user-defined table functions
        • Creating an OLE DB table UDF
        • Fully qualified rowset names
        • Supported SQL data types in OLE DB
      • Creating UDXs in Python
        • Creating UDX source files in Python
          • Creating a UDSF written in Python
          • Creating a UDTF written in Python
          • Creating a UDAF written in Python
      • Creating UDXs in R
        • Creating UDX source files in R
          • Creating a UDSF written in R
          • Creating a UDTF written in R
          • Creating a UDAF written in R
          • Deploying a UDX written in R
          • R UDX Troubleshooting
        • Data types
    • Invoking routines
      • Authorizations and binding of routines that contain SQL
      • Routine names and paths
      • Nested routine invocations
      • Invoking 32-bit routines on a 64-bit database server
      • References to procedures
        • Calling procedures
          • Calling procedures from applications or external routines
          • Calling procedures from triggers or SQL routines
          • Calling stored procedures from the CLP
          • Calling stored procedures from CLI applications
            • Calling stored procedures with array parameters from CLI applications
          • Procedure result sets
            • Result sets from SQL data changes using cursors
      • References to functions
        • Function selection
        • Distinct types as UDF or method parameters
        • LOB values as UDF parameters
        • Invoking scalar functions or methods
        • Invoking user-defined table functions
  • SQL PL support
    • Inline SQL PL
    • SQL PL in SQL procedures
    • Inline SQL functions, triggers, and compound SQL statements
    • Error location in the SQLCA structure
    • Anchored data type
      • Features
      • Restrictions
      • Anchored variables
      • Declaring local variables
      • Examples: Anchored data type use
        • Example: Variable declarations of anchored data types
        • Example: Anchored data type use in SQL procedures
    • Row data types
      • Features
      • Restrictions
      • Row variables
      • Creating row variables
        • Creating a row data type
        • Declaring local variables
      • Assigning values to variables
        • Supported value assignments
        • Using the SET statement
        • Using SELECT INTO, VALUES, or FETCH statements
      • Comparing row variables and row field values
      • Referencing row values
        • Referencing row variables
        • Referencing row fields
        • Referencing row variables in INSERT statements
      • Passing rows as routine parameters
      • Dropping a row data type
      • Examples: Row data type use
        • Example: Row data type use in a CLP script
        • Example: Row data type use in an SQL procedure
        • Example: Row data type use in an SQL function
    • Array data types
      • Comparison of arrays and associative arrays
      • Ordinary array data type
        • Features
        • Restrictions
        • Array variables
        • Creating array variables
          • Creating an array data type (CREATE TYPE statement)
          • Declaring local variables
        • Assigning array values
          • Assigning array values using the subindex and literal values
        • Retrieving array values
          • Retrieving array values using an index
          • Retrieving the number of array elements
          • Retrieving the first and last array elements
          • Retrieving the next and previous array elements
        • Trimming the array (TRIM_ARRAY function)
        • Deleting an array element (ARRAY_DELETE)
        • Determining if an array element exists
        • Array support in SQL procedures
      • Associative array data type
        • Features of associative arrays
        • Restrictions on associative array data types
        • Creating an associative array data type
        • Declaring associative array data type variables
        • Assigning values to arrays using array indices and literal values
    • Cursor data types
      • Overview
        • Types
        • Restrictions on use
        • Privileges related to use
      • Cursor variables
      • Cursor attributes
      • Creating cursor variables
        • Creating cursor data types
        • Declaring local variables of type cursor
      • Assigning values to cursor variables
      • Referencing cursor variables
      • Determining the number of fetched rows for a cursor
      • Example: Cursor variable use
        • Cursor variable use within an SQL procedure
    • SQL routines
      • Overview of SQL routines
        • SQL routine CREATE statements
        • Determining when to use SQL routines or external routines
        • Determining when to use SQL procedures or SQL functions
        • Determining when to use SQL routines or dynamically prepared compound SQL statements
        • Rewriting SQL procedures as SQL functions
      • SQL procedures
        • Features of SQL procedures
        • Designing SQL procedures
          • Parts of SQL procedures
          • Structure of SQL procedures
          • Parameters
          • Parameter markers
          • Variables
          • SQLCODE and SQLSTATE variables
          • Compound statements and scope of variables in SQL procedures
          • Cursors
          • Control flow statements in SQL procedures
            • Variable related statements
            • Conditional statements
              • CASE statement in SQL procedures
              • IF statement in SQL procedures
            • Looping statements
              • FOR statement in SQL procedures
              • LOOP statement in SQL procedures
              • WHILE statement in SQL procedures
              • REPEAT statement in SQL procedures
            • Transfer of control statements in SQL procedures
              • GOTO statement in SQL procedures
              • ITERATE statement in SQL procedures
              • LEAVE statement in SQL procedures
              • RETURN statement in SQL procedures
            • Condition handlers
          • Returning result sets from SQL procedures
          • Receiving procedure result sets in SQL routines
        • Creating SQL procedures
          • Creating SQL procedures from the command line processor
          • Customizing precompile and bind options for compiled SQL objects
        • Improving the performance of SQL procedures
      • SQL functions
        • Features of SQL functions
        • Designing SQL functions
          • Inlined SQL functions and compiled SQL functions
          • Restrictions on SQL functions
        • Creating SQL scalar functions
        • Creating SQL table functions
    • Compound statements
      • Creating compound statements
  • PL/SQL support
    • PL/SQL features
    • Creating PL/SQL procedures and functions from a CLP script
    • Restrictions on PL/SQL support
    • PL/SQL sample schema
    • Obfuscation
    • Blocks (PL/SQL)
      • Anonymous block statement (PL/SQL)
    • Procedures (PL/SQL)
      • CREATE PROCEDURE statement (PL/SQL)
      • Procedure references (PL/SQL)
      • Function invocation syntax support (PL/SQL)
    • Functions (PL/SQL)
      • CREATE FUNCTION statement (PL/SQL)
      • Function references (PL/SQL)
    • Collection, record, and object types (PL/SQL)
      • VARRAY collection type declaration (PL/SQL)
      • CREATE TYPE (VARRAY) statement (PL/SQL)
      • CREATE TYPE (Nested table) statement (PL/SQL)
      • Records (PL/SQL)
      • CREATE TYPE (Object) statement (PL/SQL)
      • Associative arrays (PL/SQL)
      • Collection methods (PL/SQL)
    • Variables (PL/SQL)
      • Variable declarations (PL/SQL)
      • Parameter modes (PL/SQL)
      • Data types (PL/SQL)
      • %TYPE attribute in variable declarations (PL/SQL)
      • SUBTYPE definitions (PL/SQL)
      • %ROWTYPE attribute in record type declarations (PL/SQL)
    • Basic statements (PL/SQL)
      • NULL statement (PL/SQL)
      • Assignment statement (PL/SQL)
      • EXECUTE IMMEDIATE statement (PL/SQL)
      • SQL statements (PL/SQL)
      • BULK COLLECT INTO clause (PL/SQL)
      • RETURNING INTO clause (PL/SQL)
      • Statement attributes (PL/SQL)
    • Control statements (PL/SQL)
      • IF statement (PL/SQL)
      • CASE statement (PL/SQL)
        • Simple CASE statement (PL/SQL)
        • Searched CASE statement (PL/SQL)
      • Loops (PL/SQL)
        • FOR (cursor variant) statement (PL/SQL)
        • FOR (integer variant) statement (PL/SQL)
        • FORALL statement (PL/SQL)
        • EXIT statement (PL/SQL)
        • LOOP statement (PL/SQL)
        • WHILE statement (PL/SQL)
        • CONTINUE statement (PL/SQL)
      • Exception handling (PL/SQL)
      • Raise application error (PL/SQL)
      • RAISE statement (PL/SQL)
      • Oracle-Db2 error mapping (PL/SQL)
    • Cursors (PL/SQL)
      • Static cursors (PL/SQL)
        • Parameterized cursors (PL/SQL)
        • Opening a cursor (PL/SQL)
        • Fetching rows from a cursor (PL/SQL)
        • Closing a cursor (PL/SQL)
        • Using %ROWTYPE with cursors (PL/SQL)
        • Cursor attributes (PL/SQL)
      • Cursor variables (PL/SQL)
        • SYS_REFCURSOR cursor variables (PL/SQL)
        • User-defined REF CURSOR type variables (PL/SQL)
        • Dynamic queries with cursor variables (PL/SQL)
        • Example: Returning a REF CURSOR from a procedure (PL/SQL)
        • Example: Modularizing cursor operations (PL/SQL)
    • Triggers (PL/SQL)
      • Types of triggers (PL/SQL)
      • Trigger variables (PL/SQL)
      • Trigger event predicates (PL/SQL)
      • Transactions and exceptions (PL/SQL)
      • CREATE TRIGGER statement (PL/SQL)
      • Dropping triggers (PL/SQL)
      • Examples: Triggers (PL/SQL)
    • Packages (PL/SQL)
      • Package components (PL/SQL)
      • Creating packages (PL/SQL)
        • Creating package specifications (PL/SQL)
        • CREATE PACKAGE statement (PL/SQL)
        • Creating the package body (PL/SQL)
        • CREATE PACKAGE BODY statement (PL/SQL)
      • Referencing package objects (PL/SQL)
        • Packages with user-defined types (PL/SQL)
      • Dropping packages (PL/SQL)
  • Modules
    • Features of modules
    • Uses of modules
    • Restrictions on modules
    • Creating modules
      • Creating objects in modules
      • Adding implementations for routine prototypes in a module
      • Initialization of modules using the SYS_INIT procedure
    • Granting and revoking privileges on modules
    • Dropping modules
      • Dropping objects in a module
    • Referencing objects defined in modules
    • Built-in modules
      • DBMS_ALERT module
        • REGISTER procedure - register to receive a specified alert
        • REMOVE procedure - remove registration for a specified alert
        • REMOVEALL procedure - remove registration for all alerts
        • SET_DEFAULTS procedure - set the polling interval for WAITONE and WAITANY
        • SIGNAL procedure - signal occurrence of a specified alert
        • WAITANY procedure - wait for any registered alerts
        • WAITONE procedure - wait for a specified alert
      • DBMS_APPLICATION_INFO module
        • READ_CLIENT_INFO procedure - read and return client information
        • READ_MODULE procedure - read and return module name
        • SET_CLIENT_INFO procedure - set and register client information
        • SET_MODULE procedure - set and register module name
        • SET_ACTION procedure - set and register module action name
        • SET_SESSION_LONGOPS procedure - set and register progress of long operations
      • DBMS_DDL module
        • WRAP function
        • CREATE_WRAPPED procedure
      • DBMS_JOB module
        • BROKEN procedure - set the state of a job to either broken or not broken
        • CHANGE procedure - modify job attributes
        • INTERVAL procedure - set run frequency
        • NEXT_DATE procedure - set the date and time when a job is run
        • REMOVE procedure - delete the job definition from the database
        • RUN procedure - force a broken job to run
        • SUBMIT procedure - create a job definition and store it in the database
        • WHAT procedure - change the SQL statement run by a job
      • DBMS_LOB module
        • APPEND procedures - append one large object to another
        • CLOSE procedures - close an open large object
        • COMPARE function - compare two large objects
        • CONVERTTOBLOB procedure - convert character data to binary
        • CONVERTTOCLOB procedure - convert binary data to character
        • COPY procedures - copy one large object to another
        • ERASE procedures - erase a portion of a large object
        • GET_STORAGE_LIMIT function - return the limit on the largest allowable large object
        • GETLENGTH function - return the length of the large object
        • INSTR function - return the location of the nth occurrence of a given pattern
        • ISOPEN function - test if the large object is open
        • OPEN procedures - open a large object
        • READ procedures - read a portion of a large object
        • SUBSTR function - return a portion of a large object
        • TRIM procedures - truncate a large object to the specified length
        • WRITE procedures - write data to a large object
        • WRITEAPPEND procedures - append data to the end of a large object
      • DBMS_LOCK module
        • ALLOCATE_UNIQUE procedure - allocates unique lock handle for specified lock name
        • CONVERT function - converts the lock mode of an acquired lock
        • RELEASE function - releases an acquired lock
        • REQUEST function - requests a lock based on the lock ID or lock handle
        • SLEEP procedure - suspends execution of current session for specified duration
      • DBMS_OUTPUT module
        • DISABLE procedure - disable the message buffer
        • ENABLE procedure - enable the message buffer
        • GET_LINE procedure - get a line from the message buffer
        • GET_LINES procedure - get multiple lines from the message buffer
        • NEW_LINE procedure - put an end-of-line character sequence in the message buffer
        • PUT procedure - put a partial line in the message buffer
        • PUT_LINE procedure - put a complete line in the message buffer
      • DBMS_PIPE module
        • CREATE_PIPE function - create a pipe
        • NEXT_ITEM_TYPE function - return the data type code of the next item
        • PACK_MESSAGE function - put a data item in the local message buffer
        • PACK_MESSAGE_RAW procedure - put a data item of type RAW in the local message buffer
        • PURGE procedure - remove unreceived messages from a pipe
        • RECEIVE_MESSAGE function - get a message from a specified pipe
        • REMOVE_PIPE function - delete a pipe
        • RESET_BUFFER procedure - reset the local message buffer
        • SEND_MESSAGE procedure - send a message to a specified pipe
        • UNIQUE_SESSION_NAME function - return a unique session name
        • UNPACK_MESSAGE procedures - get a data item from the local message buffer
      • DBMS_RANDOM module
        • SEED procedure
        • SEED_STRING procedure
        • INITIALIZE procedure
        • TERMINATE procedure
        • RANDOM function
        • VALUE function
        • STRING function
        • NORMAL function
      • DBMS_SQL module
        • BIND_VARIABLE_BLOB procedure - bind a BLOB value to a variable
        • BIND_VARIABLE_CHAR procedure - bind a CHAR value to a variable
        • BIND_VARIABLE_CLOB procedure - bind a CLOB value to a variable
        • BIND_VARIABLE_DATE procedure - bind a DATE value to a variable
        • BIND_VARIABLE_DOUBLE procedure - bind a DOUBLE value to a variable
        • BIND_VARIABLE_INT procedure - bind an INTEGER value to a variable
        • BIND_VARIABLE_NUMBER procedure - bind a NUMBER value to a variable
        • BIND_VARIABLE_RAW procedure - bind a RAW value to a variable
        • BIND_VARIABLE_TIMESTAMP procedure - bind a TIMESTAMP value to a variable
        • BIND_VARIABLE_VARCHAR procedure - bind a VARCHAR value to a variable
        • CLOSE_CURSOR procedure - close a cursor
        • COLUMN_VALUE_BLOB procedure - return a BLOB column value into a variable
        • COLUMN_VALUE_CHAR procedure - return a CHAR column value into a variable
        • COLUMN_VALUE_CLOB procedure - return a CLOB column value into a variable
        • COLUMN_VALUE_DATE procedure - return a DATE column value into a variable
        • COLUMN_VALUE_DOUBLE procedure - return a DOUBLE column value into a variable
        • COLUMN_VALUE_INT procedure - return an INTEGER column value into a variable
        • COLUMN_VALUE_LONG procedure - return a LONG column value into a variable
        • COLUMN_VALUE_NUMBER procedure - return a DECFLOAT column value into a variable
        • COLUMN_VALUE_RAW procedure - return a RAW column value into a variable
        • COLUMN_VALUE_TIMESTAMP procedure - return a TIMESTAMP column value into a variable
        • COLUMN_VALUE_VARCHAR procedure - return a VARCHAR column value into a variable
        • DEFINE_COLUMN_BLOB procedure - define a BLOB column in the SELECT list
        • DEFINE_COLUMN_CHAR procedure - define a CHAR column in the SELECT list
        • DEFINE_COLUMN_CLOB procedure - define a CLOB column in the SELECT list
        • DEFINE_COLUMN_DATE procedure - define a DATE column in the SELECT list
        • DEFINE_COLUMN_DOUBLE procedure - define a DOUBLE column in the SELECT list
        • DEFINE_COLUMN_INT procedure - define an INTEGER column in the SELECT list
        • DEFINE_COLUMN_LONG procedure - define a LONG column in the SELECT list
        • DEFINE_COLUMN_NUMBER procedure - define a DECFLOAT column in the SELECT list
        • DEFINE_COLUMN_RAW procedure - define a RAW column or expression in the SELECT list
        • DEFINE_COLUMN_TIMESTAMP procedure - define a TIMESTAMP column in the SELECT list
        • DEFINE_COLUMN_VARCHAR procedure - define a VARCHAR column in the SELECT list
        • DESCRIBE_COLUMNS procedure - retrieve a description of the columns in a SELECT list
        • DESCRIBE_COLUMNS2 procedure - retrieve a description of the columns in a SELECT list
        • EXECUTE procedure - run a parsed SQL statement
        • EXECUTE_AND_FETCH procedure - run a parsed SELECT command and fetch one row
        • FETCH_ROWS procedure - retrieve a row from a cursor
        • IS_OPEN function - Check whether a cursor is open
        • IS_OPEN procedure - Check whether a cursor is open
        • LAST_ROW_COUNT procedure - return the cumulative number of rows fetched
        • OPEN_CURSOR procedure - open a cursor
        • PARSE procedure - parse an SQL statement
        • VARIABLE_VALUE_BLOB procedure - return the value of a BLOB INOUT or OUT parameter.
        • VARIABLE_VALUE_CHAR procedure - return the value of a CHAR INOUT or OUT parameter
        • VARIABLE_VALUE_CLOB procedure - return the value of a CLOB INOUT or OUT parameter
        • VARIABLE_VALUE_DATE procedure - return the value of a DATE INOUT or OUT parameter
        • VARIABLE_VALUE_DOUBLE procedure - return the value of a DOUBLE INOUT or OUT parameter
        • VARIABLE_VALUE_INT procedure - return the value of an INTEGER INOUT or OUT parameter
        • VARIABLE_VALUE_NUMBER procedure - return the value of a DECFLOAT INOUT or OUT parameter
        • VARIABLE_VALUE_RAW procedure - return the value of a BLOB(32767) INOUT or OUT parameter
        • VARIABLE_VALUE_TIMESTAMP procedure - return the value of a TIMESTAMP INOUT or OUT parameter
        • VARIABLE_VALUE_VARCHAR procedure - return the value of a VARCHAR INOUT or OUT parameter
      • DBMS_STATS module
        • CREATE_STAT_TABLE procedure - creates a table for statistics
        • DELETE_COLUMN_STATS procedure - deletes column statistics
        • DELETE_INDEX_STATS procedure - deletes index statistics
        • DELETE_TABLE_STATS procedure - deletes table statistics
        • GATHER_INDEX_STATS procedure - collects index statistics
        • GATHER_SCHEMA_STATS procedure - collects schema statistics
        • GATHER_TABLE_STATS procedure - collects table statistics
        • GET_COLUMN_STATS procedure - retrieves column statistics
        • GET_INDEX_STATS procedure - retrieves index statistics
        • GET_TABLE_STATS procedure - retrieves table statistics
        • SET_COLUMN_STATS procedure - sets column statistics
        • SET_INDEX_STATS procedure - sets statistics for the index
        • SET_TABLE_STATS procedure - sets statistics for the table
      • DBMS_UTILITY module
        • ANALYZE_DATABASE procedure - gather statistics on tables, clusters, and indexes
        • ANALYZE_PART_OBJECT procedure - gather statistics on a partitioned table or partitioned index
        • ANALYZE_SCHEMA procedure - gather statistics on schema tables, clusters, and indexes
        • CANONICALIZE procedure - canonicalize a string
        • COMMA_TO_TABLE procedures - convert a comma-delimited list of names into a table of names
        • COMPILE_SCHEMA procedure - compile all functions, procedures, triggers, and packages in a schema
        • DB_VERSION procedure - retrieve the database version
        • EXEC_DDL_STATEMENT procedure - run a DDL statement
        • FORMAT_CALL_STACK function - return a description of the current call stack
        • FORMAT_ERROR_BACKTRACE function - return a description of the call stack at time of most recent error
        • GET_CPU_TIME function - retrieve the current CPU time
        • GET_DEPENDENCY procedure - list objects dependent on the specified object
        • GET_HASH_VALUE function - compute a hash value for a given string
        • GET_TIME function - return the current time
        • NAME_RESOLVE procedure - obtain the schema and other membership information for a database object
        • NAME_TOKENIZE procedure - parse the given name into its component parts
        • TABLE_TO_COMMA procedures - convert a table of names into a comma-delimited list of names
        • VALIDATE procedure - change an invalid routine into a valid routine
      • MONREPORT module
        • CONNECTION procedure - Generate a report on connection metrics
        • CURRENTAPPS procedure- Generate a report of point-in-time application processing metrics
        • CURRENTSQL procedure - Generate a report that summarizes activities
        • DBSUMMARY procedure - Generate a summary report of system and application performance metrics
        • LOCKWAIT procedure - Generate a report of current lock waits
        • PKGCACHE procedure - Generate a summary report of package cache metrics
      • UTL_DIR module
        • CREATE_DIRECTORY procedure - create a directory alias
        • CREATE_OR_REPLACE_DIRECTORY procedure - create or replace a directory alias
        • DROP_DIRECTORY procedure - drop a directory alias
        • GET_DIRECTORY_PATH procedure - get the path for a directory alias
      • UTL_FILE module
        • FCLOSE procedure - close an open file
        • FCLOSE_ALL procedure - close all open files
        • FCOPY procedure - copy text from one file to another
        • FFLUSH procedure - flush unwritten data to a file
        • FOPEN function - open a file
        • FREMOVE procedure - remove a file
        • FRENAME procedure - rename a file
        • GET_LINE procedure
        • IS_OPEN function - determine whether a specified file is open
        • NEW_LINE procedure - write an end-of-line character sequence to a file
        • PUT procedure - write a string to a file
        • PUT_LINE procedure - write a single line to a file
        • PUTF procedure - write a formatted string to a file
        • UTL_FILE.FILE_TYPE
      • UTL_MAIL module
        • SEND procedure - send an e-mail to an SMTP server
        • SEND_ATTACH_RAW procedure - send an e-mail with a BLOB attachment
        • SEND_ATTACH_VARCHAR2 procedure - send an e-mail with a VARCHAR attachment
      • UTL_RAW module
        • BIT_AND routine - returns result of AND operation against input values
        • BIT_OR routine- returns result of OR operation against input values
        • BIT_XOR routine- returns result of XOR operation against input values
        • BIT_COMPLEMENT routine - returns result of COMPLEMENT operation on input value
        • COMPARE routine - Returns result of COMPARE of two input values
        • CAST_TO_RAW function - casts a VARCHAR value to a VARBINARY value
        • CAST_TO_VARCHAR2 function - casts a VARBINARY value to VARCHAR2 value
        • CAST_FROM_NUMBER function - casts a DECFLOAT value to VARBINARY value
        • CAST_TO_NUMBER function - casts a VARBINARY value to a DECFLOAT value
        • CONCAT function - concatenates VARBINARY values into a single value
        • COPIES function - returns concatenated VARBINARY value N times
        • LENGTH function - returns the length of a VARBINARY value
        • REVERSE function - reverses a VARBINARY value
        • SUBSTR function - returns part of a VARBINARY value
        • CAST_FROM_BINARY_DOUBLE function - casts a DOUBLE value to a VARBINARY value
        • CAST_FROM_BINARY_FLOAT function - casts a FLOAT value to a VARBINARY value
        • CAST_FROM_BINARY_INTEGER function - casts an INTEGER value to a VARBINARY value
        • CAST_TO_BINARY_DOUBLE function - casts a VARBINARY value to a DOUBLE value
        • CAST_TO_BINARY_FLOAT function - casts a VARBINARY value to a FLOAT value
        • CAST_TO_BINARY_INTEGER function - casts a VARBINARY value to an INTEGER value
      • UTL_SMTP module
        • CLOSE_DATA procedure - end an e-mail message
        • COMMAND procedure - run an SMTP command
        • COMMAND_REPLIES procedure - run an SMTP command with multiple reply lines
        • DATA procedure - specify the body of an e-mail message
        • EHLO procedure - perform initial handshaking with an SMTP server and return extended information
        • HELO procedure - perform initial handshaking with an SMTP server
        • HELP procedure - send the HELP command
        • MAIL procedure - start a mail transaction
        • NOOP procedure - send the null command
        • OPEN_CONNECTION function - return a connection handle to an SMTP server
        • OPEN_CONNECTION procedure - open a connection to an SMTP server
        • OPEN_DATA procedure - send the DATA command to the SMTP server
        • QUIT procedure - close the session with the SMTP server
        • RCPT procedure - provide the e-mail address of the recipient
        • RSET procedure - end the current mail transaction
        • VRFY procedure - validate and verify the recipient's e-mail address
        • WRITE_DATA procedure - write a portion of an e-mail message
        • WRITE_RAW_DATA procedure - add RAW data to an e-mail message
  • Application development considerations
    • Multicultural support and SQL statements
    • Derivation of locales in application programs
    • Date and time formats by territory code
    • Remote routines
    • Package names in mixed environments
    • CLI, ODBC, JDBC, and SQLJ programs in DBCS environments
    • Application development in unequal code page situations
    • Applications connected to Unicode databases
  • Character conversion between different code pages
    • Character conversion
    • When code page conversion occurs
    • Supported conversions
    • Conversion expansion factor
    • Code page conversion string-length overflow in mixed code set environments
    • Character conversion considerations for EUC Traditional Chinese code page 964
    • Character conversion guidelines
    • Enabling and disabling euro symbol support
    • Conversion table files for euro-enabled code pages
    • Conversion tables for code pages 923 and 924
    • Alternative Unicode conversion tables
      • Alternative Unicode conversion table for CCSID 943
        • Replacing the Unicode conversion table for CCSID 943 with the Microsoft conversion table
      • Alternative Unicode conversion table for CCSID 954
        • Replacing the Unicode conversion table for CCSID 954 with the Microsoft conversion table
      • Alternative Unicode conversion table for CCSID 5026 and CCSID 1390
        • Replacing the Unicode conversion table for CCSID 5026 with the Microsoft conversion table
        • Replacing the Unicode conversion table for CCSID 1390 with the Microsoft conversion table
      • Alternative Unicode conversion table for CCSID 5035 or CCSID 1399
        • Replacing the Unicode conversion table for CCSID 5035 with the Microsoft conversion table
        • Replacing the Unicode conversion table for CCSID 1399 with the Microsoft conversion table
      • Alternative Unicode conversion table for CCSID 5039
        • Replacing the Unicode conversion table for CCSID 5039 with the Microsoft conversion table
      • Alternative Unicode conversion table for CCSID 1388
        • Replacing the Unicode conversion table for CCSID 1388 with the conversion table
      • Code page 1394 and Unicode conversion
        • Replacing default conversion table for code page 937 to code page 950
  • Japanese and Traditional Chinese EUC and UCS-2 code set considerations
    • Mixed EUC and double-byte clients and databases
    • Graphic data in Japanese or Traditional Chinese EUC applications
    • Client-based parameter validation in a mixed code set environment
    • DESCRIBE statement in mixed code set environments
    • Fixed-length and variable-length data in mixed code set environments
    • Japanese and traditional-Chinese extended UNIX code (EUC) considerations
    • Windows clients connecting to code page 950 databases
    • Converting a code page 950 database containing HKSCS data to a Unicode database
  • Enabling support for bidirectional scripts
    • Bidirectional-specific CCSIDs
    • Bidirectional support with Db2 Connect
  • Sample files
  • Setting up the SAMPLE database
  • The sample database
    • Creating the SAMPLE database
    • Creating the SAMPLE database on Host or System i servers
    • Cataloging the SAMPLE database
    • Binding the SAMPLE database utilities
    • Dropping the SAMPLE database
  • CLI samples
    • AIX
    • Linux
    • Windows
  • C samples
    • AIX
    • Linux
    • Windows
  • C++ samples
    • AIX
    • Linux
    • Windows
  • C# samples
    • Windows README
  • Command Line Processor (CLP) samples
    • README
  • COBOL samples
    • AIX - IBM COBOL
    • AIX - Micro Focus COBOL
    • Linux - Micro Focus COBOL
    • Windows - IBM COBOL
    • Windows - Micro Focus COBOL
  • Dynamic reconfiguration samples
  • Java WebSphere samples
  • JDBC samples
    • UNIX README
    • Windows README
  • Log management user exit samples
  • Object Linking and Embedding (OLE) samples
  • Object Linking and Embedding Database (OLE DB) table function samples
  • Perl samples
    • Perl README
  • PHP samples
    • PHP README
  • REXX samples
  • Security plug-in samples
    • README
  • SELinux sample policies
    • README (RHEL5)
  • SQLJ samples
    • UNIX README
    • Windows README
  • SQL PL samples
    • README
  • Visual Basic samples
    • Windows README
  • Visual Basic .NET samples
    • Windows README
  • Windows Management Instrumentation samples
  • Db2 High Availability Samples
  • pureXML Samples
    • pureXML README
    • CLI
    • C
    • Command Line Processor (CLP)
    • JDBC
    • SQLJ
    • XQuery
  • ilinfo.c - Get information at the installation image level
  • IlInfo.java - Get and set information at the installation image level
  • cli_info.c - Get and set environment attributes at the client level
  • clihandl.c - Allocate and free handles
  • clisqlca.c - Retrieve SQLCA-equivalent information
  • cli_info.c - Set and get information at the client level
  • clisnap.c - Capture a snapshot at the client level
  • clisnapnew.c - How to get a snapshot at the client level (using API)
  • cli_info.C - Set and get information at the client level
  • clisnap.C - Capture a snapshot at the client level
  • clisnapnew.C - How to get a snapshot at the client level (using API)
  • cliExeSQL.bas - Execute SQL statements in an application
  • cli_Info.bas - Get information at the client level
  • getdbmcfgparams.c - How to get database manager configuration parameters
  • ininfo.c - Get information at the instance level
  • admincmd_updateconfig.c - How to update and reset the Database configuration and Database Manager Configuration Parameters using ADMIN_CMD routine
  • inattach.c - Attach to and detach from an instance
  • inauth.sqc - Display authorities at instance level
  • ininfo.c - Set and get information at the instance level
  • insnap.c - Capture a snapshot at the instance level
  • insnapnew.c - How to get a snapshot at instance level (using API)
  • instart.c - Stop and start the current local instance
  • inattach.C - Attach to and detach from an instance
  • inauth.sqC - Display authorities at instance level
  • ininfo.C - Set and get information at the instance level
  • insnap.C - Capture a snapshot at the instance level
  • insnapnew.C - How to get a snapshot at instance level (using API)
  • instart.C - Stop and start the current local instance
  • admincmd_autoconfigure.c - How to autoconfigure a database using ADMIN_CMD routine
  • admincmd_contacts.c - How to add, update and drop contacts and contactgroups using ADMIN_CMD routine
  • dbcongui.c - Connect to a database with a graphical user interface
  • dbconn.c - Connect to and disconnect from a database
  • dbinfo.c - Get and set information at the database level
  • dbmcon.c - Use multiple databases
  • dbmconx.c - Use multiple databases with embedded SQL
  • dbmconx1.h - Functions used in dbmconx.c
  • dbmconx1.sqc - This file contains functions used in dbmconx.c
  • dbmconx2.h - Functions used in dbmconx.c
  • dbmconx2.sqc - This file contains functions used in dbmconx.c
  • dbnative.c - Translate a statement that contains an ODBC escape clause
  • dbuse.c - Use a database
  • dbusemx.sqc - Execute embedded SQL statements in CLI
  • getdbcfgparams.c - How to get database configuration parameters
  • admincmd_onlinebackup.c - How to perform online backup using ADMIN_CMD routine
  • trustedcontext.c - Use trusted context
  • ssv_db_cfg.c - How to update database configuration parameters across multiple partitions
  • autostore.c - How to use automatic storage capability for a database
  • dbauth.sqc - Grant, display, and revoke authorities at database level
  • dbcfg.sqc - Configure database and database manager configuration parameters
  • dbconn.sqc - Connect to and disconnect from a database
  • dbcreate.c - Create and drop databases
  • dbhistfile.sqc - Read and update a database recovery history file entry
  • dbinfo.c - Set and get information at the database level
  • dbinline.sqc - Use inline SQL Procedure Language
  • dbinspec.sqc - Check architectural integrity with the DB2 API db2Inspect
  • dblogconn.sqc - Read database log files asynchronously with a database
  • dblognoconn.sqc - Read database log files asynchronously on windows
  • dblognoconn.sqc - Read database log files asynchronously on unix
  • dbmcon.sqc - Use multiple databases
  • dbmcon1.h - Function declarations for the source file, dbmcon1.sqc
  • dbmcon1.sqc - Functions used in the multiple databases program dbmcon.sqc
  • dbmcon2.h - Function declarations for the source file, dbmcon2.sqc
  • dbmcon2.sqc - Functions used in the multiple databases program dbmcon.sqc
  • dbupgrade.c - Upgrade a database
  • dbpkg.sqc - Work with packages
  • dbrecov.sqc - Recover a database
  • dbredirect.sqc - Perform Redirected Restore of a database
  • dbrestore.sqc - Restore a database from a backup
  • dbrollfwd.sqc - Perform rollforward after restore of a database
  • dbsample.sqc - Creates a sample database
  • dbsnap.c - Capture a snapshot at the database level
  • dbsnapnew.c - How to get a snapshot at database level (using API)
  • dbthrds.sqc - Use multiple context APIs (UNIX)
  • dbthrds.sqc - Use multiple context APIs (Windows)
  • dbuse.sqc - Use a database
  • getlogs.sqc - How to get customer view of diagnostic log file entries
  • globvarsupport.sqc - Use global variables
  • ssv_backup_db.c - How to use BACKUP DB on a ulti-partition database.
  • ssv_backup_tbsp.sqc - How to perform a tablespace backup on a multi-partition database.
  • ssv_db_cfg.c - update database configuration parameters across multiple partitions
  • dbauth.sqC - Grant, display, and revoke authorities at database level
  • dbcfg.sqC - Configure database and database manager configuration parameters
  • dbconn.sqC - Connect to and disconnect from a database
  • dbcreate.C - Create and drop databases
  • dbhistfile.sqC - Read and update a database recovery file entry
  • dbinfo.C - Set and get information at the database level
  • dbinline.sqC - Use inline SQL Procedure Language
  • dbinspec.sqC - Check architectural integrity with the DB2 API db2Inspect
  • dblogconn.sqC - Read asynchronous log
  • dblognoconn.sqC - Read no database connection read log on windows
  • dblognoconn.sqC - Read no database connection read log on unix
  • dbmcon.sqC - Use multiple databases
  • dbmcon1.h - Class declaration for the source file, dbmcon1.sqC
  • dbmcon1.sqC - Functions used in the multiple databases program dbmcon.sqC
  • dbmcon2.h - Class declaration for the source file, dbmcon2.sqC
  • dbmcon2.sqC - Functions used in the multiple databases program dbmcon.sqC
  • dbupgrade.C - Upgrade a database
  • dbpkg.sqC - Work with packages
  • dbrecov.sqC - Recover a database
  • dbrestore.sqC - Recover a database
  • dbrollfwd.sqC - Recover a database using rollforward recovery
  • dbsample.sqC - Creates a sample database
  • dbsnap.C - Capture a snapshot at the database level
  • dbsnapnew.C - How to get a snapshot at database level (using API)
  • dbthrds.sqC - Use multiple context APIs (UNIX)
  • dbthrds.sqC - Use multiple context APIs (Windows)
  • dbuse.sqC - Use a database
  • DbAuth.cs - Grant, display and revoke privileges on database
  • DbDatAdp.cs - Use a DB2DataAdapter with the DB2 .NET Data Provider
  • DbDatMap.cs - Set up and use DataTable and DataColumn mappings
  • DbDsetCn.cs - Add existing constraints to a DataSet
  • DbEvent.cs - Use DB2DataAdapter events: RowUpdating and RowUpdated
  • DbUse.cs - Use a database with the DB2 .Net Data Provider
  • DbValue.cs - Obtain a single value from a database
  • AdmCmdAutoCfg.java - How to autoconfigure a database using ADMIN_CMD routine
  • AdmCmdContacts.java - How to add, update and drop contacts and contactgroups using ADMIN_CMD routine
  • AdmCmdOnlineBackup.java - How to perform online backup using ADMIN_CMD routine
  • AdmCmdUpdateCfg.java - How to update and reset the Database and Database Manager configuration parameters using ADMIN_CMD routine
  • DbAuth.java - Grant, display or revoke privileges on database
  • DbConn.java - Connect to or disconnect from a database
  • DbInfo.java - Get/set info in a database
  • DbMCon.java - Use multiple databases
  • DbNative.java - Converts an SQL statement into the system's native SQL grammar
  • DbRsHold.java - Use result set cursor holdability in Legacy JDBC Type 2
  • DbSeq.java - Create, alter and drop a sequence in a database
  • DbUse.java - Use a database
  • GetDBCfgParams.java - How to get database configuration parameters
  • GetDBMCfgParams.java - How to get database manager configuration parameters.
  • GetLogs.java - How to get customer view of diagnostic log file entries.
  • TrustedContext.java - Use trusted ontext
  • dbauth.pl - Grant, display, revoke authorities
  • dbuse.pl - Use a database
  • DbAuthorities_DB2.php - How to grant/display/revoke authorities at the database level.
  • DbAuthorities_PDO.php - How to grant/display/revoke authorities at the database level.
  • DbAuth.sqlj - Grant, display or revoke privileges on database
  • DbConn.sqlj - Connect to or disconnect from a database
  • DbMCon.sqlj - Use multiple databases
  • DbUse.sqlj - Use a database
  • dbConn.bas - Connect to / disconnect from a database
  • dbInfo.bas - Get info at database level
  • dbCommit.bas - Control autocommit dynamically by using transaction methods
  • DbAuth.vb - Grant, display and revoke privileges on database
  • DbDatAdp.vb - Use a DB2DataAdapter with the DB2 .NET Data Provider
  • DbDatMap.vb - Set up and use DataTable and DataColumn mappings
  • DbDsetCn.vb - Add existing constraints to a DataSet
  • DbEvent.vb - Use DB2DataAdapter events: RowUpdating and RowUpdated
  • DbUse.vb - Use a database with the DB2 .Net Data Provider
  • DbValue.vb - Obtain a single value from a database
  • tscreate.sqc - Create and drop buffer pools and table spaces
  • tscreate.sqC - Create and drop buffer pools and table spaces
  • admincmd_describe.c - How to describe table and indexes using ADMIN_CMD routine
  • admincmd_export.c - How to export data using ADMIN_CMD routine
  • admincmd_import.c - How to import data using ADMIN_CMD routine
  • admincmd_quiesce.c - How to quiesce tablespaces and database using ADMIN_CMD routine
  • getmessage.c - How to get error message in the required locale with token replacement.
  • tbast.c - How to use staging table for updating deferred AST
  • tbcompress.c - How to create tables with null and default value compression option
  • tbconstr.c - Work with constraints associated with tables
  • tbcreate.c - Create, alter and drop tables
  • tbinfo.c - Get information about tables from the system catalog tables
  • tbload.c - Insert data using the CLI LOAD utility
  • tbmod.c - Modify table data
  • tbonlineinx.c - How to create and reorg indexes on a table
  • tbread.c - Read data from tables
  • tbrunstats.c - How to perform runstats on a table
  • tbtemp.c - How to use a declared temporary table
  • tbumqt.c - How to use user materialized query tables (summary tables)
  • getmessage.sqc - How to get error message in the required locale with token replacement.
  • largerid.sqc - How to enable Large RIDs support on both new tables/tablespaces and existing tables/tablespaces.
  • setintegrity.sqc - How to perform online SET INTEGRITY on a table
  • tbast.sqc - Use staging table for updating deferred AST
  • tbcompress.sqc - Create tables with null and default value compression
  • tbconstr.sqc - Create, use, and drop constraints
  • tbcreate.sqc - Create and drop tables
  • tbident.sqc - Use identity columns
  • tbinfo.sqc - Get information at the table level
  • tbintrig.sqc - Use an 'INSTEAD OF' trigger on a view
  • tbload.sqc - Load into a partitioned database
  • tbloadcursor.sqc - How to load data returned from a SELECT statement into a table using CURSOR method or REMOTEFETCH media method
  • tbmerge.sqc - Use the MERGE statement
  • tbmod.sqc - Modify table data
  • tbmove.sqc - Move table data
  • tbonlineinx.sqc - Create and reorg indexes on a table
  • tbpriv.sqc - Grant, display, and revoke privileges
  • tbread.sqc - Read tables
  • tbreorg.sqc - Reorganize a table and update its statistics
  • tbrowcompress.sqc - How to perform row compression on a table
  • tbrunstats.sqc - Perform runstats on a table
  • tbsavept.sqc - Use external savepoints
  • tbsel.sqc - Select from each of: insert, update, delete
  • tbselcreate.db2 - Create the tables for the tbsel program
  • tbseldrop.db2 - Drop the tables for the tbsel program
  • tbtemp.sqc - Use a declared temporary table
  • tbtrig.sqc - Use a trigger on a table
  • tbumqt.sqc - Use user materialized query tables
  • tbunion.sqc - Insert through a UNION ALL view
  • tbconstr.sqC - Create, use, and drop constraints
  • tbcreate.sqC - Create and drop tables
  • tbident.sqC - Use identity columns
  • tbinfo.sqC - Get information at the table level
  • tbintrig.sqC - Use an 'INSTEAD OF' trigger on a view
  • tbloadcursor.sqC - How to load data returned from a SELECT statement into a table using CURSOR method or REMOTEFETCH media method
  • tbmerge.sqC - Use the MERGE statement
  • tbmod.sqC - Modify table data
  • tbmove.sqC - Move table data
  • tbpriv.sqC - Grant, display, and revoke privileges
  • tbread.sqC - Read tables
  • tbreorg.sqC - Reorganize a table and update its statistics
  • tbsavept.sqC - Use external savepoints
  • tbsel.sqC - Select from each of: insert, update, delete
  • tbselcreate.db2 - Create the tables for the tbsel program
  • tbseldrop.db2 - Drop the tables for the tbsel program
  • tbtemp.sqC - Use a declared temporary table
  • tbtrig.sqC - Use a trigger on a table
  • tbunion.sqC - Insert through a UNION ALL view
  • TbConstr.cs - Create, use and drop table constraints
  • TbInfo.cs - Get information about a table
  • TbPriv.cs - Grant, display and revoke privileges on a table
  • TbSel.cs - Select from each of: insert, update, delete
  • TbTrig.cs - Use triggers on a table with the DB2 .Net Data Provider
  • TbUse.cs - Manipulate table data with the DB2 .Net Data Provider
  • AdmCmdExport.java - How to export data using ADMIN_CMD routine
  • AdmCmdImport.java - How to import data using ADMIN_CMD routine
  • AdmCmdDescribe.java - How to describe table and indices using ADMIN_CMD routine
  • AdmCmdQuiesce.java - How to quiesce tablespace and database using ADMIN_CMD routine
  • Cgtt.java - how to use created temporary tables with procedures, functions, triggers, and views.
  • GetMessage.java - How to get error message in the required locale with token replacement.
  • LargeRid.java - How to enable Large RIDs support on both new tables / tablespaces and existing tables/tablespaces
  • SetIntegrity.java - How to perform online SET INTEGRITY on a table
  • TbAST.java - How to use staging table for updating deferred AST
  • TbCompress.java - How to create tables with null and default value compression option
  • TbConstr.java - Create, use and drop constraints
  • TbCreate.java - Create and drop tables
  • TbGenCol.java - Use generated columns
  • TbIdent.java - Use Identity Columns
  • TbInfo.java - Get information about a table
  • TbInTrig.java - Use an 'INSTEAD OF' trigger on a view
  • TbMerge.java - Use the MERGE statement
  • TbMod.java - Modify table data
  • TbOnlineInx.java - How to create and reorg indexes on a table
  • TbPriv.java - Grant, display and revoke privileges on a table
  • TbRead.java - Read table data
  • TbRowcompress.java - How to perform row compression on a table and use ADC
  • TbTemp.java - Use Declared Temporary Table
  • TbTrig.java - Use triggers
  • TbUMQT.java - How to use user materialized query tables (summary tables)
  • TbUnion.java - Insert through a UNION ALL view
  • tbconstr.pl - Create, use, and drop constraints
  • tbinfo.pl - Get information about a table
  • tbpriv.pl - Grant, display and revoke privileges
  • tbsel.pl - Select from each of: insert, update, delete
  • tbselcreate.db2 - Create the tables for the tbsel program
  • tbseldrop.db2 - Drop the tables for the tbsel program
  • tbtrig.pl - Use a trigger on a table
  • tbuse.pl - Perform basic database operations and connect to/disconnect from a database
  • TblIdentityCol_DB2.php - How to use identity columns.
  • TblIdentityCol_PDO.php - How to use identity columns.
  • TblSelect_DB2.php - How to select from each of: insert, update, and delete.
  • TblSelect_PDO.php - How to select from each of: insert, update, and delete.
  • TblConstraints_DB2.php - How to work with table constraints.
  • TblConstraints_PDO.php - How to work with table constraints.
  • TblTrigger_DB2.php - How to use a trigger on a table.
  • TblTrigger_PDO.php - How to use a trigger on a table.
  • TblUnion_DB2.php - How to insert through a UNION ALL view.
  • TblUnion_PDO.php - How to insert through a UNION ALL view.
  • LargeRid.sqlj - How to enable Large RIDs support on both new tables/tablespaces and existing tables/tablespaces
  • SetIntegrity.sqlj - How to perform online SET INTEGRITY on a table.
  • TbAST.sqlj - How to use staging table for updating deferred AST
  • TbCompress.sqlj - How to create tables with null and default value compression option
  • TbConstr.sqlj - Create, use and drop constraints
  • TbCreate.sqlj - Create and drop tables
  • TbIdent.sqlj - Use Identity Columns
  • TbInfo.sqlj - Get information about a table
  • TbMod.sqlj - Modify table data
  • TbOnlineInx.sqlj - How to create and reorg indexes on a table
  • TbPriv.sqlj - Grant, display and revoke privileges on a table
  • TbRowcompress.sqlj - How to perform row compression on a table
  • TbRunstats.sqlj - How to perform runstats on a table
  • TbRead.sqlj - Read table data
  • TbTrig.sqlj - Use triggers
  • TbUMQT.sqlj- How to use user materialized query tables (summary tables)
  • TbConstr.vb - Create, use and drop table constraints
  • TbInfo.vb - Get information about a table
  • TbPriv.vb - Grant, display and revoke privileges on a table
  • TbSel.vb - Select from each of: insert, update, delete
  • TbTrig.vb - Use triggers on a table with the DB2 .Net Data Provider
  • TbUse.vb - Manipulate table data with the DB2 .Net Data Provider
  • dtinfo.c - How get information about data types
  • dtlob.c - Read and write LOB data
  • dtudt.c - Create, use, and drop user-defined distinct types
  • dtformat.sqc - Load and import data format extensions
  • dtlob.sqc - Use the LOB data type
  • dtudt.sqc - Create, use, and drop user-defined distinct types
  • implicitcasting.sqc - how to use implicit casting with data type assignments, comparisons, and NULL values.
  • dtformat.sqC - Load and import data format extensions
  • dtlob.sqC - Use the LOB data type
  • dtstruct.sqC - Create, use, drop a hierarchy of structured types and typed tables
  • dtudt.sqC - Create, use, and drop user-defined distinct types
  • DtLob.cs - Use the LOB data type with the DB2 .Net Data Provider
  • DtInfo.java - Get information about data types
  • DtLob.java - Use LOB data type
  • DtUdt.java - Create, use and drop user defined distinct types
  • ImplicitCasting.java - how to use implicit casting with data type assignments, comparisons, and NULL values.
  • dtlob.pl - Use the LOB data type
  • DtInfo_DB2.php - How to get information about data types.
  • DtInfo_PDO.php - How to get information about data types.
  • DtLOB_DB2.php - How to read and write LOB data.
  • DtLOB_PDO_generic.php - How to read and write LOB data.
  • DtUDT_DB2.php - How to create, use, and drop user-defined distinct types.
  • DtUDT_PDO.php - How to create, use, and drop user-defined distinct types.
  • DtUdt.sqlj - Create, use and drop user defined distinct types
  • dtHier.bas - Retrieve hierarchical data
  • dtLob.bas - Get/set Large Objects
  • DtLob.vb - Use the LOB data type with the DB2 .Net Data Provider
  • fnuse.sqc - Use built-in SQL functions
  • fnuse.sqC - Use built-in SQL functions
  • spclient.c - Call various stored procedures
  • spserver.c - Definition of various types of stored procedures
  • spclires.c - Contrast stored procedure multiple result set handling methods
  • spcall.c - Call individual stored procedures
  • spcat - To catalog stored procedures on UNIX
  • spcat - To catalog stored procedures on Windows
  • spcreate.db2 - Catalog the stored procedures contained in spserver.sqc
  • spdrop.db2 - Uncatalog the stored procedures contained in spserver.sqc
  • spclient.sqc - Call various stored procedures
  • spserver.sqc - Definition of various types of stored procedures
  • spclient.sqC - Call various stored procedures
  • spserver.sqC - Definition of various types of stored procedures
  • spcat.db2 - Drops and creates the procedures implemented in spserver.cs
  • SpClient.cs - Call different types of stored procedures from SpServer.java
  • spcreate.db2 - Creates the external procedures implemented in spserver.cs
  • spdrop.db2 - Drops the external procedures created in spcreate.db2 for C#
  • SpReturn.cs - Call a stored procedure that has a return value
  • spserver.cs - C# external code implementation of procedures created in spcat.db2
  • EmpDetails.db2 - Creates the EMP_DETAILS stored procedure called in SpReturn.cs
  • SpCreate.db2 - Catalog the stored procedures contained in SpServer.java
  • ScalarFunctions.java - how to use built-in support for functionality that would otherwise be developed by using UDFs.
  • SpDrop.db2 - Uncatalog the stored procedures contained in SpServer.java
  • SpClient.java - Call a variety of types of stored procedures from SpServer.java
  • SpServer.java - Provide a variety of types of stored procedures to be called from
  • Arrays_Sqlpl.java - Use ARRAY variable in SQL stored procedure.
  • Array_Stack.java - Use ARRAY variable in SQL stored procedure. Implement stack functions
  • bonus_calculate.db2 - Stored procdure code for Array_Sqlpl.java sample.
  • stack_functions.db2 - Stored procdure code for Array_Stack.java sample
  • spclient.pl - Client program containing ten functions to call stored procedures
  • spcat - Catalog SQLJ stored procedures on UNIX
  • spcat - Catalog SQLJ stored procedures on Windows
  • SpCreate.db2 - Catalog the stored procedures contained in SpServer.sqlj
  • SpDrop.db2 - Uncatalog the stored procedures contained in SpServer.sqlj
  • SpClient.sqlj - Call a variety of types of stored procedures from SpServer.sqlj
  • SpServer.sqlj - Provide a variety of types of stored procedures to be called from
  • SpIterat.sqlj - Iterator class file for SpServer.sqlj
  • spCall.bas - Call stored procedures
  • spcat.db2 - Drops and creates the procedures implemented in spserver.vb
  • SpClient.vb - Call different types of stored procedures from SpServer.java
  • spcreate.db2 - Creates the external procedures implemented in spserver.vb
  • spdrop.db2 - Drops the external procedures created in spcreate.db2 for VB.NET
  • SpReturn.vb - Call a stored procedure that has a return value
  • spserver.vb - VB.NET implementation of procedures created in SpCat.db2
  • EmpDetails.db2 - Creates the EMP_DETAILS stored procedure called in SpReturn.vb
  • udfcli.c - Work with different types of user-defined functions
  • udfsrv.c - Library of user-defined functions
  • udfcli.sqc - Call a variety of types of user-defined functions
  • udfsrv.c - Defines a variety of types of user-defined functions
  • udfemcli.sqc - Call a variety of types of embedded SQL user-defined functions
  • udfemsrv.sqc - Defines a variety of types of embedded SQL user-defined functions
  • udfcli.sqC - Call a variety of types of user-defined functions
  • udfsrv.C - Call a variety of types of user-defined functions
  • udfemcli.sqC - Call a variety of types of embedded SQL user-defined functions
  • udfemsrv.sqC - Call a variety of types of embedded SQL user-defined functions
  • udfcat.db2 - Drops and creates the external UDFs implemented in udfsrv.cs
  • udfcli.cs - Client application that calls the user-defined functions
  • udfcreate.db2 - Creates the external UDFs implemented in udfsrv.cs
  • udfdrop.db2 - Drops the external UDFs created in udfcreate.db2 for C#
  • udfsrv.cs - User-defined scalar functions called by udfcli.cs
  • UDFcli.java - Call the UDFs in UDFsrv.java
  • UDFsrv.java - Provide UDFs to be called by UDFcli.java
  • udfcat - To catalog JDBC user-defined functions on UNIX
  • udfcat - To catalog JDBC user-defined functions on Windows
  • UDFDrop.db2 - Uncatalog the Java UDFs contained in UDFsrv.java
  • UDFCreate.db2 - Catalog the Java UDFs contained in UDFsrv.java
  • UDFjcli.java - Call the UDFs in UDFjsrv.java
  • UDFjsrv.java - Provide UDFs to be called by UDFjcli.java
  • udfjcat - To catalog JDBC user-defined functions on UNIX
  • udfjcat - To catalog JDBC user-defined functions on Windows
  • UDFjDrop.db2 - Uncatalog the Java UDFs contained in UDFjsrv.java
  • UDFjCreate.db2 - Catalog the Java UDFs contained in UDFjsrv.java
  • UDFsDrop.db2 - Uncatalog the UDFs contained in UDFsqlsv.java
  • UDFsqlcl.java - Call the UDFs in UDFsqlsv.java
  • UDFsqlsv.java - Provide UDFs to be called by UDFsqlcl.java
  • UDFcli.sqlj - Call the UDFs in UDFsrv.java
  • UDFsrv.java - Provide UDFs to be called by UDFcli.sqlj
  • udfcat - Catalog SQLJ user-defined functions on UNIX
  • udfcat - Catalog SQLJ user-defined functions on Windows
  • UDFDrop.db2 - Uncatalog the UDFs contained in UDFsrv.java
  • UDFCreate.db2 - Catalog the UDFs contained in UDFsrv.java
  • UDFjcli.sqlj - Call the UDFs in UDFjsrv.java
  • UDFjsrv.java - Provide UDFs to be called by UDFjcli.sqlj
  • udfjcat - Catalog SQLJ user-defined functions on UNIX
  • udfjcat - Catalog SQLJ user-defined functions on Windows
  • UDFjDrop.db2 - Uncatalog the UDFs contained in UDFjsrv.java
  • UDFjCreate.db2 - Catalog the UDFs contained in UDFjsrv.java
  • udfUse.bas - Work with user defined types and user defined functions
  • udfcat.db2 - Drops and creates the external UDFs implemented in udfsrv.vb
  • udfcli.vb - Client application that calls the user-defined functions
  • udfcreate.db2 - Creates the external UDFs implemented in udfsrv.vb
  • udfdrop.db2 - Drops the external UDFs created in udfcreate.db2 for VB.NET
  • udfsrv.vb - User-defined scalar functions called by udfcli.vb
  • evm.sqc - Create and parse file, pipe, and table event monitors
  • utilrecov.c - Utilities for the backup, restore and log file samples
  • utilsnap.c - Utilities for the snapshot monitor samples
  • evm.sqC - Create and parse file, pipe, and table event monitors
  • utilrecov.C - Utilities for the backup, restore and log file samples
  • utilsnap.C - Utilities for the snapshot monitor samples
  • empcat.bat - To catalog stored procedure EMP_DETAILS for C# client program SpReturn
  • LCTrans.cs - Demonstrates loosely coupled transactions
  • RootCOM.cs - Creates a library assembly RootCOM.dll for LCTrans.cs
  • SubCOM.cs - Creates a library assembly SubCOM.dll for LCTrans.cs
  • Applt.java - A Java applet that use JDBC applet driver to access a database
  • CreateEmployee.java - Create an employee record
  • GeneratePayroll.java - Generate payroll reports by department
  • DB2SampUtil.pm - Common function library
  • UtilConnection_DB2_Def - A class definition for UtilConnection_DB2.php
  • UtilConnection_PDO_Def - A class definition for UtilConnection_PDO.php
  • UtilIOHelper_Def - A class definition for UtilIOHelper.php
  • PHPSampleConfig.cfg - A configuration file that lets you set commonly used connection parameters
  • UtilConnection_DB2.php - Handles General IBM_DB2 Connection for IBM_DB2 driver samples
  • UtilConnection_PDO.php - Handles General IBM_PDO Connection for IBM_DB2 driver samples
  • UtilIOHelper.php - Handles General IO
  • UtilTableSetup_LOB.php - Sets up tables used for the DtLOB samples
  • UtilTableSetup_Staff.php - Sets up tables used for the DtLOB samplesSets up tables with in various samples
  • Applt.sqlj - An SQLJ applet that uses a JDBC applet driver to access a database
  • CreateEmployee.sqlj - Create an employee record
  • GeneratePayroll.sqlj - Generate payroll reports by department
  • Batch1Demo.sqlj - SQLJ batching -- How SQLJ batching works
  • Batch2Demo.sqlj - SQLJ batching - Association of ExecutionContext with BatchContext
  • Batch3Demo.sqlj - SQLJ Batching - When do we need to implicitly execute a batch
  • BlobClobDemo.sqlj - Access Blob or Clob fields in DB2 tables
  • createRegisterDS.java - Create and Register DataSources as specified by the property files
  • CreateDemoSchema.sqlj - Create schema for the DataSource Demo programs
  • DbConnDataSource.sqlj - Connect to a database using DataSource with Type 4 driver
  • DbConMDataSources.sqlj - Connect to a database using Multiple DataSources with Type 4 driver
  • ScrollIterDemo.sqlj - Use Named and Positional Scrollable Iterators in SQLJ
  • empcat.bat - Catalog stored procedure EMP_DETAILS for VB .NET program SpReturn
  • LCTrans.vb - Demonstrates loosely coupled transactions
  • RootCOM.vb - Creates a library assembly RootCOM.dll for LCTrans.vb
  • SubCOM.vb - Creates a library assembly SubCOM.dll for LCTrans.vb
  • pureXML Samples
    • pureXML - Administration samples
    • pureXML - Application Development samples
    • XQuery
• Database reference content
  • Configuration parameters
    • Configuring the Db2 database manager with configuration parameters
    • Configuration parameters summary
    • Configuration parameters that affect the number of agents
    • Configuration parameters that affect query optimization
    • Configuration parameters that affect the DB2 pureScale Feature
      • DB2 pureScale Feature configuration parameters
    • Recompiling a query after configuration changes
    • Restrictions and behavior when configuring max_coordagents and max_connections
    • Failsafe option to update the database manager configuration file
    • Database manager configuration parameters
      • agent_stack_sz - Agent stack size
      • agentpri - Priority of agents
      • alt_diagpath - Alternate diagnostic data directory path
      • alternate_auth_enc - Alternate encryption algorithm for incoming connections at server configuration parameter
      • aslheapsz - Application support layer heap size
      • audit_buf_sz - Audit buffer size
      • authentication - Authentication type
      • cf_diaglevel - diagnostic error capture level for the CF
      • cf_diagpath - diagnostic data directory path for the CF
      • cf_mem_sz - CF memory
      • cf_num_conns - Number of CF connections per member per CF
      • cf_num_workers - Number of worker threads
      • cf_transport_method - Network transport method
      • catalog_noauth - Cataloging allowed without authority
      • clnt_krb_plugin - Client Kerberos plug-in
      • clnt_pw_plugin - Client userid-password plug-in
      • cluster_mgr - Cluster manager name
      • comm_bandwidth - Communications bandwidth
      • comm_exit_list - Communication exit library list
      • conn_elapse - Connection elapse time
      • cpuspeed - CPU speed
      • cur_eff_arch_level - Current effective architecture level
      • cur_eff_code_level - Current effective code level
      • date_compat - Date compatibility database
      • dft_account_str - Default charge-back account
      • dft_monswitches - Default database system monitor switches
      • dftdbpath - Default database path
      • diaglevel - Diagnostic error capture level
      • diagpath - Diagnostic data directory path
      • diagsize - Rotating diagnostic and administration notification logs
      • dir_cache - Directory cache support
      • discover - Discovery mode
      • discover_inst - Discover server instance
      • fcm_buffer_size – Inter-member buffer size
      • fcm_num_buffers - Number of FCM buffers
      • fcm_num_channels - Number of FCM channels
      • fcm_parallelism - Internode communication parallelism
      • fed_noauth - Bypass federated authentication
      • federated - Federated database system support
      • federated_async - Maximum asynchronous TQs per query
      • fenced_pool - Maximum number of fenced processes
      • group_plugin - Group plug-in
      • health_mon - Health monitoring
      • indexrec - Index re-creation time
      • instance_memory - Instance memory
      • intra_parallel - Enable intrapartition parallelism
      • java_heap_sz - Maximum Java interpreter heap size
      • jdk_path - Software Developer
      • keepfenced - Keep fenced process
      • encrypted_database - Database encryption state
      • keystore_location - Keystore location
      • keystore_type - Keystore type
      • local_gssplugin - GSS API plug-in used for local instance level authorization
      • max_connections - Maximum number of client connections
      • max_connretries - Node connection retries
      • max_coordagents - Maximum number of coordinating agents
      • max_querydegree - Maximum query degree of parallelism
      • max_time_diff - Maximum time difference between members
      • maxagents - Maximum number of agents
      • maxcagents - Maximum number of concurrent agents
      • mon_heap_sz - Database system monitor heap size
      • multipartsizemb – Remote storage multipart upload part size
      • nodetype - Instance node type
      • notifylevel - Notify level
      • num_initagents - Initial number of agents in pool
      • num_initfenced - Initial number of fenced processes
      • num_poolagents - Agent pool size
      • numdb - Maximum number of concurrently active databases including host and System i databases
      • python_path - Python runtime directory
      • query_heap_sz - Query heap size
      • R_path - R runtime directory
      • release - Configuration file release level
      • rstrt_light_mem - Restart light memory
      • resync_interval - Transaction resync interval
      • rqrioblk - Client I/O block size
      • sheapthres - Sort heap threshold
      • spm_log_file_sz - Sync point manager log file size
      • spm_log_path - Sync point manager log file path
      • spm_max_resync - Sync point manager resync agent limit
      • spm_name - Sync point manager name
      • srvcon_auth - Authentication type for incoming connections at the server
      • srvcon_gssplugin_list - List of GSS API plug-ins for incoming connections at the server
      • srvcon_pw_plugin - Userid-password plug-in for incoming connections at the server
      • srv_plugin_mode - Server plug-in mode
      • ssl_cipherspecs - Supported cipher specifications at the server
      • ssl_clnt_keydb - SSL key file path for outbound SSL connections at the client
      • ssl_clnt_stash - SSL stash file path for outbound SSL connections at the client
      • ssl_svr_keydb - SSL key file path for incoming SSL connections at the server
      • ssl_svr_label - Label in the key file for incoming SSL connections at the server
      • ssl_svr_stash - SSL stash file path for incoming SSL connections at the server
      • start_stop_time - Start and stop timeout
      • ssl_svcename - SSL service name configuration parameter
      • ssl_versions - Supported SSL versions at the server
      • svcename - TCP/IP service name
      • sysadm_group - System administration authority group name
      • sysctrl_group - System control authority group name
      • sysmaint_group - System maintenance authority group name
      • sysmon_group - System monitor authority group name
      • tm_database - Transaction manager database name
      • tp_mon_name - Transaction processor monitor name
      • trust_allclnts - Trust all clients
      • trust_clntauth - Trusted clients authentication
      • util_impact_lim - Instance impact policy
      • wlm_dispatcher - Workload management dispatcher
      • wlm_disp_concur - Workload manager dispatcher thread concurrency
      • wlm_disp_cpu_shares - Workload manager dispatcher CPU shares
      • wlm_disp_min_util - Workload manager dispatcher minimum CPU utilization
    • Database configuration parameters
      • act_sortmem_limit - Activity sort memory limit configuration parameter
      • alt_collate - Alternate collating sequence
      • app_ctl_heap_sz - Application control heap size
      • appgroup_mem_sz - Maximum size of application group memory set
      • appl_memory - Application memory
      • applheapsz - Application heap size
      • archretrydelay - Archive retry delay on error
      • authn_cache_duration - Authentication cache duration configuration parameter
      • authn_cache_users - Authentication cache users configuration parameter
      • auto_del_rec_obj - Automated deletion of recovery objects
      • auto_maint - Automatic maintenance (switches)
      • auto_reval - Automatic revalidation and invalidation.
      • autorestart - Auto restart enable
      • avg_appls - Average number of active applications
      • backup_pending - Backup pending indicator
      • blk_log_dsk_ful - Block on log disk full
      • blocknonlogged - Block creation of tables that allow non-logged activity
      • CF self-tuning memory database
      • cf_catchup_trgt - Target for catch up time of secondary cluster caching facility
      • cf_db_mem_sz - Database memory
      • cf_gbp_sz - Group buffer pool
      • cf_lock_sz - CF Lock manager
      • cf_sca_sz - Shared communication area
      • catalogcache_sz - Catalog cache size
      • chngpgs_thresh - Changed pages threshold
      • codepage - Code page for the database
      • codeset - Codeset for the database
      • collate_info - Collating information
      • connect_proc - Connect procedure name database
      • country/region - Database territory code
      • ctrl_file_recov_path - Database control file recovery path
      • cur_commit - Currently committed
      • database_consistent - Database is consistent
      • database_level - Database release level
      • database_memory - Database shared memory size
      • date_compat - Date compatibility database
      • dbheap - Database heap
      • db_mem_thresh - Database memory threshold
      • ddl_compression_def - DDL compression default
      • ddl_constraint_def - Default constraint type
      • dec_arithmetic - DECIMAL arithmetic mode
      • dec_to_char_fmt - Decimal to character function
      • decflt_rounding - Decimal floating point rounding
      • dft_degree - Default degree
      • dft_extent_sz - Default extent size of table spaces
      • dft_loadrec_ses - Default number of load recovery sessions
      • dft_mttb_types - Default maintained table types for optimization
      • dft_prefetch_sz - Default prefetch size
      • dft_queryopt - Default query optimization class
      • dft_refresh_age - Default refresh age
      • dft_schemas_dcc - Default data capture on new schemas
      • dft_sqlmathwarn - Continue upon arithmetic exceptions
      • dft_table_org - Default table organization
      • discover_db - Discover database
      • dlchktime - Time interval for checking deadlock
      • enable_xmlchar - Enable conversion to XML
      • encrlib - Encryption library
      • encropts - Encryption options
      • extbl_location - External table location
      • extbl_strict_io - External table path type
      • extended_row_sz - Extended row size
      • failarchpath - Failover log archive path
      • groupheap_ratio - Percent of memory for application group heap
      • hadr_db_role - HADR database role
      • hadr_local_host - HADR local host name
      • hadr_local_svc - HADR local service name
      • hadr_peer_window - HADR peer window
      • hadr_remote_host - HADR remote host name
      • hadr_remote_inst - HADR instance name of the remote server
      • hadr_remote_svc - HADR remote service name
      • hadr_replay_delay - HADR replay delay
      • hadr_spool_limit - HADR log spool limit
      • hadr_ssl_host_val - Label name for SSL
      • hadr_ssl_label - Label name for TLS
      • hadr_syncmode - HADR synchronization mode for log writes in peer state
      • hadr_target_list - HADR target list
      • hadr_timeout - HADR timeout value
      • indexrec - Index re-creation time
      • large_aggregation - large aggregation
      • locklist - Maximum storage for lock list
      • locktimeout - Lock timeout
      • log_appl_info - Application information log record database
      • log_ddl_stmts - Log DDL statements database
      • log_disk_cap - Active log space disk capacity
      • log_retain_status - Log retain status indicator
      • logarchcompr1 - Primary archived log file compression
      • logarchcompr2 - Secondary archived log file compression
      • logarchmeth1 - Primary log archive method
      • logarchmeth2 - Secondary log archive method
      • logarchopt1 - Primary log archive options
      • logarchopt2 - Secondary log archive options
      • logbufsz - Log buffer size
      • logfilsiz - Size of log files
      • loghead - First active log file
      • logindexbuild - Log index pages created
      • logpath - Location of log files
      • logprimary - Number of primary log files
      • logsecond - Number of secondary log files
      • max_log - Maximum log per transaction
      • maxappls - Maximum number of active applications
      • maxfilop - Maximum database files open per database
      • maxlocks - Maximum percent of lock list before escalation
      • min_dec_div_3 - Decimal division scale to 3
      • mincommit - Number of commits to group
      • mirrorlogpath - Mirror log path
      • mon_act_metrics - Monitoring activity metrics
      • mon_deadlock - Monitoring deadlock
      • mon_locktimeout - Monitoring lock timeout
      • mon_lockwait - Monitoring lock wait
      • mon_lw_thresh - Monitoring lock wait threshold
      • mon_lck_msg_lvl - Monitoring lock event notification messages
      • mon_obj_metrics - Monitoring data object metrics
      • mon_pkglist_sz - Monitoring package list size
      • mon_req_metrics - Monitoring request metrics
      • mon_rtn_data - Monitoring routine capture
      • mon_rtn_execlist - Monitoring routine executable list
      • mon_uow_data - Monitoring unit of work events
      • mon_uow_execlist - Monitoring unit of work events with executable list
      • mon_uow_pkglist - Monitoring unit of work events with package list
      • multipage_alloc - Multipage file allocation enabled
      • nchar_mapping - National character mapping
      • newlogpath - Change the database log path
      • num_db_backups - Number of database backups
      • num_freqvalues - Number of frequent values retained
      • num_iocleaners - Number of asynchronous page cleaners
      • num_ioservers - Number of I/O servers
      • num_log_span - Number log span
      • num_quantiles - Number of quantiles for columns
      • numarchretry - Number of retries on error
      • numsegs - Default number of SMS containers
      • number_compat - Number compatibility database
      • opt_direct_wrkld - Optimize directed workload
      • overflowlogpath - Overflow log path
      • page_age_trgt_gcr - Page age target group crash recovery
      • page_age_trgt_mcr - Page age target member crash recovery
      • pagesize - Database default page size
      • pckcachesz - Package cache size
      • pl_stack_trace - SQL PL and PL/SQL error stack logging
      • priv_mem_thresh - Private memory threshold
      • rec_his_retentn - Recovery history retention period
      • restore_pending - Restore pending
      • restrict_access - Database has restricted access
      • rollfwd_pending - Roll forward pending indicator
      • section_actuals - Section actuals
      • self_tuning_mem - Self-tuning memory
      • seqdetect - Sequential detection and readahead flag
      • sheapthres_shr - Sort heap threshold for shared sorts
      • smtp_server - SMTP server
      • softmax - Recovery range and soft checkpoint interval
      • sortheap - Sort heap size
      • sql_ccflags - Conditional compilation flags
      • stat_heap_sz - Statistics heap size
      • stmt_conc - Statement concentrator
      • stmtheap - Statement heap size
      • string_units - Default string units
      • suspend_io - Database I/O operations state
      • systime_period_adj - Adjust temporal SYSTEM_TIME period
      • territory - Database territory
      • trackmod - Track modified pages enable
      • tsm_mgmtclass - IBM Storage Protect management class
      • tsm_nodename - IBM Storage Protect node name
      • tsm_owner - IBM Storage Protect owner name
      • tsm_password - IBM Storage Protect password
      • user_exit_status - User exit status indicator
      • util_heap_sz - Utility heap size
      • varchar2_compat - Varchar2 compatibility database
      • vendoropt - Vendor options
      • wlm_admission_ctrl - WLM admission control
      • wlm_agent_load_trgt - WLM agent load target
      • wlm_collect_int - Workload management collection interval
      • wlm_cpu_limit - WLM CPU limit
      • wlm_cpu_shares - WLM CPU shares
      • wlm_cpu_share_mode - WLM CPU share mode
    • Db2 Administration Server (DAS) configuration parameters
      • authentication - Authentication type DAS
      • contact_host - Location of contact list
      • das_codepage - DAS code page
      • das_territory - DAS territory
      • dasadm_group - DAS administration authority group name
      • db2system - Name of the Db2 server system
      • discover - DAS discovery mode
      • exec_exp_task - Execute expired tasks
      • jdk_64_path - 64-Bit Software Developer
      • jdk_path - Software Developer
      • sched_enable - Scheduler mode
      • sched_userid - Scheduler user ID
      • smtp_server - SMTP server
      • toolscat_db - Tools catalog database
      • toolscat_inst - Tools catalog database instance
      • toolscat_schema - Tools catalog database schema
    • Ingest utility configuration parameters
      • commit_count - Commit count
      • commit_period - Commit period
      • num_flushers_per_partition - Number of flushers per database partition configuration parameter
      • num_formatters - Number of formatters
      • pipe_timeout - Pipe timeout configuration parameter
      • retry_count - Retry count
      • retry_period - Retry period
      • shm_max_size - Maximum size of shared memory
  • Registry and environment variables
    • Environment variables and the profile registries
    • Profile registry locations and authorization requirements
    • Setting registry and environment variables
      • Setting variables outside the registries (Windows)
      • Setting variables outside the registries (Linux and UNIX)
      • Identifying the current instance
      • Setting instance-level variables in a partitioned database environment
    • Registry and environment variables
      • General
      • System environment
      • Column-organized tables
      • Communications
      • Command line
      • Partitioned database environment
      • Db2 pureScale registry variables
      • Query compiler
      • Performance
      • Miscellaneous
  • In-database machine learning
    • Prerequisites for machine learning in Db2
    • Machine learning stored procedures
      • Data exploration
        • IDAX.SUMMARY1000 - Summary of up to 1000 columns
        • IDAX.COLUMN_PROPERTIES - Create a column properties table
        • IDAX.GET_COLUMN_LIST - Get a list of columns
      • Data transformation
        • IDAX.IMPUTE_DATA - Impute missing data
        • IDAX.SPLIT_DATA - Split data
        • IDAX.STD_NORM - Standardize or normalize columns of the input table
        • IDAX.EFDISC - Discretization bins of equal frequency
        • IDAX.APPLY_DISC - Discretize data by limits for discretization bins
      • Model building
        • Decision trees
          • Background
            • Growing
            • Pruning
            • Prediction
            • Support for missing values
          • Usage
          • Functions
            • IDAX.DECTREE - Build and prune a decision tree model
            • IDAX.GROW_DECTREE - Build a decision tree model
            • IDAX.PRUNE_DECTREE - Prune a decision tree model
            • IDAX.PREDICT_DECTREE - Apply a decision tree model
          • Examples
          • Model table data formats
            • _MODEL table
            • _NODES table
            • _PREDICATES table
            • _COLUMNS table
            • _COLUMN_STATISTICS table
            • _DISCRETE_STATISTICS table
            • _NUMERIC_STATISTICS table
        • Linear regression
          • Background
          • Usage
          • Functions
            • IDAX.LINEAR_REGRESSION - Build a linear regression model
            • IDAX.PREDICT_LINEAR_REGRESSION - Apply linear regression
          • Model table data formats
            • _MODEL table
            • _COVARIANCE_MATRIX table
        • Naive Bayes
          • Background
            • Support for missing values
          • Usage
          • Functions
            • IDAX.NAIVEBAYES - Build a Naive Bayes model
            • IDAX.PREDICT_NAIVEBAYES - Apply a Naive Bayes model
          • Examples
          • Model table data formats
            • _MODEL table
            • _DISCRANGES table
        • K-means clustering
          • Background
            • Statistics
          • Usage
          • Functions
            • IDAX.KMEANS - Build a K-means clustering model
            • IDAX.PREDICT_KMEANS - Apply a K-means clustering model
          • Examples
          • Model table data formats
            • _MODEL table
            • _CLUSTERS table
            • _COLUMNS table
            • _COLUMN_STATISTICS table
            • _DISCRETE_STATISTICS table
            • _NUMERIC_STATISTICS table
      • Model tuning
        • IDAX.PRUNE_DECTREE - Prune a decision tree model
      • Model evaluation
        • IDAX.CMATRIX_STATS - Calculate classification quality factors from a confusion matrix
        • IDAX.CONFUSION_MATRIX - Build a confusion matrix
        • IDAX.MAE - Calculate the mean absolute error of regression predictions
        • IDAX.MSE - Calculate the mean squared error of regression predictions
      • Model inferencing
        • IDAX.PREDICT_DECTREE - Apply a decision tree model
        • IDAX.PREDICT_KMEANS - Apply a K-means clustering model
        • IDAX.PREDICT_LINEAR_REGRESSION - Apply linear regression
        • IDAX.PREDICT_NAIVEBAYES - Apply a Naive Bayes model
      • Model management
        • IDAX.DROP_SUMMARY1000 - Drop output tables created by SUMMARY1000
        • IDAX.DROP_MODEL - Drop a model
      • Troubleshooting machine learning stored procedures
  • Built-in routines and views
    • Best coding practices
    • Authorizations for using built-in routines and views
    • Views versus table functions
    • Supported built-in routines and views
      • Administrative routines and ADMIN_CMD procedure
        • ADMIN_CMD - run administrative commands
          • ADD CONTACT using ADMIN_CMD
          • ADD CONTACTGROUP using ADMIN_CMD
          • AUTOCONFIGURE using ADMIN_CMD
          • BACKUP DATABASE using ADMIN_CMD
          • DESCRIBE using ADMIN_CMD
          • DROP CONTACT using ADMIN_CMD
          • DROP CONTACTGROUP using ADMIN_CMD
          • EXPORT using ADMIN_CMD
          • FORCE APPLICATION using ADMIN_CMD
          • GET STMM TUNING using ADMIN_CMD
          • IMPORT using ADMIN_CMD
          • INITIALIZE TAPE using ADMIN_CMD
          • LOAD using ADMIN_CMD
          • PRUNE HISTORY/LOGFILE using ADMIN_CMD
          • QUIESCE DATABASE using ADMIN_CMD
          • QUIESCE TABLESPACES FOR TABLE using ADMIN_CMD
          • REDISTRIBUTE DATABASE PARTITION GROUP using ADMIN_CMD
          • REORG TABLE command using ADMIN_CMD
          • REORG INDEX/INDEXES command using the ADMIN_CMD procedure
          • RESET ALERT CONFIGURATION using ADMIN_CMD
          • RESET DATABASE CONFIGURATION using ADMIN_CMD
          • RESET DATABASE MANAGER CONFIGURATION using ADMIN_CMD
          • REWIND TAPE using ADMIN_CMD
          • RUNSTATS using ADMIN_CMD
          • SET TAPE POSITION using ADMIN_CMD
          • UNQUIESCE DATABASE using ADMIN_CMD
          • UPDATE ALERT CONFIGURATION using ADMIN_CMD
          • UPDATE CONTACT using ADMIN_CMD
          • UPDATE CONTACTGROUP using ADMIN_CMD
          • UPDATE DATABASE CONFIGURATION using ADMIN_CMD
          • UPDATE DATABASE MANAGER CONFIGURATION using ADMIN_CMD
          • UPDATE HEALTH NOTIFICATION CONTACT LIST using ADMIN_CMD
          • UPDATE HISTORY using ADMIN_CMD
          • UPDATE STMM TUNING using ADMIN_CMD
        • ADMIN_COPY_SCHEMA - copy schema
        • ADMIN_DROP_SCHEMA - drop schema
        • ADMIN_EST_INLINE_LENGTH - estimate length required to inline data
        • ADMIN_FMP_TERM procedure
        • ADMIN_GET_ENCRYPTION_INFO - Get database encryption settings
        • ADMIN_GET_INDEX_COMPRESS_INFO - return compressed index information
        • ADMIN_GET_INDEX_INFO table function - return index information
        • ADMIN_GET_INTRA_PARALLEL - Get intrapartition parallelism state
        • ADMIN_GET_MEM_USAGE - Get total memory consumption table function
        • ADMIN_GET_MSGS - retrieve messages for utilities using ADMIN_CMD
        • ADMIN_GET_STORAGE_PATHS - retrieve automatic storage path information
        • ADMIN_GET_SYSIBM_FUNCTIONS table function - Returns information about Db2 built-in functions
        • ADMIN_GET_SYSIBM_FUNCTION_PARMS table function - Returns information about Db2 built-in functions input and return parameters
        • ADMIN_GET_TAB_COMPRESS_INFO - estimate compression savings
        • ADMIN_GET_TAB_DICTIONARY_INFO - report properties of existing table dictionaries
        • ADMIN_GET_TAB_INFO - retrieve table size and state information
        • ADMIN_GET_TEMP_COLUMNS - retrieve column information for temporary tables
        • ADMIN_GET_TEMP_TABLES - retrieve information for temporary tables
        • ADMIN_IS_INLINED - determine if data is inlined
        • ADMIN_MOVE_TABLE - Move tables online
        • ADMIN_MOVE_TABLE_UTIL - modify parameters for online table moves
        • ADMIN_REMOVE_MSGS - clean up messages for utilities using ADMIN_CMD
        • ADMIN_REVALIDATE_DB_OBJECTS procedure - revalidate invalid database objects
        • ADMIN_SET_INTRA_PARALLEL procedure - Enables or disables intrapartition parallelism
        • ADMINTABINFO - retrieve table size and state information
        • ADMINTEMPCOLUMNS - retrieve column information for temporary tables
        • ADMINTEMPTABLES - retrieve information for temporary tables
      • Administrative Task Scheduler routines and views
        • ADMIN_TASK_ADD procedure - Schedule a new task
          • UNIX cron format
        • ADMIN_TASK_LIST - Retrieve information about tasks in the scheduler
        • ADMIN_TASK_REMOVE procedure - Remove scheduled tasks or task status records
        • ADMIN_TASK_STATUS - Retrieve task status information
        • ADMIN_TASK_UPDATE procedure - Update an existing task
      • Audit routines and procedures
        • AUDIT_ARCHIVE - archive audit log file
        • AUDIT_DELIM_EXTRACT - performs extract to delimited file
        • AUDIT_LIST_LOGS - lists archived audit log files
      • Automatic maintenance routines
        • AUTOMAINT_GET_POLICY - automatic maintenance policy
        • AUTOMAINT_GET_POLICYFILE - automatic maintenance policy
        • AUTOMAINT_SET_POLICY - automatic maintenance policy
        • AUTOMAINT_SET_POLICYFILE - configure automatic maintenance policy
      • Common SQL API procedures
        • Common SQL API signature
        • Versioning of XML documents
        • XML input documents
          • Complete mode for returning valid XML input documents
        • XML output documents
          • XPath expressions for filtering output
        • XML message documents
        • CANCEL_WORK procedure - cancel work
        • DESIGN_ADVISOR procedure
        • GET_CONFIG procedure - get configuration data
        • GET_MESSAGE procedure - get message text
        • GET_SYSTEM_INFO procedure - get system information
        • SET_CONFIG procedure - set configuration parameters
      • Configuration routines and views
        • ADMIN_REFRESH_CONFIG stored procedure
        • DBCFG - database configuration parameter information
        • DBMCFG - database manager configuration parameter information
      • Db2 pureScale instance information routines and views
        • DB_MEMBERS table function
        • DB2_CLUSTER_HOST_STATE administrative view and DB2_GET_CLUSTER_HOST_STATE table function - get information about hosts
        • DB2_INSTANCE_ALERTS view - get information about alerts
        • DB2_MEMBER and DB2_CF administrative views and DB2_GET_INSTANCE_INFO table function
      • Environment routines and views
        • ENV_CF_SYS_RESOURCES - Get cluster caching facility system resource information
        • ENV_FEATURE_INFO - license information for Db2 offerings
        • ENV_GET_DB2_EDU_SYSTEM_RESOURCES - Return information about the database engine dispatchable units
        • ENV_GET_DB2_SYSTEM_RESOURCES - Return database system information
        • ENV_GET_NETWORK_RESOURCES - Return network information
        • ENV_GET_REG_VARIABLES - database registry settings in use
        • ENV_GET_INSTANCE_CODE_LEVELS - return architectural level
        • ENV_GET_SYSTEM_RESOURCES table function - Return system information
        • ENV_INST_INFO - current instance information
        • ENV_PROD_INFO - installed database products information
        • ENV_SYS_INFO - system information
      • Explain routines
        • EXPLAIN_GET_MSGS - explain messages
        • EXPLAIN_FORMAT stored procedure
        • EXPLAIN_FORMAT_STATS - displays statistics information
        • EXPLAIN_FROM_ACTIVITY procedure - Explain statement using activity event monitor information
        • EXPLAIN_FROM_CATALOG procedure - Explain a statement using section information from catalogs
        • EXPLAIN_FROM_DATA procedure - Explain a statement using the input section
        • EXPLAIN_FROM_SECTION procedure - Explain a statement using package cache or package cache event monitor information
      • Monitor views
        • MON_BP_UTILIZATION - Retrieve metrics for bufferpools
        • MON_CONNECTION_SUMMARY - Retrieve metrics for all connections
        • MON_CURRENT_SQL - Retrieve key metrics for all activities on all members
        • MON_CURRENT_UOW - Retrieve metrics for all units of work
        • MON_DB_SUMMARY - Retrieve accumulated metrics across all members of the database
        • MON_LOCKWAITS - Retrieve metrics for applications that are waiting to obtain locks
        • MON_PKG_CACHE_SUMMARY - Retrieve a high-level summary of the database package cache
        • MON_SERVICE_SUBCLASS_SUMMARY - Retrieve metrics for all service subclasses
        • MON_TBSP_UTILIZATION - Retrieve monitoring metrics for all table spaces and all database partitions
        • MON_TRANSACTION_LOG_UTILIZATION - retrieve log utilization information
        • MON_WORKLOAD_SUMMARY - Retrieves metrics for all workloads
      • Monitor procedures and functions
        • Monitor (MON) routines
          • MON_CAPTURE_ACTIVITY_IN_PROGRESS - collect activity information for activities event monitor
          • MON_COLLECT_STATS - collect and reset statistics for workload management objects and operating system resources
          • MON_FORMAT_LOCK_NAME - Format the internal lock name and return details
          • MON_FORMAT_XML_COMPONENT_TIMES_BY_ROW - Get formatted row-based component times
          • MON_FORMAT_XML_METRICS_BY_ROW - Get formatted row-based output for all metrics
          • MON_FORMAT_XML_TIMES_BY_ROW - Get formatted row-based combined hierarchy wait and processing times
          • MON_FORMAT_XML_WAIT_TIMES_BY_ROW - Get formatted row-based output for wait times
          • MON_GET_ACTIVITY - return a list of activities
          • MON_GET_ACTIVITY_DETAILS table function - return information about an activity as an XML document
          • MON_GET_AGENT - List agents, fenced mode processes, and system entities for the database
          • MON_GET_APPL_LOCKWAIT table function - Get information about locks for which an application is waiting
          • MON_GET_APPLICATION_HANDLE - Get connection application handle
          • MON_GET_APPLICATION_ID - Get connection application ID
          • MON_GET_AUTO_MAINT_QUEUE table function - Get information on the automatic maintenance jobs
          • MON_GET_AUTO_RUNSTATS_QUEUE table function - Retrieve information about objects queued for evaluation
          • MON_GET_BUFFERPOOL - get buffer pool metrics
          • MON_GET_CF - Get cluster caching facility metrics
          • MON_GET_CF_CMD - Get processing times for cluster caching facility commands
          • MON_GET_CF_WAIT_TIME - Get wait times for cluster caching facility commands
          • MON_GET_CONNECTION - get connection metrics
          • MON_GET_CONNECTION_DETAILS table function - get connection metrics as an XML document
          • MON_GET_CONTAINER - get table space container metrics
          • MON_GET_DATABASE - get database metrics
          • MON_GET_DATABASE_DETAILS - get database metrics as an XML document
          • MON_GET_EXTENDED_LATCH_WAIT table function - Return information for latches
          • MON_GET_EXTENT_MOVEMENT_STATUS - get extent movement progress
          • MON_GET_FCM - Get FCM metrics
          • MON_GET_FCM_CONNECTION_LIST - Get details for all FCM connections
          • MON_GET_GROUP_BUFFERPOOL - Get group buffer pool metrics
          • MON_GET_HADR - get high availability disaster recovery (HADR) monitoring information
          • MON_GET_INDEX table function - get index metrics
          • MON_GET_INDEX_USAGE_LIST table function - Returns information from an index usage list
          • MON_GET_INSTANCE - get instance level information
          • MON_GET_LATCH - List all latches in the current member
          • MON_GET_LOCKS table function - List all locks in the currently connected database
          • MON_GET_MEMORY_POOL - get memory pool information
          • MON_GET_MEMORY_SET - get memory set information
          • MON_GET_PAGE_ACCESS_INFO - Get bufferpool page waiting information
          • MON_GET_PKG_CACHE_STMT table function - get package cache statement metrics
          • MON_GET_PKG_CACHE_STMT_DETAILS table function - get package cache statement metrics as an XML document
          • MON_GET_QUEUE_STATS - return threshold queue statistics
          • MON_GET_REBALANCE_STATUS table function - get rebalance progress for a table space
          • MON_GET_ROUTINE - get aggregated routine execution metrics
          • MON_GET_ROUTINE_DETAILS - get aggregated routine execution metrics as an XML document
          • MON_GET_ROUTINE_EXEC_LIST - get list of statements executed by routine
          • MON_GET_RTS_RQST table function - Retrieve information about real-time statistics requests
          • MON_GET_SECTION - Get a copy of a section from the package cache
          • MON_GET_SECTION_OBJECT - list objects accessed by a section
          • MON_GET_SECTION_ROUTINE - get list of routines for input section
          • MON_GET_SERVERLIST table function - get member priority details
          • MON_GET_SERVICE_SUBCLASS - get service subclass metrics
          • MON_GET_SERVICE_SUBCLASS_DETAILS - get service subclass metrics as an XML document
          • MON_GET_SERVICE_SUBCLASS_STATS - return statistics of service subclasses
          • MON_GET_SERVICE_SUPERCLASS - get service superclass metrics
          • MON_GET_SERVICE_SUPERCLASS_DETAILS - get service superclass metrics as an XML document
          • MON_GET_SERVICE_SUPERCLASS_STATS - return statistics of service superclasses
          • MON_GET_TABLE - get table metrics
          • MON_GET_TABLESPACE - get table space metrics
          • MON_GET_TABLESPACE_QUIESCER - get information about quiesced table spaces
          • MON_GET_TABLESPACE_RANGE - get information about table space ranges
          • MON_GET_TABLE_USAGE_LIST table function - Returns information from a table usage list
          • MON_GET_TRANSACTION_LOG table function - Get log information
          • MON_GET_UNIT_OF_WORK - get unit of work metrics
          • MON_GET_UNIT_OF_WORK_DETAILS - get unit of work metrics as an XML document
          • MON_GET_USAGE_LIST_STATUS table function - Returns the status on a usage list
          • MON_GET_UTILITY - get utilities running on the database
          • MON_GET_WLM_ADMISSION_QUEUE table function - Return a list of queued activities
          • MON_GET_WORKLOAD - get workload metrics
          • MON_GET_WORKLOAD_DETAILS - get workload metrics as an XML document
          • MON_GET_WORKLOAD_STATS - return workload statistics
          • MON_GET_WORK_ACTION_SET_STATS - return work action set statistics
          • MON_INCREMENT_INTERVAL_ID procedure - increment the monitoring interval
          • MON_SAMPLE_SERVICE_CLASS_METRICS - Get sample of service class metrics
          • MON_SAMPLE_WORKLOAD_METRICS - Get sample of workload metrics
        • Event monitor (EVMON) routines
          • EVMON_FORMAT_UE_TO_TABLES procedure - move an XML document to relational tables
          • EVMON_FORMAT_UE_TO_XML table function - convert unformatted events to XML
          • EVMON_UPGRADE_TABLES procedure - Upgrade event monitor target tables
  • WebSphere MQ routines
    • MQPUBLISH - publish data
    • MQREAD - return a message
    • MQREADALL - return messages
    • MQREADALLCLOB - return messages
    • MQREADCLOB - return a message
    • MQRECEIVE - return a message and remove from queue
    • MQRECEIVEALL - return messages and remove from queue
    • MQRECEIVEALLCLOB - return messages and remove from queue
    • MQRECEIVECLOB - return a messages and remove from queue
    • MQSEND - send data
    • MQSUBSCRIBE - subscribe to messages
    • MQUNSUBSCRIBE - unsubscribe from messages
  • Security routines and views
    • ADMIN_ROTATE_MASTER_KEY - Change the database master key
    • AUTH_GET_INSTANCE_AUTHID - get instance authorization ID
    • AUTH_LIST_AUTHORITIES_FOR_AUTHID - returns list of agents
    • AUTH_LIST_GROUPS_FOR_AUTHID - group membership for authorization IDs
    • AUTH_LIST_ROLES_FOR_AUTHID - returns roles list
    • AUTHORIZATIONIDS - authorization IDs and types
    • OBJECTOWNERS - object ownership information
    • PRIVILEGES - privilege information
  • Snapshot routines and views
    • QUERY_PREP_COST - statement prepare time
    • SNAP_GET_DYN_SQL - dynsql snapshot
    • SNAP_GET_SUBSECTION - subsection logical monitor group snapshot
    • SNAP_GET_SWITCHES - database snapshot switch state information
    • SNAP_GET_TAB_REORG - table reorganization snapshot
    • SNAP_GET_UTIL_PROGRESS - progress snapshot
    • SNAPDYN_SQL - dynsql snapshot
    • SNAPSUBSECTION - subsection logical monitor group snapshot
    • SNAPSWITCHES- database snapshot switch state information
    • SNAPTAB_REORG - table reorganization snapshot
    • SNAPUTIL_PROGRESS - progress snapshot
    • TOP_DYNAMIC_SQL - top dynamic SQL statements
  • SQL procedure routines
    • ALTER_ROUTINE_PACKAGE - alter package
    • GET_ROUTINE_NAME - get SQL PL object name
    • GET_ROUTINE_OPTS - get options for procedure creation
    • GET_ROUTINE_SAR - information required to install routine
    • PUT_ROUTINE_SAR - install routine
    • REBIND_ROUTINE_PACKAGE - rebind packages
    • SET_ROUTINE_OPTS - set options for procedure creation
  • Stepwise redistribute routines
    • ANALYZE_LOG_SPACE - log space analysis
    • GENERATE_DISTFILE - generate a data distribution file
    • GET_SWRD_SETTINGS - redistribute information
    • SET_SWRD_SETTINGS - create or change redistribute registry
    • STEPWISE_REDISTRIBUTE_DBPG - redistribute part of database partition group
  • Storage management tool routines
    • CAPTURE_STORAGEMGMT_INFO - object storage information
    • CREATE_STORAGEMGMT_TABLES - create storage management tables
    • DROP_STORAGEMGMT_TABLES - drop storage management tables
  • Text search routines
    • SYSTS_ADMIN_CMD procedure - run text search administration commands
    • SYSTS_ALTER procedure - change update characteristics of an index
    • SYSTS_CLEANUP procedure - remove invalid text search indexes
    • SYSTS_CLEAR_COMMANDLOCKS procedure - remove command locks for text search
    • SYSTS_CLEAR_EVENTS procedure - delete indexing events
    • SYSTS_CONFIGURE procedure - configure current database for text search
    • SYSTS_CREATE procedure - create text search index
    • SYSTS_DISABLE procedure - disable current database for text search
    • SYSTS_DROP procedure - drop text search index
    • SYSTS_ENABLE procedure - enable current database for text search
    • SYSTS_UPDATE procedure - update text search index
    • SYSTS_UPGRADE_CATALOG procedure - Upgrade the text search catalog
    • SYSTS_UPGRADE_INDEX - upgrade text search indexes
  • Workload management routines
    • WLM_ENABLE_ADMISSION_CTRL procedure - Enabling the adaptive workload manager
    • WLM_CANCEL_ACTIVITY - cancel a given activity
    • WLM_CAPTURE_ACTIVITY_IN_PROGRESS - collect activity information
    • WLM_COLLECT_STATS - collect and reset workload management statistics
    • WLM_ALTER_MEMBER_SUBSET - alter a member subset object
    • WLM_CREATE_MEMBER_SUBSET - create a member subset object
    • WLM_DROP_MEMBER_SUBSET - drop a member subset object
    • WLM_GET_CONN_ENV - get settings for activity data collection for a connection
    • WLM_GET_QUEUE_STATS - return threshold queue statistics
    • WLM_GET_SERVICE_CLASS_AGENTS table function - list agents running in a service class
    • WLM_GET_SERVICE_CLASS_WORKLOAD_OCCURRENCES table function - list workload occurrences
    • WLM_GET_SERVICE_SUBCLASS_STATS - return statistics of service subclasses
    • WLM_GET_SERVICE_SUPERCLASS_STATS - return statistics of service superclasses
    • WLM_GET_WORK_ACTION_SET_STATS - return work action set statistics
    • WLM_GET_WORKLOAD_OCCURRENCE_ACTIVITIES table function - return a list of activities
    • WLM_GET_WORKLOAD_STATS - return workload statistics
    • WLM_SET_CLIENT_INFO - set client information
    • WLM_SET_CONN_ENV - enable collection of activity data and measurement of section actuals
    • WLM_SET_SESSION_PRIORITY procedure - Set the priority of a given session
  • Miscellaneous routines and views
    • ALTOBJ - alter table
    • COMPILATION_ENV - compilation environment elements
    • CONTACTGROUPS - list of contact groups
    • CONTACTS - list of contacts
    • DB_HISTORY - history file
    • DBPATHS and ADMIN_LIST_DB_PATHS - database paths
    • GET_DBSIZE_INFO - database size and capacity
    • NOTIFICATIONLIST - health notification contact list
    • PD_GET_DIAG_HIST - return records from facility
    • PDLOGMSGS_LAST24HOURS - problem determination messages
    • REORGCHK_IX_STATS - reorganization index statistics
    • REORGCHK_TB_STATS - reorganization table statistics
    • SET_MAINT_MODE_RECORD_NO_TEMPORALHISTORY - disable recording of temporal history
    • SQLERRM - error message information
    • SYSINSTALLOBJECTS - create or drop objects
  • Deprecated routines and views
    • ADMIN_GET_DBP_MEM_USAGE
    • ADMINTABCOMPRESSINFO and ADMIN_GET_TAB_COMPRESS_INFO (deprecated)
    • ADMIN_GET_TAB_COMPRESS_INFO_V97
    • ADMIN_GET_TAB_INFO_V95
    • ADMIN_GET_TAB_INFO_V97
    • AM_BASE_RPT_RECOMS
    • AM_BASE_RPTS table - activity reports
    • AM_DROP_TASK - delete a monitoring task
    • AM_GET_LOCK_CHN_TB - application lock chain data
    • AM_GET_LOCK_CHNS - lock chain data for a specific application
    • AM_GET_LOCK_RPT - application lock details
    • AM_GET_RPT - activity monitor data
    • AM_SAVE_TASK - create or modify a monitoring task
    • APPL_PERFORMANCE
    • APPLICATIONS
    • APPLICATION_ID
    • BP_HITRATIO
    • BP_READ_IO
    • BP_WRITE_IO
    • CONTAINER_UTILIZATION
    • DB_PARTITIONS - db2nodes.cfg information
    • ENV_SYS_RESOURCES - return system information
    • ENV_GET_SYS_RESOURCES - return system information
    • GET_DB_CONFIG
    • GET_DBM_CONFIG
    • HEALTH_CONT_HI - container health indicators
    • HEALTH_CONT_HI_HIS - container health indicator history
    • HEALTH_CONT_INFO - container information
    • HEALTH_DB_HI - database health indicators
    • HEALTH_DB_HI_HIS - database health indicator history
    • HEALTH_DB_HIC - collection health indicator
    • HEALTH_DB_HIC_HIS - collection health indicator history
    • HEALTH_DB_INFO - database information
    • HEALTH_DBM_HI - database manager health indicators
    • HEALTH_DBM_HI_HIS - database manager health indicator history
    • HEALTH_DBM_INFO - database manager information
    • HEALTH_GET_ALERT_ACTION_CFG - health alert action configuration settings
    • HEALTH_GET_ALERT_CFG - health alert configuration settings
    • HEALTH_GET_IND_DEFINITION - health indicator definitions
    • HEALTH_HI_REC - recommendations
    • HEALTH_TBS_HI - table space health indicators
    • HEALTH_TBS_HI_HIS - table space health indicator history
    • HEALTH_TBS_INFO - table space information
    • LOCKS_HELD - locks held
    • LOCKWAITS - current lockwaits
    • LOG_UTILIZATION - log utilization
    • LONG_RUNNING_SQL - longest running SQL statement
    • REG_VARIABLES - database registry settings in use
    • REG_LIST_VARIABLES table function - return registry settings
    • SNAP_GET_AGENT
    • SNAP_GET_AGENT_MEMORY_POOL
    • SNAP_GET_APPL_INFO
    • SNAP_GET_APPL_INFO_V95
    • SNAP_GET_APPL
    • SNAP_GET_APPL_V95
    • SNAP_GET_BP
    • SNAP_GET_BP_PART
    • SNAP_GET_BP_V95
    • SNAP_GET_CONTAINER
    • SNAP_GET_CONTAINER_V91
    • SNAP_GET_DB
    • SNAP_GET_DB_MEMORY_POOL
    • SNAP_GET_DB_V97
    • SNAP_GET_DBM
    • SNAP_GET_DBM_MEMORY_POOL
    • SNAP_GET_DBM_V95
    • SNAP_GET_DETAILLOG
    • SNAP_GET_DETAILLOG_V91
    • SNAP_GET_DYN_SQL_V95
    • SNAP_GET_FCM
    • SNAP_GET_FCM_PART
    • SNAP_GET_HADR
    • SNAP_GET_LOCK
    • SNAP_GET_LOCKWAIT
    • SNAP_GET_TBSP_RANGE
    • SNAP_GET_STMT
    • SNAP_GET_STO_PATHS
    • SNAP_GET_STORAGE_PATHS_V97
    • SNAP_GET_TAB
    • SNAP_GET_TAB_V91
    • SNAP_GET_TBSP
    • SNAP_GET_TBSP_PART
    • SNAP_GET_TBSP_PART_V97
    • SNAP_GET_TBSP_V91
    • SNAP_GET_TBSP_QUIESCER
    • SNAP_GET_UTIL
    • SNAP_WRITE_FILE
    • SNAPAGENT
    • SNAPAGENT_MEMORY_POOL
    • SNAPAPPL_INFO
    • SNAPAPPL
    • SNAPBP
    • SNAPBP_PART
    • SNAPCONTAINER - tablespace_container snapshot
    • SNAPDB
    • SNAPDB_MEMORY_POOL
    • SNAPDBM
    • SNAPDBM_MEMORY_POOL
    • SNAPDETAILLOG
    • SNAPFCM
    • SNAPFCM_PART
    • SNAPHADR
    • SNAPLOCK
    • SNAPLOCKWAIT
    • SNAPDB
    • SNAPUTIL
    • SNAPSTMT
    • SNAPSTORAGE_PATHS
    • SNAPTAB
    • SNAPTBSP
    • SNAPTBSP_PART
    • SNAPTBSP_QUIESCER
    • SNAPTBSP_RANGE
    • SNAPUTIL
    • SYSINSTALLROUTINES
    • TBSP_UTILIZATION
    • WLM_GET_ACTIVITY_DETAILS
    • WLM_GET_SERVICE_CLASS_AGENTS_V97
    • WLM_GET_SERVICE_CLASS_WORKLOAD_OCCURRENCES_V97
    • WLM_GET_SERVICE_SUBCLASS_STATS_V97
    • WLM_GET_WORKLOAD_OCCURRENCE_ACTIVITIES_V97
    • WLM_GET_WORKLOAD_STATS_V97
  • Command line processor features
  • db2 - CLP invocation
  • CLP options
  • CLP return codes
  • Invoking command help from the command line
  • Issuing message help from the command line
  • Command line processor plus (CLPPlus)
    • Starting a CLPPlus client session
    • CLPPLUS command
    • Session Global Variables in CLPPlus
    • CLPPlus console types
      • Window mode CLPPlus console and UTF-8 character support
      • Setting the font in CLPPlus window mode
      • Setting the font color in CLPPlus window mode
      • Setting the background color in CLPPlus window mode
    • DSN aliases in CLPPlus
    • Supported IBM data server driver configuration keywords
    • The SSL protocol support in CLPPlus
    • Kerberos authentication in CLPPlus
    • SERVER_ENCRYPT authentication in CLPPlus
    • SERVER_ENCRYPT_AES authentication in CLPPlus
    • LDAP support in CLPPlus
    • Running a script file in the CLPPlus session
    • Skipping and interrupting CLPPlus commands
    • Comments in CLPPlus
    • Escape characters in CLPPlus
    • Bind variables in CLPPlus
    • Shell and environment variables in CLPPlus
    • Db2 commands supported by CLPPlus
      • CREATE DATABASE in CLPPlus
    • CLPPlus restrictions
    • CLPPlus troubleshooting hints and tips
      • CLPPlus traces and record logging
  • Command line SQL and XQuery statements
  • How to read command syntax help
  • ACTIVATE DATABASE
  • ADD CONTACT
  • ADD CONTACTGROUP
  • ADD DBPARTITIONNUM
  • ADD XMLSCHEMA DOCUMENT
  • ARCHIVE LOG
  • ATTACH
  • AUTOCONFIGURE
  • BACKUP DATABASE
  • BIND
  • CATALOG DATABASE
  • CATALOG DCS DATABASE
  • CATALOG LDAP DATABASE
  • CATALOG LDAP NODE
  • CATALOG LOCAL NODE
  • CATALOG NAMED PIPE NODE
  • CATALOG ODBC DATA SOURCE
  • CATALOG STORAGE ACCESS
  • CATALOG TCPIP NODE
  • CHANGE DATABASE COMMENT
  • CHANGE ISOLATION LEVEL
  • COMPLETE XMLSCHEMA
  • CREATE DATABASE
  • CREATE TOOLS CATALOG
  • DEACTIVATE DATABASE
  • DECOMPOSE XML DOCUMENT
  • DECOMPOSE XML DOCUMENTS
  • DEREGISTER
  • DESCRIBE
  • DETACH
  • DROP CONTACT
  • DROP CONTACTGROUP
  • DROP DATABASE
  • DROP DBPARTITIONNUM VERIFY
  • DROP TOOLS CATALOG
  • ECHO
  • EDIT
  • EXPORT
  • FORCE APPLICATION
  • GET ADMIN CONFIGURATION
  • GET ALERT CONFIGURATION
  • GET CLI CONFIGURATION
  • GET CONNECTION STATE
  • GET CONTACTGROUP
  • GET CONTACTGROUPS
  • GET CONTACTS
  • GET DATABASE CONFIGURATION
  • GET DATABASE MANAGER CONFIGURATION
  • GET DATABASE MANAGER MONITOR SWITCHES
  • GET DESCRIPTION FOR HEALTH INDICATOR
  • GET HEALTH NOTIFICATION CONTACT LIST
  • GET HEALTH SNAPSHOT
  • GET INSTANCE
  • GET MONITOR SWITCHES
  • GET RECOMMENDATIONS FOR HEALTH INDICATOR
  • GET ROUTINE
  • GET SNAPSHOT
  • HELP
  • HISTORY
  • IMPORT
  • INGEST
  • INGEST GET STATS
  • INGEST LIST
  • INGEST SET
  • INITIALIZE TAPE
  • INSPECT
  • LIST ACTIVE DATABASES
  • LIST APPLICATIONS
  • LIST COMMAND OPTIONS
  • LIST DATABASE DIRECTORY
  • LIST DATABASE PARTITION GROUPS
  • LIST DBPARTITIONNUMS
  • LIST DCS APPLICATIONS
  • LIST DCS DIRECTORY
  • LIST DRDA INDOUBT TRANSACTIONS
  • LIST HISTORY
  • LIST INDOUBT TRANSACTIONS
  • LIST INSTANCE
  • LIST NODE DIRECTORY
  • LIST ODBC DATA SOURCES
  • LIST PACKAGES/TABLES
  • LIST STORAGE ACCESS
  • LIST TABLESPACE CONTAINERS
  • LIST TABLESPACES
  • LIST UTILITIES
  • LOAD
  • LOAD QUERY
  • MIGRATE DATABASE
  • PING
  • PRECOMPILE
  • PRUNE HISTORY/LOGFILE
  • PUT ROUTINE
  • QUERY CLIENT
  • QUIESCE
  • QUIESCE TABLESPACES FOR TABLE
  • QUIT
  • REBIND
  • RECOVER DATABASE
  • REDISTRIBUTE DATABASE PARTITION GROUP
  • REFRESH LDAP
  • REGISTER
  • REGISTER XMLSCHEMA
  • REGISTER XSROBJECT
  • REORG TABLE
  • REORG INDEX/INDEXES
  • REORGCHK
  • RESET ADMIN CONFIGURATION
  • RESET ALERT CONFIGURATION
  • RESET DATABASE CONFIGURATION
  • RESET DATABASE MANAGER CONFIGURATION
  • RESET MONITOR
  • RESTART DATABASE
  • RESTORE DATABASE
  • REWIND TAPE
  • ROLLFORWARD DATABASE
  • ROTATE MASTER KEY FOR STORAGE ACCESS
  • RUNCMD
  • RUNSTATS
  • SET CLIENT
  • SET RUNTIME DEGREE
  • SET SERVEROUTPUT
  • SET STOGROUP PATHS
  • SET TABLESPACE CONTAINERS
  • SET TAPE POSITION
  • SET UTIL_IMPACT_PRIORITY
  • SET WORKLOAD
  • SET WRITE
  • START DATABASE MANAGER
  • START HADR
  • STOP DATABASE MANAGER
  • STOP HADR
  • TAKEOVER HADR
  • TERMINATE
  • UNCATALOG DATABASE
  • UNCATALOG DCS DATABASE
  • UNCATALOG LDAP DATABASE
  • UNCATALOG LDAP NODE
  • UNCATALOG NODE
  • UNCATALOG ODBC DATA SOURCE
  • UNCATALOG STORAGE ACCESS
  • UNQUIESCE
  • UPDATE ADMIN CONFIGURATION
  • UPDATE ALERT CONFIGURATION
  • UPDATE ALTERNATE SERVER FOR DATABASE
  • UPDATE ALTERNATE SERVER FOR LDAP
  • UPDATE CLI CONFIGURATION
  • UPDATE COMMAND OPTIONS
  • UPDATE CONTACT
  • UPDATE CONTACTGROUP
  • UPDATE DATABASE CONFIGURATION
  • UPDATE DATABASE MANAGER CONFIGURATION
  • UPDATE HEALTH NOTIFICATION CONTACT LIST
  • UPDATE HISTORY
  • UPDATE LDAP NODE
  • UPDATE MONITOR SWITCHES
  • UPDATE XMLSCHEMA
  • UPGRADE DATABASE
  • ZLOAD
  • CLPPlus commands
    • .
    • !
    • /
    • @
    • @@
    • ACCEPT
    • APPEND
    • BREAK
    • BTITLE
    • CALL
    • CHANGE
    • CLEAR
    • COLUMN
    • COMPUTE
    • CONNECT
    • COPY
    • DEFINE
    • DEFINE_EDITOR
    • DEL
    • DESCRIBE
    • DISCONNECT
    • EDIT
    • EXPORT (external table)
    • EXECUTE
    • EXIT
    • EXPLAIN PLAN
    • GET
    • HELP
    • HOST
    • IMPORT
    • INPUT
    • LIST
    • LOAD (external table)
    • zLOAD
    • PAUSE
    • PRINT
    • PROMPT
    • QUIT
    • REMARK
    • REORGCHK
    • REPFOOTER
    • REPHEADER
    • RUN
    • SAVE
    • SET
    • SPOOL
    • SHOW
    • START
    • TTITLE
    • UNDEFINE
    • WHENEVER OSERROR
    • WHENEVER SQLERROR
  • dasauto - Autostart Db2 administration server
  • dascrt - Create a Db2 administration server
  • dasdrop - Remove a Db2 administration server
  • dasmigr - Migrate the Db2 administration server
  • dasupdt - Update the Db2 administration server
  • db2cleancat - Report or remove orphan rows
  • db2_deinstall - Uninstall Db2 database products
  • db2_install - Install Db2 database product
  • db2_local_ps - Db2 process status for Linux/UNIX
  • db2acsutil - Manage Db2 snapshot backup objects
  • db2addicons - Create main menu entries for Db2 tools
  • db2admin - Db2 administration server
  • db2adutl - Managing Db2 objects within IBM Storage Protect
  • db2advis - Db2 Design Advisor
  • db2audit - Audit facility administrator tool
  • db2batch - Benchmark tool
  • db2bfd - Bind file description tool
  • db2bpf - Buffer pool definition management
  • db2caem - Capture activity event monitor data tool
  • db2cap - CLI/ODBC static package binding tool
  • db2cat - System catalog analysis
  • db2ccprf - Copy client profile
  • db2cfexp - Connectivity configuration export tool
  • db2cfimp - Connectivity configuration import tool
  • db2checkSD - Verify database is ready to upgrade to Db2 pureScale environment
  • db2chglibpath - Modify embedded runtime library search path
  • db2chgpath - Change embedded runtime path
  • db2ckbkp - Check backup
  • db2ckgpfs - Display the name, version information, and status of the GPFS cluster
  • db2cklog - Check archive log file validity
  • db2ckrst - Check incremental restore image sequence
  • db2cktsa - Display version, license type, and status of Tivoli SA MP and the RSCT peer domain
  • db2ckupgrade - Check database for upgrade
  • db2cli - Db2 interactive CLI
  • db2cluster - Manage Db2 cluster services
  • db2cluster_prepare - Create a Db2 managed Spectrum Scale cluster and file system
  • db2cmd - Open Db2 command window
  • db2convert - Convert row-organized tables into column-organized tables
  • db2cptsa - Install or update Db2 HA scripts
  • db2credman - Credential and security key management
  • db2dart - Database analysis and reporting tool
  • db2daslevel - Show DAS level
  • db2dclgn - Declaration generator
  • db2diag - db2diag logs analysis tool
  • db2drdat - DRDA trace
  • db2drvmp - Map Db2 database drive
  • db2empfa - Enable multi-page file allocation
  • db2envar.bat - Set environment of the current command window
  • db2evmon - Event monitor productivity tool
  • db2evtbl - Generate event monitor target table definitions
  • db2exfmt - Explain table format
  • db2exmig - Migrate explain tables
  • db2expln - SQL and XQuery Explain
  • db2extsec - Set permissions for Db2 objects
  • db2flsn - Find log sequence number
  • db2fm - Db2 fault monitor
  • db2fmcu - Db2 fault monitor controller
  • db2fmtlog – Format and display log file information tool
  • db2fodc - Db2 first occurrence data capture
  • db2fopt - Specify query optimizer parameters
  • db2fs - First Steps
  • db2gateways - Managing Db2 gateways
  • db2gcf - Control Db2 instance
  • db2gov - Db2 governor
  • db2govlg - Db2 governor log query
  • db2gpmap - Get partitioning map
  • db2iauto - Autostart instance
  • db2iclus - Microsoft Cluster Server
  • db2icrt - Create instance
  • db2ida - Stop or restart the SAS embedded process
  • db2idrop - Remove instance
  • db2ilist - List instances
  • db2inidb - Initialize a mirrored database
  • db2inspf - Format inspect results
  • db2instance - Query state of Db2 instance
  • db2iprune - Reduce installation image size
  • db2isetup - Start instance creation interface
  • db2iupdt - Update instances
  • db2iupgrade - Upgrade instance
  • db2jdbcbind - Db2 JDBC package binder
  • db2ldcfg - Configure LDAP environment
  • db2level - Show Db2 service level
  • db2licm - License management tool
  • db2listvolumes - Display GUIDs for all disk volumes
  • db2locssh - Run commands on a remote host as user root
  • db2logsForRfwd - List logs required for rollforward recovery
  • db2look - Db2 statistics and DDL extraction tool
  • db2ls - List installed Db2 products and features
  • db2move - Database movement tool
  • db2mqlsn - MQListener
  • db2mscs - Set up Windows failover utility
  • db2mtrk - Memory tracker
  • db2nchg - Change database partition server configuration
  • db2ncrt - Add database partition server to an instance
  • db2ndrop - Drop database partition server from an instance
  • db2nrcfg - Non-root install configuration tool
  • db2nrupdt - Non-root-installed instance update
  • db2nrupgrade - Upgrade non-root instance
  • db2p12tokmip - Migrate local keystores to centralized KMIP keystores
  • db2p12top11 - Migrate local keystore to a centralized PKCS #11 keystore
  • db2pd - Monitor and troubleshoot Db2 engine activities
  • db2pdcfg - Configure Db2 database for problem determination behavior
  • db2perfc - Reset database performance values
  • db2perfi - Performance counters registration utility
  • db2perfr - Performance monitor registration tool
  • db2prereqcheck - Check installation prerequisites
  • db2rbind - Rebind all packages
  • db2rc - Start Replication Center
  • db2relocatedb - Relocate database
  • db2RemStgManager - Remote storage manager
  • db2rfe - Enable root features for non-root installations
  • db2rfpen - Set rollforward pending state
  • db2rmicons - Remove Db2 tools from main menu
  • db2rspgn - Response file generator
  • db2sampl - Create sample database
  • db2schex - Active Directory schema extension
  • db2set - Db2 profile registry
  • db2setup - Install Db2 database products
  • db2snapcore - Db2 snapcore for Linux
  • db2start - Start Db2
  • db2stat - Db2 process status for Windows
  • db2stop - Stop Db2
  • db2support - Problem analysis and environment collection tool
  • db2swtch - Switch default Db2 copy and database client interface copy
  • db2sync - Start Db2 synchronizer
  • db2systray - Start Db2 system tray
  • db2tapemgr - Manage log files on tape
  • db2tbst - Get table space state
  • db2tdbmgr - Migrate tools catalog database
  • db2top - Db2 monitoring tool
  • db2trc - Trace
  • db2trcoff - Trace OFF options for db2trc
  • db2trcon - Trace ON options for db2trc
  • db2unins - Uninstall Db2 database product, features, or languages
  • db2untag - Release container tag
  • db2updserv - Show product updates
  • db2updv115 - Update database to version 11.5 mod pack or fix pack command
  • db2val - Db2 copy validation tool
  • db2xdbmig - Migrate XSR objects
  • db2xprt - Format trap file
  • disable_MQFunctions - Disable WebSphere MQ functions
  • dsmtop - Db2 text-based monitoring tool command
  • enable_MQFunctions - Enable WebSphere MQ functions
  • installDSDriver - Extract IBM Data Server Driver components and create db2profile and db2cshrc files
  • installFixPack - Update installed Db2 database products
  • setup - Install Db2 database products
  • db2ts ALTER INDEX
  • db2ts CLEANUP FOR TEXT
  • db2ts CLEAR COMMAND LOCKS
  • db2ts CLEAR EVENTS FOR TEXT
  • db2ts CREATE INDEX
  • db2ts DISABLE DATABASE FOR TEXT
  • db2ts DROP INDEX
  • db2ts ENABLE DATABASE FOR TEXT
  • db2ts HELP
  • db2ts RESET PENDING
  • db2ts SET COMMAND LOCKS
  • db2ts START FOR TEXT
  • db2ts STOP FOR TEXT
  • db2ts UPDATE INDEX
  • configure_user_management
  • Administrative APIs
    • Changed APIs and data structures
    • Log sequence number changes affecting API and application behavior
    • How the API descriptions are organized
      • Include files for Db2 API applications
    • db2AddContact - Add a contact for notification messages
    • db2AddContactGroup - Add a group for notification messages
    • db2AddSnapshotRequest - Add a snapshot request
    • db2AdminMsgWrite - Write log messages for administration and replication function
    • db2ArchiveLog - Archive the active log file
    • db2AutoConfig - Access the Configuration Advisor
    • db2AutoConfigFreeMemory - Free the memory allocated by the db2AutoConfig API
    • db2Backup - Back up a database or table space
    • db2CfgGet - Get the database manager or database configuration parameters
    • db2CfgSet - Set the database manager or database configuration parameters
    • db2ConvMonStream - Convert the monitor stream to the pre-version 6 format
    • db2DatabasePing - Ping the database to test network response time
    • db2DatabaseQuiesce - Quiesce the database
    • db2DatabaseRestart - Restart the database
    • db2DatabaseUnquiesce - Unquiesce the database
    • db2DatabaseUpgrade - Upgrade previous version of Db2 database to the current release
    • db2DbDirCloseScan - End a system or local database directory scan
    • db2DbDirGetNextEntry - Get the next system or local database directory entry
    • db2DbDirOpenScan - Start a system or local database directory scan
    • db2DropContact - Remove a contact from the list of contacts for notification messages
    • db2DropContactGroup - Remove a contact group from the list of contacts for notification messages
    • db2Export - Export data from a database
    • db2GetAlertCfg - Get the alert configuration settings for the health indicators
    • db2GetAlertCfgFree - Free the memory allocated by the db2GetAlertCfg API
    • db2GetContactGroup - Get the list of contacts in a single contact group for notification messages
    • db2GetContactGroups - Get the list of contact groups for notification messages
    • db2GetContacts - Get the list of contacts for notification messages
    • db2GetDistMap - Get distribution map
    • db2GetHealthNotificationList - Get the list of contacts for health alert notifications
    • db2GetRecommendations - Get recommendations to resolve a health indicator in alert state
    • db2GetRecommendationsFree - Free the memory allocated by the db2GetRecommendations API
    • db2GetRowPartNum - Get the database partition server number for a row
    • db2GetSnapshot - Get a snapshot of the database manager operational status
    • db2GetSnapshotSize - Estimate the output buffer size required for the db2GetSnapshot API
    • db2GetSyncSession - Get a satellite synchronization session identifier
    • db2HADRStart - Start HADR operations
    • db2HADRStop - Stop HADR operations
    • db2HADRTakeover - Instruct a database to take over as the HADR primary database
    • db2HistoryCloseScan - End the database history records scan
    • db2HistoryGetEntry - Get the next entry in the database history records
    • db2HistoryOpenScan - Start a database history records scan
    • db2HistoryUpdate - Update a database history records entry
    • db2Import - Import data into a table, hierarchy, nickname or view
    • db2Ingest API - Ingest data from an input file or pipe into a Db2 table.
    • db2InstanceAttach - Specify a node for instance-level functions
    • db2Inspect - Inspect database for architectural integrity
    • db2InstanceQuiesce - Quiesce instance
    • db2InstanceStart - Start instance
    • db2InstanceStop - Stop instance
    • db2InstanceUnquiesce - Unquiesce instance
    • db2LdapCatalogDatabase - Register the database on the LDAP server
    • db2LdapCatalogNode - Provide an alias for node name in LDAP server
    • db2LdapDeregister - Deregister the Db2 server and cataloged databases from the LDAP server
    • db2LdapRegister - Register the Db2 server on the LDAP server
    • db2LdapUncatalogDatabase - Deregister database from LDAP server
    • db2LdapUncatalogNode - Delete alias for node name from LDAP server
    • db2LdapUpdate - Update the attributes of the Db2 server on the LDAP server
    • db2LdapUpdateAlternateServerForDB API - Update the alternate server for the database on the LDAP server
    • db2Load - Load data into a table
    • db2LoadQuery - Get the status of a load operation
    • db2MonitorSwitches - Get or update the monitor switch settings
    • db2Prune - Delete the history file entries or log files from the active log path
    • db2QuerySatelliteProgress - Get the status of a satellite synchronization session
    • db2ReadLog - Read log records
    • db2ReadLogNoConn - Read the database logs without a database connection
    • db2ReadLogNoConnInit - Initialize reading the database logs without a database connection
    • db2ReadLogNoConnTerm - Terminate reading the database logs without a database connection
    • db2Recover - Restore and roll forward a database
    • db2Reorg - Reorganize an index or a table
    • db2ResetAlertCfg - Reset the alert configuration of health indicators
    • db2ResetMonitor - Reset the database system monitor data
    • db2Restore - Restore a database or table space
    • db2Rollforward - Roll forward a database
    • db2Runstats - Update statistics for tables and indexes
    • db2SelectDB2Copy - Select the Db2 copy to be used by your application
    • db2SetStogroupPaths - Redirect storage group paths
    • db2SetSyncSession - Set satellite synchronization session
    • db2SetWriteForDB - Suspend or resume I/O writes for database
    • db2SpmListIndTrans - List SPM indoubt transactions
    • db2SyncSatellite - Start satellite synchronization
    • db2SyncSatelliteStop - Pause satellite synchronization
    • db2SyncSatelliteTest - Test whether a satellite can be synchronized
    • db2UpdateAlertCfg - Update the alert configuration settings for health indicators
    • db2UpdateAlternateServerForDB - Update the alternate server for a database alias in the system database directory
    • db2UpdateContact - Update the attributes of a contact
    • db2UpdateContactGroup - Update the attributes of a contact group
    • db2UpdateHealthNotificationList - Update the list of contacts for health alert notifications
    • db2UtilityControl - Set the priority level of running utilities
    • sqlabndx - Bind application program to create a package
    • sqlaintp - Get error message
    • sqlaprep - Precompile application program
    • sqlarbnd - Rebind package
    • sqlbctcq - Close a table space container query
    • sqlbctsq - Close a table space query
    • sqlbftcq - Fetch the query data for rows in a table space container
    • sqlbftpq - Fetch the query data for rows in a table space
    • sqlbgtss - Get table space usage statistics
    • sqlbmtsq - Get the query data for all table spaces
    • sqlbotcq - Open a table space container query
    • sqlbotsq - Open a table space query
    • sqlbstpq - Get information about a single table space
    • sqlbstsc - Set table space containers
    • sqlbtcq - Get the query data for all table space containers
    • sqlcspqy - List DRDA indoubt transactions
    • sqle_activate_db - Activate database
    • sqle_deactivate_db - Deactivate database
    • sqleaddn - Add a database partition to the partitioned database environment
    • sqleatcp - Attach to instance and change password
    • sqleatin - Attach to instance
    • sqlecadb - Catalog a database in the system database directory
    • sqlecran - Create a database on a database partition server
    • sqlecrea - Create database
    • sqlectnd - Catalog an entry in the node directory
    • sqledcgd - Change a database comment in the system or local database directory
    • sqledpan - Drop a database on a database partition server
    • sqledrpd - Drop database
    • sqledrpn - Check whether a database partition server can be dropped
    • sqledtin - Detach from instance
    • sqlefmem - Free the memory allocated by the sqlbtcq and sqlbmtsq API
    • sqlefrce - Force users and applications off the system
    • sqlegdad - Catalog a database in the DCS directory
    • sqlegdcl - End a DCS directory scan
    • sqlegdel - Uncatalog a database from the DCS directory
    • sqlegdge - Get a specific entry in the DCS directory
    • sqlegdgt - Get DCS directory entries
    • sqlegdsc - Start a DCS directory scan
    • sqlegins - Get current instance
    • sqleintr - Interrupt application requests
    • sqleisig - Install signal handler
    • sqlemgdb - Migrate previous version of Db2 database to current version
    • sqlencls - End a node directory scan
    • sqlengne - Get the next node directory entry
    • sqlenops - Start a node directory scan
    • sqleqryc - Query client connection settings
    • sqleqryi - Query client information
    • sqlesact - Set accounting string
    • sqlesdeg - Set the maximum degree for SQL statements or runtime intrapartition parallelism level
    • sqlesetc - Set client connection settings
    • sqleseti - Set client information
    • sqleuncd - Uncatalog a database from the system database directory
    • sqleuncn - Uncatalog an entry from the node directory
    • sqlgaddr - Get the address of a variable
    • sqlgdref - Dereference an address
    • sqlgmcpy - Copy data from one memory area to another
    • sqlogstt - Get the SQLSTATE message
    • sqludrdt - Redistribute data across a database partition group
    • sqlugrpn - Get the database partition server number for a row
    • sqlugtpi - Get table distribution information
    • sqluvqdp - Quiesce table spaces for a table
    • REXX APIs
      • Change Isolation Level
    • db2Credentials
    • db2DistMapStruct
    • db2HistoryData
    • db2LSN data structure
    • SQL_DIR_ENTRY
    • SQLB_TBS_STATS
    • SQLB_TBSCONTQRY_DATA
    • SQLB_TBSPQRY_DATA
    • SQLCA
    • SQLCHAR
    • SQLDA
    • SQLDCOL
    • SQLE_ADDN_OPTIONS
    • SQLE_CLIENT_INFO
    • SQLE_CONN_SETTING
    • SQLE_NODE_LOCAL
    • SQLE_NODE_NPIPE
    • SQLE_NODE_STRUCT
    • SQLE_NODE_TCPIP
    • SQLEDBDESC
    • SQLEDBDESCEXT
    • SQLEDBDESCEXTEXT
    • SQLEDBTERRITORYINFO
    • SQLENINFO
    • SQLFUPD
    • SQLLOB
    • SQLMA
    • SQLOPT
    • SQLU_LSN
    • SQLU_MEDIA_LIST
    • SQLU_RLOG_INFO
    • SQLUPI
    • SQLXA_XID
    • Naming conventions
    • Heuristic APIs
      • db2XaGetInfo - Get information for a resource manager
      • db2XaListIndTrans - List indoubt transactions
      • sqlxhfrg - Forget transaction status
      • sqlxphcm - Commit an indoubt transaction
      • sqlxphrl - Roll back an indoubt transaction
    • Precompiler customization APIs
    • Db2 database system plug-ins for customizing database management
      • Backup and restore APIs for vendor products
        • APIs for restoring vendor products
          • db2VendorGetNextObj - Get next object on device
          • db2VendorQueryApiVersion - Get the supported level of the vendor storage API
          • sqluvdel - Delete committed session
          • sqluvend - Unlink a vendor device and release its resources
          • sqluvget - Read data from a vendor device
          • sqluvint - Initialize and link to a vendor device
          • sqluvput - Write data to a vendor device
        • Db2 call sequence for vendor APIs
        • Invoking a backup or a restore operation
        • DB2_INFO
        • VENDOR_INFO
        • INIT_INPUT
        • INIT_OUTPUT
        • DATA
        • RETURN_CODE
      • Compression plug-ins for backup and restore
        • COMPR_CB
        • COMPR_DB2INFO
        • COMPR_PIINFO
        • Compress - Compress a block of data
        • Decompress - Decompress a block of data
        • GetMaxCompressedSize - Estimate largest possible buffer size
        • GetSavedBlock - Get the vendor of block data for the backup image
        • InitCompression - Initialize the compression library
        • InitDecompression - Initialize the decompression library
        • TermCompression - Stop the compression library
        • TermDecompression - Stop the decompression library
    • sqleAttachToCtx - Attach to context
    • sqleBeginCtx - Create and attach to an application context
    • sqleDetachFromCtx - Detach from context
    • sqleEndCtx - Detach and destroy application context
    • sqleGetCurrentCtx - Get current context
    • sqleInterruptCtx - Interrupt context
    • sqleSetTypeCtx - Set application context type
    • Db2 log records
      • Log record header
      • Transaction manager log records
      • LOB manager log records
      • CSL Manager log records
      • Long field manager log records
      • Utility manager log records
      • Data manager log records
      • Relation manager log records
  • SQL
    • How to read the syntax diagrams
    • Error conditions
    • Highlighting conventions
    • Conventions describing Unicode data
    • Characters
    • Tokens
    • Identifiers
    • Data types
      • Numbers
      • Character strings
      • Graphic strings
      • National character strings
      • Binary strings
      • Large objects (LOBs)
      • Datetime values
      • Boolean values
      • Cursor values
      • XML values
      • Array values
      • Anchored types
      • User-defined types
      • Promotion of data types
      • Casting between data types
      • Assignments and comparisons
      • Rules for result data types
      • Rules for string conversions
      • String comparisons in a Unicode database
      • Resolving the anchor object for an anchored type
      • Resolving the anchor object for an anchored row type
      • Database partition-compatible data types
    • Constants
    • Special registers
      • CURRENT CLIENT_ACCTNG
      • CURRENT CLIENT_APPLNAME
      • CURRENT CLIENT_USERID
      • CURRENT CLIENT_WRKSTNNAME
      • CURRENT DATE
      • CURRENT DBPARTITIONNUM
      • CURRENT DECFLOAT ROUNDING MODE
      • CURRENT DEFAULT TRANSFORM GROUP
      • CURRENT DEGREE
      • CURRENT EXPLAIN MODE
      • CURRENT EXPLAIN SNAPSHOT
      • CURRENT FEDERATED ASYNCHRONY
      • CURRENT IMPLICIT XMLPARSE OPTION
      • CURRENT ISOLATION
      • CURRENT LOCALE LC_MESSAGES
      • CURRENT LOCALE LC_TIME
      • CURRENT LOCK TIMEOUT
      • CURRENT MAINTAINED TABLE TYPES FOR OPTIMIZATION
      • CURRENT MDC ROLLOUT MODE
      • CURRENT MEMBER
      • CURRENT OPTIMIZATION PROFILE
      • CURRENT PACKAGE PATH
      • CURRENT PATH
      • CURRENT QUERY OPTIMIZATION
      • CURRENT REFRESH AGE
      • CURRENT SCHEMA
      • CURRENT SERVER
      • CURRENT SQL_CCFLAGS
      • CURRENT TEMPORAL BUSINESS_TIME
      • CURRENT TEMPORAL SYSTEM_TIME
      • CURRENT TIME
      • CURRENT TIMESTAMP
      • CURRENT TIMEZONE
      • CURRENT USER
      • SESSION_USER
      • SYSTEM_USER
      • USER
    • Global variables
      • Types of global variables
      • Authorization required for global variables
      • Resolution of global variable references
      • Using global variables
    • Functions
    • Methods
    • Conservative binding semantics
    • Expressions
      • Datetime operations and durations
      • CASE expression
      • CAST specification
      • Field reference
      • XMLCAST specification
      • ARRAY element specification
      • Array constructor
      • Dereference operation
      • Method invocation
      • OLAP specification
      • ROW CHANGE expression
      • Sequence reference
      • sql-json-path-expression
      • Subtype treatment
      • Determining data types of untyped expressions
    • Row expression
    • Predicates
      • Search conditions
      • Basic predicate
      • Boolean predicate
      • Quantified predicate
      • ARRAY_EXISTS predicate
      • BETWEEN predicate
      • Cursor predicates
      • DISTINCT predicate
      • EXISTS predicate
      • IN predicate
      • JSON_EXISTS predicate
      • LIKE predicate
      • NULL predicate
      • OVERLAPS predicate
      • REGEXP_LIKE predicate
      • Trigger event predicates
      • TYPE predicate
      • VALIDATED predicate
      • XMLEXISTS predicate
    • Built-in global variables
      • CLIENT_HOST global variable
      • CLIENT_IPADDR global variable
      • CLIENT_ORIGUSERID global variable
      • CLIENT_USRSECTOKEN global variable
      • CONNECTION_AUTHN_INFO global variable
      • CONNECTION_AUTHN_INFO_TYPE global variable
      • CONNECTION_AUTHN_SECURITY_PLUGIN global variable
    • Built-in global variables
      • MON_INTERVAL_ID global variable
      • NLS_STRING_UNITS global variable
      • PACKAGE_NAME global variable
      • PACKAGE_SCHEMA global variable
      • PACKAGE_VERSION global variable
      • ROUTINE_MODULE global variable
      • ROUTINE_SCHEMA global variable
      • ROUTINE_SPECIFIC_NAME global variable
      • ROUTINE_TYPE global variable
      • SQL_COMPAT global variable
      • TRUSTED_CONTEXT global variable
    • Built-in functions
      • Aggregate functions
        • ARRAY_AGG
        • AVG
        • CORRELATION
        • COUNT
        • COUNT_BIG
        • COVARIANCE
        • COVARIANCE_SAMP
        • CUME_DIST
        • GROUPING
        • LISTAGG
        • MAX
        • MEDIAN
        • MIN
        • PERCENTILE_CONT
        • PERCENTILE_DISC
        • PERCENT_RANK
        • Regression functions (REGR_AVGX, REGR_AVGY, REGR_COUNT, ...)
        • STDDEV
        • STDDEV_SAMP
        • SUM
        • VARIANCE
        • VARIANCE_SAMP
        • XMLAGG
        • XMLGROUP
      • Scalar functions
        • ABS or ABSVAL
        • ACOS
        • ADD_DAYS
        • ADD_HOURS
        • ADD_MINUTES
        • ADD_MONTHS
        • ADD_SECONDS
        • ADD_YEARS
        • AGE
        • ARRAY_DELETE
        • ARRAY_FIRST
        • ARRAY_LAST
        • ARRAY_NEXT
        • ARRAY_PRIOR
        • ASCII
        • ASCII_STR
        • ASIN
        • ATAN
        • ATAN2
        • ATANH
        • BIGINT
        • BINARY
        • BITAND, BITANDNOT, BITOR, BITXOR, and BITNOT
        • BLOB
        • BOOLEAN
        • BPCHAR
        • BSON_TO_JSON
        • BTRIM
        • CARDINALITY
        • CEILING or CEIL
        • CHAR
        • CHARACTER_LENGTH
        • CHR
        • CLOB
        • COALESCE
        • COLLATION_KEY
        • COLLATION_KEY_BIT
        • COMPARE_DECFLOAT
        • CONCAT
        • COS
        • COSH
        • COT
        • CURSOR_ROWCOUNT
        • DATAPARTITIONNUM
        • DATA_MASK
        • DATE
        • DATETIME
        • DATE_PART
        • DATE_TRUNC
        • DAY
        • DAYNAME
        • DAYOFMONTH
        • DAYOFWEEK
        • DAYOFWEEK_ISO
        • DAYOFYEAR
        • DAYS
        • DAYS_BETWEEN
        • DAYS_TO_END_OF_MONTH
        • DBCLOB
        • DBPARTITIONNUM
        • DECFLOAT
        • DECFLOAT_FORMAT
        • DECIMAL or DEC
        • DECODE
        • DECRYPT_BIN and DECRYPT_CHAR
        • DEGREES
        • DEREF
        • DIFFERENCE
        • DIGITS
        • DOUBLE_PRECISION or DOUBLE
        • EMPTY_BLOB, EMPTY_CLOB, EMPTY_DBCLOB, and EMPTY_NCLOB
        • ENCRYPT
        • EVENT_MON_STATE
        • EXP
        • EXTRACT
        • FIRST_DAY
        • FLOAT
        • FLOAT4
        • FLOAT8
        • FLOOR
        • FROM_UTC_TIMESTAMP
        • GENERATE_UNIQUE
        • GETHINT
        • GRAPHIC
        • GREATEST
        • HASH
        • HASH4
        • HASH8
        • HASHEDVALUE
        • HEX
        • HEXTORAW
        • HOUR
        • HOURS_BETWEEN
        • IDENTITY_VAL_LOCAL
        • IFNULL
        • INITCAP
        • INSERT
        • INSTR
        • INSTR2
        • INSTR4
        • INSTRB
        • INT
        • INTERVAL
        • INTEGER
        • INT2
        • INT4
        • INT8
        • INTNAND, INTNOR, INTNXOR, and INTNNOT
        • ISNULL
        • JSON_ARRAY
        • JSON_OBJECT
        • JSON_QUERY
        • JSON_TO_BSON
        • JSON_VALUE
        • JULIAN_DAY
        • LAST_DAY
        • LCASE
        • LCASE (locale sensitive)
        • LCASE (SYSFUN schema)
        • LEAST
        • LEFT
        • LENGTH
        • LENGTH2
        • LENGTH4
        • LENGTHB
        • LN
        • LOCATE
        • LOCATE_IN_STRING
        • LOG10
        • LONG_VARCHAR
        • LONG_VARGRAPHIC
        • LOWER
        • LOWER (locale sensitive)
        • LPAD
        • LTRIM
        • LTRIM (SYSFUN schema)
        • MAX
        • MAX_CARDINALITY
        • MICROSECOND
        • MIDNIGHT_SECONDS
        • MIN
        • MINUTE
        • MINUTES_BETWEEN
        • MOD
        • MOD (SYSFUN schema)
        • MONTH
        • MONTHNAME
        • MONTHS_BETWEEN
        • MULTIPLY_ALT
        • NCHAR
        • NCHR
        • NCLOB
        • NVARCHAR
        • NEXT_DAY
        • NEXT_MONTH
        • NEXT_QUARTER
        • NEXT_WEEK
        • NEXT_YEAR
        • NORMALIZE_DECFLOAT
        • NOW
        • NULLIF
        • NUMERIC
        • NVL
        • NVL2
        • OCTET_LENGTH
        • OVERLAY
        • PARAMETER
        • POSITION
        • POSSTR
        • POW
        • POWER
        • QUANTIZE
        • QUARTER
        • QUOTE_IDENT
        • QUOTE_LITERAL
        • RADIANS
        • RAISE_ERROR
        • RAND (SYSFUN schema)
        • RAND (SYSIBM schema)
        • RANDOM
        • RAWTOHEX
        • REAL
        • REC2XML
        • REGEXP_COUNT
        • REGEXP_EXTRACT
        • REGEXP_INSTR
        • REGEXP_LIKE
        • REGEXP_MATCH_COUNT
        • REGEXP_REPLACE
        • REGEXP_SUBSTR
        • REPEAT
        • REPEAT (SYSFUN schema)
        • REPLACE
        • REPLACE (SYSFUN schema)
        • RID and RID_BIT
        • RIGHT
        • ROUND
        • ROUND_TIMESTAMP
        • RPAD
        • RTRIM
        • RTRIM (SYSFUN schema)
        • SECLABEL
        • SECLABEL_BY_NAME
        • SECLABEL_TO_CHAR
        • SECOND
        • SECONDS_BETWEEN
        • SIGN
        • SIN
        • SINH
        • SMALLINT
        • SOUNDEX
        • SPACE
        • SQRT
        • STRIP
        • STRLEFT
        • STRPOS
        • STRRIGHT
        • SUBSTR
        • SUBSTR2
        • SUBSTR4
        • SUBSTRB
        • SUBSTRING
        • TABLE_NAME
        • TABLE_SCHEMA
        • TAN
        • TANH
        • THIS_MONTH
        • THIS_QUARTER
        • THIS_WEEK
        • THIS_YEAR
        • TIME
        • TIMESTAMP
        • TIMESTAMP_FORMAT
        • TIMESTAMP_ISO
        • TIMESTAMPDIFF
        • TIMEZONE
        • TO_CHAR
        • TO_CLOB
        • TO_DATE
        • TO_HEX
        • TO_MULTI_BYTE
        • TO_NCHAR
        • TO_NCLOB
        • TO_NUMBER
        • TO_SINGLE_BYTE
        • TO_TIMESTAMP
        • TO_UTC_TIMESTAMP
        • TOTALORDER
        • TRANSLATE
        • TRIM
        • TRIM_ARRAY
        • TRUNC_TIMESTAMP
        • TRUNCATE or TRUNC
        • TYPE_ID
        • TYPE_NAME
        • TYPE_SCHEMA
        • UCASE
        • UCASE (locale sensitive)
        • UNICODE_STR
        • UPPER
        • UPPER (locale sensitive)
        • VALUE
        • VARBINARY
        • VARCHAR
        • VARCHAR_BIT_FORMAT
        • VARCHAR_FORMAT
        • VARCHAR_FORMAT_BIT
        • VARGRAPHIC
        • VERIFY_GROUP_FOR_USER
        • VERIFY_ROLE_FOR_USER
        • VERIFY_TRUSTED_CONTEXT_ROLE_FOR_USER
        • WEEK
        • WEEK_ISO
        • WEEKS_BETWEEN
        • WIDTH_BUCKET
        • XMLATTRIBUTES
        • XMLCOMMENT
        • XMLCONCAT
        • XMLDOCUMENT
        • XMLELEMENT
        • XMLFOREST
        • XMLNAMESPACES
        • XMLPARSE
        • XMLPI
        • XMLQUERY
        • XMLROW
        • XMLSERIALIZE
        • XMLTEXT
        • XMLVALIDATE
        • XMLXSROBJECTID
        • XSLTRANSFORM
        • YEAR
        • YEARS_BETWEEN
        • YMD_BETWEEN
      • Table functions
        • BASE_TABLE
        • JSON_TABLE
        • MEMORY_TABLE
        • UNNEST
        • XMLTABLE
      • User-defined functions
    • Built-in procedures
      • XSR_ADDSCHEMADOC
      • XSR_COMPLETE
      • XSR_DTD
      • XSR_EXTENTITY
      • XSR_REGISTER
      • XSR_UPDATE
    • Queries
      • Queries and table expressions
      • subselect
        • select-clause
        • from-clause
          • table-reference
          • joined-table
            • Examples of subselect queries with joins
        • where-clause
        • group-by-clause
          • Examples of grouping sets, cube, and rollup
        • having-clause
        • order-by-clause
        • fetch-clause
        • offset-clause
        • isolation-clause
        • Examples of subselect queries
      • fullselect
        • Examples of fullselect queries
      • select-statement
        • common-table-expression
          • Recursion example: bill of materials
        • update-clause
        • read-only-clause
        • optimize-for-clause
        • isolation-clause
        • lock-request-clause
        • concurrent-access-resolution-clause
        • Examples of select-statement queries
        • Result sets from SQL data changes
    • Statements
      • How SQL statements are invoked
        • Embedding a statement in an application program
        • Dynamic preparation and execution
        • Static invocation of a select-statement
        • Dynamic invocation of a select-statement
        • Interactive invocation
        • SQL use with other host systems
      • Detecting and processing error and warning conditions in host language applications
      • SQL comments
      • Conditional compilation in SQL
      • About SQL control statements
        • References to SQL parameters, SQL variables, and global variables
        • References to SQL labels
        • References to SQL condition names
        • References to SQL statement names
        • References to SQL cursor names
      • Function, method, and procedure designators
      • ALLOCATE CURSOR
      • ALTER AUDIT POLICY
      • ALTER BUFFERPOOL
      • ALTER DATABASE PARTITION GROUP
      • ALTER DATABASE
      • ALTER EVENT MONITOR
      • ALTER FUNCTION
      • ALTER HISTOGRAM TEMPLATE
      • ALTER INDEX
      • ALTER MASK
      • ALTER METHOD
      • ALTER MODULE
      • ALTER NICKNAME
      • ALTER PACKAGE
      • ALTER PERMISSION
      • ALTER PROCEDURE (external)
      • ALTER PROCEDURE (sourced)
      • ALTER PROCEDURE (SQL)
      • ALTER SCHEMA
      • ALTER SECURITY LABEL COMPONENT
      • ALTER SECURITY POLICY
      • ALTER SEQUENCE
      • ALTER SERVER
      • ALTER SERVICE CLASS
      • ALTER STOGROUP
      • ALTER TABLE
      • ALTER TABLESPACE
      • ALTER THRESHOLD
      • ALTER TRIGGER
      • ALTER TRUSTED CONTEXT
      • ALTER TYPE (structured)
      • ALTER USAGE LIST
      • ALTER USER MAPPING
      • ALTER VIEW
      • ALTER WORK ACTION SET
      • ALTER WORK CLASS SET
      • ALTER WORKLOAD
      • ALTER WRAPPER
      • ALTER XSROBJECT
      • ASSOCIATE LOCATORS
      • AUDIT
      • BEGIN DECLARE SECTION
      • CALL
      • CASE
      • CLOSE
      • COMMENT
      • COMMIT
      • Compound SQL
      • Compound SQL (inlined)
      • Compound SQL (embedded)
      • Compound SQL (compiled)
      • CONNECT (type 1)
      • CONNECT (type 2)
      • CREATE ALIAS
      • CREATE AUDIT POLICY
      • CREATE BUFFERPOOL
      • CREATE DATABASE PARTITION GROUP
      • CREATE EVENT MONITOR
      • CREATE EVENT MONITOR (activities)
      • CREATE EVENT MONITOR (change history)
      • CREATE EVENT MONITOR (locking)
      • CREATE EVENT MONITOR (package cache)
      • CREATE EVENT MONITOR (statistics)
      • CREATE EVENT MONITOR (threshold violations)
      • CREATE EVENT MONITOR (unit of work)
      • CREATE FUNCTION
      • CREATE FUNCTION (aggregate interface)
      • CREATE FUNCTION (external scalar)
      • CREATE FUNCTION (external table)
      • CREATE FUNCTION (OLE DB external table)
      • CREATE FUNCTION (sourced or template)
      • CREATE FUNCTION (SQL scalar, table, or row)
      • CREATE FUNCTION MAPPING
      • CREATE GLOBAL TEMPORARY TABLE
      • CREATE HISTOGRAM TEMPLATE
      • CREATE INDEX
      • CREATE INDEX EXTENSION
      • CREATE MASK
      • CREATE METHOD
      • CREATE MODULE
      • CREATE NICKNAME
      • CREATE PERMISSION
      • CREATE PROCEDURE
      • CREATE PROCEDURE (external)
      • CREATE PROCEDURE (sourced)
      • CREATE PROCEDURE (SQL)
      • CREATE ROLE
      • CREATE SCHEMA
      • CREATE SECURITY LABEL COMPONENT
      • CREATE SECURITY LABEL
      • CREATE SECURITY POLICY
      • CREATE SEQUENCE
      • CREATE SERVICE CLASS
      • CREATE SERVER
      • CREATE STOGROUP
      • CREATE SYNONYM
      • CREATE TABLE
      • CREATE TABLE (EXTERNAL)
      • CREATE TABLESPACE
      • CREATE THRESHOLD
      • CREATE TRANSFORM
      • CREATE TRIGGER
      • CREATE TRUSTED CONTEXT
      • CREATE TYPE
      • CREATE TYPE (array)
      • CREATE TYPE (cursor)
      • CREATE TYPE (distinct)
      • CREATE TYPE (row)
      • CREATE TYPE (structured)
      • CREATE TYPE MAPPING
      • CREATE USAGE LIST
      • CREATE USER MAPPING
      • CREATE VARIABLE
      • CREATE VIEW
      • CREATE WORK ACTION SET
      • CREATE WORK CLASS SET
      • CREATE WORKLOAD
      • CREATE WRAPPER
      • DECLARE CURSOR
      • DECLARE GLOBAL TEMPORARY TABLE
      • DELETE
      • DESCRIBE
      • DESCRIBE INPUT
      • DESCRIBE OUTPUT
      • DISCONNECT
      • DROP
      • END DECLARE SECTION
      • EXECUTE
      • EXECUTE IMMEDIATE
      • EXPLAIN
      • FETCH
      • FLUSH BUFFERPOOLS
      • FLUSH EVENT MONITOR
      • FLUSH FEDERATED CACHE
      • FLUSH OPTIMIZATION PROFILE CACHE
      • FLUSH PACKAGE CACHE
      • FLUSH AUTHENTICATION CACHE
      • FOR
      • FREE LOCATOR
      • GET DIAGNOSTICS
      • GOTO
      • GRANT (database authorities)
      • GRANT (exemption)
      • GRANT (global variable privileges)
      • GRANT (index privileges)
      • GRANT (module privileges)
      • GRANT (package privileges)
      • GRANT (role)
      • GRANT (routine privileges)
      • GRANT (schema privileges and authorities)
      • GRANT (security label)
      • GRANT (sequence privileges)
      • GRANT (server privileges)
      • GRANT (SETSESSIONUSER privilege)
      • GRANT (table space privileges)
      • GRANT (table, view, or nickname privileges)
      • GRANT (workload privileges)
      • GRANT (XSR object privileges)
      • IF
      • INCLUDE
      • INSERT
      • ITERATE
      • LEAVE
      • LOCK TABLE
      • LOOP
      • MERGE
      • OPEN
      • PIPE
      • PREPARE
      • REFRESH TABLE
      • RELEASE (connection)
      • RELEASE SAVEPOINT
      • RENAME
      • RENAME STOGROUP
      • RENAME TABLESPACE
      • REPEAT
      • RESIGNAL
      • RETURN
      • REVOKE (database authorities)
      • REVOKE (exemption)
      • REVOKE (global variable privileges)
      • REVOKE (index privileges)
      • REVOKE (module privileges)
      • REVOKE (package privileges)
      • REVOKE (role)
      • REVOKE (routine privileges)
      • REVOKE (schema privileges and authorities)
      • REVOKE (security label)
      • REVOKE (sequence privileges)
      • REVOKE (server privileges)
      • REVOKE (SETSESSIONUSER privilege)
      • REVOKE (table space privileges)
      • REVOKE (table, view, or nickname privileges)
      • REVOKE (workload privileges)
      • REVOKE (XSR object privileges)
      • ROLLBACK
      • SAVEPOINT
      • SELECT
      • SELECT INTO
      • SET COMPILATION ENVIRONMENT
      • SET CONNECTION
      • SET CURRENT DECFLOAT ROUNDING MODE
      • SET CURRENT DEFAULT TRANSFORM GROUP
      • SET CURRENT DEGREE
      • SET CURRENT EXPLAIN MODE
      • SET CURRENT EXPLAIN SNAPSHOT
      • SET CURRENT FEDERATED ASYNCHRONY
      • SET CURRENT IMPLICIT XMLPARSE OPTION
      • SET CURRENT ISOLATION
      • SET CURRENT LOCALE LC_MESSAGES
      • SET CURRENT LOCALE LC_TIME
      • SET CURRENT LOCK TIMEOUT
      • SET CURRENT MAINTAINED TABLE TYPES FOR OPTIMIZATION
      • SET CURRENT MDC ROLLOUT MODE
      • SET CURRENT OPTIMIZATION PROFILE
      • SET CURRENT PACKAGE PATH
      • SET CURRENT PACKAGESET
      • SET CURRENT QUERY OPTIMIZATION
      • SET CURRENT REFRESH AGE
      • SET CURRENT SQL_CCFLAGS
      • SET CURRENT TEMPORAL BUSINESS_TIME
      • SET CURRENT TEMPORAL SYSTEM_TIME
      • SET ENCRYPTION PASSWORD
      • SET EVENT MONITOR STATE
      • SET INTEGRITY
      • SET PASSTHRU
      • SET PATH
      • SET ROLE
      • SET SCHEMA
      • SET SERVER OPTION
      • SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION
      • SET USAGE LIST STATE
      • SET variable
      • SIGNAL
      • TRANSFER OWNERSHIP
      • TRUNCATE
      • UPDATE
      • VALUES
      • VALUES INTO
      • WHENEVER
      • WHILE
    • Catalog views
      • Road map to the catalog views
      • SYSCAT.ATTRIBUTES
      • SYSCAT.AUDITPOLICIES
      • SYSCAT.AUDITUSE
      • SYSCAT.BUFFERPOOLDBPARTITIONS
      • SYSCAT.BUFFERPOOLEXCEPTIONS
      • SYSCAT.BUFFERPOOLS
      • SYSCAT.CASTFUNCTIONS
      • SYSCAT.CHECKS
      • SYSCAT.COLAUTH
      • SYSCAT.COLCHECKS
      • SYSCAT.COLDIST
      • SYSCAT.COLGROUPCOLS
      • SYSCAT.COLGROUPDIST
      • SYSCAT.COLGROUPDISTCOUNTS
      • SYSCAT.COLGROUPS
      • SYSCAT.COLIDENTATTRIBUTES
      • SYSCAT.COLOPTIONS
      • SYSCAT.COLUMNS
      • SYSCAT.COLUSE
      • SYSCAT.CONDITIONS
      • SYSCAT.CONSTDEP
      • SYSCAT.CONTEXTATTRIBUTES
      • SYSCAT.CONTEXTS
      • SYSCAT.CONTROLDEP
      • SYSCAT.CONTROLS
      • SYSCAT.DATAPARTITIONEXPRESSION
      • SYSCAT.DATAPARTITIONS
      • SYSCAT.DATATYPEDEP
      • SYSCAT.DATATYPES
      • SYSCAT.DBAUTH
      • SYSCAT.DBPARTITIONGROUPDEF
      • SYSCAT.DBPARTITIONGROUPS
      • SYSCAT.EVENTMONITORS
      • SYSCAT.EVENTS
      • SYSCAT.EVENTTABLES
      • SYSCAT.EXTERNALTABLEOPTIONS
      • SYSCAT.FULLHIERARCHIES
      • SYSCAT.FUNCMAPOPTIONS
      • SYSCAT.FUNCMAPPARMOPTIONS
      • SYSCAT.FUNCMAPPINGS
      • SYSCAT.HIERARCHIES
      • SYSCAT.HISTOGRAMTEMPLATEBINS
      • SYSCAT.HISTOGRAMTEMPLATES
      • SYSCAT.HISTOGRAMTEMPLATEUSE
      • SYSCAT.INDEXAUTH
      • SYSCAT.INDEXCOLUSE
      • SYSCAT.INDEXDEP
      • SYSCAT.INDEXES
      • SYSCAT.INDEXEXPLOITRULES
      • SYSCAT.INDEXEXTENSIONDEP
      • SYSCAT.INDEXEXTENSIONMETHODS
      • SYSCAT.INDEXEXTENSIONPARMS
      • SYSCAT.INDEXEXTENSIONS
      • SYSCAT.INDEXOPTIONS
      • SYSCAT.INDEXPARTITIONS
      • SYSCAT.INDEXXMLPATTERNS
      • SYSCAT.INVALIDOBJECTS
      • SYSCAT.KEYCOLUSE
      • SYSCAT.MEMBERSUBSETATTRS
      • SYSCAT.MEMBERSUBSETMEMBERS
      • SYSCAT.MEMBERSUBSETS
      • SYSCAT.MODULEAUTH
      • SYSCAT.MODULEOBJECTS
      • SYSCAT.MODULES
      • SYSCAT.NAMEMAPPINGS
      • SYSCAT.NICKNAMES
      • SYSCAT.PACKAGEAUTH
      • SYSCAT.PACKAGEDEP
      • SYSCAT.PACKAGES
      • SYSCAT.PARTITIONMAPS
      • SYSCAT.PASSTHRUAUTH
      • SYSCAT.PERIODS
      • SYSCAT.PREDICATESPECS
      • SYSCAT.REFERENCES
      • SYSCAT.ROLEAUTH
      • SYSCAT.ROLES
      • SYSCAT.ROUTINEAUTH
      • SYSCAT.ROUTINEDEP
      • SYSCAT.ROUTINEOPTIONS
      • SYSCAT.ROUTINEPARMOPTIONS
      • SYSCAT.ROUTINEPARMS
      • SYSCAT.ROUTINES
      • SYSCAT.ROUTINESFEDERATED
      • SYSCAT.ROWFIELDS
      • SYSCAT.SCHEMAAUTH
      • SYSCAT.SCHEMATA
      • SYSCAT.SCPREFTBSPACES
      • SYSCAT.SECURITYLABELACCESS
      • SYSCAT.SECURITYLABELCOMPONENTELEMENTS
      • SYSCAT.SECURITYLABELCOMPONENTS
      • SYSCAT.SECURITYLABELS
      • SYSCAT.SECURITYPOLICIES
      • SYSCAT.SECURITYPOLICYCOMPONENTRULES
      • SYSCAT.SECURITYPOLICYEXEMPTIONS
      • SYSCAT.SEQUENCEAUTH
      • SYSCAT.SEQUENCES
      • SYSCAT.SERVEROPTIONS
      • SYSCAT.SERVERS
      • SYSCAT.SERVICECLASSES
      • SYSCAT.STATEMENTS
      • SYSCAT.STOGROUPS
      • SYSCAT.STATEMENTTEXTS
      • SYSCAT.SURROGATEAUTHIDS
      • SYSCAT.TABAUTH
      • SYSCAT.TABCONST
      • SYSCAT.TABDEP
      • SYSCAT.TABDETACHEDDEP
      • SYSCAT.TABLES
      • SYSCAT.TABLESPACES
      • SYSCAT.TABOPTIONS
      • SYSCAT.TBSPACEAUTH
      • SYSCAT.THRESHOLDS
      • SYSCAT.TRANSFORMS
      • SYSCAT.TRIGDEP
      • SYSCAT.TRIGGERS
      • SYSCAT.TYPEMAPPINGS
      • SYSCAT.USAGELISTS
      • SYSCAT.USEROPTIONS
      • SYSCAT.VARIABLEAUTH
      • SYSCAT.VARIABLEDEP
      • SYSCAT.VARIABLES
      • SYSCAT.VIEWS
      • SYSCAT.WORKACTIONS
      • SYSCAT.WORKACTIONSETS
      • SYSCAT.WORKCLASSATTRIBUTES
      • SYSCAT.WORKCLASSES
      • SYSCAT.WORKCLASSSETS
      • SYSCAT.WORKLOADAUTH
      • SYSCAT.WORKLOADCONNATTR
      • SYSCAT.WORKLOADS
      • SYSCAT.WRAPOPTIONS
      • SYSCAT.WRAPPERS
      • SYSCAT.XDBMAPGRAPHS
      • SYSCAT.XDBMAPSHREDTREES
      • SYSCAT.XMLSTRINGS
      • SYSCAT.XSROBJECTAUTH
      • SYSCAT.XSROBJECTCOMPONENTS
      • SYSCAT.XSROBJECTDEP
      • SYSCAT.XSROBJECTDETAILS
      • SYSCAT.XSROBJECTHIERARCHIES
      • SYSCAT.XSROBJECTS
      • SYSIBM.SYSDUMMY1
      • SYSSTAT.COLDIST
      • SYSSTAT.COLGROUPDIST
      • SYSSTAT.COLGROUPDISTCOUNTS
      • SYSSTAT.COLGROUPS
      • SYSSTAT.COLUMNS
      • SYSSTAT.INDEXES
      • SYSSTAT.ROUTINES
      • SYSSTAT.TABLES
    • SQL and XML limits
    • Reserved schema names and reserved words
    • SQL statements that can be executed in routines and triggers
    • SQLCA (SQL communications area)
    • SQLDA (SQL descriptor area)
    • Exception tables
    • Regular expression control characters
    • Explain tables
      • ADVISE_INDEX
      • ADVISE_INSTANCE
      • ADVISE_MQT
      • ADVISE_PARTITION
      • ADVISE_TABLE
      • ADVISE_WORKLOAD
      • EXPLAIN_ACTUALS
      • EXPLAIN_ARGUMENT
      • EXPLAIN_DIAGNOSTIC
      • EXPLAIN_DIAGNOSTIC_DATA
      • EXPLAIN_INSTANCE
      • EXPLAIN_OBJECT
      • EXPLAIN_OPERATOR
      • EXPLAIN_PREDICATE
      • EXPLAIN_STATEMENT
      • EXPLAIN_STREAM
      • OBJECT_METRICS
    • Explain register values
  • Messages
    • Messages handling roadmap
    • Protocol-specific error codes for the SQL30081N message
      • SOAP errors
      • SOCKS errors
      • TCP/IP errors
    • SQLSTATE Messages
    • ADM messages
      • ADM0000-0999
      • ADM1000-1999
      • ADM2000-2999
      • ADM3000-3999
      • ADM4000-4999
      • ADM5000-5999
      • ADM6000-7999
      • ADM8000-9999
      • ADM10000-19999
    • AMI messages
      • AMI0000-0999
    • ASN messages
      • ASN0000-0999
      • ASN1000-1999
      • ASN2000-2999
      • ASN3000-3999
      • ASN4000-4999
      • ASN5000-5999
      • ASN6000-7999
      • ASN8000 - 10999
    • AUD messages
      • AUD0000-0999
    • CIE messages
      • CIE0000-0999
    • CLI messages
      • CLI0000-0999
    • DB2 messages
      • DB20000 - DB29999
      • DB210000 - DB255499
    • DBA messages
      • DBA0000-0999
      • DBA1000-1999
      • DBA2000-2999
      • DBA3000-3999
      • DBA4000-4999
      • DBA5000-5999
      • DBA6000-7999
      • DBA8000-9999
    • DBI messages
      • DBI1000 - DBI1249
      • DBI1250 - DBI1499
      • DBI1500 - DBI1999
      • DBI20000 - DBI20499
    • DBT messages
      • DBT1000-1999
      • DBT2000-2999
      • DBT3000-3999
      • DBT4000-4999
      • DBT5000-5999
      • DBT6000-7999
      • DBT8000-9999
    • EXP messages
    • GSE Messages
      • GSE0000-0999
      • GSE1000-1999
      • GSE2000-2999
      • GSE3000-3999
      • GSE4000-4999
      • GSE8000-9999
    • LIC messages
      • LIC1000-1999
    • MQL messages
      • MQL0000-0999
    • SPM messages
      • SPM0000-0999
    • SQL messages
      • SQL0000-0999
      • SQL1000-1999
      • SQL2000-2999
      • SQL3000-3999
      • SQL4000-4999
      • SQL5000-5999
      • SQL6000-7999
      • SQL8000-9999
      • SQL10000-19999
      • SQL20000-20999
      • SQL21000-29999
      • SQL30000-39999
• Db2 Connect overview
  • Db2 Connect overview
    • Client and server connection options
    • IBM data server clients and drivers
    • Db2 features and Db2 Connect product editions
    • Host databases
    • Db2 Connect and SQL statements
    • Db2 Connect administration utilities
    • Scenarios
      • Direct access to mainframe and midrange servers
      • Db2 Connect Enterprise Edition as a connectivity server
      • Db2 Connect and transaction processing monitors
  • Db2 Setup Wizard national language support
    • Displaying the Db2 Setup wizard in your national language
    • Activating the license key for Db2 Connect Unlimited Edition (System z)
      • db2connectactivate - Server license activation utility
    • Language identifiers for running the Db2 Setup wizard in another language
    • Changing the Db2 Connect product interface language (Windows)
    • Changing the Db2 Connect interface language (Linux and UNIX)
    • Conversion of character data
  • Prerequisites for installing Db2 Connect server product
    • Additional installation considerations for Db2 Connect Enterprise Edition (AIX)
    • Additional installation considerations for Db2 Connect Enterprise Edition (Linux)
    • Additional installation considerations for Db2 Connect Enterprise Edition (Windows)
    • Disk and memory requirements
    • Java software support for Db2 Connect
    • Preparing to install Db2 Connect for Linux on zSeries
  • Modifying kernel parameters (Linux)
  • Installing Db2 Connect Enterprise Edition
    • Installing a Db2 Connect server product
    • Mounting CDs or DVDs
    • Installing a Db2 Connect server product
    • Mounting CDs or DVDs
    • Installing a Db2 Connect server product
    • Required user accounts for installation of Db2 Connect products (Windows)
    • Extending the Active Directory Schema for LDAP directory services (Windows)
    • Installing without Administrator authority
  • Registering a license key
  • Setting the license policy using the db2licm command
  • Adding your user ID to the DB2ADMNS and DB2USERS user groups (Windows)
  • Applying fix packs
  • Uninstalling Db2 Connect (Windows)
  • Uninstalling Db2 Connect (Linux and UNIX)
  • Upgrading to Db2 Connect version 11.5
    • Upgrade essentials for Db2 Connect
    • Pre-upgrade tasks for Db2 Connect servers
    • Upgrading Db2 Connect servers
    • Post-upgrade tasks
  • Db2 for z/OS
    • Host databases
    • Configuring TCP/IP
    • Configuring Db2 for z/OS
  • Db2 for VSE & VM
  • Sysplex support
    • Db2 Connect Server Sysplex support
      • Considerations for Sysplex exploitation
      • Db2 Sysplex exploitation
      • Configuration requirements
  • Configuring connections to IBM mainframe database servers
  • Activate the license at the client
  • Activate the license at the application server
  • Activate the license at the gateway server
  • Activate the license for the Unlimited Edition
    • db2connectactivate
  • Licensing for replication
  • Binding applications and utilities (Db2 Connect Server)
  • Moving data with Db2 Connect
  • Automatic client reroute description and setup (Db2 Connect)
  • Access Db2 data from remote clients
  • Accessing IBM mainframe Db2 data using Db2 Connect EE
  • Binding database utilities on Db2 Connect
  • Considerations for Sysplex exploitation
  • Conversion of character data
  • IBM i and mainframe support for Db2 Connect
  • Understanding the Db2 administration server
  • Db2 for z/OS health monitor overview
    • Starting, stopping and refreshing the Db2 UDB for z/OS health monitor
    • Viewing, submitting, and saving recommended actions
    • Viewing health alert summaries
    • Viewing health alert objects
  • Distributed Relational Database Architecture (DRDA)
    • DRDA and data access
    • Db2 Connect and DRDA
    • Remote unit of work
    • Distributed requests
  • Updating database directories
    • System database directory values
    • Node directory values
    • DCS directory values
    • Directory customization worksheet
    • Defining multiple entries for the same database
    • Handling BiDi data
  • Db2 Connect and SQL statements
  • Multisite updates
    • Multisite update and sync point manager for Db2 Connect Server
    • Configuring Db2 Connect with an XA compliant transaction manager
    • Db2 Connect support for loosely coupled transactions
  • SQLCODE mapping
    • Turning off SQLCODE mapping
    • Tailoring the SQLCODE mapping
  • Monitoring connections for remote clients
  • Monitoring performance using the Windows performance monitor
  • Using the GET SNAPSHOT commands
  • DCS application status
  • Running your own applications
  • Application compatibility on Db2 for z/OS
  • Trusted connections through Db2 Connect
    • Creating a trusted connection through CLI
    • Switching users on a trusted connection through CLI
  • Db2 Connect authentication considerations
    • Kerberos support
    • Authentication types supported with Db2 Connect Server
    • Authentication methods for servers
  • Db2 Connect performance
  • Application design
  • Connection pooling
  • Connection concentrator
  • Connection pooling and connection concentrator
  • Connection concentrator required with WebSphere MQ Transaction Manager and Db2 for z/OS
  • Db2 Connect server tuning
    • Host database tuning
    • Network tuning considerations
    • System resources contention
    • Db2 Connect performance troubleshooting
    • Tuning Db2 for z/OS
    • Increasing Db2 Connect data transfer rates
    • Extra query block
    • RFC-1323 Window scaling
    • High availability and load balancing for mainframe and midrange server connectivity
    • Host data conversion
    • Data types for character data
    • Network hardware
  • CLI/ODBC application performance tuning
  • Troubleshooting Db2 Connect servers
    • Gathering relevant information
    • Initial connection is not successful
    • Problems encountered after an initial connection
    • Collecting data
  • Db2 Connect interpretations
• Db2 for cloud service providers
  • Db2 on AWS
    • Planning your Db2 configuration
    • Amazon Relational Database Service (RDS) for Db2
      • Creating a Db2 database on Amazon RDS
      • Licensing Db2 on Amazon RDS
        • Tracking your IBM Db2 licenses using AWS License Manager
        • Configuring Amazon RDS for Db2- Pay-as-you-go
  • Db2 on Azure
    • Planning your Db2 on Azure configuration
  • Db2 pureScale on AWS
• Db2 containerized deployments
  • Db2 for RHOS and K8s
    • 11.5.9
      • What's new in Db2 11.5.9
      • Installing Db2
        • Installing the Db2 Operator
          • Installing from the IBM Operator Catalog
          • Installing OLM to deploy the Db2 Operator
          • Installing from the Red Hat Marketplace
          • Installing from the command line
          • Installing in an air-gapped environment
            • Mirroring images with a bastion host
              • Setting up a mirroring environment
              • Set environment variables and downloading operator package files
              • Mirroring the images
            • Mirroring images with no bastion host
              • Setting up a mirroring environment
              • Setting your environment variables and downloading your operator package files
              • Mirroring the images
        • Watching multiple namespaces from one namespace
        • Deploying Db2
          • Setting up dedicated nodes
          • Deploying Db2 with limited privileges
            • Limited privilege deployments with unsafe sysctls
              • Configuring Red Hat OpenShift to set IPC kernel parameters
              • Configuring Kubernetes to set IPC kernel parameters
            • Limited privileges by setting IPC kernel parameters on worker nodes
              • Deploying the Node Tuning Operator with a tuned CR file
              • Deploying the Node Tuning Operator with a shell script
          • Configuring database storage
            • Certified storage options
            • NFS storage requirements
              • Setting up IBM Cloud File Storage (ibmc-file-gold-gid storage class)
                • Configuring ID mapping through running manual commands
                • Configuring ID mapping through a daemon set
              • Configuring NFS with Dell EMC Isilon
              • Configuring NFS with Trident
              • SELinux storage requirements
                • Requirements for NFS
                • Requirements for OpenShift Container Storage
                • Requirements for Portworx
            • Creating Portworx storage classes
          • Deploying Db2 using a custom resource
            • Deploying Db2 using the Db2uCluster custom resource
            • Deploying Db2 using the Db2uInstance custom resource
            • Deploying Db2 with a custom ssl secret
          • Creating separate storage for database transaction logs
          • Creating separate storage for database archive logs
            • New deployments
            • Existing deployments
          • Creating separate storage for temporary table spaces
      • Upgrading and updating
        • Upgrading the Db2 Operator
          • Upgrading from the command line
          • Upgrading from the IBM Operator Catalog
        • Upgrading the Db2uCluster or Db2uInstance resource
        • Upgrading Db2 on OpenShift HADR deployments
          • Upgrading Db2 11.5.7-cn4 and earlier HADR deployments
          • Upgrading the external etcd store created with the Db2 etcd image
        • Upgrading in an air-gapped environment
          • Upgrading through a bastion host
            • Setting up a mirroring environment
            • Set environment variables and downloading operator package files
            • Mirroring the images
          • Upgrading without a bastion host
            • Setting up a mirroring environment
            • Setting your environment variables and downloading your operator package files
            • Mirroring the images
        • Managing licenses
          • Injecting Db2 edition license annotations
      • Administering Db2
        • Loading data
        • Adding multiple databases in a Db2 deployment
        • Advanced configuration for demanding workloads
          • Changing the CRI-O with Machine Config
          • Changing the CRI-O without Machine Config
        • Updating the Db2 password secrets
        • Exec into the pod
        • Node failure behavior and expectations
        • Stopping and starting a Db2 instance
        • Shutting down and restarting a Db2 custom resources
        • Monitoring Db2 startup after rebooting a node
        • Locating the keystore
        • Managing diagnostic directories for Db2
        • Backing up and restoring Db2
          • Preparing to back up or restore
          • Backing up
            • Performing a snapshot backup with Db2 container commands
            • Backing up a Db2 database online
            • Performing an incremental backup
            • Backing up a Db2 database offline
            • Copying a backup to a different instance or remote cluster
          • Restoring
            • Performing a snapshot restore with Db2 container commands
              • Using container commands - Db2uInstance
              • Using container commands - Db2uCluster
            • Online restore
            • Restoring from an incremental backup
            • Offline restore
              • Using the restore script
              • Restoring Db2 by using commands
          • Backing up and restoring with IBM Spectrum Protect (TSM)
          • Velero Backup and Restore
            • Installing the Velero plugin
            • Backing up with Velero
            • Restoring with Velero
          • Db2uBackup resource
          • Db2uRestore resource
        • Changing Db2 Configuration Settings
        • Q Replication
          • Deploying Q Replication
            • Hardware, software, and storage requirements
            • Use cases
            • Enabling Q Replication
            • Planning for data Q Replication
              • Choosing the replication key
              • Considerations for RI constraints
              • Replicating column-organized tables
              • Workload and database considerations
              • Data type restrictions
              • Supported DDL operations
              • Creating tables at the target database
              • Initial loading of replication targets
            • Disabling Q Replication
          • Administering Q Replication
            • Accessing the Q Replication REST API
            • Activating Q Replication
            • Configure targets and replication sets
              • Trusting targets and exchanging Db2 TLS certificates
              • Initializing the replication target on the replication source
              • Creating a replication set
              • Adding a table to a replication set
              • Deleting tables
              • Deleting a replication set
              • Deleting replication targets
            • Managing replication
              • Managing replication using shell scripts
                • Deploying replication
                • Configuring replication
                • Operating replication
                • Monitoring replication
                • Reverse Q replication configuration and operation
              • Listing replication sets
              • Listing replication set details
              • Starting replication on a replication set
              • Stopping replication on a replication set
              • Starting replication for a list of tables
              • Stopping replication for a list of tables
              • Setting the REPL_SITE_ID
              • Schema-level restore of replicated column-organized tables
              • Checking the overall health of Q Replication API servers
              • Checking the health metrics of Q Replication API
              • Replication in Db2 for containerized deployments
                • Db2 Warehouse Common Container to Db2 Warehouse RHOS
                • Db2 Warehouse RHOS to Db2 Warehouse Common Container
            • Extending the MQ security certificate
            • Updating external source ports
            • Updating external target ports
            • Upgrading the trial license
            • Scaling up Q Replication
        • Db2 high availability disaster recovery (HADR)
          • Prerequisites for configuring HADR
          • Configuring and starting HADR
            • Setting up an etcd store for HADR
              • Deploying the Db2 installation etcd store
              • Deploying the Bitnami-packaged etcd store
              • Using the built-in etcd store
            • HADR with multiple standbys
            • Configuring shared log archiving for Db2 HADR
              • New deployments
              • Existing deployments
            • Configuring with the Db2 HADR API
              • Using the Db2 HADR CR
              • Using a shared volume for backup storage
            • Configuring with HADR scripts
              • Creating services to expose the HADR endpoints
                • Creating HADR services for a single cluster topology
                • Creating HADR services for a multiple cluster topology
                • Determining the NodePorts for a multiple cluster configuration
                • Setting up Ingress HA proxy for different OpenShift clusters
              • Creating a network policy for built-in etcd
              • Setting up the HADR configuration
                • setup_config_hadr
                • Example: Setting up HADR in a single OpenShift project
                • Example: Setting up HADR in a single OpenShift cluster across multiple OpenShift projects
                • Example: Setting up HADR in multiple OpenShift clusters
                • Example: Setting up HADR in a single IBM Cloud cluster
                • Modifying HADR configuration parameters
                • Enabling reads on standby
              • Starting an HADR configuration
              • Reinitialize an HADR configuration
          • Managing HADR with CLI commands
            • Showing the HADR status
            • Manually initiating an HADR takeover
            • Restarting HADR after a failover
              • Restarting HADR on the designated auxiliary standby database
              • Restarting HADR on the primary or principal standby databases after failover to an auxiliary standby database
            • Stopping HADR
            • Enabling HADR Automatic Client Reroute
        • Scaling Db2
          • Scaling up Db2
        • Enabling the Db2 Spatial Extender
        • Db2 support
          • Using the db2support tool
          • Viewing log files
          • Using the OpenShift must gather utility
        • Enabling Db2 monitoring
        • Changing the name of the default Db2 database
        • Managing Db2 transaction logs
        • Setting a timezone in Db2 deployments
        • Uninstalling
      • Connecting to Db2
        • Clients
          • Cataloging the database
          • Connecting applications to the Db2 database server
        • LDAP
          • Internal LDAP
          • External LDAP
            • Configuring External LDAP with a Db2uInstance custom resource
            • Configuring External LDAP with a Db2uCluster custom resource
        • Db2 ports and services
          • Retrieving the Db2 port number
          • Configuring the Db2 NodePort with an Ingress Controller
          • Removing non-TLS ports
        • Connect to Db2 with an OpenShift TLS route
        • Connecting clients to the HADR configuration
        • Configuring TLS client connections
      • Database applications
        • Db2 REST service
          • Enabling the Db2 REST interface
          • Authenticating TLS certification for the Db2 REST service
          • Creating the route for the Db2 REST service
          • Using the Db2 REST interface
      • Security
        • Db2 SCC capabilities
        • Manually creating an SCC, service account, role, and role binding
        • Red Hat OpenShift roles and permissions required for Db2
        • Configuring audit logging
          • Audit policy guidelines
      • Troubleshooting
        • Db2pd command fails in IBM Cloud environment
        • HA Management is STOPPED error
        • Setting service accounts and RBAC on K8s
        • Disabling ArchiveToDb parameter
        • Unable to connect to Db2 through Db2Rest
        • Db2 11.5.9 instance upgrading issue
        • Timezones not working in Db2 s11.5.9-cn3
    • 11.5.8
      • What's new in Db2 11.5.8
      • Installing Db2
        • Installing the Db2 Operator
          • Installing from the IBM Operator Catalog
          • Installing OLM to deploy the Db2 Operator
          • Installing from the Red Hat Marketplace
          • Installing from the command line
          • Installing in an air-gapped environment
            • Installing through a bastion host
            • Installing without a bastion host
        • Watching multiple namespaces from one namespace
        • Deploying Db2
          • Setting up dedicated nodes
          • Deploying Db2 with limited privileges
            • Limited privilege deployments with unsafe sysctls
              • Configuring Red Hat OpenShift to set IPC kernel parameters
              • Configuring Kubernetes to set IPC kernel parameters
          • Configuring database storage
            • Certified storage options
            • NFS storage requirements
              • Setting up IBM Cloud File Storage
                • Configuring ID mapping by running manual commands
                • Configuring ID mapping through a daemon set
              • Configuring NFS with Dell EMC Isilon
              • Configuring NFS with Trident
              • SELinux requirements
                • Requirements for NFS
                • Requirements for OpenShift Container Storage
                • Requirements for Portworx
                • Labeling hostPath storage for SELinux
            • Creating Portworx storage classes
          • Deploying Db2 using a custom resource
            • Deploying Db2 using the Db2uCluster CR
            • Deploying Db2 using the Db2uInstance custom resource
          • Creating separate storage for database transaction logs
            • New deployments
            • Existing deployments
          • Creating separate storage for database archive logs
            • New deployments
            • Existing deployments
          • Creating separate storage for temporary table spaces
      • Upgrading and updating
        • Upgrading the Db2 Operator
          • Upgrading from the command line
          • Upgrading from the IBM Operator Catalog
        • Upgrading the Db2Cluster instance
        • Upgrading HADR Db2 on OpenShift deployments
          • Upgrading Db2 11.5.7-cn4 and earlier HADR deployments
          • Upgrading the external etcd store created with the Db2 etcd image
        • Upgrading in an air-gapped environment
          • Upgrading through a bastion host
          • Upgrading without a bastion host
        • Managing licenses
          • Injecting Db2 edition license annotations
      • Administering Db2
        • Loading data
        • Using multiple databases in a Db2 deployment
        • Advanced configuration for demanding workloads
          • Changing the CRI-O with Machine Config
          • Changing the CRI-O without Machine Config
        • Updating the Db2 password secrets
        • Exec into the pod with catalog partition
        • Stopping and starting a Db2 instance
        • Monitoring Db2 startup after rebooting a node
        • Locating the keystore
        • Backing up and restoring Db2
          • Preparing to back up or restore
          • Backing up a Db2 database
            • Performing a snapshot backup with Db2 container commands
            • Backing up a Db2 database online
            • Backing up a Db2 database offline
            • Copying a backup to a different instance or remote cluster
          • Restoring
            • Restoring Db2 from an online backup using commands
            • Offline backup
              • Using the restore script
              • Restoring Db2 by using commands
            • Snapshot restores
              • Using container commands - Db2uInstance
              • Using container commands - Db2uCluster
          • Backing up and restoring with IBM Spectrum Protect (TSM)
          • Db2uBackup resource
          • Db2uRestore resource
        • Q Replication
          • Deploying Q Replication
            • Hardware, software, and storage requirements
            • Use cases
            • Enabling Q Replication
            • Planning for data Q Replication
              • Choosing the replication key
              • Considerations for RI constraints
              • Replicating column-organized tables
              • Workload and database considerations
              • Data type restrictions
              • Supported DDL operations
              • Creating tables at the target database
              • Initial loading of replication targets
            • Disabling Q Replication
          • Administering Q Replication
            • Accessing the Q Replication REST API
            • Activating Q Replication
            • Configure targets and replication sets
              • Trusting targets and exchanging Db2 TLS certificates
              • Initializing the replication target on the replication source
              • Creating a replication set
              • Adding a table to a replication set
              • Deleting tables
              • Deleting a replication set
              • Deleting replication targets
            • Managing replication
              • Managing replication using shell scripts
                • Deploying replication
                • Configuring replication
                • Operating replication
                • Monitoring replication
                • Reverse Q replication configuration and operation
              • Listing replication sets
              • Listing replication set details
              • Starting replication on a replication set
              • Stopping replication on a replication set
              • Starting replication for a list of tables
              • Stopping replication for a list of tables
              • Setting the REPL_SITE_ID
              • Schema-level restore of replicated column-organized tables
              • Checking the overall health of Q Replication API servers
              • Checking the health metrics of Q Replication API
              • Replication in Db2 for containerized deployments
                • Db2 Warehouse Common Container to Db2 Warehouse RHOS
                • Db2 Warehouse RHOS to Db2 Warehouse Common Container
            • Extending the MQ security certificate
            • Updating external source ports
            • Updating external target ports
            • Upgrading the trial license
            • Scaling up Q Replication
        • Db2 high availability disaster recovery (HADR)
          • Prerequisites for configuring HADR
          • Configuring and starting HADR
            • Setting up an etcd store for HADR
              • Deploying the Db2 installation etcd store
              • Deploying the Bitnami-packaged etcd store
              • Using the built-in etcd store
            • HADR with multiple standbys
            • Configuring with the Db2 HADR API
              • Using the Db2 HADR CR
              • Using a shared volume for backup storage
            • Configuring with HADR scripts
              • Creating services to expose the HADR endpoints
                • Creating HADR services for a single cluster topology
                • Creating HADR services for a multiple cluster topology
                • Determining the NodePorts for a multiple cluster configuration
                • Setting up Ingress HA proxy for different OpenShift clusters
              • Creating a network policy for built-in etcd
              • Setting up the HADR configuration
                • setup_config_hadr
                • Example: Setting up HADR in a single OpenShift project
                • Example: Setting up HADR in a single OpenShift cluster across multiple OpenShift projects
                • Example: Setting up HADR in multiple OpenShift clusters
                • Example: Setting up HADR in a single IBM Cloud cluster
                • Modifying HADR configuration parameters
                • Enabling reads on standby
              • Starting an HADR configuration
              • Reinitialize an HADR configuration
          • Managing HADR with CLI commands
            • Showing the HADR status
            • Manually initiating an HADR takeover
            • Restarting HADR after a failover
              • Restarting HADR on the designated auxiliary standby database
              • Restarting HADR on the primary or principal standby databases after failover to an auxiliary standby database
            • Stopping HADR
            • Enabling HADR Automatic Client Reroute
        • Scaling up Db2
        • Enabling the Db2 Spatial Extender
        • Db2 support
          • Using the db2support tool
          • Viewing log files
        • Enabling Db2 monitoring
        • Changing the name of the default Db2 database
        • Managing Db2 transaction logs
        • Setting a timezone in new or existing Db2 deployments
        • Connecting to Db2
          • Clients
            • Cataloging the database
            • Connecting applications to the Db2 database server
          • LDAP
            • Managing users
            • Connecting to an external LDAP store
          • Db2 ports and services
            • Retrieving the Db2 port number
            • Configuring the Db2 NodePort with an Ingress Controller
          • Connect to Db2 with an OpenShift TLS route
          • Connecting clients to the HADR configuration
          • Configuring TLS client connections
      • Database applications
        • Db2 REST service
          • Enabling the Db2 REST interface
          • Authenticating TLS certification for the Db2 REST service
          • Creating the route for the Db2 REST service
          • Using the Db2 REST interface
        • Db2 Graph
          • Setting up Db2 Graph on Red Hat OpenShift
          • Authenticating TLS certification for the Db2 Graph service
          • Creating a custom route to Db2 Graph
            • Creating a route for the Db2 Graph UI
            • Creating a route for the Db2 Graph server
      • Security
        • Db2 SCC capabilities
        • Manually creating an SCC, service account, role, and role binding
        • Red Hat OpenShift roles and permissions required for Db2
        • Configuring audit logging
          • Audit policy guidelines
      • Uninstalling
      • Troubleshooting
        • HA Management is STOPPED error
        • Avoiding Db2 pod restarts when upgrading to 110508.0.1
        • Recovering a Db2u deployment
        • Setting service accounts and RBAC on K8s
        • Resolving Db2u deployments failing to achieve Ready status
        • Fixing logarchmeth1 setting failure
        • Restoring a separate temporary table space storage on Db2uInstance post-upgrade
        • Disabling ArchiveToDb parameter
  • Db2 Community Edition for Docker
    • Downloading and installing Docker editions
    • Linux
      • Testing your Db2 Community Edition Docker image installation on Linux systems
    • macOS
      • Testing your Db2 Community Edition Docker image installation on macOS systems
    • Windows
      • Testing your Db2 Community Edition Docker image installation on Windows systems
  • Click to Containerize
• IBM Cognos Analytics 12.0.x
• Federation
  • Supported data sources
  • Federated systems
    • The federated server
    • What is a data source?
    • The federated database
    • Wrappers and wrapper modules
    • Federated systems and Db2 pureScale
    • How you interact with a federated system
      • IBM Data Studio
      • Command line processor (CLP)
      • Application programs
      • Database family tools
    • The federated database system catalog
    • The SQL compiler
    • The query optimizer
    • Compensation
    • Pass-through sessions
    • Server definitions and server options
    • User mappings
    • Nicknames and data source objects
    • Valid data source objects
    • Nickname column options
    • Data type mappings
    • Function mappings
    • Index specifications
    • Federated stored procedures
    • Collating sequences
      • How collating sequences determine sort orders
      • Setting the local collating sequence to optimize queries
  • Upgrading a federated server
    • Post-upgrade tasks
    • Configuring federated systems after migration
      • Restoring configuration settings for federated systems
      • Upgrade changes that affect applications
        • Preparing for potential nickname column and index name changes
        • Running threadsafe wrappers as unfenced after database upgrades (Linux and UNIX)
        • Changing the wrapper for a data source
        • Specifying wrapper information in the federated.sql file
        • Setting isolation-level behavior for applications after migration
      • Altering the data source version in a server definition
    • Restoring connections to Db2 family data sources
    • Enabling large object data types to be writable after upgrading
      • Write operations on large object data types
    • IMPORT and EXPORT commands for nicknames
    • Accessing Db2 family data sources
    • Accessing Informix data sources after upgrading a federated server
    • Accessing Microsoft SQL Server data sources after upgrading
    • Accessing ODBC data sources after upgrading
    • Accessing Oracle data sources after upgrading
    • Accessing Sybase data sources after upgrading
    • Accessing Teradata data sources after upgrading
      • Modifying existing Teradata configurations
      • Recreating Teradata configurations
  • Configuring federation and data sources
    • Running the wrapper configuration tool
    • Creating federated objects: Administration Explorer
    • Creating individual federated objects
    • Creating and managing multiple federated objects
    • Creating and managing federated objects: SQL and XQuery editor
    • Configuring the federated server
      • Issuing commands in a federated system
      • Verifying the setup of the federated server
        • Enabling the federated server to access data sources
        • Setting required environment variables for data source clients
          • Restrictions for the db2dj.ini file
        • Verifying that library files are linked to data source client software
          • Manually linking library files to data source client software
      • Configuring federation for the Db2 pureScale Feature
      • Creating a federated database
        • Code sets, collating sequences, and national language support
          • Expanded nickname column to address code point size differences
            • Setting the COLUMN_LENGTH_AUTO_VARIATION option
        • Setting up Unicode for federated systems
        • Unicode support for federated systems
        • Specifying the client code page for Unicode support of Microsoft SQL Server and ODBC data sources
        • Supported Unicode code pages for the MSSQL and ODBC wrapper CODEPAGE option
        • Supported Unicode code pages for the JDBC wrapper CODEPAGE option
        • Specifying the file code page for Unicode support of table-structured file data sources
        • Specifying the file code page for Unicode support of table-structured file data sources - example
    • Configuring the federated server to access data sources
      • Case sensitivity and the correct use of quotation marks
      • Configuring multiple federated servers to access data sources
    • Configuring work load balancing for Db2 zOS data source
  • Configuring data sources
    • Configuring access to data sources through native wrapper
      • Configuring access to Db2 data sources
        • Configuring remote Db2 data source information
          • Cataloging a Db2 node entry
          • Cataloging the remote Db2 database
          • Configuring IBM data server driver configuration file
        • Registering the Db2 wrapper
          • Db2 wrapper library files
        • Registering server definitions for Db2 data sources
          • CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for the Db2 wrapper
        • Creating user mappings for Db2 data sources
          • CREATE USER MAPPING statement - Examples for the Db2 wrapper
        • Testing the connection to the Db2 data source server
          • Troubleshooting data source connection errors
        • Registering nicknames for Db2 tables and views
          • CREATE NICKNAME statement - Examples for Db2 data sources
      • Configuring access to BigSQL data sources
      • Configuring access to Oracle data sources
        • Setting the Oracle environment variables
          • Oracle environment variables
          • Oracle code page conversion
        • Setting up and testing the Oracle client configuration file
          • Registering the Oracle wrapper
          • Oracle wrapper library files
        • Registering the server definitions for an Oracle data source
          • CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for the Oracle wrapper
        • Creating the user mappings for an Oracle data source
          • CREATE USER MAPPING statement - Examples for the Oracle wrapper
        • Testing the connection to the Oracle server
          • Troubleshooting connectivity problems with Oracle data sources
          • Troubleshooting data source connection errors
        • Registering nicknames for Oracle tables and views
          • CREATE NICKNAME statement - Examples for the Oracle wrapper
      • Configuring access to SAP Sybase data sources
        • Sybase wrapper support for Adaptive Server Enterprise (ASE)
        • Setting the Sybase environment variables
          • Sybase environment variables
        • Setting up and testing the Sybase client configuration file (Windows)
        • Setting up and testing the Sybase client configuration file (UNIX)
        • Registering the Sybase wrapper
          • Sybase wrapper library files
        • Registering the server definitions for a Sybase data source
          • CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for the Sybase wrapper
        • Creating the user mappings for a Sybase data source
          • CREATE USER MAPPING statement - Examples for the Sybase wrapper
        • Testing the connection to the Sybase server
          • Troubleshooting data source connection errors
        • Registering nicknames for Sybase tables and views
          • CREATE NICKNAME statement - Examples for the Sybase wrapper
        • Troubleshooting the Sybase wrapper configuration
          • Problems loading the Sybase wrapper library
          • Missing SYBASE environment variable
          • Missing Sybase node name
      • Configuring access to Teradata data sources
        • Testing the connection to the Teradata server
        • Setting the Teradata environment variables
          • Teradata environment variables
          • Verifying the character set on the Teradata server
            • Troubleshooting character sets for Teradata data sources
        • Registering the Teradata wrapper
          • Teradata wrapper library files
        • Registering the server definitions for a Teradata data source
          • CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for the Teradata wrapper
        • Creating the user mapping for a Teradata data source
          • CREATE USER MAPPING statement - Examples for the Teradata wrapper
        • Testing the connection to the Teradata server
          • Troubleshooting data source connection errors
        • Registering nicknames for Teradata tables and views
          • Teradata nicknames on federated servers
          • CREATE NICKNAME statement - Examples for the Teradata wrapper
        • Enabling run-time linking for libcliv2.so (AIX)
        • Troubleshooting character sets for Teradata data sources
        • Troubleshooting UPDATE or DELETE operation errors on nicknames
        • Working with Teradata access logging
      • Configuring access to Informix data sources
        • Setting up and testing the Informix client configuration file
        • Setting the Informix environment variables
          • Informix environment variables
            • Informix code page conversion
          • Creating the library for the Informix wrapper
        • Registering the Informix wrapper
          • Informix wrapper library files
        • Registering the server definitions for an Informix data source
          • CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for the Informix wrapper
        • Creating the user mappings for an Informix data source
          • CREATE USER MAPPING statement - Examples for the Informix wrapper
        • Testing the connection to the Informix server
          • Troubleshooting data source connection errors
          • Performance tuning for the Informix wrapper
        • Registering nicknames for Informix tables, views, and synonyms
          • CREATE NICKNAME statement - Examples for the Informix wrapper
      • Configuring access to Microsoft SQL Server data sources
        • Preparing the federated server to access Microsoft SQL Server data sources (Windows)
        • Preparing the federated server to access Microsoft SQL Server data sources (Linux, UNIX)
        • Setting the Microsoft SQL Server environment variables
        • Registering the Microsoft SQL Server wrapper
          • Microsoft SQL Server wrapper library files
        • Registering the server definitions for a Microsoft SQL Server data source
          • CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for the Microsoft SQL Server wrapper
        • Creating the user mappings for a Microsoft SQL Server data source
          • CREATE USER MAPPING statement - Examples for the Microsoft SQL Server wrapper
        • Testing the connection to the Microsoft SQL Server remote server
          • Troubleshooting data source connection errors
        • Registering nicknames for Microsoft SQL Server tables and views
          • CREATE NICKNAME statement - Examples for the Microsoft SQL Server wrapper
        • Using ODBC tracing information to troubleshoot connections to Microsoft SQL Server data sources
    • Configuring access to data sources through ODBC wrapper
      • Configuring access to data sources of type 1
        • Preparing the federated server to access data sources through ODBC (Windows)
        • Preparing the federated server to access data sources through ODBC (Linux, UNIX)
        • Registering the ODBC wrapper
          • ODBC wrapper library files
          • CREATE WRAPPER statement - Examples for the ODBC wrapper
        • Registering the server definitions for an ODBC data source
          • CREATE SERVER statement - Examples of the ODBC wrapper
        • Creating a user mapping for an ODBC data source
          • CREATE USER MAPPING statement - Examples for the ODBC wrapper
        • Testing the connection to the ODBC data source server
          • Troubleshooting data source connection errors
        • Registering nicknames for ODBC data source tables and views
          • CREATE NICKNAME statement - Examples for the ODBC wrapper
        • Optimizing ODBC wrapper performance with the ODBC tuning utility (db2fedsvrcfg)
          • db2fedsvrcfg command syntax - ODBC tuning utility
          • Test table definitions for the ODBC tuning utility (db2fedsvrcfg)
      • Configuring access to data sources of type 2
        • Preparing the federated server to access data sources through ODBC (Windows)
        • Preparing the federated server to access data sources through ODBC (Linux, UNIX)
        • Registering the ODBC wrapper
          • ODBC wrapper library files
          • CREATE WRAPPER statement - Examples for the ODBC wrapper
        • Registering the server definitions for an ODBC data source
          • CREATE SERVER statement - Examples of the ODBC wrapper
        • Creating a user mapping for an ODBC data source
          • CREATE USER MAPPING statement - Examples for the ODBC wrapper
        • Testing the connection to the ODBC data source server
          • Troubleshooting data source connection errors
        • Registering nicknames for ODBC data source tables and views
          • CREATE NICKNAME statement - Examples for the ODBC wrapper
        • Optimizing ODBC wrapper performance with the ODBC tuning utility (db2fedsvrcfg)
          • db2fedsvrcfg command syntax - ODBC tuning utility
          • Test table definitions for the ODBC tuning utility (db2fedsvrcfg)
      • Configuring access to data sources of type 3
        • Preparing the federated server to access data sources through ODBC (Windows)
        • Preparing the federated server to access data sources through ODBC (Linux, UNIX)
        • Registering the ODBC wrapper
          • ODBC wrapper library files
          • CREATE WRAPPER statement - Examples for the ODBC wrapper
        • Registering the server definitions for an ODBC data source
          • CREATE SERVER statement - Examples of the ODBC wrapper
        • Creating a user mapping for an ODBC data source
          • CREATE USER MAPPING statement - Examples for the ODBC wrapper
        • Testing the connection to the ODBC data source server
          • Troubleshooting data source connection errors
        • Registering nicknames for ODBC data source tables and views
          • CREATE NICKNAME statement - Examples for the ODBC wrapper
        • Optimizing ODBC wrapper performance with the ODBC tuning utility (db2fedsvrcfg)
          • db2fedsvrcfg command syntax - ODBC tuning utility
          • Test table definitions for the ODBC tuning utility (db2fedsvrcfg)
      • Configuring access to data sources of type 4
        • Preparing the federated server to access data sources through ODBC (Windows)
        • Preparing the federated server to access data sources through ODBC (Linux, UNIX)
        • Registering the ODBC wrapper
          • ODBC wrapper library files
          • CREATE WRAPPER statement - Examples for the ODBC wrapper
        • Registering the server definitions for an ODBC data source
          • CREATE SERVER statement - Examples of the ODBC wrapper
        • Creating a user mapping for an ODBC data source
          • CREATE USER MAPPING statement - Examples for the ODBC wrapper
        • Testing the connection to the ODBC data source server
          • Troubleshooting data source connection errors
        • Registering nicknames for ODBC data source tables and views
          • CREATE NICKNAME statement - Examples for the ODBC wrapper
        • Optimizing ODBC wrapper performance with the ODBC tuning utility (db2fedsvrcfg)
          • db2fedsvrcfg command syntax - ODBC tuning utility
          • Test table definitions for the ODBC tuning utility (db2fedsvrcfg)
        • Accessing Excel data using the ODBC wrapper
          • Configuring access permissions for Excel data
    • Configuring access to data sources through JDBC wrapper
      • Preparing the federated server to access data sources through JDBC
        • Preparing the federated server to access data sources through JDBC of Type 1
        • Preparing the federated server to access data sources through JDBC of Type 2
      • Registering the JDBC wrapper
        • JDBC wrapper library files
        • CREATE WRAPPER statement - Examples for the JDBC wrapper
      • Registering server definitions for JDBC data sources
        • CREATE SERVER statement - Examples of the JDBC wrapper
      • Creating user mappings for JDBC data sources
        • CREATE USER MAPPING statement - Examples for the JDBC wrapper
      • Testing connections to JDBC data source servers
        • Troubleshooting data source connection errors
      • Registering nicknames for JDBC data source tables and views
        • CREATE NICKNAME statement - Examples for the JDBC wrapper
    • Configuring access to NoSQL data sources through NoSQL wrapper
      • Configuring access to Blockchain data sources
        • Preparing the federated server to access a Blockchain data source
        • Registering the Fabric wrapper
        • Registering server definitions for Fabric data sources
        • Creating a user mapping for the Fabric network
        • Registering nicknames for Fabric ledger blocks and transactions
      • Configuring access to document store data source
        • Testing the network connection to the document store data source
        • Registering the NoSQL wrapper
          • NoSQL wrapper library files
        • Registering the server definitions for a document store data source
        • Creating a user mapping for the document store data source
        • Registering nicknames for document store data source
          • CREATE NICKNAME statement - Examples for the MongoDB data source
          • CREATE NICKNAME statement - Example for the CouchDB data source
        • Test query data from document store data source server
      • Configuring access to HDFS parquet data source
        • Testing the network connection to the HDFS data source server
        • Registering the NoSQL wrapper
          • NoSQL wrapper library files
        • Registering the server definitions for the HDFS data source
          • CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for the Rest Service wrapper
        • Creating a user mapping for the HDFS data source
        • Registering nicknames for HDFS data source
        • Testing HDFS data source server
    • Configuring access to other data sources
      • Configuring access to BioRS data sources
        • BioRS wrapper
        • Custom functions for the BioRS wrapper
        • Registering the BioRS wrapper
          • BioRS wrapper library files
          • CREATE WRAPPER statement - Examples for the BioRS wrapper
        • Registering the server definition for a BioRS data source
          • CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for the BioRS wrapper
        • Creating the user mappings for a BioRS data source
          • CREATE USER MAPPING statement - Examples for the BioRS wrapper
        • Registering nicknames for BioRS data sources
          • CREATE NICKNAME statement - examples for the BioRS wrapper
        • Custom functions and BioRS queries
          • Equality operations in BioRS queries
          • Equijoin predicates for the BioRS wrapper
          • The BioRS AllText element
          • BioRS data source - Example queries
        • Optimizing BioRS wrapper performance
          • Guidelines for optimizing BioRS wrapper performance
          • BioRS statistical information
          • Determining BioRS databank cardinality statistics
          • Updating BioRS nickname cardinality statistics
          • Updating BioRS column cardinality statistics
          • Updating BioRS _ID_ column cardinality
      • Configuring access to scripts as data sources
        • Script wrapper overview
        • Adding scripts as data sources to a federated system
          • Registering the custom function for the script
            • Data types for the custom function for the script wrapper
          • Configuring the script daemon
          • Starting the script daemon
            • db2script_daemon command - options and examples
          • Registering the script wrapper
            • Script wrapper library file
          • Registering the server definition for a script as a data source
            • CREATE SERVER statement - examples for the script wrapper
        • Registering nicknames for scripts
          • CREATE NICKNAME statement - examples for the script wrapper
          • Script wrapper nickname options
        • SQL queries with the script wrapper
        • Optimizing script wrapper performance
      • Configuring access to table-structured file data sources
        • Table-structured files - overview
        • Attributes of table-structured files
        • Table-structured files wrapper
        • Adding table-structured file data sources to a federated server
          • Registering the table-structured file wrapper
            • Table-structured files wrapper library files
          • Registering the server definition for table-structured files
            • CREATE SERVER statement - example for the table-structured file wrapper
          • Registering nicknames for table-structured files
            • CREATE NICKNAME statement - examples for table-structured file wrapper
        • File access control model for the table-structured file wrapper
        • Guidelines for optimizing query performance for the table-structured file wrapper
        • Nickname character field length and table-structured file record size
      • Configuring access to Web services data sources
        • Web services and the Web services wrapper
        • Registering the Web services wrapper
          • Web services wrapper library files
        • Registering the server definition for Web services data sources
          • CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for Web services wrapper
        • Enabling security through the Web services wrapper
        • Registering nicknames for Web services data sources
          • CREATE NICKNAME statement - examples for the Web services wrapper
          • SOAP header access
          • Nicknames and XPath expressions
          • Federation: Nickname and column options
            • The TEMPLATE option for the Web services wrapper
          • Creating federated views for Web services nicknames
        • Query restrictions
        • Web services data sources - example queries
      • Configuring access to XML data sources
        • XML wrapper
        • Adding XML to a federated system
          • Registering the XML wrapper
            • XML wrapper library files
            • CREATE WRAPPER statement - Examples for the XML wrapper
          • Registering the server definition for an XML data source
            • CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for the XML wrapper
          • Access XML files using a proxy server
          • Nicknames for XML data sources
            • Data associations between nicknames and XML documents
            • The cost model facility for the XML wrapper
            • Namespaces for XML data sources
            • Registering nicknames for XML data sources
              • CREATE NICKNAME statement - examples for XML wrapper
          • Queries for XML data sources
            • Creating federated views for the XML wrapper nicknames
            • CREATE VIEW statement - examples for the XML wrapper
            • Query optimization tips for the XML cost model facility
            • XML data source - example queries
  • Administering federation
    • Modifying data source configurations
      • Altering a wrapper
        • Altering a wrapper - examples
      • Altering server definitions and server options
        • Restrictions on altering server definitions
        • Altering the data source version in a server definition
        • Altering all of the server definitions for a specific data source type
      • Using server options in server definitions
        • Changing server options temporarily for relational data sources
        • The hierarchy of server option settings
      • Altering a user mapping
      • Altering a nickname
        • Restrictions on altering nicknames
        • Altering nickname column names
        • Altering nickname options
        • Altering nickname column options
      • Dropping a wrapper
      • Dropping a server definition
      • Dropping a user mapping
      • Dropping a nickname
    • Data types and data type mappings
      • Mapping to the federated server
        • Mappings and the global catalog
        • When to create alternative data type mappings
        • Mapping non-relational data sources
        • Forward and reverse data type mappings
      • Creating data type mappings
        • Creating a type mapping for a data source data type - example
        • Creating a type mapping for a data source data type and version - example
        • Creating a type mapping for all data source objects on a server - example
        • Casting between data types
        • TIMESTAMP data type support
      • Altering local data types
        • Altering a local type for a data source object
          • Altering a local type for a data source object - examples
      • Altering LONG data types to VARCHAR data types
    • Mapping functions and user-defined functions
      • Function mappings in a federated system
        • How function mappings work in a federated system
        • Why function mappings are important
        • When to create function mappings
      • User-defined functions in applications
        • Requirements for mapping user-defined functions
      • Creating function mappings
        • Specifying function names
          • Mapping functions with the same name
          • Mapping functions with different names
        • Specific data source type
        • Specific data source type and version
        • All data source objects on a specific server
      • Function templates
        • Creating function templates
      • Disabling a default function mapping
      • Dropping a function mapping
    • Creating index specifications
      • Index specifications in a federated system
      • Creating index specifications for data source objects
      • Creating index specifications on tables that acquire new indexes
      • Creating index specifications on views
      • Creating index specifications on Informix synonyms
    • Developing federated procedures
      • Federated procedures
      • Creating federated procedures
      • Data sources and federated procedures
        • Federated procedures for data sources
        • Federated procedures for Microsoft SQL Server
        • Federated procedures for Oracle
          • Overloaded procedures in federated systems
        • Federated procedures for Sybase
        • Federated procedures for JDBC
      • Granting or revoking authorizations to call federated procedures
      • Displaying parameter information and calling federated procedures
      • Altering or dropping federated procedures
      • Joining result sets
        • DB2FEDGENTF command
      • Federated procedure troubleshooting
    • Creating and modifying remote tables by using transparent DDL
      • What is transparent DDL
      • Remote LOB columns and transparent DDL
      • Creating remote tables and transparent DDL
        • Creating new remote tables using transparent DDL
        • Creating new remote tables using transparent DDL - examples
      • Altering remote tables using transparent DDL
      • Dropping remote tables using transparent DDL
    • Managing transactions in a federated system
      • Understanding federated system transaction support
      • What is an update in a federated system?
        • What is an update transaction in a pass-through session?
        • Data sources that automatically commit DDL statements
        • User-defined functions that are pushed down to the data source for processing
      • Performing two-phase commit transactions
        • Two-phase commit for federated transactions
          • Planning for federated two-phase commit
          • Federated architecture for two-phase commit
          • Two-phase commit for federated transactions - examples
          • How federated two-phase commit transactions are processed
        • Enabling two-phase commit for federated transactions
        • Data source requirements and configuration for federated two-phase commit transactions
          • Configuring DRDA data sources
          • Configuring Oracle data sources
          • Configuring Informix data sources
          • Configuring Microsoft SQL Server data sources
          • Configuring Sybase data sources
        • Recovering from federated two-phase commit problems
          • Resynchronization for federated systems
          • Manually recovering indoubt transactions
          • Tracing distributed unit of work transaction states across data sources
        • Troubleshooting federated two-phase commit issues
        • Federated two-phase commit performance
          • Improving federated two-phase commit performance
    • Inserting, updating, and deleting data in a federated system
    • Authorization privileges for INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE statements
    • Federated system INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE restrictions
      • Unsupported data sources
    • Referential integrity in a federated system
    • INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE statements and large objects (LOBs)
    • Preserving statement atomicity in a federated system
    • Modifying data in a federated system
      • Inserting data into data source objects
      • Updating data in data source objects
      • Deleting data from data source objects
    • Assignment semantics in a federated system
      • Assignment semantics in a federated system - examples
    • Data source restrictions on data type values
    • Federated updates with application savepoints
    • Federated updates with application savepoints - examples
    • Restrictions on federated updates with application savepoints
    • Importing and exporting data for nicknames
      • Restrictions for importing data into nicknames
      • IMPORT command with nicknames - examples
      • Restrictions for exporting data using nicknames
    • Working with nicknames
      • Nicknames in a federated system
        • Cursors declared WITH HOLD
        • Triggers
      • Restrictions on nicknames
        • Accessing data with nicknames
        • The SQL statements you can use with nicknames
      • Creating nicknames over temporal tables
      • Accessing new data source objects
        • Creating nicknames for relational and non-relational data sources
        • Nickname column and index names
      • Accessing data sources using pass-through sessions
      • Accessing heterogeneous data through federated views
        • Creating federated views - examples
      • Creating a nickname for a nickname
      • Selecting data in a federated system
        • Selecting data in a federated system - examples
      • Specifying informational constraints on nicknames
      • Informational constraints on nicknames
      • Specifying informational constraints on nicknames
      • Specifying informational constraints on nicknames - examples
      • Updating nickname statistics
      • Nickname statistics update facility - overview
      • Methods of retrieving nickname statistics
      • Retrieving nickname statistics
        • Retrieving nickname statistics - examples
      • Restrictions on HIGH2KEY and LOW2KEY statistics
      • Creating a tools catalog
      • Viewing the status of the updates to nickname statistics
      • SYSPROC.NNSTAT stored procedure
      • Automatic update of nickname statistics
      • Nickname hidden columns
    • Federated three-part names
      • Support and considerations for federated three-part names
      • Federated cache for federated three-part names
      • Specifying federated three-part names
      • Restrictions on federated three-part names
    • Working with remote XML data
      • Creating a nickname for remote XML data - examples
      • Manipulating XML data - examples
      • Validating XML documents against XML schemas
        • Registering XML schemas
        • Validating XML documents
      • Decomposing XML documents with annotated XML schemas into nicknames
      • Federated processing of remote XML data
        • Federated parsing of remote XML data
          • Whitespace handling for federation
        • Code page issues for remote XML data
      • Restrictions on the remote XML data type
    • Error tolerance in nested table expressions
      • Specifying nested table expressions for error tolerance
      • Nested table expressions for error tolerance - example
      • Data source support for nested-table-expressions for error tolerance
      • Restrictions on nested-table-expressions for error tolerance
    • High availability for federation
      • High availability disaster recovery (HADR) and federated databases
      • High availability and data source databases
      • Configuring high availability disaster recovery (HADR) for federation
        • Configuring HADR for a federated database
        • Configuring high availability for a data source database
      • Restrictions on high availability disaster recovery (HADR) for federation
    • Monitoring federated servers and nicknames
      • Health indicators for federated nicknames and servers
      • Activating the federated health indicators
      • Monitoring the health of federated nicknames and servers
        • Monitoring the health of federated nicknames and servers - example
      • Snapshot monitoring of federated systems - Overview
        • Monitoring federated queries
        • Snapshot monitoring of federated queries - example
      • Federated database systems monitor elements
  • Developing for federation
    • Federated applications
      • How client applications interact with data sources
      • Nicknames in your applications
        • Nicknames in DDL statements
        • Data source statistics impact applications
        • Defining column options on nicknames
          • Setting the NUMERIC_STRING column option
          • Setting the VARCHAR_NO_TRAILING_BLANKS column option
      • Creating and using federated views
        • Creating federated views - examples
      • Application isolation levels for data integrity
        • Statement level isolation in a federated system
        • Connection level isolation in a federated system
      • Federated large object support
        • LOB locators
        • Restrictions on LOBs
        • Performance considerations for LOB processing
      • Federated external tables
      • Distributed requests
        • Distributed requests for querying data sources - examples
        • Optimizing distributed requests with server options
        • Canceling a federated query
      • Using pass-through sessions within applications
        • Federated pass-through considerations and restrictions
        • Pass-through sessions to Oracle data sources
      • Developing J2EE applications for federation
        • Developing federated application with Java technology
          • Advantages of enterprise beans in a federated system
          • Enterprise beans in a federated system
          • Creating and deploying a container-managed persistence bean
        • Examples of federated applications
          • Customer bid requests
          • Supplier quote requests
    • Web services and federated Web applications
      • Overview of Web services application development
        • Web services consumer
      • Web service consumer functions
        • Installation of the Web services consumer user-defined functions
        • Web services consumer user-defined functions
        • Tracing Web services consumer events
        • Using the Web services consumer user-defined functions
        • Web services consumer examples
    • WebSphere MQ messaging applications
      • WebSphere MQ and DB2 user-defined functions
        • WebSphere MQ messaging interface
        • Message handling and the MQ messaging interface
        • Installing and using the DB2 WebSphere MQ functions
        • Capabilities of DB2 WebSphere MQ functions
        • Restrictions on DB2 WebSphere MQ user-defined functions
        • Commit environment for DB2 WebSphere MQ functions
        • Configuring the MQ messaging interface
          • WebSphere MQ configuration parameters
          • WebSphere MQ function messages
          • WebSphere MQ messaging services
          • Messaging Policies
          • Service points
          • Policy definitions
          • Migrating MQ user-defined functions from the repository-based configuration to the table-based configuration
        • Examples of MQPUBLISH and MQSUBSCRIBE
        • DB2 WebSphere MQ functions as part of the DB2 transaction
        • WebSphere MQ functions within DB2
        • Application-to-application connectivity
        • WebSphere MQ XML functions
          • MQPublishXML function
          • MQReadXML function
          • MQReadAllXML function
          • MQReceiveXML function
          • MQReceiveAllXML function
          • MQSendXML function
        • Tracing WebSphere MQ problems
      • MQListener for federation
        • Asynchronous messaging in federation
        • Configuring and running MQListener
          • Configuring MQListener to run in the DB2 environment
          • Configuring WebSphere MQ for MQListener
          • Configuring MQListener
          • Configuring the message properties for queue manager subscriptions
          • Creating a stored procedure to use with MQListener
          • MQListener examples
        • Restrictions on WebSphere MQListener
        • Parameters used in MQListener configuration
        • WebSphere MQ queues used in MQListener
  • Performance for federation
    • Tuning query processing
      • Publications about federated performance
      • Query analysis
      • Pushdown analysis
      • Server characteristics affecting pushdown opportunities
        • SQL differences
          • VARCHAR2 data type in federated systems
        • Collating sequence
        • Federated server options
        • Creating statement-level optimization guidelines
        • Type and function mapping factors
        • String trailing spaces in comparisons
      • Nickname characteristics affecting pushdown opportunities
        • Local data type of a nickname column
        • Federated column options
      • Query characteristics affecting pushdown opportunities
        • Analyzing where a query is evaluated with the DB2_MAXIMAL_PUSHDOWN server option
      • Analyzing where a query is evaluated
      • Understanding access plan evaluation decisions
        • Why isn't this predicate being evaluated remotely?
        • Why isn't the GROUP BY operator evaluated remotely?
        • Why isn't the SET operator evaluated remotely?
        • Why isn't the ORDER BY operation evaluated remotely?
        • Why is a remote INSERT with a fullselect statement not completely evaluated remotely?
        • Why is a remote INSERT with VALUES clause statement not completely evaluated remotely?
        • Why is a remote, searched UPDATE statement not completely evaluated remotely?
        • Why is a positioned UPDATE statement not completely evaluated remotely?
        • Why is a remote, searched DELETE statement not completely evaluated remotely?
      • Data source upgrades and customization
      • Pushdown of predicates with function templates
    • Federation parallelism
      • Interpartition parallelism vs Intrapartition parallelism
      • Parallel fetching vs Serial fetching
      • Interpartition parallelism
        • Computational partition group
          • Defining a computational partition group
        • Nickname parallel fetching
        • Nickname parallel fetching vs Nickname serial fetching
        • Interpartition parallelism with nickname serial fetching
          • Enabling interpartition parallelism with serial fetching
          • Interpartition parallelism with serial fetching - examples of access plans
          • Topology changes when using computational partition groups
          • Interpartition parallelism with serial fetching - performance expectations
        • Interpartition parallelism with nickname parallel fetching
          • Enabling interpartition parallelism with nickname parallel fetching
            • Configuring parameters for using interpartition parallelism with nickname parallel fetching
            • Turning on nickname interpartition parallelism with parallel fetching
          • Verifying interpartition parallelism with nickname parallel fetching
          • Performance tuning
          • Performance expectation
          • Restrictions
      • Intrapartition parallelism
        • Enabling intrapartition parallelism without parallel fetching
        • Intrapartition parallelism without parallel fetching - examples of access plans
      • Mix intrapartition parallelism and interpartition parallelism
        • Enabling mixed parallelism
        • Mixed parallelism - examples of access plans
    • Asynchronous processing of federated queries
      • Asynchronous processing of federated queries - examples
      • Asynchrony optimization
        • Access plans without asynchrony
        • Access plans optimized for asynchrony
        • Access plans - examples
        • Controlling resource consumption
      • Enabling asynchrony optimization
      • Tuning considerations for asynchrony optimization
      • Restrictions on asynchrony optimization
      • Determining if asynchrony optimization is applied to a query
    • Global optimization
      • Server characteristics affecting global optimization
        • Relative ratio of CPU speed
        • Relative ratio of I/O speed
        • Communication rate between the federated server and the data source
        • Data source collating sequence
        • Remote plan hints
      • Nickname characteristics affecting global optimization
        • Index specifications
        • Global catalog statistics
        • Updating row changes
        • Updating statistics when columns change
      • Analyzing global optimization
      • Understanding access plan optimization decisions
        • Why isn't a join between two nicknames of the same data source being evaluated remotely?
        • Why isn't the GROUP BY operator being evaluated remotely?
        • Why is the statement not being completely evaluated remotely?
        • Why does a plan generated by the optimizer and completely evaluated remotely, have much worse performance than the original query executed directly at the remote data source?
    • System monitor statistics
      • System monitor elements affecting performance
    • Materialized query tables
      • Materialized query tables and federated systems - overview
      • Creating a federated materialized query table
      • Data source specific restrictions for materialized query tables
      • Restrictions on using materialized query tables with nicknames
    • Caching data
      • Cache tables
      • Creating sample cache tables
    • Bulk insert
  • Security for federation
    • Security for federated servers
    • Public user mappings
    • Enabling kerberos authentication in Federation server for an ODBC wrapper
    • Federated trusted contexts and trusted connections
      • Benefits of federated trusted connections
      • Types of federated trusted connections
      • APIs for federated trusted connections
      • Scenarios for implementing federated trusted connections
        • Scenario: End-to-end federated trusted connections, without user mappings
        • Sample code for end-to-end federated trusted connection scenarios
        • Scenario: End-to-end federated trusted connections, with user mappings
        • Scenario: Federated outbound trusted connections
      • User mappings and federated trusted connections
    • Label-based access control (LBAC) and federated systems
    • External user mapping repositories
      • User mapping plug-in (C programming language)
      • Supported platforms for the user mapping plug-in (C programming language)
      • Restrictions for developing a user mapping plug-in (C programming language)
      • Header file (fsumplugin.h) for the user mapping plug-in (C programming language)
        • FSUMPluginInit function (C programming language)
        • FSUMconnect function (C programming language)
        • FSUMfetchUM function (C programming language)
        • FSUMdisconnect function (C programming language)
        • FSUMPluginTerm function (C programming language)
      • Developing a user mapping plug-in (C programming language)
        • Declaring external functions for the user mapping plug-in (C programming language)
        • Declaring utility functions for the user mapping plug-in (C programming language)
        • Setting function pointers for the user-mapping plug-in (C programming language)
        • Error handling in the user mapping plug-in (C programming language)
        • Building the user mapping plug-in (C)
        • Testing the user mapping plug-in (C programming language)
        • Deploying the user mapping plug-in (C programming language)
        • Enabling access to the external user mapping repository
        • Updating the user mapping plug-in (C programming language)
      • Sample user mapping plug-in (C programming language)
      • User mapping plug-in (Java programming language)
        • Classes for the user mapping plug-in (Java programming language)
          • UserMappingRepository class (Java programming language)
          • UserMappingCrypto class (Java programming language)
          • UserMappingEntry class (Java programming language)
          • UserMappingOption class (Java programming language)
          • UserMappingException class (Java programming language)
        • Sample user mapping plug-in (Java programming language)
        • Developing a user mapping plug-in (Java programming language)
          • Modifying the sample user mapping plug-in files (Java programming language)
          • Modifying the UserMappingCryptoLDAP sample file (Java programming language)
          • Modifying the UserMappingRepositoryLDAP sample file (Java programming language)
          • Compiling the files for the user mapping plug-in (Java programming language)
          • Creating the configuration file for the user mapping plug-in (Java programming language)
          • Testing the user mapping plug-in (Java programming language)
          • Deploying the user mapping plug-in files (Java programming language)
          • Configuring access to the user mapping plug-in (Java programming language)
    • Oracle security in a federated system
    • Oracle label security
    • Oracle proxy authentication and federated trusted contexts
    • Single sign-on based on JWT
  • Troubleshooting
    • Troubleshooting data source connection errors
    • Error when creating a Salesforce nickname through JDBC
    • Troubleshooting federated trusted connections
    • Troubleshooting the user mapping plug-in
    • Troubleshooting Microsoft SQL Server nickname errors
  • Reference
    • Data source support for federated features
    • Data source options
      • IBM database options
      • Informix options
      • JDBC options
      • Microsoft SQL Server options
      • ODBC options
      • Oracle options
      • Script options
      • Sybase options
      • Teradata options
      • Table-structured file options
    • Views in the global catalog table containing federated information
    • Function mapping options for federated systems
    • Valid server types in SQL statements
    • Data type mappings
      • Default forward data type mappings
        • Db2 data sources
        • Db2 for IBM i data sources
        • Db2 for VM and VSE data sources
        • Db2 for z/OS data sources
        • Informix data sources
        • JDBC data sources
        • Microsoft SQL Server data sources
        • Microsoft SQL Server data sources through ODBC
        • BigSQL data sources
        • Hive data sources
        • Impala data sources
        • Spark data sources
        • ODBC data sources
        • Oracle NET8 data sources
        • Sybase data sources
        • Teradata data sources
        • Greenplum data sources
        • Sample forward data type mappings
          • Forward data type mappings - Informix example
          • Forward data type mappings - Microsoft SQL Server example
          • Forward data type mappings - Oracle example
          • Forward data type mappings - Sybase example
          • Forward data type mappings - Teradata example
      • Default reverse data type mappings
        • Db2 data sources
        • Db2 for IBM i data sources
        • Db2 for VM and VSE data sources
        • Db2 for z/OS data sources
        • Informix data sources
        • JDBC data sources
        • Microsoft SQL Server data sources
        • ODBC data sources
        • Oracle NET8 data sources
        • Sybase data sources
        • Teradata data sources
    • Unicode default data type mappings
      • JDBC data sources - Forward type mappings
      • JDBC data sources - Reverse type mappings
      • Microsoft SQL Server data sources - Forward type mappings
      • Microsoft SQL Server data sources - Reverse type mappings
      • NET8 data sources - Forward type mappings
      • NET8 data sources - Reverse type mappings
      • ODBC data sources - Forward type mappings
      • ODBC data sources - Reverse type mappings
      • Sybase data sources - Forward type mappings
      • Sybase data sources - Reverse type mappings
    • Data types supported for nonrelational data sources
    • Federated database systems monitor elements
• InfoSphere Data Replication
• Spatial data
  • Db2 Spatial Extender
    • How data represents geographic features
      • The nature of spatial data
      • Where spatial data comes from
        • Using business data as source data
        • Using functions to generate spatial data
        • Importing spatial data
    • How features, spatial information, spatial data, and geometries fit together
    • Geometries
      • Geometry types
      • Geometry coordinates
      • X and Y coordinates
      • Z coordinates
      • M coordinates
      • Interior, boundary, and exterior
      • Simple or non-simple
      • Closed
      • Empty or not empty
      • Minimum bounding rectangle
      • Dimension
      • Spatial reference system identifier
    • How to use Db2 Spatial Extender
      • Interfaces to Db2 Spatial Extender and associated functionality
      • Setting up Db2 Spatial Extender
      • Creating projects that use spatial data
    • Getting started
      • Setting up and installing Db2 Spatial Extender
      • System requirements for installing Spatial Extender
      • Installing Db2 Spatial Extender (Windows)
      • Installing Db2 Spatial Extender (Linux and UNIX)
      • Installing Db2 Spatial Extender in Db2 pureScale environments
      • Verifying the Spatial Extender installation
    • Upgrading to Db2 Spatial Extender version 11.5
      • Upgrading Db2 Spatial Extender
      • Upgrading from 32-bit to 64-bit Db2 Spatial Extender
    • Setting up spatial resources for a database
      • Inventory of resources supplied for your database
      • Enabling a database for spatial operations
      • Registering a geocoder
    • Setting up spatial resources for a project
      • How to use coordinate systems
        • Coordinate systems
        • Geographic coordinate systems
        • Projected coordinate systems
        • Determine what coordinate system to use
      • How to set up spatial reference systems
        • Spatial reference systems
        • Deciding whether to use an existing spatial reference system or create a new system
        • Spatial reference systems
        • Conversion factors that transform coordinate data into integers
          • Offset values
          • Scale factors
          • Units for offset values and scale factors
        • Creating a spatial reference system
        • Calculating scale factors
        • Determining minimum and maximum coordinates and measures
        • Calculating offset values
    • Setting up spatial columns
      • Spatial columns visualization
      • Spatial data types
        • Data types for single-unit features
        • Data types for multi-unit features
        • A data type for all features
      • Creating spatial columns
      • Registering spatial columns
    • Populating spatial columns
      • Import and export spatial data
      • Importing shape data to a new or existing table
      • Exporting spatial data to a shapefile
      • Inserting spatial data with constructor functions
      • How to use a geocoder
        • Geocoders and geocoding
        • Setting up geocoding operations
        • Setting up a geocoder to run automatically
        • Running a geocoder in batch mode
    • Db2 Spatial Extender in a partitioned database environment
      • Creating and loading partitioned spatial data
      • Improving query performance on partitioned spatial data
    • Using indexes and views to access spatial data
      • Spatial grid indexes
        • Generation of spatial grid indexes
        • Use of spatial functions in a query
        • How a query uses a spatial grid index
      • Considerations for number of index levels and grid sizes
        • Number of grid levels
        • Grid cell sizes
      • Creating spatial grid indexes
      • CREATE INDEX statement for a spatial grid index
      • Tuning spatial grid indexes with the Index Advisor
        • Determining grid sizes for a spatial grid index
        • Analyzing spatial grid index statistics
        • gseidx command
      • Using views to access spatial columns
    • Analyzing and generating spatial information
      • Environments for performing spatial analysis
      • Examples of how spatial functions operate
      • Functions that use indexes to optimize queries
    • Writing applications and using the sample program
      • Including the Db2 Spatial Extender header file in spatial applications
      • Calling Db2 Spatial Extender stored procedures from an application
      • Db2 Spatial Extender sample program
    • Identifying Db2 Spatial Extender problems
      • How to interpret Db2 Spatial Extender messages
      • Spatial Extender stored procedure output parameters
      • Db2 Spatial Extender function messages
      • Db2 Spatial Extender CLP messages
      • Tracing Db2 Spatial Extender problems
      • The administration notification file
    • Catalog views
      • DB2GSE.ST_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
      • DB2GSE.ST_GEOMETRY_COLUMNS
      • DB2GSE.ST_GEOCODER_PARAMETERS
      • DB2GSE.ST_GEOCODERS
      • DB2GSE.ST_GEOCODING
      • DB2GSE.ST_GEOCODING_PARAMETERS
      • DB2GSE.ST_SIZINGS
      • DB2GSE.ST_SPATIAL_REFERENCE_SYSTEMS
      • DB2GSE.ST_UNITS_OF_MEASURE
      • DB2GSE.SPATIAL_REF_SYS catalog view
    • Db2 Spatial Extender commands
      • Invoking commands for Db2 Spatial Extender
      • db2se alter_cs command
      • db2se alter_srs command
      • db2se create_cs command
      • db2se create_srs command
      • db2se disable_autogc command
      • db2se disable_db command
      • db2se drop_cs command
      • db2se drop_srs command
      • db2se enable_autogc command
      • db2se enable_db command
      • db2se export_shape command
      • db2se import_shape command
      • db2se register_gc command
      • db2se register_spatial_column command
      • db2se remove_gc_setup command
      • db2se restore_indexes command
      • db2se save_indexes command
      • db2se run_gc command
      • db2se setup_gc command
      • db2se shape_info command
      • db2se unregister_gc command
      • db2se unregister_spatial_column command
      • db2se upgrade command
      • db2se migrate command
    • Stored procedures
      • ST_ALTER_COORDSYS
      • ST_ALTER_SRS
      • ST_CREATE_COORDSYS
      • ST_CREATE_SRS
      • ST_DISABLE_AUTOGEOCODING
      • ST_DISABLE_DB
      • ST_DROP_COORDSYS
      • ST_DROP_SRS
      • ST_ENABLE_AUTOGEOCODING
      • ST_ENABLE_DB
      • ST_EXPORT_SHAPE
      • ST_IMPORT_SHAPE
      • ST_REGISTER_GEOCODER
      • ST_REGISTER_SPATIAL_COLUMN
      • ST_REMOVE_GEOCODING_SETUP
      • ST_RUN_GEOCODING
      • ST_SETUP_GEOCODING
      • ST_UNREGISTER_GEOCODER
      • ST_UNREGISTER_SPATIAL_COLUMN
    • Spatial functions
      • Considerations and associated data types
        • Treating values of ST_Geometry as values of a subtype
        • Spatial functions by input type
        • Comparison functions for geographic features
        • Geometries with the DE-9IM pattern matrix string
        • Distance between geometries
        • Categories and uses
          • Constructor functions for converting to and from data exchange formats
            • Data exchange formats to geometries
            • Examples for querying spatial data
            • Examples of inserting spatial data with constructor functions
      • EnvelopesIntersect
      • ST_BuildMBRAggr and ST_GetAggrResult functions
      • ST_AppendPoint
      • ST_Area
      • ST_AsBinary
      • ST_AsGML
      • ST_AsKML
      • ST_AsSdeBinary
      • ST_AsShape
      • ST_AsText
      • ST_Boundary
      • ST_Buffer
      • ST_BuildUnionAggr and ST_GetAggrResult
      • ST_Centroid
      • ST_ChangePoint
      • ST_Contains
      • ST_ConvexHull
      • ST_CoordDim
      • ST_Crosses
      • ST_Difference
      • ST_Dimension
      • ST_Disjoint
      • ST_Distance
      • ST_DistanceToPoint
      • ST_DWithin
      • ST_Endpoint
      • ST_Envelope
      • ST_EnvIntersects
      • ST_EqualCoordsys
      • ST_Equals
      • ST_EqualSRS
      • ST_Expand
      • ST_ExteriorRing
      • ST_FindMeasure or ST_LocateAlong
      • ST_Generalize
      • ST_GeomCollection
      • ST_GeomCollFromTxt
      • ST_GeomCollFromWKB
      • ST_Geometry
      • ST_GeometryN
      • ST_GeometryType
      • ST_GeometryTypeID
      • ST_GeomFromSDE
      • ST_GeomFromText
      • ST_GeomFromWKB
      • ST_GetIndexParms
      • ST_InteriorRingN
      • ST_Intersection
      • ST_Intersects
      • ST_Is3d
      • ST_IsClosed
      • ST_IsEmpty
      • ST_IsMeasured
      • ST_IsRing
      • ST_IsSimple
      • ST_IsValid
      • ST_Length
      • ST_LineFromMultiPoint
      • ST_LineFromText
      • ST_LineFromWKB
      • ST_LineString
      • ST_LineStringN
      • ST_M
      • ST_MaxM
      • ST_MaxX
      • ST_MaxY
      • ST_MaxZ
      • ST_MBR
      • ST_MBRIntersects
      • ST_LocateBetween and ST_MeasureBetween
      • ST_MidPoint
      • ST_MinM
      • ST_MinX
      • ST_MinY
      • ST_MinZ
      • ST_MLineFromText
      • ST_MLineFromWKB
      • ST_MPointFromText
      • ST_MPointFromWKB
      • ST_MPolyFromText
      • ST_MPolyFromWKB
      • ST_MultiLineString
      • ST_MultiPoint
      • ST_MultiPolygon
      • ST_NearestPoints
      • ST_NumGeometries
      • ST_NumInteriorRing
      • ST_NumLineStrings
      • ST_NumPoints
      • ST_NumPolygons
      • ST_Overlaps
      • ST_Perimeter
      • ST_PerpPoints
      • ST_Point
      • ST_PointAtDistance
      • ST_PointFromText
      • ST_PointFromWKB
      • ST_PointN
      • ST_PointOnSurface
      • ST_PolyFromText
      • ST_PolyFromWKB
      • ST_Polygon
      • ST_PolygonN
      • ST_Relate
      • ST_RemovePoint
      • ST_SDEtoSQL
      • ST_SRID and ST_SrsId
      • ST_SrsName
      • ST_StartPoint
      • ST_SymDifference
      • ST_ToGeomColl
      • ST_ToLineString
      • ST_ToMultiLine
      • ST_ToMultiPoint
      • ST_ToMultiPolygon
      • ST_ToPoint
      • ST_ToPolygon
      • ST_Touches
      • ST_Transform
      • ST_Union
      • ST_Version
      • ST_Within
      • ST_WKBToSQL
      • ST_WKBtoWKT
      • ST_WKTToSQL
      • ST_WKTtoWKB
      • ST_X
      • ST_Y
      • ST_Z
    • Transform groups
      • ST_WellKnownText
      • ST_WellKnownBinary
      • ST_Shape
      • ST_GML transform group
    • Supported data formats
      • Well-known text (WKT) representation
      • Well-known binary (WKB) representation
      • Shape representation
      • GML representation
    • Supported coordinate systems
      • Coordinate systems syntax
      • Supported linear units
      • Supported angular units
      • Supported spheroids
      • Supported prime meridians
      • Supported map projections
  • Db2 Spatial Analytics
    • How data represents geographic features
      • The nature of spatial data
      • Where spatial data comes from
      • How features, spatial information, spatial data, and geometries fit together
    • Key concepts
      • Geometries
        • Geometry types
        • Geometry coordinates
        • Interior, boundary, and exterior
        • Empty, simple or closed geometries
        • Minimum bounding rectangle
        • Dimension
        • Spatial reference system identifier
      • Spatial data types
        • Data types for single-unit features
        • Data types for multi-unit features
        • A data type for all features
      • Coordinate systems
        • Geographic coordinate systems
        • Projected coordinate systems
        • Coordinate systems syntax
        • Supported coordinate systems and units
          • Supported linear units
          • Supported angular units
          • Supported spheroids
          • Supported prime meridians
          • Supported map projections
      • Spatial reference systems
        • Conversion factors that transform coordinate data into integers
        • Predefined spatial reference systems
      • Geohashes and geohash covers
      • Supported data formats
        • Well-known text (WKT) format
        • Well-known binary (WKB) format
        • Shapefile representation
        • GeoJSON format
        • GML format
      • Examples of how spatial functions operate
    • Using Spatial Analytics
      • Enabling the Spatial Analytics component
      • Creating projects that use spatial data
      • Determine what coordinate system to use
      • Deciding whether to use an existing spatial reference system or create a new system
      • Creating a spatial reference system
        • Calculating scale factors
        • Determining minimum and maximum coordinates and measures
        • Calculating offset values
      • Creating spatial columns
      • Importing spatial data
        • Importing spatial data from a data exchange format
        • Importing spatial data from a shapefile
        • Importing coordinate spatial data
        • Handling invalid spatial geometry data
      • Exporting spatial data to a shapefile
      • Using views to access spatial columns
    • Performance tuning
      • Specifying inline lengths for geospatial columns
      • Registering spatial columns
      • Filtering
        • Filtering using a bounding box
        • Filtering using geohash covers
    • Migrating to Spatial Analytics
      • Migrating from Db2 Spatial Extender
      • Migrating from PureData System for Analytics (Netezza)
        • Data migration
        • Application migration
    • Troubleshooting spatial routines and procedures
      • How to interpret spatial messages
      • Spatial function messages
      • The administration notification file
    • Catalog views
      • SYSGEO.ST_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
      • SYSGEO.ST_GEOMETRY_COLUMNS
      • SYSGEO.ST_SIZINGS
      • SYSGEO.ST_SPATIAL_REFERENCE_SYSTEMS
      • SYSGEO.ST_UNITS_OF_MEASURE
    • Spatial Analytics commands
      • Issuing db2se commands
      • db2se drop_srs command
      • db2se export_shape command
      • db2se import_shape command
      • db2se shape_info command
    • Stored procedures
      • ST_ALTER_SRS
      • ST_CREATE_SRS
      • ST_DROP_SRS
      • ST_EXPORT_SHAPE
      • ST_IMPORT_SHAPE
      • ST_REGISTER_SPATIAL_COLUMN
      • ST_SHAPEFILE_INFO
      • ST_UNREGISTER_SPATIAL_COLUMN
    • Spatial functions
      • Categories, uses and examples for spatial functions
        • Using ST_Geometry to store subtype geometries
        • Spatial functions by input type
        • Comparison functions for geographic features
        • Geometries with the DE-9IM pattern matrix string
        • Distance between geometries
        • Examples for querying spatial data
        • Examples of inserting spatial data with constructor functions
      • ST_AppendPoint
      • ST_Area
      • ST_AsBinary
      • ST_AsGeoJSON
      • ST_AsGML
      • ST_AsKML
      • ST_AsShape
      • ST_AsText
      • ST_Boundary
      • ST_Buffer
      • ST_Centroid
      • ST_ChangePoint
      • ST_Contains
      • ST_ConvexHull
      • ST_CoordDim
      • ST_Crosses
      • ST_Difference
      • ST_Dimension
      • ST_Disjoint
      • ST_Distance
      • ST_DistanceToPoint
      • ST_DWithin
      • ST_Ellipse
      • ST_Endpoint
      • ST_Envelope
      • ST_EnvIntersects
      • ST_EqualCoordsys
      • ST_Equals
      • ST_EqualSRS
      • ST_Expand
      • ST_ExteriorRing
      • ST_FindMeasure or ST_LocateAlong
      • ST_Generalize
      • ST_Geohash
      • ST_GeohashCover
      • ST_GeohashCoverExtend
      • ST_GeomCollection
      • ST_GeomCollFromTxt
      • ST_GeomCollFromWKB
      • ST_Geometry
      • ST_GeometryN
      • ST_GeometryType
      • ST_GeometryTypeID
      • ST_GeomFromText
      • ST_GeomFromWKB
      • ST_GrandMBR aggregation
      • ST_InteriorRingN
      • ST_Intersection
      • ST_Intersects
      • ST_Is3d
      • ST_IsClosed
      • ST_IsEmpty
      • ST_IsFormat
      • ST_IsMeasured
      • ST_IsRing
      • ST_IsSimple
      • ST_IsValid
      • ST_Length
      • ST_LineFromMultiPoint
      • ST_LineFromText
      • ST_LineFromWKB
      • ST_LineString
      • ST_LineStringN
      • ST_M
      • ST_MaxM
      • ST_MaxX
      • ST_MaxY
      • ST_MaxZ
      • ST_MBR
      • ST_MBRIntersects
      • ST_LocateBetween and ST_MeasureBetween
      • ST_MidPoint
      • ST_MinM
      • ST_MinX
      • ST_MinY
      • ST_MinZ
      • ST_MLineFromText
      • ST_MLineFromWKB
      • ST_MPointFromText
      • ST_MPointFromWKB
      • ST_MPolyFromText
      • ST_MPolyFromWKB
      • ST_MultiLineString
      • ST_MultiPoint
      • ST_MultiPolygon
      • ST_NearestPoints
      • ST_NumGeometries
      • ST_NumInteriorRing
      • ST_NumLineStrings
      • ST_NumPoints
      • ST_NumPolygons
      • ST_Overlaps
      • ST_Perimeter
      • ST_PerpPoints
      • ST_Point
      • ST_PointAtDistance
      • ST_PointFromText
      • ST_PointFromWKB
      • ST_PointN
      • ST_PointOnSurface
      • ST_PolyFromText
      • ST_PolyFromWKB
      • ST_Polygon
      • ST_PolygonN
      • ST_Relate
      • ST_RemovePoint
      • ST_SRID and ST_SrsId
      • ST_SrsName
      • ST_StartPoint
      • ST_SymDifference
      • ST_ToGeomColl
      • ST_ToLineString
      • ST_ToMultiLine
      • ST_ToMultiPoint
      • ST_ToMultiPolygon
      • ST_ToPoint
      • ST_ToPolygon
      • ST_Touches
      • ST_Transform
      • ST_Union and ST_Union aggregation
      • ST_Within
      • ST_WKBToSQL
      • ST_WKBtoWKT
      • ST_WKTToSQL
      • ST_WKTtoWKB
      • ST_X
      • ST_Y
      • ST_Z
• Glossary
  • Special characters
  • A
  • B
  • C
  • D
  • E
  • F
  • G
  • H
  • I
  • J
  • K
  • L
  • M
  • N
  • O
  • P
  • Q
  • R
  • S
  • T
  • U
  • V
  • W
  • X
  • Z